- make opie compilable against qte 2.3.10 snapshot

  check QT_VERSION against 0x030000 instead of 300

26 files changed, 45 insertions, 45 deletions

diff --git a/core/apps/embeddedkonsole/TEWidget.cpp b/core/apps/embeddedkonsole/TEWidget.cpp
index 5171bf1..bee58e7 100644
--- a/core/apps/embeddedkonsole/TEWidget.cpp
+++ b/core/apps/embeddedkonsole/TEWidget.cpp
@@ -1,1431 +1,1431 @@
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
 /*                                                                          */
 /* [TEWidget.C]            Terminal Emulation Widget                        */
 /*                                                                          */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
 /*                                                                          */
 /* Copyright (c) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>          */
 /*                                                                          */
 /* This file is part of Konsole - an X terminal for KDE                     */
 /*                                                                          */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
 /*                        */
 /* Ported Konsole to Qt/Embedded                                              */
 /*                        */
 /* Copyright (C) 2000 by John Ryland <jryland@trolltech.com>                  */
 /*                        */
 /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*! \class TEWidget
 
     \brief Visible screen contents
 
    This class is responsible to map the `image' of a terminal emulation to the
    display. All the dependency of the emulation to a specific GUI or toolkit is
    localized here. Further, this widget has no knowledge about being part of an
    emulation, it simply work within the terminal emulation framework by exposing
    size and key events and by being ordered to show a new image.
 
    <ul>
    <li> The internal image has the size of the widget (evtl. rounded up)
    <li> The external image used in setImage can have any size.
    <li> (internally) the external image is simply copied to the internal
         when a setImage happens. During a resizeEvent no painting is done
         a paintEvent is expected to follow anyway.
    </ul>
 
    \sa TEScreen \sa Emulation
 */
 
 /* FIXME:
    - 'image' may also be used uninitialized (it isn't in fact) in resizeEvent
    - 'font_a' not used in mouse events
    - add destructor
 */
 
 /* TODO
    - evtl. be sensitive to `paletteChange' while using default colors.
    - set different 'rounding' styles? I.e. have a mode to show clipped chars?
 */
 
 // #include "config.h"
 #include "TEWidget.h"
 #include "session.h"
 #include <qpe/config.h>
 
 
 #if !(QT_NO_COP)
 #include <qpe/qcopenvelope_qws.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <qclipboard.h>
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
 #include <qdragobject.h>
 #include <qfile.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <signal.h>
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
 // #include "TEWidget.moc"
 //#include <kapp.h>
 //#include <kcursor.h>
 //#include <kurl.h>
 //#include <kdebug.h>
 //#include <klocale.h>
 
 #define HERE printf("%s(%d): %s\n",__FILE__,__LINE__,__FUNCTION__)
 #define HCNT(Name) // { static int cnt = 1; printf("%s(%d): %s %d\n",__FILE__,__LINE__,Name,cnt++); }
 
 #define loc(X,Y) ((Y)*columns+(X))
 
 //FIXME: the rim should normally be 1, 0 only when running in full screen mode.
 #define rimX 0      // left/right rim width
 #define rimY 0      // top/bottom rim high
 
 #define SCRWIDTH 16 // width of the scrollbar
 
 #define yMouseScroll 1
 // scroll increment used when dragging selection at top/bottom of window.
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                                Colors                                     */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 //FIXME: the default color table is in session.C now.
 //       We need a way to get rid of this one, here.
 static const ColorEntry base_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] =
 // The following are almost IBM standard color codes, with some slight
 // gamma correction for the dim colors to compensate for bright X screens.
 // It contains the 8 ansiterm/xterm colors in 2 intensities.
 {
   // Fixme: could add faint colors here, also.
   // normal
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0xB2,0xB2), 1, 0 ), // Dfore, Dback
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Black, Red
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0x18), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x68,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Green, Yellow
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Blue,  Magenta
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Cyan,  White
   // intensiv
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 1 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 1, 0 ),
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x68,0x68,0x68), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0x54), 0, 0 ),
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ),
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ),
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 )
 };
 
 /* Note that we use ANSI color order (bgr), while IBMPC color order is (rgb)
 
    Code        0       1       2       3       4       5       6       7
    ----------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
    ANSI  (bgr) Black   Red     Green   Yellow  Blue    Magenta Cyan    White
    IBMPC (rgb) Black   Blue    Green   Cyan    Red     Magenta Yellow  White
 */
 
 QColor TEWidget::getDefaultBackColor()
 {
   return color_table[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color;
 }
 
 const ColorEntry* TEWidget::getColorTable() const
 {
   return color_table;
 }
 
 const ColorEntry* TEWidget::getdefaultColorTable() const
 {
   return base_color_table;
 }
 
 
 const QPixmap *TEWidget::backgroundPixmap()
 {
   static QPixmap *bg = new QPixmap("~/qpim/main/pics/faded_bg.xpm");
   const QPixmap *pm = bg;
   return pm;
 }
 
 void TEWidget::setColorTable(const ColorEntry table[])
 {
   for (int i = 0; i < TABLE_COLORS; i++) color_table[i] = table[i];
 
   const QPixmap* pm = backgroundPixmap();
   if (!pm) setBackgroundColor(color_table[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color);
   update();
 }
 
 //FIXME: add backgroundPixmapChanged.
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                                   Font                                    */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 /*
    The VT100 has 32 special graphical characters. The usual vt100 extended
    xterm fonts have these at 0x00..0x1f.
 
    QT's iso mapping leaves 0x00..0x7f without any changes. But the graphicals
    come in here as proper unicode characters.
 
    We treat non-iso10646 fonts as VT100 extended and do the requiered mapping
    from unicode to 0x00..0x1f. The remaining translation is then left to the
    QCodec.
 */
 
 // assert for i in [0..31] : vt100extended(vt100_graphics[i]) == i.
 
 unsigned short vt100_graphics[32] =
 { // 0/8     1/9    2/10    3/11    4/12    5/13    6/14    7/15
   0x0020, 0x25C6, 0x2592, 0x2409, 0x240c, 0x240d, 0x240a, 0x00b0,
   0x00b1, 0x2424, 0x240b, 0x2518, 0x2510, 0x250c, 0x2514, 0x253c,
   0xF800, 0xF801, 0x2500, 0xF803, 0xF804, 0x251c, 0x2524, 0x2534,
   0x252c, 0x2502, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x03C0, 0x2260, 0x00A3, 0x00b7
 };
 
 static QChar vt100extended(QChar c)
 {
   switch (c.unicode())
   {
     case 0x25c6 : return  1;
     case 0x2592 : return  2;
     case 0x2409 : return  3;
     case 0x240c : return  4;
     case 0x240d : return  5;
     case 0x240a : return  6;
     case 0x00b0 : return  7;
     case 0x00b1 : return  8;
     case 0x2424 : return  9;
     case 0x240b : return 10;
     case 0x2518 : return 11;
     case 0x2510 : return 12;
     case 0x250c : return 13;
     case 0x2514 : return 14;
     case 0x253c : return 15;
     case 0xf800 : return 16;
     case 0xf801 : return 17;
     case 0x2500 : return 18;
     case 0xf803 : return 19;
     case 0xf804 : return 20;
     case 0x251c : return 21;
     case 0x2524 : return 22;
     case 0x2534 : return 23;
     case 0x252c : return 24;
     case 0x2502 : return 25;
     case 0x2264 : return 26;
     case 0x2265 : return 27;
     case 0x03c0 : return 28;
     case 0x2260 : return 29;
     case 0x00a3 : return 30;
     case 0x00b7 : return 31;
   }
   return c;
 }
 
 static QChar identicalMap(QChar c)
 {
   return c;
 }
 
 void TEWidget::fontChange(const QFont &)
 {
   QFontMetrics fm(font());
   font_h = fm.height();
   //  font_w = fm.maxWidth();
   font_w = fm.width("m");
   font_a = fm.ascent();
   printf("font h=%d max_width=%d width_m=%d assent=%d\n", font_h,
          fm.maxWidth(), font_w, font_a);
 
   //printf("font_h: %d\n",font_h);
   //printf("font_w: %d\n",font_w);
   //printf("font_a: %d\n",font_a);
   //printf("charset: %s\n",QFont::encodingName(font().charSet()).ascii());
   //printf("rawname: %s\n",font().rawName().ascii());
   fontMap =
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
   strcmp(QFont::encodingName(font().charSet()).ascii(),"iso10646")
           ? vt100extended
           :
 #endif
   identicalMap;
   propagateSize();
   update();
 }
 
 void TEWidget::setVTFont(const QFont& f)
 {
   QFrame::setFont(f);
 }
 
 QFont TEWidget::getVTFont() {
   return font();
 }
 
 void TEWidget::setFont(const QFont &)
 {
   // ignore font change request if not coming from konsole itself
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                         Constructor / Destructor                          */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 TEWidget::TEWidget(QWidget *parent, const char *name) : QFrame(parent,name)
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
   cb = QApplication::clipboard();
   QObject::connect( (QObject*)cb, SIGNAL(dataChanged()),
                     this, SLOT(onClearSelection()) );
 #endif
 
   scrollbar = new QScrollBar(this);
   scrollbar->setCursor( arrowCursor );
   connect(scrollbar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(scrollChanged(int)));
 
   hScrollbar = new QScrollBar(this);
   hScrollbar->setCursor( arrowCursor );
   hScrollbar->setOrientation(QScrollBar::Horizontal);
   //  hScrollbar->setMaximumHeight(16);
 
   connect( hScrollbar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT( hScrollChanged(int)));
 
   Config cfg( "Konsole" );
   cfg.setGroup("ScrollBar");
   switch( cfg.readNumEntry("Position",2)){
   case 0:
       scrollLoc = SCRNONE;
       break;
   case 1:
       scrollLoc = SCRLEFT;
       break;
   case 2:
       scrollLoc = SCRRIGHT;
       break;
   };
 
   useHorzScroll=cfg.readBoolEntry("HorzScroll",0);
 
   blinkT   = new QTimer(this);
   connect(blinkT, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(blinkEvent()));
   // blinking = FALSE;
   blinking = TRUE;
 
   resizing = FALSE;
   actSel   = 0;
   image    = 0;
   lines    = 1;
   columns  = 1;
   font_w   = 1;
   font_h   = 1;
   font_a   = 1;
   word_selection_mode = FALSE;
   hposition = 0;
   vcolumns = 0;
   useBeep = true;
 
   setMouseMarks(TRUE);
   setVTFont( QFont("fixed") );
   setColorTable(base_color_table); // init color table
 
   qApp->installEventFilter( this ); //FIXME: see below
 //  KCursor::setAutoHideCursor( this, true );
 
   // Init DnD ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   currentSession = NULL;
 //  setAcceptDrops(true); // attempt
 //  m_drop = new QPopupMenu(this);
 //  m_drop->insertItem( QString("Paste"), 0);
 //  m_drop->insertItem( QString("cd"),    1);
 //  connect(m_drop, SIGNAL(activated(int)), SLOT(drop_menu_activated(int)));
 
   // we need focus so that the auto-hide cursor feature works
   setFocus();
   setFocusPolicy( WheelFocus );
 }
 
 //FIXME: make proper destructor
 // Here's a start (David)
 TEWidget::~TEWidget()
 {
   qApp->removeEventFilter( this );
   if (image) free(image);
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                             Display Operations                            */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 /*!
     attributed string draw primitive
 */
 
 void TEWidget::drawAttrStr(QPainter &paint, QRect rect,
                            QString& str, ca attr, BOOL pm, BOOL clear)
 {
   if (pm && color_table[attr.b].transparent)
   {
     paint.setBackgroundMode( TransparentMode );
     if (clear) erase(rect);
   }
   else
   {
     if (blinking)
       paint.fillRect(rect, color_table[attr.b].color);
     else
     {
       paint.setBackgroundMode( OpaqueMode );
       paint.setBackgroundColor( color_table[attr.b].color );
     }
   }
 
   if (color_table[attr.f].bold)
     paint.setPen(QColor( 0x8F, 0x00, 0x00 ));
   else
     paint.setPen(color_table[attr.f].color);
 
   paint.drawText(rect.x(),rect.y()+font_a, str);
 
   if (attr.r & RE_UNDERLINE)
     paint.drawLine(rect.left(), rect.y()+font_a+1, rect.right(),rect.y()+font_a+1 );
 }
 
 /*!
     The image can only be set completely.
 
     The size of the new image may or may not match the size of the widget.
 */
 
 void TEWidget::setImage(const ca* const newimg, int lines, int columns)
 { int y,x,len;
   const QPixmap* pm = backgroundPixmap();
   QPainter paint;
   setUpdatesEnabled(FALSE);
   paint.begin( this );
 HCNT("setImage");
 
   QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
   int    tLx = tL.x();
   int    tLy = tL.y();
   hasBlinker = FALSE;
 
   int cf  = -1; // undefined
   int cb  = -1; // undefined
   int cr  = -1; // undefined
 
   int lins = QMIN(this->lines,  QMAX(0,lines  ));
   int cols = QMIN(this->columns,QMAX(0,columns));
   QChar *disstrU = new QChar[cols];
   for (y = 0; y < lins; y++) {
     const ca*       lcl = &image[y*this->columns];
     const ca* const ext = &newimg[y*columns];
     if (!resizing) // not while resizing, we're expecting a paintEvent
     for (x = 0; x < cols; x++)
     {
       hasBlinker |= (ext[x].r & RE_BLINK);
       if (ext[x] != lcl[x])
       {
         cr = ext[x].r;
         cb = ext[x].b;
         if (ext[x].f != cf) cf = ext[x].f;
         int lln = cols - x;
         disstrU[0] = fontMap(ext[x+0].c);
         for (len = 1; len < lln; len++)
         {
           if (ext[x+len].f != cf || ext[x+len].b != cb || ext[x+len].r != cr ||
               ext[x+len] == lcl[x+len] )
             break;
           disstrU[len] = fontMap(ext[x+len].c);
         }
         QString unistr(disstrU,len);
         drawAttrStr(paint,
                     QRect(blX+tLx+font_w*x,bY+tLy+font_h*y,font_w*len,font_h),
                     unistr, ext[x], pm != NULL, true);
         x += len - 1;
       }
     }
     // finally, make `image' become `newimg'.
     memcpy((void*)lcl,(const void*)ext,cols*sizeof(ca));
   }
   drawFrame( &paint );
   paint.end();
   setUpdatesEnabled(TRUE);
   if ( hasBlinker && !blinkT->isActive()) blinkT->start(1000); // 1000 ms
   if (!hasBlinker &&  blinkT->isActive()) { blinkT->stop(); blinking = FALSE; }
   delete [] disstrU;
 }
 
 // paint Event ////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 /*!
     The difference of this routine vs. the `setImage' is,
     that the drawing does not include a difference analysis
     between the old and the new image. Instead, the internal
     image is used and the painting bound by the PaintEvent box.
 */
 
 void TEWidget::paintEvent( QPaintEvent* pe )
 {
 
 //{ static int cnt = 0; printf("paint %d\n",cnt++); }
   const QPixmap* pm = backgroundPixmap();
   QPainter paint;
   setUpdatesEnabled(FALSE);
   paint.begin( this );
   paint.setBackgroundMode( TransparentMode );
 HCNT("paintEvent");
 
   // Note that the actual widget size can be slightly larger
   // that the image (the size is truncated towards the smaller
   // number of characters in `resizeEvent'. The paint rectangle
   // can thus be larger than the image, but less then the size
   // of one character.
 
   QRect rect = pe->rect().intersect(contentsRect());
 
   QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
   int    tLx = tL.x();
   int    tLy = tL.y();
 
   int lux = QMIN(columns-1, QMAX(0,(rect.left()   - tLx - blX ) / font_w));
   int luy = QMIN(lines-1,   QMAX(0,(rect.top()    - tLy - bY  ) / font_h));
   int rlx = QMIN(columns-1, QMAX(0,(rect.right()  - tLx - blX ) / font_w));
   int rly = QMIN(lines-1,   QMAX(0,(rect.bottom() - tLy - bY  ) / font_h));
 
   /*
  printf("paintEvent: %d..%d, %d..%d (%d..%d, %d..%d)\n",lux,rlx,luy,rly,
   rect.left(), rect.right(), rect.top(), rect.bottom());
   */
 
   //  if (pm != NULL && color_table[image->b].transparent)
   //  erase(rect);
   // BL: I have no idea why we need this, and it breaks the refresh.
 
   QChar *disstrU = new QChar[columns];
   for (int y = luy; y <= rly; y++)
   for (int x = lux; x <= rlx; x++)
   {
     int len = 1;
     disstrU[0] = fontMap(image[loc(x,y)].c);
     int cf = image[loc(x,y)].f;
     int cb = image[loc(x,y)].b;
     int cr = image[loc(x,y)].r;
     while (x+len <= rlx &&
            image[loc(x+len,y)].f == cf &&
            image[loc(x+len,y)].b == cb &&
            image[loc(x+len,y)].r == cr )
     {
       disstrU[len] = fontMap(image[loc(x+len,y)].c);
       len += 1;
     }
     QString unistr(disstrU,len);
     drawAttrStr(paint,
                 QRect(blX+tLx+font_w*x,bY+tLy+font_h*y,font_w*len,font_h),
                 unistr, image[loc(x,y)], pm != NULL, false);
     x += len - 1;
   }
   delete [] disstrU;
   drawFrame( &paint );
   paint.end();
   setUpdatesEnabled(TRUE);
 }
 
 void TEWidget::blinkEvent()
 {
   blinking = !blinking;
   repaint(FALSE);
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                                  Resizing                                 */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 void TEWidget::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* ev)
 {
 //  printf("resize: %d,%d\n",ev->size().width(),ev->size().height());
   //printf("approx: %d,%d\n",ev->size().width()/font_w,ev->size().height()/font_h);
   //printf("leaves: %d,%d\n",ev->size().width()%font_w,ev->size().height()%font_h);
   //printf("curren: %d,%d\n",width(),height());
 HCNT("resizeEvent");
 
   // see comment in `paintEvent' concerning the rounding.
   //FIXME: could make a routine here; check width(),height()
   assert(ev->size().width() == width());
   assert(ev->size().height() == height());
 
   propagateSize();
 }
 
 void TEWidget::propagateSize()
 {
   ca* oldimg = image;
   int oldlin = lines;
   int oldcol = columns;
   makeImage();
   // we copy the old image to reduce flicker
   int lins = QMIN(oldlin,lines);
   int cols = QMIN(oldcol,columns);
   if (oldimg)
   {
     for (int lin = 0; lin < lins; lin++)
       memcpy((void*)&image[columns*lin],
              (void*)&oldimg[oldcol*lin],cols*sizeof(ca));
     free(oldimg); //FIXME: try new,delete
   }
   else
     clearImage();
 
   //NOTE: control flows from the back through the chest right into the eye.
   //      `emu' will call back via `setImage'.
 
   resizing = TRUE;
   emit changedImageSizeSignal(lines, columns); // expose resizeEvent
   resizing = FALSE;
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                                Scrollbar                                  */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 void TEWidget::scrollChanged(int) {
   emit changedHistoryCursor(scrollbar->value()); //expose
 }
 
 void TEWidget::hScrollChanged(int loc) {
   hposition = loc;
   propagateSize();
   update();
 
 //  emit changedHorzCursor( hScrollbar->value()); //expose
 }
 
 void TEWidget::setScroll(int cursor, int slines)
 {
   disconnect(scrollbar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(scrollChanged(int)));
   scrollbar->setRange(0,slines);
   scrollbar->setSteps(1,lines);
   scrollbar->setValue(cursor);
   connect(scrollbar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(scrollChanged(int)));
 }
 
 void TEWidget::setScrollbarLocation(int loc)
 {
   if (scrollLoc == loc) return; // quickly
   scrollLoc = loc;
   propagateSize();
   update();
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                                   Mouse                                   */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 /*!
     Three different operations can be performed using the mouse, and the
     routines in this section serve all of them:
 
     1) The press/release events are exposed to the application
     2) Marking (press and move left button) and Pasting (press middle button)
     3) The right mouse button is used from the configuration menu
 
     NOTE: During the marking process we attempt to keep the cursor within
     the bounds of the text as being displayed by setting the mouse position
     whenever the mouse has left the text area.
 
     Two reasons to do so:
     1) QT does not allow the `grabMouse' to confine-to the TEWidget.
        Thus a `XGrapPointer' would have to be used instead.
     2) Even if so, this would not help too much, since the text area
        of the TEWidget is normally not identical with it's bounds.
 
     The disadvantage of the current handling is, that the mouse can visibly
     leave the bounds of the widget and is then moved back. Because of the
     current construction, and the reasons mentioned above, we cannot do better
     without changing the overall construction.
 */
 
 /*!
 */
 
 void TEWidget::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* ev)
 {
 //printf("press [%d,%d] %d\n",ev->x()/font_w,ev->y()/font_h,ev->button());
   if ( !contentsRect().contains(ev->pos()) ) return;
   QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
   int    tLx = tL.x();
   int    tLy = tL.y();
 
   mouse_down_x = ev->x();
   mouse_down_y = ev->y();
 
 //printf("press top left [%d,%d] by=%d\n",tLx,tLy, bY);
   if ( ev->button() == LeftButton)
   {
     QPoint pos = QPoint((ev->x()-tLx-blX)/font_w,(ev->y()-tLy-bY)/font_h);
 
     word_selection_mode = (ev->state() & ShiftButton);
 
     if ( ev->state() & ControlButton ) preserve_line_breaks = FALSE ;
 
     if (mouse_marks || (ev->state() & ShiftButton))
     {
       emit clearSelectionSignal();
       iPntSel = pntSel = pos;
       actSel = 1; // left mouse button pressed but nothing selected yet.
       grabMouse(   /*crossCursor*/  ); // handle with care!
     }
     else
     {
       emit mouseSignal( 0, pos.x() + 1, pos.y() + 1 ); // left button
     }
   }
   if ( ev->button() == MidButton )
   {
     emitSelection();
   }
   if ( ev->button() == RightButton ) // Configure
   {
     emit configureRequest( this, ev->state()&(ShiftButton|ControlButton), ev->x(), ev->y() );
   }
 }
 
 void TEWidget::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* ev)
 {
   // for auto-hiding the cursor, we need mouseTracking
   if (ev->state() == NoButton ) return;
 
   if (actSel == 0) return;
 
  // don't extend selection while pasting
   if (ev->state() & MidButton) return;
 
   //if ( !contentsRect().contains(ev->pos()) ) return;
   QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
   int    tLx = tL.x();
   int    tLy = tL.y();
   int    scroll = scrollbar->value();
 //  int    hScroll = hScrollbar->value();
 
   // we're in the process of moving the mouse with the left button pressed
   // the mouse cursor will kept catched within the bounds of the text in
   // this widget.
 
   // Adjust position within text area bounds. See FIXME above.
   QPoint pos = ev->pos();
   if ( pos.x() < tLx+blX )                  pos.setX( tLx+blX );
   if ( pos.x() > tLx+blX+columns*font_w-1 ) pos.setX( tLx+blX+columns*font_w );
   if ( pos.y() < tLy+bY )                   pos.setY( tLy+bY );
   if ( pos.y() > tLy+bY+lines*font_h-1 )    pos.setY( tLy+bY+lines*font_h-1 );
   // check if we produce a mouse move event by this
   if ( pos != ev->pos() ) cursor().setPos(mapToGlobal(pos));
 
   if ( pos.y() == tLy+bY+lines*font_h-1 )
   {
     scrollbar->setValue(scrollbar->value()+yMouseScroll); // scrollforward
   }
   if ( pos.y() == tLy+bY )
   {
     scrollbar->setValue(scrollbar->value()-yMouseScroll); // scrollback
   }
 
   QPoint here = QPoint((pos.x()-tLx-blX)/font_w,(pos.y()-tLy-bY)/font_h);
   QPoint ohere;
   bool swapping = FALSE;
 
   if ( word_selection_mode )
   {
     // Extend to word boundaries
     int i;
     int selClass;
 
     bool left_not_right = ( here.y() < iPntSel.y() ||
      here.y() == iPntSel.y() && here.x() < iPntSel.x() );
     bool old_left_not_right = ( pntSel.y() < iPntSel.y() ||
      pntSel.y() == iPntSel.y() && pntSel.x() < iPntSel.x() );
     swapping = left_not_right != old_left_not_right;
 
     // Find left (left_not_right ? from here : from start)
     QPoint left = left_not_right ? here : iPntSel;
     i = loc(left.x(),left.y());
     selClass = charClass(image[i].c);
     while ( left.x() > 0 && charClass(image[i-1].c) == selClass )
     { i--; left.rx()--; }
 
     // Find left (left_not_right ? from start : from here)
     QPoint right = left_not_right ? iPntSel : here;
     i = loc(right.x(),right.y());
     selClass = charClass(image[i].c);
     while ( right.x() < columns-1 && charClass(image[i+1].c) == selClass )
     { i++; right.rx()++; }
 
     // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here)
     if ( left_not_right )
     {
       here = left; ohere = right;
     }
     else
     {
       here = right; ohere = left;
     }
   }
 
   if (here == pntSel && scroll == scrollbar->value()) return; // not moved
 
   if ( word_selection_mode ) {
     if ( actSel < 2 || swapping ) {
       emit beginSelectionSignal( ohere.x(), ohere.y() );
     }
   } else if ( actSel < 2 ) {
     emit beginSelectionSignal( pntSel.x(), pntSel.y() );
   }
 
   actSel = 2; // within selection
   pntSel = here;
   emit extendSelectionSignal( here.x(), here.y() );
 }
 
 void TEWidget::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* ev)
 {
 //printf("release [%d,%d] %d\n",ev->x()/font_w,ev->y()/font_h,ev->button());
   if ( ev->button() == LeftButton)
   {
     if (QABS(ev->x() - mouse_down_x) < 3
         && QABS(ev->y() - mouse_down_y) < 3
         && ev->y() < qApp->desktop()->height()/8) {
       emit setFullScreen(false);
     }
 
     if ( actSel > 1 ) emit endSelectionSignal(preserve_line_breaks);
     preserve_line_breaks = TRUE;
     actSel = 0;
 
     //FIXME: emits a release event even if the mouse is
     //       outside the range. The procedure used in `mouseMoveEvent'
     //       applies here, too.
 
     QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
     int    tLx = tL.x();
     int    tLy = tL.y();
 
     if (!mouse_marks && !(ev->state() & ShiftButton))
       emit mouseSignal( 3, // release
                         (ev->x()-tLx-blX)/font_w + 1,
                         (ev->y()-tLy-bY)/font_h + 1 );
     releaseMouse();
   }
 }
 
 void TEWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev)
 {
   if ( ev->button() != LeftButton) return;
 
   QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
   int    tLx = tL.x();
   int    tLy = tL.y();
   QPoint pos = QPoint((ev->x()-tLx-blX)/font_w,(ev->y()-tLy-bY)/font_h);
 
   // pass on double click as two clicks.
   if (!mouse_marks && !(ev->state() & ShiftButton))
   {
     emit mouseSignal( 0, pos.x()+1, pos.y()+1 ); // left button
     emit mouseSignal( 3, pos.x()+1, pos.y()+1 ); // release
     emit mouseSignal( 0, pos.x()+1, pos.y()+1 ); // left button
     return;
   }
 
 
   emit clearSelectionSignal();
   QPoint bgnSel = pos;
   QPoint endSel = QPoint((ev->x()-tLx-blX)/font_w,(ev->y()-tLy-bY)/font_h);
   int i = loc(bgnSel.x(),bgnSel.y());
   iPntSel = bgnSel;
 
   word_selection_mode = TRUE;
 
   // find word boundaries...
   int selClass = charClass(image[i].c);
   {
     // set the start...
      int x = bgnSel.x();
      while ( x > 0 && charClass(image[i-1].c) == selClass )
      { i--; x--; }
      bgnSel.setX(x);
      emit beginSelectionSignal( bgnSel.x(), bgnSel.y() );
 
      // set the end...
      i = loc( endSel.x(), endSel.y() );
      x = endSel.x();
      while( x < columns-1 && charClass(image[i+1].c) == selClass )
      { i++; x++ ; }
      endSel.setX(x);
      actSel = 2; // within selection
      emit extendSelectionSignal( endSel.x(), endSel.y() );
      emit endSelectionSignal(preserve_line_breaks);
      preserve_line_breaks = TRUE;
    }
 }
 
 void TEWidget::focusInEvent( QFocusEvent * )
 {
 
     // do nothing, to prevent repainting
 }
 
 
 void TEWidget::focusOutEvent( QFocusEvent * )
 {
     // do nothing, to prevent repainting
 }
 
 bool TEWidget::focusNextPrevChild( bool next )
 {
   if (next)
     return false; // This disables changing the active part in konqueror
                   // when pressing Tab
   return QFrame::focusNextPrevChild( next );
 }
 
 
 int TEWidget::charClass(char ch) const
 {
     // This might seem like overkill, but imagine if ch was a Unicode
     // character (Qt 2.0 QChar) - it might then be sensible to separate
     // the different language ranges, etc.
 
     if ( isspace(ch) ) return ' ';
 
     static const char *word_characters = ":@-./_~";
     if ( isalnum(ch) || strchr(word_characters, ch) )
     return 'a';
 
     // Everything else is weird
     return 1;
 }
 
 void TEWidget::setMouseMarks(bool on)
 {
   mouse_marks = on;
   setCursor( mouse_marks ? ibeamCursor : arrowCursor );
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                               Clipboard                                   */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 #undef KeyPress
 
 void TEWidget::emitSelection()
 // Paste Clipboard by simulating keypress events
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
   QString text = QApplication::clipboard()->text();
         //odebug << text << oendl; 
   if ( ! text.isNull())
   {
     text.replace(QRegExp("\n"), "\r");
     QKeyEvent e(QEvent::KeyPress, 0, -1, 0, text);
     emit keyPressedSignal(&e); // expose as a big fat keypress event
     emit clearSelectionSignal();
   }
 #endif
 }
 
 void TEWidget::emitText(QString text)
 {
   QKeyEvent e(QEvent::KeyPress, 0, -1, 0, text);
   emit keyPressedSignal(&e); // expose as a big fat keypress event
 }
 
 void TEWidget::pasteClipboard( )
 {
   emitSelection();
 }
 
 void TEWidget::setSelection(const QString& t)
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
   // Disconnect signal while WE set the clipboard
   QObject *cb = QApplication::clipboard();
   QObject::disconnect( cb, SIGNAL(dataChanged()),
                      this, SLOT(onClearSelection()) );
 
   QApplication::clipboard()->setText(t);
 
   QObject::connect( cb, SIGNAL(dataChanged()),
                      this, SLOT(onClearSelection()) );
 #endif
 }
 
 void TEWidget::onClearSelection()
 {
   emit clearSelectionSignal();
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                                Keyboard                                   */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 //FIXME: an `eventFilter' has been installed instead of a `keyPressEvent'
 //       due to a bug in `QT' or the ignorance of the author to prevent
 //       repaint events being emitted to the screen whenever one leaves
 //       or reenters the screen to/from another application.
 //
 //   Troll says one needs to change focusInEvent() and focusOutEvent(),
 //   which would also let you have an in-focus cursor and an out-focus
 //   cursor like xterm does.
 
 // for the auto-hide cursor feature, I added empty focusInEvent() and
 // focusOutEvent() so that update() isn't called.
 // For auto-hide, we need to get keypress-events, but we only get them when
 // we have focus.
 
 void TEWidget::doScroll(int lines)
 {
   scrollbar->setValue(scrollbar->value()+lines);
 }
 
 void TEWidget::doHScroll(int lines) {
   hScrollbar->setValue( hScrollbar->value()+lines);
 }
 
 bool TEWidget::eventFilter( QObject *obj, QEvent *e )
 {
     if ( (e->type() == QEvent::Accel ||
           e->type() == QEvent::AccelAvailable ) && qApp->focusWidget() == this )  {
         static_cast<QKeyEvent *>( e )->ignore();
         return true;
     }
     if ( obj != this /* when embedded */ && obj != parent() /* when standalone */ )
         return FALSE; // not us
     if ( e->type() == QEvent::Wheel)  {
         QApplication::sendEvent(scrollbar, e);
     }
 
 #ifdef FAKE_CTRL_AND_ALT
     static bool control = FALSE;
     static bool alt = FALSE;
 //    odebug << " Has a keyboard with no CTRL and ALT keys, but we fake it:" << oendl; 
     bool dele=FALSE;
     if ( e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress || e->type() == QEvent::KeyRelease ) {
         QKeyEvent* ke = (QKeyEvent*)e;
         bool keydown = e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress || ke->isAutoRepeat();
         switch (ke->key()) {
           case Key_F9: // let this be "Control"
               control = keydown;
               e = new QKeyEvent(QEvent::KeyPress, Key_Control, 0, ke->state());
               dele=TRUE;
               break;
           case Key_F13: // let this be "Alt"
               alt = keydown;
               e = new QKeyEvent(QEvent::KeyPress, Key_Alt, 0, ke->state());
               dele=TRUE;
               break;
           default:
               if ( control ) {
                   int a = toupper(ke->ascii())-64;
                   if ( a >= 0 && a < ' ' ) {
                       e = new QKeyEvent(e->type(), ke->key(),
                                         a, ke->state()|ControlButton, QChar(a,0));
                       dele=TRUE;
                   }
               }
               if ( alt ) {
                   e = new QKeyEvent(e->type(), ke->key(),
                                     ke->ascii(), ke->state()|AltButton, ke->text());
                   dele=TRUE;
               }
         }
     }
 #endif
 
     if ( e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress )  {
         QKeyEvent* ke = (QKeyEvent*)e;
         actSel=0; // Key stroke implies a screen update, so TEWidget won't
           // know where the current selection is.
 
 //     odebug << "key pressed is 0x" << ke->key() << ", ascii is 0x" << ke->ascii() << ", state " << ke->state() << "" << oendl; 
 
         bool special_function = true;
         switch(ke->key()) {
                   //case 0x201b:  // fn-5
                   //case Key_F1:
           // switch sessions (?)
           // emitText("\\"); // expose  (??)
                   //  break;
 
         case 0x2016:  // fn-p
         case Key_F2:
           pasteClipboard();
           break;
 
         case 0x2018:  // fn-S
         case Key_F3:
           emit changeSession(1);
           break;
 
         case 0x2019: // fn-n
           emit newSession();
           break;
 
         case Qt::Key_Tab:
           if (ke->state() == ControlButton) {
             emit changeSession(1);
           } else {
             special_function = false;
           }
           break;
 
 #if 0
         case Qt::Key_Left:
           if (vcolumns == 0) {
             emit changeSession(-1);
           } else {
             special_function = false;
           }
           break;
 
         case Qt::Key_Right:
           if (vcolumns == 0) {
             emit changeSession(1);
           } else {
             special_function = false;
           }
           break;
 #endif
 
         case 0x201b:  // fn-5
         case Key_F4:
           emit toggleFullScreen();
           break;
 
         case 0x200f:  // fn-1 magnify minus
         case Key_F5:
           emit changeFontSize(-1);
           break;
 
         case 0x2010:  // fn-2 magnify plus
         case Key_F6:
           emit changeFontSize(1);
           break;
 
         default:
           special_function = false;
         }
         if (special_function) {
           return true;
         }
         //        else if( ke->state() == ControlButton && ke->key() == Key_V) {
         //          pasteClipboard();
         //        }
         //        else if( ke->state() == ControlButton && ke->key() == Key_C) {
         //          pasteClipboard();
         //        }
         emit keyPressedSignal(ke); // expose
         ke->accept();
 #ifdef FAKE_CTRL_AND_ALT
         if ( dele ) delete e;
 #endif
         return true;               // stop the event
     }
     if ( e->type() == QEvent::Enter )  {
         QObject::disconnect( (QObject*)cb, SIGNAL(dataChanged()),
                              this, SLOT(onClearSelection()) );
     }
     if ( e->type() == QEvent::Leave )  {
         QObject::connect( (QObject*)cb, SIGNAL(dataChanged()),
                           this, SLOT(onClearSelection()) );
     }
     return QFrame::eventFilter( obj, e );
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                                  Frame                                    */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 void TEWidget::frameChanged()
 {
   propagateSize();
   update();
 }
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                                   Sound                                   */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 void TEWidget::Bell()
 {
 //#ifdef QT_QWS_SL5XXX
 //# ifndef QT_NO_COP
     if(useBeep)
         QCopEnvelope( "QPE/TaskBar", "soundAlarm()" );
 
 //# endif
 //#else
 //# ifndef QT_NO_SOUND
 //    QSound::play(Resource::findSound("alarm"));
 //# endif
 //#endif
 
 //    QApplication::beep();
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                                 Auxiluary                                 */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 void TEWidget::clearImage()
 // initialize the image
 // for internal use only
 {
   for (int y = 0; y < lines; y++)
   for (int x = 0; x < columns; x++)
   {
     image[loc(x,y)].c = 0xff; //' ';
     image[loc(x,y)].f = 0xff; //DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR;
     image[loc(x,y)].b = 0xff; //DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR;
     image[loc(x,y)].r = 0xff; //DEFAULT_RENDITION;
   }
 }
 
 // Create Image ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 void TEWidget::calcGeometry()
 {
     int showhscrollbar = 1;
     int hwidth = 0;
     int dcolumns = 0;
     Config cfg( "Konsole" );
     cfg.setGroup("ScrollBar");
     useHorzScroll=cfg.readBoolEntry("HorzScroll",0);
 
     if(vcolumns == 0) showhscrollbar = 0;
     if(showhscrollbar == 1) hwidth = QApplication::style().scrollBarExtent().width();
 
     scrollbar->resize(QApplication::style().scrollBarExtent().width(),
                       contentsRect().height() - hwidth);
 
     switch(scrollLoc)  {
       case SCRNONE :
           columns = ( contentsRect().width() - 2 * rimX ) / font_w;
           dcolumns = columns;
           if(vcolumns) columns = vcolumns;
           blX = (contentsRect().width() - (columns*font_w) ) / 2;
           if(showhscrollbar)
               blX = -hposition * font_w;
           brX = blX;
           scrollbar->hide();
           break;
       case SCRLEFT :
           columns = ( contentsRect().width() - 2 * rimX - scrollbar->width()) / font_w;
           dcolumns = columns;
           if(vcolumns) columns = vcolumns;
           brX = (contentsRect().width() - (columns*font_w) - scrollbar->width() ) / 2;
           if(showhscrollbar)
               brX = -hposition * font_w;
           blX = brX + scrollbar->width();
           scrollbar->move(contentsRect().topLeft());
           scrollbar->show();
           break;
       case SCRRIGHT:
           columns = ( contentsRect().width()  - 2 * rimX - scrollbar->width()) / font_w;
           dcolumns = columns;
           if(vcolumns) columns = vcolumns;
           blX = (contentsRect().width() - (columns*font_w) - scrollbar->width() ) / 2;
           if(showhscrollbar)
               blX = -hposition * font_w;
           brX = blX;
           scrollbar->move(contentsRect().topRight() - QPoint(scrollbar->width()-1,0));
           scrollbar->show();
           break;
     }
       //FIXME: support 'rounding' styles
     lines   = ( contentsRect().height() - 2 * rimY  ) / font_h;
     bY = (contentsRect().height() - (lines  *font_h)) / 2;
 
     if(showhscrollbar == 1)  {
         hScrollbar->resize(contentsRect().width() - hwidth, hwidth);
         hScrollbar->setRange(0, vcolumns - dcolumns);
 
         QPoint p = contentsRect().bottomLeft();
         if(scrollLoc == SCRLEFT)
             hScrollbar->move(QPoint(p.x()+hwidth, p.y() - hwidth));
         else
             hScrollbar->move(QPoint(p.x(), p.y() - hwidth));
 
         hScrollbar->show();
     }
     else hScrollbar->hide();
 
     if(showhscrollbar == 1)  {
         lines = lines - (hwidth / font_h) - 1;
         if(lines < 1) lines = 1;
     }
   //FIXME: support 'rounding' styles
 }
 
 void TEWidget::makeImage()
 //FIXME: rename 'calcGeometry?
 {
   calcGeometry();
   image = (ca*) malloc(lines*columns*sizeof(ca));
   clearImage();
 }
 
 // calculate the needed size
 QSize TEWidget::calcSize(int cols, int lins) const
 {
   int frw = width() - contentsRect().width();
   int frh = height() - contentsRect().height();
   int scw = (scrollLoc==SCRNONE?0:scrollbar->width());
   return QSize( font_w*cols + 2*rimX + frw + scw, font_h*lins + 2*rimY + frh );
 }
 
 QSize TEWidget::sizeHint() const
 {
    return size();
 }
 
 void TEWidget::styleChange(QStyle &)
 {
     propagateSize();
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
 
 /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                       */
 /* Drag & Drop                                                           */
 /*                                                                       */
 /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 
 void TEWidget::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* e)
 {
   e->accept(QTextDrag::canDecode(e) ||
       QUriDrag::canDecode(e));
 }
 
 void TEWidget::dropEvent(QDropEvent* event)
 {
     // The current behaviour when url(s) are dropped is
     // * if there is only ONE url and if it's a LOCAL one, ask for paste or cd
     // * in all other cases, just paste
     //   (for non-local ones, or for a list of URLs, 'cd' is nonsense)
   QStrList strlist;
   int file_count = 0;
   dropText = "";
   bool bPopup = true;
 
   if(QUriDrag::decode(event, strlist)) {
     if (strlist.count()) {
       for(const char* p = strlist.first(); p; p = strlist.next()) {
         if(file_count++ > 0) {
           dropText += " ";
           bPopup = false; // more than one file, don't popup
         }
 
 /*
         KURL url(p);
         if (url.isLocalFile()) {
           dropText += url.path(); // local URL : remove protocol
         }
         else {
           dropText += url.prettyURL();
           bPopup = false; // a non-local file, don't popup
         }
 */
 
       }
 
       if (bPopup)
         // m_drop->popup(pos() + event->pos());
   m_drop->popup(mapToGlobal(event->pos()));
       else
   {
     if (currentSession) {
       currentSession->getEmulation()->sendString(dropText.local8Bit());
     }
 //    kdDebug() << "Drop:" << dropText.local8Bit() << "\n";
   }
     }
   }
   else if(QTextDrag::decode(event, dropText)) {
 //    kdDebug() << "Drop:" << dropText.local8Bit() << "\n";
     if (currentSession) {
       currentSession->getEmulation()->sendString(dropText.local8Bit());
     }
     // Paste it
   }
 }
 #endif
 
 
 void TEWidget::drop_menu_activated(int item)
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
   switch (item)
   {
     case 0: // paste
       currentSession->getEmulation()->sendString(dropText.local8Bit());
 //    KWM::activate((Window)this->winId());
       break;
     case 1: // cd ...
       currentSession->getEmulation()->sendString("cd ");
       struct stat statbuf;
       if ( ::stat( QFile::encodeName( dropText ), &statbuf ) == 0 )
       {
         if ( !S_ISDIR(statbuf.st_mode) )
         {
 /*
           KURL url;
           url.setPath( dropText );
           dropText = url.directory( true, false ); // remove filename
 */
         }
       }
       dropText.replace(QRegExp(" "), "\\ "); // escape spaces
       currentSession->getEmulation()->sendString(dropText.local8Bit());
       currentSession->getEmulation()->sendString("\n");
 //    KWM::activate((Window)this->winId());
       break;
   }
 #else
   Q_UNUSED(item);  
 #endif
 }
 
 void TEWidget::setWrapAt(int columns)
 {
   vcolumns = columns;
   propagateSize();
   update();
 }
diff --git a/core/apps/textedit/textedit.cpp b/core/apps/textedit/textedit.cpp
index cabeb20..c7273c5 100644
--- a/core/apps/textedit/textedit.cpp
+++ b/core/apps/textedit/textedit.cpp
@@ -1,1208 +1,1208 @@
 /**********************************************************************
 // textedit.cpp
 ** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of Opie Environment.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 // changes added by L. J. Potter Sun 02-17-2002 21:31:31
 
 #include "textedit.h"
 #include "filePermissions.h"
 
 /* OPIE */
 #include <opie2/odebug.h>
 #include <opie2/ofileselector.h>
 #include <opie2/ofiledialog.h>
 #include <opie2/ofontselector.h>
 #include <qpe/resource.h>
 #include <qpe/config.h>
 #include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
 
 
 /* QT */
 #include <qmenubar.h>
 #include <qtoolbar.h>
 #include <qtextstream.h>
 #include <qclipboard.h>
 #include <qaction.h>
 #include <qlineedit.h>
 #include <qmessagebox.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
 #include <qtimer.h>
 #include <qdir.h>
 
 /* STD */
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <stdlib.h> //getenv
 
 using namespace Opie::Core;
 using namespace Opie::Ui;
 
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
 class QpeEditor : public QMultiLineEdit
 {
 
 public:
     QpeEditor( QWidget *parent, const char * name = 0 )
             : QMultiLineEdit( parent, name ) {
         clearTableFlags();
         setTableFlags( Tbl_vScrollBar | Tbl_autoHScrollBar );
 }
 
     void find( const QString &txt, bool caseSensitive,
                             bool backwards );
 protected:
     bool markIt;
     int line1, line2, col1, col2;
     void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * );
     void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * );
 
 //public slots:
       /*
 signals:
     void notFound();
     void searchWrapped();
     */
 
 private:
 
 };
 
 void QpeEditor::mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e ) {
  switch(e->button()) {
    case RightButton:
    { //rediculous workaround for qt popup menu
      //and the hold right click mechanism
        this->setSelection( line1, col1, line2, col2);
        QMultiLineEdit::mousePressEvent( e );
        markIt = false;
    }
    break;
    default:
    {
        if(!markIt) {
            int line, col;
            this->getCursorPosition(&line, &col);
            line1=line2=line;
            col1=col2=col;
        }
        QMultiLineEdit::mousePressEvent( e );
    }
        break;
  };
 }
 
 void QpeEditor::mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * ) {
     if(this->hasMarkedText()) {
         markIt = true;
         this->getMarkedRegion( &line1, &col1, &line2, & col2 );
     } else {
        markIt = false;
     }
 }
 
 void QpeEditor::find ( const QString &txt, bool caseSensitive,
            bool backwards )
 {
     static bool wrap = false;
     int line, col;
     if ( wrap ) {
         if ( !backwards )
             line = col = 0;
         wrap = false;
           //  emit searchWrapped();
     } else {
         getCursorPosition( &line, &col );
     }
       //ignore backwards for now....
     if ( !backwards ) {
         for ( ; ; ) {
             if ( line >= numLines() ) {
                 wrap = true;
                   //emit notFound();
                 break;
             }
             int findCol = getString( line )->find( txt, col, caseSensitive );
             if ( findCol >= 0 ) {
                 setCursorPosition( line, findCol, false );
                 col = findCol + txt.length();
                 setCursorPosition( line, col, true );
 
                   //found = true;
                 break;
             }
             line++;
             col = 0;
         }
     }
 }
 
 
 #else
 
 #error "Must make a QpeEditor that inherits QTextEdit"
 
 #endif
 
 
 static const int nfontsizes = 6;
 static const int fontsize[nfontsizes] = {8,10,12,14,18,24};
 
 TextEdit::TextEdit( QWidget *parent, const char *name, WFlags f )
     : QMainWindow( parent, name, f ), bFromDocView( false )
 {
     doc = 0;
     edited=false;
     fromSetDocument=false;
 
     setToolBarsMovable( false );
     connect( qApp,SIGNAL( aboutToQuit()),SLOT( cleanUp()) );
 
     channel = new QCopChannel( "QPE/Application/textedit", this );
     connect( channel, SIGNAL(received(const QCString&,const QByteArray&)),
         this, SLOT(receive(const QCString&,const QByteArray&)) );
 
     setIcon( Resource::loadPixmap( "TextEditor" ) );
 
     QToolBar *bar = new QToolBar( this );
     bar->setHorizontalStretchable( true );
     menu = bar;
 
     QMenuBar *mb = new QMenuBar( bar );
     QPopupMenu *file = new QPopupMenu( this );
     QPopupMenu *edit = new QPopupMenu( this );
     QPopupMenu *advancedMenu = new QPopupMenu(this);
 
     font = new QPopupMenu( this );
 
     bar = new QToolBar( this );
     editBar = bar;
 
     QAction *a = new QAction( tr( "New" ), Resource::loadPixmap( "new" ),
                               QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( a, SIGNAL( activated() ), this, SLOT( fileNew() ) );
 //    a->addTo( bar );
     a->addTo( file );
 
     a = new QAction( tr( "Open" ), Resource::loadPixmap( "fileopen" ),
                      QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( a, SIGNAL( activated() ), this, SLOT( fileOpen() ) );
     a->addTo( bar );
     a->addTo( file );
 
     a = new QAction( tr( "Save" ), Resource::loadPixmap("save") ,
                      QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( a, SIGNAL( activated() ), this, SLOT( save() ) );
     file->insertSeparator();
     a->addTo( bar );
     a->addTo( file );
 
     a = new QAction( tr( "Save As" ),  Resource::loadPixmap("save") ,
                      QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( a, SIGNAL( activated() ), this, SLOT( saveAs() ) );
     a->addTo( file );
 
     a = new QAction( tr( "Cut" ), Resource::loadPixmap( "cut" ),
                      QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( a, SIGNAL( activated() ), this, SLOT( editCut() ) );
     a->addTo( editBar );
     a->addTo( edit );
 
     a = new QAction( tr( "Copy" ), Resource::loadPixmap( "copy" ),
                      QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( a, SIGNAL( activated() ), this, SLOT( editCopy() ) );
     a->addTo( editBar );
     a->addTo( edit );
 
     a = new QAction( tr( "Paste" ), Resource::loadPixmap( "paste" ),
                      QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( a, SIGNAL( activated() ), this, SLOT( editPaste() ) );
     a->addTo( editBar );
     a->addTo( edit );
 
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
     a = new QAction( tr( "Insert Time and Date" ), Resource::loadPixmap( "paste" ),
                      QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( a, SIGNAL( activated() ), this, SLOT( editPasteTimeDate() ) );
     a->addTo( edit );
 #endif
 
        a = new QAction( tr( "Goto Line..." ), Resource::loadPixmap( "find" ),
                     QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
    connect( a, SIGNAL( activated() ), this, SLOT( gotoLine() ) );
     edit->insertSeparator();
    a->addTo( edit );
 
     a = new QAction( tr( "Find..." ), Resource::loadPixmap( "find" ),
                      QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( a, SIGNAL( activated() ), this, SLOT( editFind() ) );
     a->addTo( bar );
     a->addTo( edit );
 
     zin = new QAction( tr("Zoom in"), QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( zin, SIGNAL( activated() ), this, SLOT( zoomIn() ) );
     zin->addTo( font );
 
     zout = new QAction( tr("Zoom out"), QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( zout, SIGNAL( activated() ), this, SLOT( zoomOut() ) );
     zout->addTo( font );
 
     font->insertSeparator();
 
     font->insertItem(tr("Font"), this, SLOT(changeFont()) );
 
     font->insertSeparator();
     font->insertItem(tr("Advanced Features"), advancedMenu);
 
     QAction *wa = new QAction( tr("Wrap lines"),
                                QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( wa, SIGNAL( toggled(bool) ),
              this, SLOT( setWordWrap(bool) ) );
     wa->setToggleAction(true);
     wa->addTo( advancedMenu);
 
     nStart = new QAction( tr("Start with new file"),
                           QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( nStart, SIGNAL( toggled(bool) ),
              this, SLOT( changeStartConfig(bool) ) );
     nStart->setToggleAction(true);
     nStart->addTo( advancedMenu );
     nStart->setEnabled(false);
 
     nAdvanced = new QAction( tr("Prompt on Exit"),
                              QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( nAdvanced, SIGNAL( toggled(bool) ),
              this, SLOT( doPrompt(bool) ) );
     nAdvanced->setToggleAction(true);
     nAdvanced->addTo( advancedMenu );
 
     desktopAction = new QAction( tr("Always open linked file"),
                                  QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( desktopAction, SIGNAL( toggled(bool) ),
              this, SLOT( doDesktop(bool) ) );
     desktopAction->setToggleAction(true);
     desktopAction->addTo( advancedMenu);
 
     filePermAction = new QAction( tr("File Permissions"),
                                   QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( filePermAction, SIGNAL( toggled(bool) ),
              this, SLOT( doFilePerms(bool) ) );
     filePermAction->setToggleAction(true);
     filePermAction->addTo( advancedMenu);
 
     searchBarAction = new QAction( tr("Search Bar Open"),
                                    QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( searchBarAction, SIGNAL( toggled(bool) ),
              this, SLOT( setSearchBar(bool) ) );
     searchBarAction->setToggleAction(true);
     searchBarAction->addTo( advancedMenu);
 
     nAutoSave = new QAction( tr("Auto Save 5 min."),
                                    QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( nAutoSave, SIGNAL( toggled(bool) ),
              this, SLOT( doTimer(bool) ) );
     nAutoSave->setToggleAction(true);
     nAutoSave->addTo( advancedMenu);
 
 
     //font->insertSeparator();
 
     //font->insertItem(tr("About"), this, SLOT( doAbout()) );
 
     mb->insertItem( tr( "File" ), file );
     mb->insertItem( tr( "Edit" ), edit );
     mb->insertItem( tr( "View" ), font );
 
     searchBar = new QToolBar(this);
     addToolBar( searchBar,  "Search", QMainWindow::Top, true );
 
     searchBar->setHorizontalStretchable( true );
 
     searchEdit = new QLineEdit( searchBar, "searchEdit" );
     searchBar->setStretchableWidget( searchEdit );
     connect( searchEdit, SIGNAL( textChanged(const QString&) ),
        this, SLOT( search() ) );
 
     a = new QAction( tr( "Find Next" ), Resource::loadPixmap( "next" ),
                      QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( a, SIGNAL( activated() ), this, SLOT( findNext() ) );
     a->addTo( searchBar );
     a->addTo( edit );
 
     a = new QAction( tr( "Close Find" ), Resource::loadPixmap( "close" ),
                      QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( a, SIGNAL( activated() ), this, SLOT( findClose() ) );
     a->addTo( searchBar );
 
     edit->insertSeparator();
     a = new QAction( tr( "Delete" ), Resource::loadPixmap( "close" ),
                      QString::null, 0, this, 0 );
     connect( a, SIGNAL( activated() ), this, SLOT( editDelete() ) );
     a->addTo( edit );
 
     searchBar->hide();
 
     editor = new QpeEditor( this );
     setCentralWidget( editor );
     editor->setFrameStyle( QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken );
     connect( editor, SIGNAL( textChanged() ),
              this, SLOT( editorChanged() ) );
 
     QPEApplication::setStylusOperation( editor, QPEApplication::RightOnHold);
 
     Config cfg("TextEdit");
     cfg. setGroup ( "Font" );
 
     QFont defaultFont = editor-> font ( );
 
     QString family = cfg. readEntry     ( "Family", defaultFont. family ( ));
     int size       = cfg. readNumEntry  ( "Size",   defaultFont. pointSize ( ));
     int weight     = cfg. readNumEntry  ( "Weight", defaultFont. weight ( ));
     bool italic    = cfg. readBoolEntry ( "Italic", defaultFont. italic ( ));
 
     defaultFont = QFont ( family, size, weight, italic );
     editor-> setFont ( defaultFont );
 //    updateCaption();
 
     cfg.setGroup ( "View" );
 
     promptExit = cfg.readBoolEntry ( "PromptExit", false );
     openDesktop = cfg.readBoolEntry ( "OpenDesktop", true );
     filePerms = cfg.readBoolEntry ( "FilePermissions", false );
     useSearchBar = cfg.readBoolEntry ( "SearchBar", false );
     startWithNew =  cfg.readBoolEntry ( "startNew", true);
     featureAutoSave = cfg.readBoolEntry( "autosave", false);
 
     if(useSearchBar) searchBarAction->setOn(true);
     if(promptExit)  nAdvanced->setOn( true );
     if(openDesktop) desktopAction->setOn( true );
     if(filePerms) filePermAction->setOn( true );
     if(startWithNew) nStart->setOn( true );
     if(featureAutoSave) nAutoSave->setOn(true);
 
 //       {
 //           doTimer(true);
 //       }
 
     bool wrap = cfg. readBoolEntry ( "Wrap", true );
     wa-> setOn ( wrap );
     setWordWrap ( wrap );
 
 /////////////////
     if( qApp->argc() > 1) {
         currentFileName=qApp->argv()[1];
 
         QFileInfo fi(currentFileName);
 
         if(fi.baseName().left(1) == "") {
             openDotFile(currentFileName);
         } else {
             openFile(currentFileName);
         }
     } else {
     edited1=false;
             openDotFile("");
     }
 
     viewSelection = cfg.readNumEntry( "FileView", 0 );
 }
 
 TextEdit::~TextEdit() {
     owarn << "textedit d'tor" << oendl;
     delete editor;
 }
 
 void TextEdit::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *) {
     if( edited1 && promptExit)
       {
           switch( savePrompt() )
             {
               case 1:
               {
                   saveAs();
                   qApp->quit();
               }
               break;
 
               case 2:
               {
                   qApp->quit();
               }
               break;
 
               case -1:
                   break;
             };
       }
     else
         qApp->quit();
 
 }
 
 void TextEdit::cleanUp() {
 
     Config cfg ( "TextEdit" );
     cfg. setGroup ( "Font" );
     QFont f = editor->font();
     cfg.writeEntry ( "Family", f. family ( ));
     cfg.writeEntry ( "Size",   f. pointSize ( ));
     cfg.writeEntry ( "Weight", f. weight ( ));
     cfg.writeEntry ( "Italic", f. italic ( ));
 
     cfg.setGroup ( "View" );
     cfg.writeEntry ( "Wrap", editor->wordWrap() == QMultiLineEdit::WidgetWidth );
     cfg.writeEntry ( "FileView", viewSelection );
 
     cfg.writeEntry ( "PromptExit", promptExit );
     cfg.writeEntry ( "OpenDesktop", openDesktop );
     cfg.writeEntry ( "FilePermissions", filePerms );
     cfg.writeEntry ( "SearchBar", useSearchBar );
     cfg.writeEntry ( "startNew", startWithNew );
 
 }
 
 
 void TextEdit::accept() {
         if( edited1)
             saveAs();
      qApp->quit();
 }
 
 void TextEdit::zoomIn() {
     setFontSize(editor->font().pointSize()+1,false);
 }
 
 void TextEdit::zoomOut() {
     setFontSize(editor->font().pointSize()-1,true);
 }
 
 
 void TextEdit::setFontSize(int sz, bool round_down_not_up) {
     int s=10;
     for (int i=0; i<nfontsizes; i++) {
   if ( fontsize[i] == sz ) {
       s = sz;
       break;
   } else if ( round_down_not_up ) {
       if ( fontsize[i] < sz )
     s = fontsize[i];
   } else {
       if ( fontsize[i] > sz ) {
     s = fontsize[i];
     break;
       }
   }
     }
 
     QFont f = editor->font();
     f.setPointSize(s);
     editor->setFont(f);
 
     zin->setEnabled(s != fontsize[nfontsizes-1]);
     zout->setEnabled(s != fontsize[0]);
 }
 
 void TextEdit::setBold(bool y) {
     QFont f = editor->font();
     f.setBold(y);
     editor->setFont(f);
 }
 
 void TextEdit::setItalic(bool y) {
     QFont f = editor->font();
     f.setItalic(y);
     editor->setFont(f);
 }
 
 void TextEdit::setWordWrap(bool y) {
     bool state = editor->edited();
     QString captionStr = caption();
     bool b1 = edited1;
     bool b2 = edited;
 
     editor->setWordWrap(y ? QMultiLineEdit::WidgetWidth : QMultiLineEdit::NoWrap );
     editor->setEdited( state );
     edited1=b1;
     edited=b2;
     setCaption(captionStr);
 }
 
 void TextEdit::setSearchBar(bool b) {
     useSearchBar=b;
     Config cfg("TextEdit");
     cfg.setGroup("View");
     cfg.writeEntry ( "SearchBar", b );
     searchBarAction->setOn(b);
     if(b)
         searchBar->show();
     else
         searchBar->hide();
     editor->setFocus();
 }
 
 void TextEdit::fileNew() {
 //     if( !bFromDocView  ) {
 //         saveAs();
 //     }
     newFile(DocLnk());
 }
 
 void TextEdit::fileOpen() {
     Config cfg("TextEdit");
     cfg. setGroup ( "View" );
     QMap<QString, QStringList> map;
     map.insert(tr("All"), QStringList() );
     QStringList text;
     text << "text/*";
     map.insert(tr("Text"), text );
     text << "*";
     map.insert(tr("All"), text );
     QString str = OFileDialog::getOpenFileName( 2,
                                                 QString::null ,
                                                 QString::null, map);
     if( !str.isEmpty() && QFile(str).exists() && !QFileInfo(str).isDir() )
     {
        openFile( str );
     }
     else
         updateCaption();
 }
 
 void TextEdit::doSearchBar() {
     if(!useSearchBar)
         searchBar->hide();
     else
         searchBar->show();
 }
 
 #if 0
 void TextEdit::slotFind() {
     FindDialog frmFind( tr("Text Editor"), this );
     connect( &frmFind, SIGNAL(signalFindClicked(const QString&,bool,bool,int)),
        editor, SLOT(slotDoFind(const QString&,bool,bool)));
 
     //case sensitive, backwards, [category]
 
     connect( editor, SIGNAL(notFound()),
        &frmFind, SLOT(slotNotFound()) );
     connect( editor, SIGNAL(searchWrapped()),
        &frmFind, SLOT(slotWrapAround()) );
 
     frmFind.exec();
 
 
 }
 #endif
 
 void TextEdit::fileRevert() {
     clear();
     fileOpen();
 }
 
 void TextEdit::editCut() {
 #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
     editor->cut();
 #endif
 }
 
 void TextEdit::editCopy() {
 #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
     editor->copy();
 #endif
 }
 
 void TextEdit::editPaste() {
 #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
     editor->paste();
 #endif
 }
 
 void TextEdit::editFind() {
     searchBar->show();
     searchEdit->setFocus();
 }
 
 void TextEdit::findNext() {
     editor->find( searchEdit->text(), false, false );
 
 }
 
 void TextEdit::findClose() {
     searchBar->hide();
 }
 
 void TextEdit::search() {
     editor->find( searchEdit->text(), false, false );
 }
 
 void TextEdit::newFile( const DocLnk &f ) {
     DocLnk nf = f;
     nf.setType("text/plain");
     clear();
     setWState (WState_Reserved1 );
     editor->setFocus();
     doc = new DocLnk(nf);
     currentFileName = "Unnamed";
     odebug << "newFile "+currentFileName << oendl;
     updateCaption( currentFileName);
 //    editor->setEdited( false);
 }
 
 void TextEdit::openDotFile( const QString &f ) {
     if(!currentFileName.isEmpty()) {
     currentFileName=f;
 
     odebug << "openFile dotfile " + currentFileName << oendl;
     QString txt;
     QFile file(f);
     file.open(IO_ReadWrite);
     QTextStream t(&file);
     while ( !t.atEnd()) {
         txt+=t.readLine()+"\n";
     }
     editor->setText(txt);
     editor->setEdited( false);
     edited1=false;
     edited=false;
 
 
     }
     updateCaption( currentFileName);
 }
 
 void TextEdit::openFile( const QString &f ) {
   odebug << "filename is "+ f << oendl;
   QString filer;
   QFileInfo fi( f);
 //    bFromDocView = true;
   if(f.find(".desktop",0,true) != -1 && !openDesktop )
     {
       switch ( QMessageBox::warning(this,tr("Text Editor"),tr("Text Editor has detected<BR>you selected a <B>.desktop</B>file.<BR>Open<B>.desktop</B> file or <B>linked</B> file?"),tr(".desktop File"),tr("Linked Document"),0,1,1) )
         {
         case 0: //desktop
           filer = f;
           break;
         case 1: //linked
           DocLnk sf(f);
           filer = sf.file();
           break;
         };
     }
   else if(fi.baseName().left(1) == "")
     {
       odebug << "opening dotfile" << oendl;
       currentFileName=f;
       openDotFile(currentFileName);
       return;
     }
   /*
    * The problem is a file where Config(f).isValid() and it does not
    * end with .desktop will be treated as desktop file
    */
   else if (f.find(".desktop",0,true) != -1 )
     {
       DocLnk sf(f);
       filer = sf.file();
       if(filer.right(1) == "/")
           filer = f;
 
     }
   else
       filer = f;
 
       DocLnk nf;
       nf.setType("text/plain");
       nf.setFile(filer);
       currentFileName=filer;
 
       nf.setName(fi.baseName());
       openFile(nf);
 
       odebug << "openFile string "+currentFileName << oendl;
 
   showEditTools();
     // Show filename in caption
   QString name = filer;
   int sep = name.findRev( '/' );
   if ( sep > 0 )
     name = name.mid( sep+1 );
   updateCaption( name );
 }
 
 void TextEdit::openFile( const DocLnk &f ) {
 //    clear();
 //    bFromDocView = true;
     FileManager fm;
     QString txt;
     currentFileName=f.file();
     odebug << "openFile doclnk " + currentFileName << oendl;
     if ( !fm.loadFile( f, txt ) ) {
           // ####### could be a new file
         odebug << "Cannot open file" << oendl;
     }
 //    fileNew();
     if ( doc )
         delete doc;
     doc = new DocLnk(f);
     editor->setText(txt);
     editor->setEdited( false);
     edited1=false;
     edited=false;
 
     doc->setName(currentFileName);
     updateCaption();
     setTimer();
 }
 
 void TextEdit::showEditTools() {
     menu->show();
     editBar->show();
     if(!useSearchBar)
         searchBar->hide();
     else
         searchBar->show();
     setWState (WState_Reserved1 );
 }
 
 /*!
   unprompted save */
 bool TextEdit::save() {
                 QString name, file;
     odebug << "saveAsFile " + currentFileName << oendl;
     if(currentFileName.isEmpty()) {
         saveAs();
         return false;
     }
                 name = currentFileName;
                 if(doc) {
                                 file = doc->file();
                                 odebug << "saver file "+file << oendl;
                                 name = doc->name();
                                 odebug << "File named "+name << oendl;
                 } else {
                                 file = currentFileName;
         name = QFileInfo(currentFileName).baseName();
                  }
 
     QString rt = editor->text();
     if( !rt.isEmpty() ) {
         if(name.isEmpty()) {
             saveAs();
         } else {
             currentFileName = name;
             odebug << "saveFile "+currentFileName << oendl;
 
             struct stat buf;
             mode_t mode;
             stat(file.latin1(), &buf);
             mode = buf.st_mode;
 
             if(!fileIs) {
                 doc->setName( name);
                 FileManager fm;
                 if ( !fm.saveFile( *doc, rt ) ) {
                                                                                 QMessageBox::message(tr("Text Edit"),tr("Save Failed"));
                     return false;
                 }
             } else {
                 odebug << "regular save file" << oendl;
                 QFile f(file);
                                                                 if( f.open(IO_WriteOnly)) {
                                                                                 QCString crt = rt.utf8();
                                                                                 f.writeBlock(crt,crt.length());
                                                                 } else {
                                                                                 QMessageBox::message(tr("Text Edit"),tr("Write Failed"));
                                                                                 return false;
                                                                 }
 
             }
             editor->setEdited( false);
             edited1=false;
             edited=false;
             if(caption().left(1)=="*")
                                                                 setCaption(caption().right(caption().length()-1));
 
 
             chmod( file.latin1(), mode);
         }
         return true;
     }
     return false;
 }
 
 /*!
   prompted save */
 bool TextEdit::saveAs() {
 
     if(caption() == tr("Text Editor"))
         return false;
     odebug << "saveAsFile " + currentFileName << oendl;
       // case of nothing to save...
 //     if ( !doc && !currentFileName.isEmpty()) {
 // //|| !bFromDocView)
 //         odebug << "no doc" << oendl;
 //         return true;
 //     }
 //     if ( !editor->edited() ) {
 //         delete doc;
 //         doc = 0;
 //         return true;
 //     }
 
     QString rt = editor->text();
     odebug << currentFileName << oendl;
 
     if( currentFileName.isEmpty()
         || currentFileName == tr("Unnamed")
         || currentFileName == tr("Text Editor")) {
         odebug << "do silly TT filename thing" << oendl;
 //        if ( doc && doc->name().isEmpty() ) {
         QString pt = rt.simplifyWhiteSpace();
         int i = pt.find( ' ' );
         QString docname = pt;
         if ( i > 0 )
             docname = pt.left( i );
           // remove "." at the beginning
         while( docname.startsWith( "." ) )
             docname = docname.mid( 1 );
         docname.replace( QRegExp("/"), "_" );
           // cut the length. filenames longer than that
           //don't make sense and something goes wrong when they get too long.
         if ( docname.length() > 40 )
             docname = docname.left(40);
         if ( docname.isEmpty() )
             docname = tr("Unnamed");
         if(doc) doc->setName(docname);
         currentFileName=docname;
 //         }
 //         else
 //             odebug << "hmmmmmm" << oendl;
     }
 
 
     QMap<QString, QStringList> map;
     map.insert(tr("All"), QStringList() );
     QStringList text;
     text << "text/*";
     map.insert(tr("Text"), text );
     text << "*";
     map.insert(tr("All"), text );
 
     QFileInfo cuFi( currentFileName);
     QString filee = cuFi.fileName();
     QString dire = cuFi.dirPath();
     if(dire==".")
         dire = QPEApplication::documentDir();
     QString str;
     if( !featureAutoSave) {
           str = OFileDialog::getSaveFileName( 2,
                                               dire,
                                               filee, map);
       } else
         str=currentFileName;
 
     if(!str.isEmpty()) {
         QString fileNm=str;
 
         odebug << "saving filename "+fileNm << oendl;
         QFileInfo fi(fileNm);
         currentFileName=fi.fileName();
         if(doc)
 //        QString file = doc->file();
 //        doc->removeFiles();
             delete doc;
             DocLnk nf;
             nf.setType("text/plain");
             nf.setFile( fileNm);
             doc = new DocLnk(nf);
 //        editor->setText(rt);
             odebug << "Saving file as "+currentFileName << oendl;
             doc->setName( fi.baseName() /*currentFileName*/);
             updateCaption( currentFileName);
 
             FileManager fm;
             if ( !fm.saveFile( *doc, rt ) ) {
                                 QMessageBox::message(tr("Text Edit"),tr("Save Failed"));
                 return false;
             }
 
             if( filePerms ) {
                 filePermissions *filePerm;
                 filePerm = new filePermissions(this,
                                                tr("Permissions"),true,
                                                0,(const QString &)fileNm);
                 QPEApplication::execDialog( filePerm );
 
                 if( filePerm)
                     delete  filePerm;
             }
 //        }
         editor->setEdited( false);
         edited1 = false;
         edited = false;
         if(caption().left(1)=="*")
             setCaption(caption().right(caption().length()-1));
 
         return true;
     }
     odebug << "returning false" << oendl;
     currentFileName = "";
     return false;
 } //end saveAs
 
 void TextEdit::clear() {
     delete doc;
     doc = 0;
     editor->clear();
 }
 
 void TextEdit::updateCaption( const QString &name ) {
 
     if ( name.isEmpty() )
         setCaption( tr("Text Editor") );
     else {
         QString s = name;
         if ( s.isNull() )
             s = doc->name();
         if ( s.isEmpty()  ) {
             s = tr( "Unnamed" );
             currentFileName=s;
         }
 //         if(s.left(1) == "/")
 //             s = s.right(s.length()-1);
         setCaption( tr("%1 - Text Editor").arg( s ) );
     }
 }
 
 void TextEdit::setDocument(const QString& fileref) {
     if(fileref != "Unnamed") {
         currentFileName=fileref;
         odebug << "setDocument" << oendl;
          QFileInfo fi(currentFileName);
          odebug << "basename:"+fi.baseName()+": current filenmame "+currentFileName << oendl;
          if( (fi.baseName().left(1)).isEmpty() ) {
         openDotFile(currentFileName);
 
          } else {
              odebug << "setDoc open" << oendl;
              bFromDocView = true;
              openFile(fileref);
              editor->setEdited(true);
              edited1=false;
              edited=true;
                //   fromSetDocument=false;
  //    doSearchBar();
         }
     }
     updateCaption( currentFileName);
 }
 
 void TextEdit::changeFont() {
   QDialog *d = new QDialog ( this, "FontDialog", true );
   d-> setCaption ( tr( "Choose font" ));
   QBoxLayout *lay = new QVBoxLayout ( d );
   OFontSelector *ofs = new OFontSelector ( true, d );
   lay-> addWidget ( ofs );
   ofs-> setSelectedFont ( editor-> font ( ));
 
     if ( QPEApplication::execDialog( d ) == QDialog::Accepted )
       editor-> setFont ( ofs-> selectedFont ( ));
     delete d;
 
 }
 
 void TextEdit::editDelete() {
     switch ( QMessageBox::warning(this,tr("Text Editor"),
                                   tr("Do you really want<BR>to <B>delete</B> "
                                      "the current file\nfrom the disk?<BR>This is "
                                      "<B>irreversable!</B>"),
                                   tr("Yes"),tr("No"),0,0,1) ) {
       case 0:
           if(doc) {
               doc->removeFiles();
               clear();
               setCaption( tr("Text Editor") );
           }
           break;
       case 1:
             // exit
           break;
     };
 }
 
 void TextEdit::changeStartConfig( bool b ) {
     startWithNew=b;
     Config cfg("TextEdit");
     cfg.setGroup("View");
     cfg.writeEntry("startNew",b);
     update();
 }
 
 void TextEdit::editorChanged() {
 //    odebug << "editor changed" << oendl;
     if( /*editor->edited() &&*/ /*edited && */!edited1) {
         setCaption( "*"+caption());
         edited1=true;
     }
     edited=true;
 }
 
 void TextEdit::receive(const QCString&msg, const QByteArray &) {
     odebug << "QCop "+msg << oendl;
   if ( msg == "setDocument(QString)" ) {
       odebug << "bugger all" << oendl;
 
   }
 
 }
 
 void TextEdit::doAbout() {
     QMessageBox::about(0,tr("Text Edit"),tr("Text Edit is copyright<BR>"
                          "2000 Trolltech AS, and<BR>"
                          "2002 by <B>L. J. Potter <BR>llornkcor@handhelds.org</B><BR>"
                          "and is licensed under the GPL"));
 }
 
 void TextEdit::doPrompt(bool b) {
     promptExit=b;
     Config cfg("TextEdit");
     cfg.setGroup ( "View" );
     cfg.writeEntry ( "PromptExit", b);
 }
 
 void TextEdit::doDesktop(bool b) {
     openDesktop=b;
     Config cfg("TextEdit");
     cfg.setGroup ( "View" );
     cfg.writeEntry ( "OpenDesktop", b);
 }
 
 void TextEdit::doFilePerms(bool b) {
     filePerms=b;
     Config cfg("TextEdit");
     cfg.setGroup ( "View" );
     cfg.writeEntry ( "FilePermissions", b);
 }
 
 void TextEdit::editPasteTimeDate() {
 #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
   QClipboard *cb = QApplication::clipboard();
   QDateTime dt = QDateTime::currentDateTime();
   cb->setText( dt.toString());
   editor->paste();
 #endif
 }
 
 int TextEdit::savePrompt()
 {
     switch( QMessageBox::information( 0, (tr("Textedit")),
                                       (tr("Textedit detected\n"
                                           "you have unsaved changes\n"
                                           "Go ahead and save?\n")),
                                       (tr("Save")), (tr("Don't Save")), (tr("&Cancel")), 2, 2 ) )
       {
         case 0:
         {
             return 1;
         }
         break;
 
         case 1:
         {
             return 2;
         }
         break;
 
         case 2:
         {
             return -1;
         }
         break;
       };
 
     return 0;
 }
 
 void TextEdit::timerCrank()
 {
     if(featureAutoSave && edited1)
       {
           if(currentFileName.isEmpty())
             {
                 currentFileName = QDir::homeDirPath()+"/textedit.tmp";
                 saveAs();
             }
           else
             {
 //                odebug << "autosave" << oendl;
                 save();
             }
           setTimer();
       }
 }
 
 void TextEdit::doTimer(bool b)
 {
     Config cfg("TextEdit");
     cfg.setGroup ( "View" );
     cfg.writeEntry ( "autosave", b);
     featureAutoSave = b;
     nAutoSave->setOn(b);
     if(b)
       {
 //          odebug << "doTimer true" << oendl;
           setTimer();
       }
 //     else
 //         odebug << "doTimer false" << oendl;
 }
 
 void TextEdit::setTimer()
 {
 if(featureAutoSave)
   {
 //      odebug << "setting autosave" << oendl;
       QTimer *timer = new QTimer(this );
       connect( timer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(timerCrank()) );
       timer->start( 300000, true); //5 minutes
     }
 }
 
 void TextEdit::gotoLine() {
     if( editor->length() < 1)
        return;
    QWidget *d = QApplication::desktop();
    gotoEdit = new QLineEdit( 0, "Goto line");
 
    gotoEdit->move( (d->width()/2) - ( gotoEdit->width()/2) , (d->height()/2) - (gotoEdit->height()/2));
    gotoEdit->setFrame(true);
    gotoEdit->show();
    connect (gotoEdit,SIGNAL(returnPressed()), this, SLOT(doGoto()));
 }
 
 void TextEdit::doGoto() {
    QString number = gotoEdit->text();
    gotoEdit->hide();
 
    if(gotoEdit) {
       delete gotoEdit;
       gotoEdit = 0;
    }
 
    bool ok;
    int lineNumber = number.toInt(&ok, 10);
    if( editor->numLines() < lineNumber)
       QMessageBox::message(tr("Text Edit"),tr("Not enough lines"));
    else
    {
       editor->setCursorPosition(lineNumber, 0, false);
    }
 }
diff --git a/core/opie-login/loginwindowimpl.cpp b/core/opie-login/loginwindowimpl.cpp
index 73c2cbe..ac24894 100644
--- a/core/opie-login/loginwindowimpl.cpp
+++ b/core/opie-login/loginwindowimpl.cpp
@@ -1,262 +1,262 @@
 /*
                =.            This file is part of the OPIE Project
              .=l.            Copyright (c)  2002 Robert Griebl <sandman@handhelds.org>
            .>+-=
  _;:,     .>    :=|.         This file is free software; you can
 .> <`_,   >  .   <=          redistribute it and/or modify it under
 :`=1 )Y*s>-.--   :           the terms of the GNU General Public
 .="- .-=="i,     .._         License as published by the Free Software
  - .   .-<_>     .<>         Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
      ._= =}       :          or (at your option) any later version.
     .%`+i>       _;_.
     .i_,=:_.      -<s.       This file is distributed in the hope that
      +  .  -:.       =       it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
     : ..    .:,     . . .    without even the implied warranty of
     =_        +     =;=|`    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
   _.=:.       :    :=>`:     PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General
 ..}^=.=       =       ;      Public License for more details.
 ++=   -.     .`     .:
  :     =  ...= . :.=-        You should have received a copy of the GNU
  -.   .:....=;==+<;          General Public License along with this file;
   -_. . .   )=.  =           see the file COPYING. If not, write to the
     --        :-=`           Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
                              59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
                              Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 
 */
 #include <qpe/version.h>
 #include <qpushbutton.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
 #include <qlineedit.h>
 #include <qtimer.h>
 #include <qcombobox.h>
 #include <qlabel.h>
 #include <qpopupmenu.h>
 #include <qmessagebox.h>
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
 #include <qgfx_qws.h>
 #endif
 #include <qwindowsystem_qws.h>
 
 #include <qpe/resource.h>
 #include <qpe/qcopenvelope_qws.h>
 #include <qpe/config.h>
 
 #include <opie2/odevice.h>
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 #include "passworddialogimpl.h"
 #include "loginwindowimpl.h"
 #include "loginapplication.h"
 #include "inputmethods.h"
 
 using namespace Opie::Core;
 
 
 LoginWindowImpl::LoginWindowImpl ( ) : LoginWindow ( 0, "LOGIN-WINDOW", WStyle_Customize | WStyle_NoBorder | WDestructiveClose )
 {
         QPopupMenu *pop = new QPopupMenu ( this );
         pop-> insertItem ( tr( "Restart" ), this, SLOT( restart()));
         pop-> insertItem ( tr( "Quit" ), this, SLOT( quit()));
         m_menu-> setPopup ( pop );
 
         QCopChannel *channel = new QCopChannel ( "QPE/TaskBar", this );
         connect ( channel, SIGNAL( received(const QCString&,const QByteArray&)), this, SLOT( receive(const QCString&,const QByteArray&)));
 
         QHBoxLayout *lay = new QHBoxLayout ( m_taskbar, 4, 4 );
         m_input = new InputMethods ( m_taskbar );
          connect ( m_input, SIGNAL( inputToggled(bool)), this, SLOT( calcMaxWindowRect()));
         lay-> addWidget ( m_input );
         lay-> addStretch ( 10 );
 
         setActiveWindow ( );
         m_password-> setFocus ( );
 
         m_user-> insertStringList ( lApp-> allUsers ( ));
 
         //there is no point in displaying the IM for a zaurus
         if (ODevice::inst ( )-> series ( ) != Model_Zaurus){
                 QTimer::singleShot ( 0, this, SLOT( showIM()));
         }
 
         QString opiedir = ::getenv ( "OPIEDIR" );
         QPixmap bgpix ( opiedir + "/pics/launcher/opie-background.jpg" );
 
         if ( !bgpix. isNull ( )) {
                 setBackgroundPixmap ( bgpix );
                 m_caption-> setBackgroundPixmap ( bgpix);
                 TextLabel1-> setBackgroundPixmap ( bgpix);
                 TextLabel2-> setBackgroundPixmap ( bgpix);
         }
 
         //m_caption-> setText ( tr("<center>Welcome to OPIE %1</center><center>& %2 %3</center>"). arg(QPE_VERSION). arg ( ODevice::inst ( )-> systemString ( )). arg ( ODevice::inst ( )-> systemVersionString ( )));
 
         Config cfg ( "opie-login" );
         cfg. setGroup ( "General" );
         QString last = cfg. readEntry ( "LastLogin" );
 
         if ( !last. isEmpty ( ))
                 m_user-> setEditText ( last );
 
         calcMaxWindowRect ( );
 
         if ( PasswordDialogImpl::needDialog() )
             QTimer::singleShot(10, this,  SLOT(showPasswordDialog()) );
 
 
 }
 
 LoginWindowImpl::~LoginWindowImpl ( )
 {
 }
 
 
 void LoginWindowImpl::receive ( const QCString &msg, const QByteArray &data )
 {
         QDataStream stream ( data, IO_ReadOnly );
 
         if ( msg == "hideInputMethod()" )
                 m_input-> hideInputMethod ( );
         else if ( msg == "showInputMethod()" )
                 m_input-> showInputMethod ( );
         else if ( msg == "reloadInputMethods()" )
                 m_input-> loadInputMethods ( );
 }
 
 void LoginWindowImpl::calcMaxWindowRect ( )
 {
 #ifdef Q_WS_QWS
         QRect wr;
         int displayWidth = qApp-> desktop ( )-> width ( );
         QRect ir = m_input-> inputRect ( );
         if ( ir.isValid() )
                 wr.setCoords( 0, 0, displayWidth-1, ir.top()-1 );
         else
                 wr.setCoords( 0, 0, displayWidth-1, m_taskbar->y()-1 );
 
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
         wr = qt_screen-> mapToDevice ( wr, QSize ( qt_screen-> width ( ), qt_screen-> height ( )));
 #endif
 
         QWSServer::setMaxWindowRect( wr );
 #endif
 }
 
 
 void LoginWindowImpl::keyPressEvent ( QKeyEvent *e )
 {
         switch ( e-> key ( )) {
                 case HardKey_Suspend:   suspend ( );
                                         break;
                 case HardKey_Backlight: backlight ( );
                                         break;
                 default:                e-> ignore ( );
                                         break;
         }
         LoginWindow::keyPressEvent ( e );
 }
 
 
 void LoginWindowImpl::toggleEchoMode ( bool t )
 {
         m_password-> setEchoMode ( t ? QLineEdit::Normal : QLineEdit::Password );
 }
 
 void LoginWindowImpl::showIM ( )
 {
         m_input-> showInputMethod ( );
 }
 
 void LoginWindowImpl::restart ( )
 {
         qApp-> quit ( );
 }
 
 void LoginWindowImpl::quit ( )
 {
         lApp-> quitToConsole ( );
 }
 
 void LoginWindowImpl::suspend ( )
 {
         ODevice::inst ( )-> suspend ( );
 
         QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "setBacklight(int)");
         e << -3; // Force on
 }
 
 void LoginWindowImpl::backlight ( )
 {
         QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "setBacklight(int)");
         e << -2; // toggle
 }
 
 class WaitLogo : public QLabel {
 public:
         WaitLogo ( ) : QLabel ( 0, "wait hack!", WStyle_Customize | WStyle_NoBorder | WStyle_Tool )
         {
                 QImage img = Resource::loadImage ( "launcher/new_wait" );
                 QPixmap pix;
                 pix. convertFromImage ( img );
                 setPixmap ( pix );
                 setAlignment ( AlignCenter );
                 move ( 0, 0 );
                 resize ( qApp-> desktop ( )-> width ( ), qApp-> desktop ( )-> height ( ));
 
                 m_visible = false;
                 show ( );
         }
 
         virtual void showEvent ( QShowEvent *e )
         {
                 QLabel::showEvent ( e );
                 m_visible = true;
         }
 
         virtual void paintEvent ( QPaintEvent *e )
         {
                 QLabel::paintEvent ( e );
                 if ( m_visible )
                         qApp-> quit ( );
         }
 
 private:
         bool m_visible;
 };
 
 void LoginWindowImpl::login ( )
 {
         const char *user = ::strdup ( m_user-> currentText ( ). local8Bit ( ));
         const char *pass = ::strdup ( m_password-> text ( ). local8Bit ( ));
 
         if ( !user || !user [0] )
                 return;
         if ( !pass )
                 pass = "";
 
         if ( lApp-> checkPassword ( user, pass )) {
                 Config cfg ( "opie-login" );
                 cfg. setGroup ( "General" );
                 cfg. writeEntry ( "LastLogin", user );
                 cfg. write ( );
 
                 lApp-> setLoginAs ( user );
 
                 // Draw a big wait icon, the image can be altered in later revisions
                 m_input-> hideInputMethod ( );
                 new WaitLogo ( );
                 // WaitLogo::showEvent() calls qApp-> quit()
         }
         else {
                 QMessageBox::warning ( this, tr( "Wrong password" ), tr( "The given password is incorrect." ));
                 m_password-> clear ( );
         }
 }
 
 void LoginWindowImpl::showPasswordDialog() {
     PasswordDialogImpl dia( this );
     dia.showMaximized();
     dia.exec();
 }
diff --git a/freetype/fontfactoryttf_qws.h b/freetype/fontfactoryttf_qws.h
index 208ab61..ff0fcfc 100644
--- a/freetype/fontfactoryttf_qws.h
+++ b/freetype/fontfactoryttf_qws.h
@@ -1,63 +1,63 @@
 /**********************************************************************
 ** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
 
 #ifndef FONTFACTORY_FT_H
 #define FONTFACTORY_FT_H
 
 #include <qfontmanager_qws.h>
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
 # include <private/qfontdata_p.h>
 #else
 # include "qfontdata_p.h"
 #endif
 
 
 #ifdef QT_NO_FREETYPE
 
 extern "C" {
 #include <freetype/freetype.h>
 }
 
 // ascent, descent, width(ch), width(string), maxwidth?
 // leftbearing, rightbearing, minleftbearing,minrightbearing
 // leading
 
 class QFontFactoryFT : public QFontFactory {
 
 public:
 
     QFontFactoryFT();
     virtual ~QFontFactoryFT();
 
     QRenderedFont * get(const QFontDef &,QDiskFont *);
     virtual void load(QDiskFont *) const;
     virtual QString name();
 
 private:
 
     friend class QRenderedFontFT;
     FT_Library library;
 };
 
 #endif // QT_NO_FREETYPE
 
 #endif // QFONTFACTORY_FT_H
 
diff --git a/libopie2/opieui/oseparator.cpp b/libopie2/opieui/oseparator.cpp
index bbc4381..177368b 100644
--- a/libopie2/opieui/oseparator.cpp
+++ b/libopie2/opieui/oseparator.cpp
@@ -1,129 +1,129 @@
 /*
                              This file is part of the Opie Project
                              Copyright (C) 2003 Michael 'Mickey' Lauer <mickey@tm.informatik.uni-frankfurt.de>
                              Copyright (C) 1997 Michael Roth <mroth@wirlweb.de>
               =.
             .=l.
            .>+-=
  _;:,     .>    :=|.         This program is free software; you can
 .> <`_,   >  .   <=          redistribute it and/or  modify it under
 :`=1 )Y*s>-.--   :           the terms of the GNU Library General Public
 .="- .-=="i,     .._         License as published by the Free Software
  - .   .-<_>     .<>         Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
      ._= =}       :          or (at your option) any later version.
     .%`+i>       _;_.
     .i_,=:_.      -<s.       This program is distributed in the hope that
      +  .  -:.       =       it will be useful,  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
     : ..    .:,     . . .    without even the implied warranty of
     =_        +     =;=|`    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
   _.=:.       :    :=>`:     PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
 ..}^=.=       =       ;      Library General Public License for more
 ++=   -.     .`     .:       details.
  :     =  ...= . :.=-
  -.   .:....=;==+<;          You should have received a copy of the GNU
   -_. . .   )=.  =           Library General Public License along with
     --        :-=`           this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.
                              If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
                              Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
                              Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 
 */
 
 /* OPIE */
 
 #include <opie2/odebug.h>
 #include <opie2/oseparator.h>
 
 /* QT */
 
 using namespace Opie::Core;
 using namespace Opie::Ui;
 
 OSeparator::OSeparator(QWidget* parent, const char* name, WFlags f)
    : QFrame(parent, name, f)
 {
    setLineWidth(1);
    setMidLineWidth(0);
    setOrientation( HLine );
 }
 
 
 
 OSeparator::OSeparator(int orientation, QWidget* parent, const char* name, WFlags f)
    : QFrame(parent, name, f)
 {
    setLineWidth(1);
    setMidLineWidth(0);
    setOrientation( orientation );
 }
 
 
 
 void OSeparator::setOrientation(int orientation)
 {
    switch(orientation)
    {
       case Vertical:
       case VLine:
          setFrameStyle( QFrame::VLine | QFrame::Sunken );
          setMinimumSize(2, 0);
          break;
       
       default:
          owarn << "OSeparator::setOrientation(): invalid orientation, using default orientation HLine" << oendl;
          
       case Horizontal:
       case HLine:
          setFrameStyle( QFrame::HLine | QFrame::Sunken );
          setMinimumSize(0, 2);
          break;
    }
 }
 
 
 
 int OSeparator::orientation() const
 {
    if ( frameStyle() & VLine )
       return VLine;
    
    if ( frameStyle() & HLine )
       return HLine;
    
    return 0;
 }
 
 void OSeparator::drawFrame(QPainter *p)
 {
            QPointp1, p2;
            QRectr     = frameRect();
    const QColorGroup & g = colorGroup();
 
    if ( frameStyle() & HLine ) {
       p1 = QPoint( r.x(), r.height()/2 );
       p2 = QPoint( r.x()+r.width(), p1.y() );
    }
    else {
       p1 = QPoint( r.x()+r.width()/2, 0 );
       p2 = QPoint( p1.x(), r.height() );
    }
 
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
    style().drawSeparator( p, p1.x(), p1.y(), p2.x(), p2.y(), g, true, 1, midLineWidth() );
 #else
    QStyleOption opt( lineWidth(), midLineWidth() );
    style().drawPrimitive( QStyle::PE_Separator, p, QRect( p1, p2 ), g, QStyle::Style_Sunken, opt );
 #endif
 }
 
 
 QSize OSeparator::sizeHint() const
 {
    if ( frameStyle() & VLine )
       return QSize(2, 0);
    
    if ( frameStyle() & HLine )
       return QSize(0, 2);
    
    return QSize(-1, -1);
 }
diff --git a/libopie2/qt3/opieui/oeditlistbox.h b/libopie2/qt3/opieui/oeditlistbox.h
index 63fab11..c9c207d 100644
--- a/libopie2/qt3/opieui/oeditlistbox.h
+++ b/libopie2/qt3/opieui/oeditlistbox.h
@@ -1,250 +1,250 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 2000 David Faure <faure@kde.org>, Alexander Neundorf <neundorf@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #ifndef OEDITLISTBOX_H
 #define OEDITLISTBOX_H
 
 #include <qgroupbox.h>
 #include <qlistbox.h>
 
 class OLineEdit;
 class OComboBox;
 class QPushButton;
 
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
     enum StringComparisonMode {
         CaseSensitive   = 0x00001, // 0 0001
         BeginsWith      = 0x00002, // 0 0010
         EndsWith        = 0x00004, // 0 0100
         Contains        = 0x00008, // 0 1000
         ExactMatch      = 0x00010  // 1 0000
     };
 #endif
 
 class OEditListBoxPrivate;
 /**
  * An editable listbox
  *
  * This class provides a editable listbox ;-), this means
  * a listbox which is accompanied by a line edit to enter new
  * items into the listbox and pushbuttons to add and remove
  * items from the listbox and two buttons to move items up and down.
  */
 class OEditListBox : public QGroupBox
 {
    Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
     /// @since 3.1
     class CustomEditor
     {
     public:
         CustomEditor()
             : m_representationWidget( 0L ),
               m_lineEdit( 0L ) {}
         CustomEditor( QWidget *repWidget, OLineEdit *edit )
             : m_representationWidget( repWidget ),
               m_lineEdit( edit ) {}
         CustomEditor( OComboBox *combo );
 
         void setRepresentationWidget( QWidget *repWidget ) {
             m_representationWidget = repWidget;
         }
         void setLineEdit( OLineEdit *edit ) {
             m_lineEdit = edit;
         }
 
         virtual QWidget   *representationWidget() const {
             return m_representationWidget;
         }
         virtual OLineEdit *lineEdit() const {
             return m_lineEdit;
         }
 
     protected:
         QWidget *m_representationWidget;
         OLineEdit *m_lineEdit;
     };
 
    public:
 
       /**
        * Enumeration of the buttons, the listbox offers. Specify them in the
        * constructor in the buttons parameter.
        */
       enum Button { Add = 1, Remove = 2, UpDown = 4, All = Add|Remove|UpDown };
 
       /**
        * Create an editable listbox.
        *
        * If @p checkAtEntering is true, after every character you type
        * in the line edit OEditListBox will enable or disable
        * the Add-button, depending whether the current content of the
        * line edit is already in the listbox. Maybe this can become a
        * performance hit with large lists on slow machines.
        * If @p checkAtEntering is false,
        * it will be checked if you press the Add-button. It is not
        * possible to enter items twice into the listbox.
        */
       OEditListBox(QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0,
                    bool checkAtEntering=false, int buttons = All );
       /**
        * Create an editable listbox.
        *
        * The same as the other constructor, additionally it takes
        * @title, which will be the title of the frame around the listbox.
        */
       OEditListBox(const QString& title, QWidget *parent = 0,
                    const char *name = 0, bool checkAtEntering=false,
                    int buttons = All );
 
       /**
        * Another constructor, which allows to use a custom editing widget
        * instead of the standard OLineEdit widget. E.g. you can use a 
        * @ref OURLRequester or a @ref OComboBox as input widget. The custom
        * editor must consist of a lineedit and optionally another widget that
        * is used as representation. A OComboBox or a OURLRequester have a
        * OLineEdit as child-widget for example, so the OComboBox is used as
        * the representation widget.
        *
        * @see OURLRequester::customEditor()
        * @since 3.1
        */
       OEditListBox( const QString& title,
                     const CustomEditor &customEditor,
                     QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0,
                     bool checkAtEntering = false, int buttons = All );
 
       virtual ~OEditListBox();
 
       /**
        * Return a pointer to the embedded QListBox.
        */
       QListBox* listBox() const     { return m_listBox; }
       /**
        * Return a pointer to the embedded QLineEdit.
        */
       OLineEdit* lineEdit() const     { return m_lineEdit; }
       /**
        * Return a pointer to the Add button
        */
       QPushButton* addButton() const     { return servNewButton; }
       /**
        * Return a pointer to the Remove button
        */
       QPushButton* removeButton() const     { return servRemoveButton; }
       /**
        * Return a pointer to the Up button
        */
       QPushButton* upButton() const     { return servUpButton; }
       /**
        * Return a pointer to the Down button
        */
       QPushButton* downButton() const     { return servDownButton; }
 
       /**
        * See @ref QListBox::count()
        */
       int count() const   { return int(m_listBox->count()); }
       /**
        * See @ref QListBox::insertStringList()
        */
       void insertStringList(const QStringList& list, int index=-1);
       /**
        * See @ref QListBox::insertStringList()
        */
       void insertStrList(const QStrList* list, int index=-1);
       /**
        * See @ref QListBox::insertStrList()
        */
       void insertStrList(const QStrList& list, int index=-1);
       /**
        * See @ref QListBox::insertStrList()
        */
       void insertStrList(const char ** list, int numStrings=-1, int index=-1);
       /**
        * See @ref QListBox::insertItem()
        */
       void insertItem(const QString& text, int index=-1) {m_listBox->insertItem(text,index);}
       /**
        * Clears both the listbox and the line edit.
        */
       void clear();
       /**
        * See @ref QListBox::text()
        */
       QString text(int index) const { return m_listBox->text(index); }
       /**
        * See @ref QListBox::currentItem()
        */
       int currentItem() const;
       /**
        * See @ref QListBox::currentText()
        */
       QString currentText() const  { return m_listBox->currentText(); }
 
       /**
        * @returns a stringlist of all items in the listbox
        */
       QStringList items() const;
 
    signals:
       void changed();
 
       /**
        * This signal is emitted when the user adds a new string to the list,
        * the parameter is the added string.
        * @since 3.2
        */
       void added( const QString & text );
 
       /**
        * This signal is emitted when the user removes a string from the list,
        * the parameter is the removed string.
        * @since 3.2
        */
       void removed( const QString & text );
 
    protected slots:
       //the names should be self-explaining
       void moveItemUp();
       void moveItemDown();
       void addItem();
       void removeItem();
       void enableMoveButtons(int index);
       void typedSomething(const QString& text);
 
    private:
       QListBox *m_listBox;
       QPushButton *servUpButton, *servDownButton;
       QPushButton *servNewButton, *servRemoveButton;
       OLineEdit *m_lineEdit;
 
       //this is called in both ctors, to avoid code duplication
       void init( bool checkAtEntering, int buttons,
                  QWidget *representationWidget = 0L );
 
    protected:
       virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
    private:
       //our lovely private d-pointer
       OEditListBoxPrivate *d;
 };
 
 #endif // OEDITLISTBOX
diff --git a/libopie2/qt3/opieui/ojanuswidget.cpp b/libopie2/qt3/opieui/ojanuswidget.cpp
index 063e393..8bdbc03 100644
--- a/libopie2/qt3/opieui/ojanuswidget.cpp
+++ b/libopie2/qt3/opieui/ojanuswidget.cpp
@@ -1,1116 +1,1116 @@
 /*
                              This file is part of the Opie Project
 
                              Originally part of the KDE project
                              (C) 1999-2000 Espen Sand (espensa@online.no)
               =.
             .=l.
            .>+-=
  _;:,     .>    :=|.         This program is free software; you can
 .> <`_,   >  .   <=          redistribute it and/or  modify it under
 :`=1 )Y*s>-.--   :           the terms of the GNU Library General Public
 .="- .-=="i,     .._         License as published by the Free Software
  - .   .-<_>     .<>         Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
      ._= =}       :          or (at your option) any later version.
     .%`+i>       _;_.
     .i_,=:_.      -<s.       This program is distributed in the hope that
      +  .  -:.       =       it will be useful,  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
     : ..    .:,     . . .    without even the implied warranty of
     =_        +     =;=|`    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
   _.=:.       :    :=>`:     PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
 ..}^=.=       =       ;      Library General Public License for more
 ++=   -.     .`     .:       details.
  :     =  ...= . :.=-
  -.   .:....=;==+<;          You should have received a copy of the GNU
   -_. . .   )=.  =           Library General Public License along with
     --        :-=`           this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.
                              If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
                              Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
                              Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 
 */
 
 /* QT */
 
 #include <qbitmap.h>
 #include <qgrid.h>
 #include <qhbox.h>
 #include <qheader.h>
 #include <qlabel.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
 #include <qobjectlist.h>
 #include <qpixmap.h>
 #include <qlistview.h>
 #include <qsplitter.h>
 #include <qtabwidget.h>
 #include <qvbox.h>
 #include <qwidgetstack.h>
 #include <qpainter.h>
 #include <qtimer.h>
 #include <qstyle.h>
 
 /* OPIE */
 
 #include <opie2/odialog.h>
 #include <opie2/oseparator.h>
 #include <opie2/ojanuswidget.h>
 
 /*======================================================================================
  * IconListItem
  *======================================================================================*/
 
 class OJanusWidget::IconListItem : public QListBoxItem
 {
   public:
     IconListItem( QListBox *listbox, const QPixmap &pixmap,
                    const QString &text );
     virtual int height( const QListBox *lb ) const;
     virtual int width( const QListBox *lb ) const;
     int expandMinimumWidth( int width );
 
   protected:
     const QPixmap &defaultPixmap();
     void paint( QPainter *painter );
 
   private:
     QPixmap mPixmap;
     int mMinimumWidth;
 };
 
 template class QPtrList<QListViewItem>;
 
 /*======================================================================================
  * OJanusWidget
  *======================================================================================*/
 
 OJanusWidget::OJanusWidget( QWidget *parent, const char *name, int face )
   : QWidget( parent, name, 0 ),
     mValid(false), mPageList(0),
     mTitleList(0), mFace(face), mTitleLabel(0), mActivePageWidget(0),
     mShowIconsInTreeList(false), d(0)
 {
   QVBoxLayout *topLayout = new QVBoxLayout( this );
 
   if( mFace == TreeList || mFace == IconList )
   {
     mPageList = new QPtrList<QWidget>;
     mTitleList = new QStringList();
 
     QFrame *page;
     if( mFace == TreeList )
     {
       QSplitter *splitter = new QSplitter( this );
       topLayout->addWidget( splitter, 10 );
       mTreeListResizeMode = QSplitter::KeepSize;
 
       mTreeList = new QListView( splitter );
       mTreeList->addColumn( QString::fromLatin1("") );
       mTreeList->header()->hide();
       mTreeList->setRootIsDecorated(true);
       mTreeList->setSorting( -1 );
       connect( mTreeList, SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), SLOT(slotShowPage()) );
       connect( mTreeList, SIGNAL(clicked(QListViewItem*)), SLOT(slotItemClicked(QListViewItem*)));
 
       //
       // Page area. Title at top with a separator below and a pagestack using
       // all available space at bottom.
       //
       QFrame *p = new QFrame( splitter );
 
       QHBoxLayout *hbox = new QHBoxLayout( p, 0, 0 );
       hbox->addSpacing( ODialog::spacingHint() );
 
       page = new QFrame( p );
       hbox->addWidget( page, 10 );
     }
     else
     {
       QHBoxLayout *hbox = new QHBoxLayout( topLayout );
       mIconList = new IconListBox( this );
 
       QFont listFont( mIconList->font() );
       listFont.setBold( true );
       mIconList->setFont( listFont );
 
       mIconList->verticalScrollBar()->installEventFilter( this );
       hbox->addWidget( mIconList );
       connect( mIconList, SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), SLOT(slotShowPage()));
       hbox->addSpacing( ODialog::spacingHint() );
       page = new QFrame( this );
       hbox->addWidget( page, 10 );
     }
 
     //
     // Rest of page area. Title at top with a separator below and a
     // pagestack using all available space at bottom.
     //
 
     QVBoxLayout *vbox = new QVBoxLayout( page, 0, ODialog::spacingHint() );
 
     mTitleLabel = new QLabel( QString::fromLatin1("Empty page"), page, "OJanusWidgetTitleLabel" );
     vbox->addWidget( mTitleLabel );
 
     QFont titleFont( mTitleLabel->font() );
     titleFont.setBold( true );
     mTitleLabel->setFont( titleFont );
 
     mTitleSep = new OSeparator( page );
     mTitleSep->setFrameStyle( QFrame::HLine|QFrame::Plain );
     vbox->addWidget( mTitleSep );
 
     mPageStack = new QWidgetStack( page );
     connect(mPageStack, SIGNAL(aboutToShow(QWidget*)),
             this, SIGNAL(aboutToShowPage(QWidget*)));
     vbox->addWidget( mPageStack, 10 );
   }
   else if( mFace == Tabbed )
   {
     mPageList = new QPtrList<QWidget>;
 
     mTabControl = new QTabWidget( this );
     mTabControl->setMargin (ODialog::marginHint());
     topLayout->addWidget( mTabControl, 10 );
   }
   else if( mFace == Swallow )
   {
     mSwallowPage = new QWidget( this );
     topLayout->addWidget( mSwallowPage, 10 );
   }
   else
   {
     mFace = Plain;
     mPlainPage = new QFrame( this );
     topLayout->addWidget( mPlainPage, 10 );
   }
 
   /* FIXME: Revise for Opie
   if ( kapp )
     connect(kapp,SIGNAL(kdisplayFontChanged()),SLOT(slotFontChanged()));
    */
 
   mValid = true;
 
   setSwallowedWidget(0); // Set default size if 'mFace' is Swallow.
 }
 
 
 OJanusWidget::~OJanusWidget()
 {
   delete mPageList;
   mPageList = 0;
   delete mTitleList;
   mTitleList = 0;
 }
 
 
 bool OJanusWidget::isValid() const
 {
   return( mValid );
 }
 
 
 QFrame *OJanusWidget::plainPage()
 {
   return( mPlainPage );
 }
 
 
 int OJanusWidget::face() const
 {
   return( mFace );
 }
 
 QWidget *OJanusWidget::FindParent()
 {
   if( mFace == Tabbed ) {
     return mTabControl;
   }
   else {
     return this;
   }
 }
 
 QFrame *OJanusWidget::addPage( const QStringList &items, const QString &header,
                                const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
   if( mValid == false )
   {
     qDebug( "addPage: Invalid object" );
     return( 0 );
   }
 
   QFrame *page = new QFrame( FindParent(), "page" );
   addPageWidget( page, items, header, pixmap );
 
   return page;
 }
 
 void OJanusWidget::pageGone( QObject *obj )
 {
   removePage( static_cast<QWidget*>( obj ) );
 }
 
 void OJanusWidget::slotReopen( QListViewItem * item )
 {
   if( item )
     item->setOpen( true );
 }
 
 QFrame *OJanusWidget::addPage( const QString &itemName, const QString &header,
                                const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
   QStringList items;
   items << itemName;
   return addPage(items, header, pixmap);
 }
 
 
 
 QVBox *OJanusWidget::addVBoxPage( const QStringList &items,
                                   const QString &header,
                                   const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
   if( mValid == false )
   {
     qDebug( "addPage: Invalid object" );
     return( 0 );
   }
 
   QVBox *page = new QVBox(FindParent() , "page" );
   page->setSpacing( ODialog::spacingHint() );
   addPageWidget( page, items, header, pixmap );
 
   return page;
 }
 
 QVBox *OJanusWidget::addVBoxPage( const QString &itemName,
                                   const QString &header,
                                   const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
   QStringList items;
   items << itemName;
   return addVBoxPage(items, header, pixmap);
 }
 
 QHBox *OJanusWidget::addHBoxPage( const QStringList &items,
                                   const QString &header,
                                   const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
   if( mValid == false ) {
     qDebug( "addPage: Invalid object" );
     return( 0 );
   }
 
   QHBox *page = new QHBox(FindParent(), "page");
   page->setSpacing( ODialog::spacingHint() );
   addPageWidget( page, items, header, pixmap );
 
   return page;
 }
 
 QHBox *OJanusWidget::addHBoxPage( const QString &itemName,
                                   const QString &header,
                                   const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
   QStringList items;
   items << itemName;
   return addHBoxPage(items, header, pixmap);
 }
 
 QGrid *OJanusWidget::addGridPage( int n, Orientation dir,
                                   const QStringList &items,
                                   const QString &header,
                                   const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
   if( mValid == false )
   {
     qDebug( "addPage: Invalid object" );
     return( 0 );
   }
 
   QGrid *page = new QGrid( n, dir, FindParent(), "page" );
   page->setSpacing( ODialog::spacingHint() );
   addPageWidget( page, items, header, pixmap );
 
   return page;
 }
 
 
 QGrid *OJanusWidget::addGridPage( int n, Orientation dir,
                                   const QString &itemName,
                                   const QString &header,
                                   const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
   QStringList items;
   items << itemName;
   return addGridPage(n, dir, items, header, pixmap);
 }
 
 void OJanusWidget::InsertTreeListItem(const QStringList &items, const QPixmap &pixmap, QFrame *page)
 {
   bool isTop = true;
   QListViewItem *curTop = 0, *child, *last, *newChild;
   unsigned int index = 1;
   QStringList curPath;
 
   for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it = items.begin(); it != items.end(); ++it, index++ ) {
     QString name = (*it);
     bool isPath = ( index != items.count() );
 
     // Find the first child.
     if (isTop) {
       child = mTreeList->firstChild();
     }
     else {
       child = curTop->firstChild();
     }
 
     // Now search for a child with the current Name, and if it we doesn't
     // find it, then remember the location of the last child.
     for (last = 0; child && child->text(0) != name ; last = child, child = child->nextSibling());
 
     if (last == 0 && child == 0) {
       // This node didn't have any children at all, lets just insert the
       // new child.
       if (isTop)
         newChild = new QListViewItem(mTreeList, name);
       else
         newChild = new QListViewItem(curTop, name);
 
     }
     else if (child != 0) {
       // we found the given name in this child.
       if (!isPath) {
         qDebug( "The element inserted was already in the TreeList box!" );
         return;
       }
       else {
         // Ok we found the folder
         newChild  = child;
       }
     }
     else {
       // the node had some children, but we didn't find the given name
       if (isTop)
         newChild = new QListViewItem(mTreeList, last, name);
       else
         newChild = new QListViewItem(curTop, last, name);
     }
 
     // Now make the element expandable if it is a path component, and make
     // ready for next loop
     if (isPath) {
       newChild->setExpandable(true);
       curTop = newChild;
       isTop = false;
       curPath << name;
 
       QString key = curPath.join("_/_");
       if (mFolderIconMap.contains(key)) {
         QPixmap p = mFolderIconMap[key];
         newChild->setPixmap(0,p);
       }
     }
     else {
       if (mShowIconsInTreeList) {
         newChild->setPixmap(0, pixmap);
       }
       mTreeListToPageStack.insert(newChild, page);
     }
   }
 }
 
 void OJanusWidget::addPageWidget( QFrame *page, const QStringList &items,
                                   const QString &header,const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
   connect(page, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), SLOT(pageGone(QObject*)));
   
   if( mFace == Tabbed )
   {
     mTabControl->addTab (page, items.last());
     mPageList->append (page);
   }
   else if( mFace == TreeList || mFace == IconList )
   {
     mPageList->append( page );
     mPageStack->addWidget( page, 0 );
 
     if (items.count() == 0) {
       qDebug( "Invalid QStringList, with zero items" );
       return;
     }
 
     if( mFace == TreeList )
     {
       InsertTreeListItem(items, pixmap, page);
     }
     else // mFace == IconList
     {
       QString itemName = items.last();
       IconListItem *item = new IconListItem( mIconList, pixmap, itemName );
       //
       // 2000-06-01 Espen Sand: If I do this with Qt 2.1.1 all sorts of
       // strange things happen. With Qt <= 2.1 it worked but now I must
       // either specify the listbox in the constructor on the item
       // or as below, not both.
       // mIconList->insertItem( item );
       //
       mIconListToPageStack.insert(item, page);
       mIconList->invalidateHeight();
       mIconList->invalidateWidth();
 
       if (mIconList->isVisible())
         mIconList->updateWidth();
     }
 
     //
     // Make sure the title label is sufficiently wide
     //
     QString lastName = items.last();
     const QString &title = (header != QString::null ? header : lastName);
     QRect r = mTitleLabel->fontMetrics().boundingRect( title );
     if( mTitleLabel->minimumWidth() < r.width() )
     {
       mTitleLabel->setMinimumWidth( r.width() );
     }
     mTitleList->append( title );
 
     if( mTitleList->count() == 1 )
     {
       showPage(0);
     }
   }
   else
   {
     qDebug( "OJanusWidget::addPageWidget: can only add a page in Tabbed, TreeList or IconList modes" );
   }
 
 }
 
 void OJanusWidget::setFolderIcon(const QStringList &path, const QPixmap &pixmap)
 {
   QString key = path.join("_/_");
   mFolderIconMap.insert(key,pixmap);
 }
 
 
 
 bool OJanusWidget::setSwallowedWidget( QWidget *widget )
 {
   if( mFace != Swallow || mValid == false )
   {
     return( false );
   }
 
   //
   // Remove current layout and make a new.
   //
   if( mSwallowPage->layout() != 0 )
   {
     delete mSwallowPage->layout();
   }
   QGridLayout *gbox = new QGridLayout( mSwallowPage, 1, 1, 0 );
 
   //
   // Hide old children
   //
   QObjectList *l = (QObjectList*)mSwallowPage->children(); // silence please
   for( uint i=0; i < l->count(); i++ )
   {
     QObject *o = l->at(i);
     if( o->isWidgetType() )
     {
       ((QWidget*)o)->hide();
     }
   }
 
   //
   // Add new child or make default size
   //
   if( widget == 0 )
   {
     gbox->addRowSpacing(0,100);
     gbox->addColSpacing(0,100);
     mSwallowPage->setMinimumSize(100,100);
   }
   else
   {
     if( widget->parent() != mSwallowPage )
     {
       widget->reparent( mSwallowPage, 0, QPoint(0,0) );
     }
     gbox->addWidget(widget, 0, 0 );
     gbox->activate();
     mSwallowPage->setMinimumSize( widget->minimumSize() );
   }
 
   return( true );
 }
 
 bool OJanusWidget::slotShowPage()
 {
   if( mValid == false )
   {
     return( false );
   }
 
   if( mFace == TreeList )
   {
     QListViewItem *node = mTreeList->selectedItem();
     if( node == 0 ) { return( false ); }
 
     QWidget *stackItem = mTreeListToPageStack[node];
     return showPage(stackItem);
   }
   else if( mFace == IconList )
   {
     QListBoxItem *node = mIconList->item( mIconList->currentItem() );
     if( node == 0 ) { return( false ); }
     QWidget *stackItem = mIconListToPageStack[node];
     return showPage(stackItem);
   }
 
   return( false );
 }
 
 
 bool OJanusWidget::showPage( int index )
 {
   if( mPageList == 0 || mValid == false )
   {
     return( false );
   }
   else
   {
     return showPage(mPageList->at(index));
   }
 }
 
 
 bool OJanusWidget::showPage( QWidget *w )
 {
   if( w == 0 || mValid == false )
   {
     return( false );
   }
 
   if( mFace == TreeList || mFace == IconList )
   {
     mPageStack->raiseWidget( w );
     mActivePageWidget = w;
 
     int index = mPageList->findRef( w );
     mTitleLabel->setText( *mTitleList->at(index) );
     if( mFace == TreeList )
     {
       QMap<QListViewItem *, QWidget *>::Iterator it;
       for (it = mTreeListToPageStack.begin(); it != mTreeListToPageStack.end(); ++it){
         QListViewItem *key = it.key();
         QWidget *val = it.data();
         if (val == w) {
           mTreeList->setSelected(key, true );
           break;
         }
       }
     }
     else
     {
       QMap<QListBoxItem *, QWidget *>::Iterator it;
       for (it = mIconListToPageStack.begin(); it != mIconListToPageStack.end(); ++it){
         QListBoxItem *key = it.key();
         QWidget *val = it.data();
         if (val == w) {
           mIconList->setSelected( key, true );
           break;
         }
       }
 
       //
       // 2000-02-13 Espen Sand
       // Don't ask me why (because I don't know). If I select a page
       // with the mouse the page is not updated until it receives an
       // event. It seems this event get lost if the mouse is not moved
       // when released. The timer ensures the update
       //
       QTimer::singleShot( 0, mActivePageWidget, SLOT(update()) );
     }
   }
   else if( mFace == Tabbed )
   {
     mTabControl->showPage(w);
     mActivePageWidget = w;
   }
   else
   {
     return( false );
   }
 
   return( true );
 }
 
 
 int OJanusWidget::activePageIndex() const
 {
   if( mFace == TreeList) {
     QListViewItem *node = mTreeList->selectedItem();
     if( node == 0 ) { return -1; }
     QWidget *stackItem = mTreeListToPageStack[node];
     return mPageList->findRef(stackItem);
   }
   else if (mFace == IconList) {
     QListBoxItem *node = mIconList->item( mIconList->currentItem() );
     if( node == 0 ) { return( false ); }
     QWidget *stackItem = mIconListToPageStack[node];
     return mPageList->findRef(stackItem);
   }
   else if( mFace == Tabbed ) {
     QWidget *widget = mTabControl->currentPage();
     return( widget == 0 ? -1 : mPageList->findRef( widget ) );
   }
   else {
     return( -1 );
   }
 }
 
 
 int OJanusWidget::pageIndex( QWidget *widget ) const
 {
   if( widget == 0 )
   {
     return( -1 );
   }
   else if( mFace == TreeList || mFace == IconList )
   {
     return( mPageList->findRef( widget ) );
   }
   else if( mFace == Tabbed )
   {
     //
     // The user gets the real page widget with addVBoxPage(), addHBoxPage()
     // and addGridPage() but not with addPage() which returns a child of
     // the toplevel page. addPage() returns a QFrame so I check for that.
     //
     if( widget->isA("QFrame") )
     {
       return( mPageList->findRef( widget->parentWidget() ) );
     }
     else
     {
       return( mPageList->findRef( widget ) );
     }
   }
   else
   {
     return( -1 );
   }
 }
 
 void OJanusWidget::slotFontChanged()
 {
 #ifdef FIXME
   
   if ( mTitleLabel != 0 )
   {
     mTitleLabel->setFont( KGlobalSettings::generalFont() );
     QFont titleFont( mTitleLabel->font() );
     titleFont.setBold( true );
     mTitleLabel->setFont( titleFont );
   }
 #endif
 
   if( mFace == IconList )
   {
     QFont listFont( mIconList->font() );
     listFont.setBold( true );
     mIconList->setFont( listFont );
     mIconList->invalidateHeight();
     mIconList->invalidateWidth();
   }
 }
 
 // makes the treelist behave like the list of kcontrol
 void OJanusWidget::slotItemClicked(QListViewItem *it)
 {
   if(it && (it->childCount()>0))
     it->setOpen(!it->isOpen());
 }
 
 void OJanusWidget::setFocus()
 {
   if( mValid == false ) { return; }
   if( mFace == TreeList )
   {
     mTreeList->setFocus();
   }
   if( mFace == IconList )
   {
     mIconList->setFocus();
   }
   else if( mFace == Tabbed )
   {
     mTabControl->setFocus();
   }
   else if( mFace == Swallow )
   {
     mSwallowPage->setFocus();
   }
   else if( mFace == Plain )
   {
     mPlainPage->setFocus();
   }
 }
 
 
 QSize OJanusWidget::minimumSizeHint() const
 {
   if( mFace == TreeList || mFace == IconList )
   {
     QSize s1( ODialog::spacingHint(), ODialog::spacingHint()*2 );
     QSize s2(0,0);
     QSize s3(0,0);
     QSize s4( mPageStack->sizeHint() );
 
     if( mFace == TreeList )
     {
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
       s1.rwidth() += style().splitterWidth();
 #else
       s1.rwidth() += style().pixelMetric( QStyle::PM_SplitterWidth );
 #endif
       s2 = mTreeList->minimumSize();
     }
     else
     {
       mIconList->updateMinimumHeight();
       mIconList->updateWidth();
       s2 = mIconList->minimumSize();
     }
 
     if( mTitleLabel->isVisible() == true )
     {
       s3 += mTitleLabel->sizeHint();
       s3.rheight() += mTitleSep->minimumSize().height();
     }
 
     //
     // Select the tallest item. It has only effect in IconList mode
     //
     int h1 = s1.rheight() + s3.rheight() + s4.height();
     int h2 = QMAX( h1, s2.rheight() );
 
     return( QSize( s1.width()+s2.width()+QMAX(s3.width(),s4.width()), h2 ) );
   }
   else if( mFace == Tabbed )
   {
     return( mTabControl->sizeHint() );
   }
   else if( mFace == Swallow )
   {
     return( mSwallowPage->minimumSize() );
   }
   else if( mFace == Plain )
   {
     return( mPlainPage->sizeHint() );
   }
   else
   {
     return( QSize( 100, 100 ) ); // Should never happen though.
   }
 
 }
 
 
 QSize OJanusWidget::sizeHint() const
 {
   return( minimumSizeHint() );
 }
 
 
 void OJanusWidget::setTreeListAutoResize( bool state )
 {
   if( mFace == TreeList )
   {
     mTreeListResizeMode = state == false ?
       QSplitter::KeepSize : QSplitter::Stretch;
     QSplitter *splitter = (QSplitter*)(mTreeList->parentWidget());
     splitter->setResizeMode( mTreeList, mTreeListResizeMode );
   }
 }
 
 
 void OJanusWidget::setIconListAllVisible( bool state )
 {
   if( mFace == IconList )
   {
     mIconList->setShowAll( state );
   }
 }
 
 void OJanusWidget::setShowIconsInTreeList( bool state )
 {
   mShowIconsInTreeList = state;
 }
 
 void OJanusWidget::setRootIsDecorated( bool state )
 {
   if( mFace == TreeList ) {
     mTreeList->setRootIsDecorated(state);
   }
 }
 
 void OJanusWidget::unfoldTreeList( bool persist )
 {
   if( mFace == TreeList )
   {
     if( persist )
       connect( mTreeList, SIGNAL( collapsed(QListViewItem*) ), this, SLOT( slotReopen(QListViewItem*) ) );
     else
       disconnect( mTreeList, SIGNAL( collapsed(QListViewItem*) ), this, SLOT( slotReopen(QListViewItem*) ) );
 
     for( QListViewItem * item = mTreeList->firstChild(); item; item = item->itemBelow() )
       item->setOpen( true );
   }
 }
 
 void OJanusWidget::showEvent( QShowEvent * )
 {
   if( mFace == TreeList )
   {
     QSplitter *splitter = (QSplitter*)(mTreeList->parentWidget());
     splitter->setResizeMode( mTreeList, mTreeListResizeMode );
   }
 }
 
 
 //
 // 2000-13-02 Espen Sand
 // It should be obvious that this eventfilter must only be
 // be installed on the vertical scrollbar of the mIconList.
 //
 bool OJanusWidget::eventFilter( QObject *o, QEvent *e )
 {
   if( e->type() == QEvent::Show )
   {
     IconListItem *item = (IconListItem*)mIconList->item(0);
     if( item != 0 )
     {
       int lw = item->width( mIconList );
       int sw = mIconList->verticalScrollBar()->sizeHint().width();
       mIconList->setFixedWidth( lw+sw+mIconList->frameWidth()*2 );
     }
   }
   else if( e->type() == QEvent::Hide )
   {
     IconListItem *item = (IconListItem*)mIconList->item(0);
     if( item != 0 )
     {
       int lw = item->width( mIconList );
       mIconList->setFixedWidth( lw+mIconList->frameWidth()*2 );
     }
   }
   return QWidget::eventFilter( o, e );
 }
 
 
 
 //
 // Code for the icon list box
 //
 
 
 OJanusWidget::IconListBox::IconListBox( QWidget *parent, const char *name,
                                         WFlags f )
   :QListBox( parent, name, f ), mShowAll(false), mHeightValid(false),
    mWidthValid(false)
 {
 }
 
 
 void OJanusWidget::IconListBox::updateMinimumHeight()
 {
   if( mShowAll == true && mHeightValid == false )
   {
     int h = frameWidth()*2;
     for( QListBoxItem *i = item(0); i != 0; i = i->next() )
     {
       h += i->height( this );
     }
     setMinimumHeight( h );
     mHeightValid = true;
   }
 }
 
 
 void OJanusWidget::IconListBox::updateWidth()
 {
   if( mWidthValid == false )
   {
     int maxWidth = 10;
     for( QListBoxItem *i = item(0); i != 0; i = i->next() )
     {
       int w = ((IconListItem *)i)->width(this);
       maxWidth = QMAX( w, maxWidth );
     }
 
     for( QListBoxItem *i = item(0); i != 0; i = i->next() )
     {
       ((IconListItem *)i)->expandMinimumWidth( maxWidth );
     }
 
     if( verticalScrollBar()->isVisible() )
     {
       maxWidth += verticalScrollBar()->sizeHint().width();
     }
 
     setFixedWidth( maxWidth + frameWidth()*2 );
     mWidthValid = true;
   }
 }
 
 
 void OJanusWidget::IconListBox::invalidateHeight()
 {
   mHeightValid = false;
 }
 
 
 void OJanusWidget::IconListBox::invalidateWidth()
 {
   mWidthValid = false;
 }
 
 
 void OJanusWidget::IconListBox::setShowAll( bool showAll )
 {
   mShowAll = showAll;
   mHeightValid = false;
 }
 
 
 
 OJanusWidget::IconListItem::IconListItem( QListBox *listbox, const QPixmap &pixmap,
                                           const QString &text )
   : QListBoxItem( listbox )
 {
   mPixmap = pixmap;
   if( mPixmap.isNull() == true )
   {
     mPixmap = defaultPixmap();
   }
   setText( text );
   mMinimumWidth = 0;
 }
 
 
 int OJanusWidget::IconListItem::expandMinimumWidth( int width )
 {
   mMinimumWidth = QMAX( mMinimumWidth, width );
   return( mMinimumWidth );
 }
 
 
 const QPixmap &OJanusWidget::IconListItem::defaultPixmap()
 {
   static QPixmap *pix=0;
   if( pix == 0 )
   {
     pix = new QPixmap( 32, 32 );
     QPainter p( pix );
     p.eraseRect( 0, 0, pix->width(), pix->height() );
     p.setPen( Qt::red );
     p.drawRect ( 0, 0, pix->width(), pix->height() );
     p.end();
 
     QBitmap mask( pix->width(), pix->height(), true );
     mask.fill( Qt::black );
     p.begin( &mask );
     p.setPen( Qt::white );
     p.drawRect ( 0, 0, pix->width(), pix->height() );
     p.end();
 
     pix->setMask( mask );
   }
   return( *pix );
 }
 
 
 void OJanusWidget::IconListItem::paint( QPainter *painter )
 {
   QFontMetrics fm = painter->fontMetrics();
   //int wt = fm.boundingRect(text()).width();
   int wp = mPixmap.width();
   int ht = fm.lineSpacing();
   int hp = mPixmap.height();
 
   painter->drawPixmap( (mMinimumWidth-wp)/2, 5, mPixmap );
   if( text().isEmpty() == false )
   {
     painter->drawText( 0, hp+7, mMinimumWidth, ht, Qt::AlignCenter, text() );
   }
 }
 
 int OJanusWidget::IconListItem::height( const QListBox *lb ) const
 {
   if( text().isEmpty() == true )
   {
     return( mPixmap.height() );
   }
   else
   {
     return( mPixmap.height() + lb->fontMetrics().lineSpacing()+10 );
   }
 }
 
 
 int OJanusWidget::IconListItem::width( const QListBox *lb ) const
 {
   int wt = lb->fontMetrics().boundingRect(text()).width()+10;
   int wp = mPixmap.width() + 10;
   int w  = QMAX( wt, wp );
   return( QMAX( w, mMinimumWidth ) );
 }
 
 // Just remove the page from our stack of widgets. Do not modify the given widget in
 // any way. No memory leak occurs as parent is not changed.
 // Make this virtual in KDE 4.0.
 // Ravikiran Rajagopal <ravi@ee.eng.ohio-state.edu>
 void OJanusWidget::removePage( QWidget *page )
 {
   if (!mPageList || !mPageList->containsRef(page))
     return;
 
   int index = mPageList->findRef( page );
   if ( mTitleList )
     mTitleList->remove(mTitleList->at(index));
 
   mPageList->removeRef(page);
 
   if ( mFace == TreeList )
   {
     QMap<QListViewItem*, QWidget *>::Iterator i;
     for( i = mTreeListToPageStack.begin(); i != mTreeListToPageStack.end(); ++i )
       if (i.data()==page)
       {
         delete i.key();
         mPageStack->removeWidget(page);
         mTreeListToPageStack.remove(i);
                 break;
       }
   }
   else if ( mFace == IconList )
   {
     QMap<QListBoxItem*, QWidget *>::Iterator i;
     for( i = mIconListToPageStack.begin(); i != mIconListToPageStack.end(); ++i )
       if (i.data()==page)
       {
         delete i.key();
         mPageStack->removeWidget(page);
         mIconListToPageStack.remove(i);
                 break;
       }
   }
   else // Tabbed
   {
     mTabControl->removePage(page);
   }
 }
diff --git a/library/lightstyle.cpp b/library/lightstyle.cpp
index f18bdca..3bd1623 100644
--- a/library/lightstyle.cpp
+++ b/library/lightstyle.cpp
@@ -1,1284 +1,1284 @@
 /**********************************************************************
 ** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of Qtopia Environment.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 #include "lightstyle.h"
 
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
 
 #define INCLUDE_MENUITEM_DEF
 #include "qmenubar.h"
 #include "qapplication.h"
 #include "qpainter.h"
 #include "qpalette.h"
 #include "qframe.h"
 #include "qpushbutton.h"
 #include "qdrawutil.h"
 #include "qscrollbar.h"
 #include "qtabbar.h"
 #include "qguardedptr.h"
 #include "qlayout.h"
 #include "qlineedit.h"
 
 
 class LightStylePrivate
 {
 public:
     LightStylePrivate()
         : hoverWidget(0), ref(1), savePalette(0)
     {
     }
 
     QGuardedPtr<QWidget> hoverWidget;
     QPalette oldPalette, hoverPalette;
     int ref;
     QPoint mousePos;
     QPalette *savePalette;
 };
 
 
 static LightStylePrivate *singleton = 0;
 
 
 LightStyle::LightStyle()
     : QWindowsStyle()
 {
     if (! singleton) {
         singleton = new LightStylePrivate;
 
         QPalette pal = QApplication::palette();
         singleton->oldPalette = pal;
 
         QColor bg = pal.color(QPalette::Active, QColorGroup::Background);
         QColor prelight;
 
         if ( (bg.red() + bg.green() + bg.blue()) / 3 > 128)
             prelight = pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                  QColorGroup::Background).light(110);
         else
             prelight = pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                  QColorGroup::Background).light(120);
 
         QColorGroup active2(pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                       QColorGroup::Foreground),      // foreground
                             prelight,                                // button
                             prelight.light(),                        // light
                             prelight.dark(),                         // dark
                             prelight.dark(120),                      // mid
                             pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                       QColorGroup::Text),            // text
                             pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                       QColorGroup::BrightText),      // bright text
                             pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                       QColorGroup::Base),            // base
                             bg);                                     // background
         active2.setColor(QColorGroup::Highlight,
                          pal.color(QPalette::Active, QColorGroup::Highlight));
 
         singleton->hoverPalette = pal;
         singleton->hoverPalette.setActive(active2);
          singleton->hoverPalette.setInactive(active2);
     } else
         singleton->ref++;
 }
 
 
 LightStyle::~LightStyle()
 {
     if (singleton && singleton->ref-- <= 0) {
         delete singleton;
         singleton = 0;
     }
 }
 
 
 QSize LightStyle::scrollBarExtent() const
 {
     return QSize(12 + defaultFrameWidth(), 12 + defaultFrameWidth());
 }
 
 
 int LightStyle::buttonDefaultIndicatorWidth() const
 {
     return 2;
 }
 
 
 int LightStyle::sliderThickness() const
 {
     return 16;
 }
 
 int LightStyle::sliderLength() const
 {
     return 13;
 }
 
 
 int LightStyle::buttonMargin() const
 {
     return 4;
 }
 
 
 QSize LightStyle::exclusiveIndicatorSize() const
 {
     return QSize(13, 13);
 }
 
 
 int LightStyle::defaultFrameWidth() const
 {
     return 2;
 }
 
 
 QSize LightStyle::indicatorSize() const
 {
     return QSize(13, 13);
 }
 
 
 void LightStyle::polish(QWidget *widget)
 {
     if (widget->inherits("QPushButton"))
         widget->installEventFilter(this);
 
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
     if (widget->inherits("QLineEdit")) {
         QLineEdit *lineedit = (QLineEdit *) widget;
         lineedit->setFrameShape(QFrame::StyledPanel);
         lineedit->setLineWidth(2);
     }
 #endif
 
     QWindowsStyle::polish(widget);
 }
 
 
 void LightStyle::unPolish(QWidget *widget)
 {
     if (widget->inherits("QPushButton"))
         widget->removeEventFilter(this);
 
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
     if (widget->inherits("QLineEdit")) {
         QLineEdit *lineedit = (QLineEdit *) widget;
         lineedit->setLineWidth(1);
         lineedit->setFrameShape(QFrame::WinPanel);
     }
 #endif
 
     QWindowsStyle::unPolish(widget);
 }
 
 
 void LightStyle::polish(QApplication *app)
 {
     QPalette pal = app->palette();
 
     QColorGroup active(pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                  QColorGroup::Foreground),           // foreground
                        pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                  QColorGroup::Button),               // button
                        pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                  QColorGroup::Background).light(),   // light
                        pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                  QColorGroup::Background).dark(175), // dark
                        pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                  QColorGroup::Background).dark(110), // mid
                        pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                  QColorGroup::Text),                 // text
                        pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                  QColorGroup::BrightText),           // bright text
                        pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                  QColorGroup::Base),                 // base
                        pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                  QColorGroup::Background)),          // background
 
 
         disabled(pal.color(QPalette::Disabled,
                            QColorGroup::Foreground),                 // foreground
                  pal.color(QPalette::Disabled,
                            QColorGroup::Button),                     // button
                  pal.color(QPalette::Disabled,
                            QColorGroup::Background).light(),         // light
                  pal.color(QPalette::Disabled,
                            QColorGroup::Background).dark(),          // dark
                  pal.color(QPalette::Disabled,
                            QColorGroup::Background).dark(110),       // mid
                  pal.color(QPalette::Disabled,
                            QColorGroup::Text),                       // text
                  pal.color(QPalette::Disabled,
                            QColorGroup::BrightText),                 // bright text
                  pal.color(QPalette::Disabled,
                            QColorGroup::Base),                       // base
                  pal.color(QPalette::Disabled,
                            QColorGroup::Background));                // background
 
     active.setColor(QColorGroup::Highlight,
                     pal.color(QPalette::Active, QColorGroup::Highlight));
     disabled.setColor(QColorGroup::Highlight,
                       pal.color(QPalette::Disabled, QColorGroup::Highlight));
 
     active.setColor(QColorGroup::HighlightedText,
                     pal.color(QPalette::Active, QColorGroup::HighlightedText));
     disabled.setColor(QColorGroup::HighlightedText,
                       pal.color(QPalette::Disabled, QColorGroup::HighlightedText));
 
     pal.setActive(active);
     pal.setInactive(active);
     pal.setDisabled(disabled);
 
     singleton->oldPalette = pal;
 
     QColor bg = pal.color(QPalette::Active, QColorGroup::Background);
     QColor prelight;
 
     if ( (bg.red() + bg.green() + bg.blue()) / 3 > 128)
         prelight = pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                              QColorGroup::Background).light(110);
     else
         prelight = pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                              QColorGroup::Background).light(120);
 
     QColorGroup active2(pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                   QColorGroup::Foreground),      // foreground
                         prelight,                                // button
                         prelight.light(),                        // light
                         prelight.dark(),                         // dark
                         prelight.dark(120),                      // mid
                         pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                   QColorGroup::Text),            // text
                         pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                   QColorGroup::BrightText),      // bright text
                         pal.color(QPalette::Active,
                                   QColorGroup::Base),            // base
                         bg);                                     // background
     active2.setColor(QColorGroup::Highlight,
                      pal.color(QPalette::Active, QColorGroup::Highlight));
 
     singleton->hoverPalette = pal;
     singleton->hoverPalette.setActive(active2);
     singleton->hoverPalette.setInactive(active2);
 
     app->setPalette(pal);
 }
 
 
 void LightStyle::unPolish(QApplication *app)
 {
     app->setPalette(singleton->oldPalette);
 }
 
 
 void LightStyle::polishPopupMenu(QPopupMenu *menu)
 {
     menu->setMouseTracking(TRUE);
 }
 
 
 void LightStyle::drawPushButton(QPushButton *button, QPainter *p)
 {
     int x1, y1, x2, y2;
     button->rect().coords(&x1, &y1, &x2, &y2);
 
     if (button->isDefault()) {
         p->save();
         p->setPen(button->palette().active().color(QColorGroup::Highlight));
         p->setBrush(button->palette().active().brush(QColorGroup::Highlight));
         p->drawRoundRect(x1, y1, x2 - x1 + 1, y2 - y1 + 1, 15, 15);
         p->restore();
     }
 
     if (button->isDefault() || button->autoDefault()) {
         x1 += buttonDefaultIndicatorWidth();
         y1 += buttonDefaultIndicatorWidth();
         x2 -= buttonDefaultIndicatorWidth();
         y2 -= buttonDefaultIndicatorWidth();
 
         if (button->isDefault()) {
             QPointArray pa(8);
             pa.setPoint(0, x1 + 2, y1    );
             pa.setPoint(1, x2 - 1, y1    );
             pa.setPoint(2, x2 + 1, y1 + 2);
             pa.setPoint(3, x2 + 1, y2 - 2);
             pa.setPoint(4, x2 - 2, y2 + 1);
             pa.setPoint(5, x1 + 2, y2 + 1);
             pa.setPoint(6, x1,     y2 - 1);
             pa.setPoint(7, x1,     y1 + 2);
             QRegion r(pa);
             p->setClipRegion(r);
         }
     }
 
     QBrush fill;
     if (button->isDown() || button->isOn())
         fill = button->colorGroup().brush(QColorGroup::Mid);
     else
         fill = button->colorGroup().brush(QColorGroup::Button);
 
     if ( !button->isFlat() || button->isOn() || button->isDown() )
         drawButton(p, x1, y1, x2 - x1 + 1, y2 - y1 + 1,
                    button->colorGroup(), button->isOn() || button->isDown(), &fill);
 }
 
 
 void LightStyle::drawButton(QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                                  const QColorGroup &g,
                                  bool sunken, const QBrush *fill)
 {
     p->save();
     if ( fill )
         p->fillRect(x + 2, y + 2, w - 4, h - 4, *fill);
     else
         p->fillRect(x + 2, y + 2, w - 4, h - 4,
                     QBrush(sunken ? g.mid() : g.button()));
 
     // frame
     p->setPen(g.dark());
     p->drawLine(x, y + 2, x, y + h - 3); // left
     p->drawLine(x + 2, y, x + w - 3, y); // top
     p->drawLine(x + w - 1, y + 2, x + w - 1, y + h - 3); // right
     p->drawLine(x + 2, y + h - 1, x + w - 3, y + h - 1); // bottom
     p->drawPoint(x + 1, y + 1);
     p->drawPoint(x + 1, y + h - 2);
     p->drawPoint(x + w - 2, y + 1);
     p->drawPoint(x + w - 2, y + h - 2);
 
     // bevel
     if (sunken)
         p->setPen(g.mid());
     else
         p->setPen(g.light());
 
     p->drawLine(x + 1, y + 2, x + 1, y + h - 3); // left
     p->drawLine(x + 2, y + 1, x + w - 3, y + 1); // top
 
     if (sunken)
         p->setPen(g.light());
     else
         p->setPen(g.mid());
 
     p->drawLine(x + w - 2, y + 2, x + w - 2, y + h - 3); // right + 1
     p->drawLine(x + 2, y + h - 2, x + w - 3, y + h - 2); // bottom + 1
 
     p->restore();
 }
 
 
 void LightStyle::drawBevelButton(QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                                       const QColorGroup &g,
                                       bool sunken, const QBrush *fill)
 {
     drawButton(p, x, y, w, h, g, sunken, fill);
 }
 
 
 void LightStyle::getButtonShift(int &x, int &y) const
 {
     x = y = 0;
 }
 
 
 void LightStyle::drawComboButton(QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                                const QColorGroup &g, bool,
                                bool editable, bool,
                                const QBrush *fill)
 {
     drawButton(p, x, y, w, h, g, FALSE, fill);
 
     if (editable) {
         QRect r = comboButtonRect(x, y, w, h);
         qDrawShadePanel(p, r.x() - 1, r.y() - 1,
                         r.width() + defaultFrameWidth(),
                         r.height() + defaultFrameWidth(),
                         g, TRUE);
     }
 
     int indent = ((y + h) / 2) - 3;
     int xpos = x;
 
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
     if( QApplication::reverseLayout() )
         xpos += indent;
     else
 #endif
         xpos += w - indent - 5;
 
     drawArrow(p, Qt::DownArrow, TRUE, xpos, indent, 5, 5, g, TRUE, fill);
 }
 
 
 QRect LightStyle::comboButtonRect( int x, int y, int w, int h ) const
 {
     QRect r(x + 3, y + 3, w - 6, h - 6);
     int indent = ((y + h) / 2) - 3;
     r.setRight(r.right() - indent - 10);
 
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
     if( QApplication::reverseLayout() )
         r.moveBy( indent + 10, 0 );
 #endif
 
     return r;
 }
 
 
 QRect LightStyle::comboButtonFocusRect(int x, int y, int w, int h ) const
 {
     return comboButtonRect(x, y, w, h);
 }
 
 
 void LightStyle::drawPanel(QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                          const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken,
                          int lw, const QBrush *fill)
 {
     if (lw >= 2) {
         if ( fill )
             p->fillRect(x + 2, y + 2, w - 4, h - 4, *fill);
 
         QPen oldpen = p->pen();
 
         // frame
         p->setPen(g.dark());
         p->drawLine(x, y + 2, x, y + h - 3); // left
         p->drawLine(x + 2, y, x + w - 3, y); // top
         p->drawLine(x + w - 1, y + 2, x + w - 1, y + h - 3); // right
         p->drawLine(x + 2, y + h - 1, x + w - 3, y + h - 1); // bottom
         p->drawPoint(x + 1, y + 1);
         p->drawPoint(x + 1, y + h - 2);
         p->drawPoint(x + w - 2, y + 1);
         p->drawPoint(x + w - 2, y + h - 2);
 
         // bevel
         if (sunken)
             p->setPen(g.mid());
         else
             p->setPen(g.light());
 
         p->drawLine(x + 1, y + 2, x + 1, y + h - 3); // left
         p->drawLine(x + 2, y + 1, x + w - 3, y + 1); // top
 
         if (sunken)
             p->setPen(g.light());
         else
             p->setPen(g.mid());
 
         p->drawLine(x + w - 2, y + 2, x + w - 2, y + h - 3); // right + 1
         p->drawLine(x + 2, y + h - 2, x + w - 3, y + h - 2); // bottom + 1
 
         // corners
         p->setPen(g.background());
         p->drawLine(x, y, x + 1, y);
         p->drawLine(x, y + h - 1, x + 1, y + h - 1);
         p->drawLine(x + w - 2, y, x + w - 1, y);
         p->drawLine(x + w - 2, y + h - 1, x + w - 1, y + h - 1);
         p->drawPoint(x, y + 1);
         p->drawPoint(x, y + h - 2);
         p->drawPoint(x + w - 1, y + 1);
         p->drawPoint(x + w - 1, y + h - 2);
 
         p->setPen(oldpen);
     } else
         qDrawShadePanel(p, x, y, w, h, g, sunken, lw, fill);
 }
 
 
 void LightStyle::drawIndicator(QPainter *p, int x, int y ,int w, int h,
                                const QColorGroup &g, int state,
                                bool down, bool)
 {
     drawButton(p, x, y, w, h, g, TRUE,
                &g.brush(down ? QColorGroup::Mid : QColorGroup::Base));
 
     p->save();
 
     p->setPen(g.foreground());
     if (state == QButton::NoChange) {
         p->drawLine(x + 3, y + h / 2, x + w - 4, y + h / 2);
         p->drawLine(x + 3, y + 1 + h / 2, x + w - 4, y + 1 + h / 2);
         p->drawLine(x + 3, y - 1 + h / 2, x + w - 4, y - 1 + h / 2);
     } else if (state == QButton::On) {
         p->drawLine(x + 4, y + 3, x + w - 4, y + h - 5);
         p->drawLine(x + 3, y + 3, x + w - 4, y + h - 4);
         p->drawLine(x + 3, y + 4, x + w - 5, y + h - 4);
         p->drawLine(x + 3, y + h - 5, x + w - 5, y + 3);
         p->drawLine(x + 3, y + h - 4, x + w - 4, y + 3);
         p->drawLine(x + 4, y + h - 4, x + w - 4, y + 4);
     }
 
     p->restore();
 }
 
 
 void LightStyle::drawExclusiveIndicator(QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                                         const QColorGroup &g, bool on,
                                         bool down, bool)
 {
     p->save();
 
     p->fillRect(x, y, w, h, g.brush(QColorGroup::Background));
 
     p->setPen(g.dark());
     p->drawArc(x, y, w, h, 0, 16*360);
     p->setPen(g.mid());
     p->drawArc(x + 1, y + 1, w - 2, h - 2, 45*16, 180*16);
     p->setPen(g.light());
     p->drawArc(x + 1, y + 1, w - 2, h - 2, 235*16, 180*16);
 
     p->setPen(down ? g.mid() : g.base());
     p->setBrush(down ? g.mid() : g.base());
     p->drawEllipse(x + 2, y + 2, w - 4, h - 4);
 
     if (on) {
         p->setBrush(g.foreground());
         p->drawEllipse(x + 3, y + 3, w - x - 6, h - y - 6);
     }
 
     p->restore();
 }
 
 
 
 #if 1
 //copied from QPE style
 void LightStyle::drawTab( QPainter *p, const QTabBar *tb, QTab *t, bool selected )
 {
 #if 0
     //We can't do this, because QTabBar::focusInEvent redraws the
     // tab label with the default font.
         QFont f = tb->font();
         f.setBold( selected );
         p->setFont( f );
 #endif    
     QRect r( t->rect() );
     if ( tb->shape()  == QTabBar::RoundedAbove ) {
         p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().light() );
         p->drawLine( r.left(), r.bottom(), r.right(), r.bottom() );
         if ( r.left() == 0 )
             p->drawPoint( tb->rect().bottomLeft() );
         else {
             p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().light() );
             p->drawLine( r.left(), r.bottom(), r.right(), r.bottom() );
         }
 
         if ( selected ) {
             p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().background() );
             p->drawLine( r.left()+2, r.top()+1, r.right()-2, r.top()+1 );
             p->fillRect( QRect( r.left()+1, r.top()+2, r.width()-2, r.height()-2),
                          tb->colorGroup().brush( QColorGroup::Background ));
 
         } else {
             r.setRect( r.left() + 2, r.top() + 2,
                        r.width() - 4, r.height() - 2 );
             p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().button() );
             p->drawLine( r.left()+2, r.top()+1, r.right()-2, r.top()+1 );
             p->fillRect( QRect( r.left()+1, r.top()+2, r.width()-2, r.height()-3),
                          tb->colorGroup().brush( QColorGroup::Button ));
             //do shading; will not work for pixmap brushes
             QColor bg = tb->colorGroup().button(); 
                     //    int h,s,v;
                     //    bg.hsv( &h, &s, &v );
             int n = r.height()/2;
             int dark = 100;
             for ( int i = 1; i < n; i++ ) {
                 dark = (dark * (100+(i*15)/n) )/100;
                 p->setPen( bg.dark( dark ) );
                 int y = r.bottom()-n+i;
                 int x1 = r.left()+1;
                 int x2 = r.right()-1;
                 p->drawLine( x1, y, x2, y );
             }
             
         }
 
         p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().light() );
         p->drawLine( r.left(), r.bottom()-1, r.left(), r.top() + 2 );
         p->drawPoint( r.left()+1, r.top() + 1 );
         p->drawLine( r.left()+2, r.top(),
                      r.right() - 2, r.top() );
 
         p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().dark() );
         p->drawPoint( r.right() - 1, r.top() + 1 );
         p->drawLine( r.right(), r.top() + 2, r.right(), r.bottom() - 1);
     } else if ( tb->shape() == QTabBar::RoundedBelow ) {
         if ( selected ) {
             p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().background() );
             p->drawLine( r.left()+2, r.bottom()-1, r.right()-2, r.bottom()-1 );
             p->fillRect( QRect( r.left()+1, r.top(), r.width()-2, r.height()-2),
                          tb->palette().normal().brush( QColorGroup::Background ));
         } else {
             p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().dark() );
             p->drawLine( r.left(), r.top(),
                          r.right(), r.top() );
             r.setRect( r.left() + 2, r.top(),
                        r.width() - 4, r.height() - 2 );
             p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().button() );
             p->drawLine( r.left()+2, r.bottom()-1, r.right()-2, r.bottom()-1 );
             p->fillRect( QRect( r.left()+1, r.top()+1, r.width()-2, r.height()-3),
                          tb->palette().normal().brush( QColorGroup::Button ));
         }
 
         p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().dark() );
         p->drawLine( r.right(), r.top(),
                      r.right(), r.bottom() - 2 );
         p->drawPoint( r.right() - 1, r.bottom() - 1 );
         p->drawLine( r.right() - 2, r.bottom(),
                      r.left() + 2, r.bottom() );
 
         p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().light() );
         p->drawLine( r.left(), r.top()+1,
                      r.left(), r.bottom() - 2 );
         p->drawPoint( r.left() + 1, r.bottom() - 1 );
         if ( r.left() == 0 )
             p->drawPoint( tb->rect().topLeft() );
 
     } else {
         QCommonStyle::drawTab( p, tb, t, selected );
     }
 }
 
 #else
 
 void LightStyle::drawTab(QPainter *p, const QTabBar *tabbar, QTab *tab,
                               bool selected)
 {
     p->save();
 
     QColorGroup g = tabbar->colorGroup();
     QRect fr(tab->r);
     fr.setLeft(fr.left() + 2);
 
     if (! selected) {
         if (tabbar->shape() == QTabBar::RoundedAbove ||
             tabbar->shape() == QTabBar::TriangularAbove) {
 
             fr.setTop(fr.top() + 2);
         } else {
             fr.setBottom(fr.bottom() - 2);
         }
     }
 
     QRegion tabr(tab->r);
 
     QPointArray cliptri(4);
     cliptri.setPoint(0, fr.left(), fr.top());
     cliptri.setPoint(1, fr.left(), fr.top() + 5);
     cliptri.setPoint(2, fr.left() + 5, fr.top());
     cliptri.setPoint(3, fr.left(), fr.top());
     QRegion trir(cliptri);
     p->setClipRegion(tabr - trir);
 
     p->setPen( NoPen ); 
     p->setBrush(g.brush(selected ? QColorGroup::Background : QColorGroup::Mid));
 
     fr.setWidth(fr.width() - 1);
     p->drawRect(fr.left() + 1, fr.top() + 1, fr.width() - 2, fr.height() - 2);
 
     if (tabbar->shape() == QTabBar::RoundedAbove) {
         // "rounded" tabs on top
         fr.setBottom(fr.bottom() - 1);
 
         p->setPen(g.dark());
         p->drawLine(fr.left(), fr.top() + 5, fr.left(), fr.bottom() - 1);
         p->drawLine(fr.left(), fr.top() + 5, fr.left() + 5, fr.top());
         p->drawLine(fr.left() + 5, fr.top(), fr.right() - 1, fr.top());
         p->drawLine(fr.right(), fr.top() + 1, fr.right(), fr.bottom() - 1);
 
         if (selected) {
             p->drawLine(fr.right(), fr.bottom(), fr.right() + 2, fr.bottom());
             p->drawPoint(fr.left(), fr.bottom());
         } else
             p->drawLine(fr.left(), fr.bottom(), fr.right() + 2, fr.bottom());
 
         if (fr.left() == 2) {
             p->drawPoint(fr.left() - 1, fr.bottom() + 1);
             p->drawPoint(fr.left() - 2, fr.bottom() + 2);
         }
 
         if (selected) {
             p->setPen(g.mid());
             p->drawLine(fr.right() - 1, fr.top() + 1, fr.right() - 1, fr.bottom() - 2);
         }
 
         p->setPen(g.light()); p->setPen(red);
         p->drawLine(fr.left() + 1, fr.top() + 6, fr.left() + 1,
                     fr.bottom() - (selected ? 0 : 1));
         p->drawLine(fr.left() + 1, fr.top() + 5, fr.left() + 5, fr.top() + 1);
         p->drawLine(fr.left() + 6, fr.top() + 1, fr.right() - 3, fr.top() + 1);
         if (selected) {
             p->drawLine(fr.right() + 1, fr.bottom() + 1,
                         fr.right() + 2, fr.bottom() + 1);
             p->drawLine(fr.left(), fr.bottom() + 1, fr.left() + 1, fr.bottom() + 1);
         } else
             p->drawLine(fr.left(), fr.bottom() + 1,
                         fr.right() + 2, fr.bottom() + 1);
     } else if (tabbar->shape() == QTabBar::RoundedBelow) {
         // "rounded" tabs on bottom
         fr.setTop(fr.top() + 1);
 
         p->setPen(g.dark());
         p->drawLine(fr.left(), fr.top(), fr.left(), fr.bottom() - 1);
         p->drawLine(fr.left() + 1, fr.bottom(), fr.right() - 1, fr.bottom());
         p->drawLine(fr.right(), fr.top(), fr.right(), fr.bottom() - 1);
 
         if (! selected)
             p->drawLine(fr.left(), fr.top(), fr.right() + 3, fr.top());
         else
             p->drawLine(fr.right(), fr.top(), fr.right() + 3, fr.top());
 
         p->setPen(g.mid());
         if (selected)
             p->drawLine(fr.right() - 1, fr.top() + 1, fr.right() - 1, fr.bottom() - 1);
         else
             p->drawLine(fr.left(), fr.top() - 1, fr.right() + 3, fr.top() - 1);
 
         p->setPen(g.light());
         p->drawLine(fr.left() + 1, fr.top() + (selected ? -1 : 2),
                     fr.left() + 1, fr.bottom() - 1);
 
     } else {
         // triangular drawing code
         QCommonStyle::drawTab(p, tabbar, tab, selected);
     }
 
     p->restore();
 }
 #endif
 
 void LightStyle::drawSlider(QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                           const QColorGroup &g, Qt::Orientation orientation,
                           bool above, bool below)
 {
     drawButton(p, x, y, w, h, g, FALSE, &g.brush(QColorGroup::Button));
 
     if (orientation == Horizontal) {
         if (above && below) {
             drawArrow(p, Qt::UpArrow, FALSE, x + 1, y + 1, w, h / 2, g, TRUE);
             drawArrow(p, Qt::DownArrow, FALSE, x + 1, y + (h / 2) - 1,
                       w, h / 2, g, TRUE);
         } else
             drawArrow(p, (above) ? Qt::UpArrow : Qt::DownArrow,
                       FALSE, x + 1, y, w, h, g, TRUE);
     } else {
         if (above && below) {
             drawArrow(p, Qt::LeftArrow, FALSE, x + 1, y, w / 2, h, g, TRUE);
             drawArrow(p, Qt::RightArrow, FALSE, x + (w / 2) - 2, y, w / 2, h, g, TRUE);
         } else
             drawArrow(p, (above) ? Qt::LeftArrow : Qt::RightArrow,
                       FALSE, x, y, w, h, g, TRUE);
     }
 }
 
 
 void LightStyle::drawSliderGroove(QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                                 const QColorGroup& g, QCOORD c,
                                 Qt::Orientation orientation)
 {
     if (orientation == Horizontal)
         drawButton(p, x, y+c - 3, w, 6, g, TRUE, &g.brush(QColorGroup::Mid));
     else
         drawButton(p, x+c - 3, y, 6, h, g, TRUE, &g.brush(QColorGroup::Mid));
 }
 
 
 void LightStyle::scrollBarMetrics(const QScrollBar *scrollbar,
                                        int &sliderMin, int &sliderMax,
                                        int &sliderLength, int &buttonDim) const
 {
     int maxLength;
     int length = ((scrollbar->orientation() == Horizontal) ?
                   scrollbar->width() : scrollbar->height());
     int extent = ((scrollbar->orientation() == Horizontal) ?
                   scrollbar->height() : scrollbar->width());
     extent--;
 
     if (length > (extent + defaultFrameWidth() - 1) * 2 + defaultFrameWidth())
         buttonDim = extent - defaultFrameWidth();
     else
         buttonDim = (length - defaultFrameWidth()) / 2 - 1;
 
     sliderMin = buttonDim;
     maxLength = length - buttonDim * 3;
 
     if (scrollbar->maxValue() != scrollbar->minValue()) {
         uint range = scrollbar->maxValue() - scrollbar->minValue();
         sliderLength = (scrollbar->pageStep() * maxLength) /
                        (range + scrollbar->pageStep());
 
         if (sliderLength < buttonDim || range > INT_MAX / 2)
             sliderLength = buttonDim;
         if (sliderLength > maxLength)
             sliderLength = maxLength;
     } else
         sliderLength = maxLength;
 
     sliderMax = sliderMin + maxLength - sliderLength;
 }
 
 
 QStyle::ScrollControl LightStyle::scrollBarPointOver(const QScrollBar *scrollbar,
                                                    int sliderStart, const QPoint &p)
 {
     if (! scrollbar->rect().contains(p))
         return NoScroll;
 
     int sliderMin, sliderMax, sliderLength, buttonDim, pos;
     scrollBarMetrics( scrollbar, sliderMin, sliderMax, sliderLength, buttonDim );
 
     if (scrollbar->orientation() == Horizontal)
         pos = p.x();
     else
         pos = p.y();
 
     if (pos < buttonDim)
         return SubLine;
     if (pos < sliderStart)
         return SubPage;
     if (pos < sliderStart + sliderLength)
         return Slider;
     if (pos < sliderMax + sliderLength)
         return AddPage;
     if (pos < sliderMax + sliderLength + buttonDim)
         return SubLine;
     return AddLine;
 }
 
 
 
 void LightStyle::drawScrollBarControls( QPainter* p, const QScrollBar* scrollbar,
                                              int sliderStart, uint controls,
                                              uint activeControl )
 {
     QColorGroup g  = scrollbar->colorGroup();
 
     int sliderMin, sliderMax, sliderLength, buttonDim;
     scrollBarMetrics( scrollbar, sliderMin, sliderMax, sliderLength, buttonDim );
 
     if (sliderStart > sliderMax) { // sanity check
         sliderStart = sliderMax;
     }
 
     QRect addR, subR, subR2, addPageR, subPageR, sliderR;
     int length =  ((scrollbar->orientation() == Horizontal) ?
                    scrollbar->width()  : scrollbar->height());
     int extent =  ((scrollbar->orientation() == Horizontal) ?
                    scrollbar->height() : scrollbar->width());
 
     
     int fudge = 3; //####disgusting hack
     
     if (scrollbar->orientation() == Horizontal) {
         subR.setRect(0, defaultFrameWidth(),
                      buttonDim + fudge, buttonDim);
         subR2.setRect(length - (buttonDim * 2), defaultFrameWidth() ,
                       buttonDim, buttonDim);
         addR.setRect(length - buttonDim, defaultFrameWidth(),
                      buttonDim, buttonDim);
     } else {
         subR.setRect(defaultFrameWidth() + 1, 0,
                      buttonDim, buttonDim + fudge);
         subR2.setRect(defaultFrameWidth() + 1, length - (buttonDim * 2),
                       buttonDim, buttonDim);
         addR.setRect(defaultFrameWidth() + 1, length - buttonDim,
                      buttonDim, buttonDim);
     }
 
     int sliderEnd = sliderStart + sliderLength;
     int sliderW = extent - defaultFrameWidth() - 1;
     if (scrollbar->orientation() == Horizontal) {
         subPageR.setRect( subR.right() + 1, defaultFrameWidth(),
                           sliderStart - subR.right() - 1 , sliderW );
         addPageR.setRect( sliderEnd, defaultFrameWidth(),
                           subR2.left() - sliderEnd, sliderW );
         sliderR.setRect( sliderStart, defaultFrameWidth(), sliderLength, sliderW );
     } else {
         subPageR.setRect( defaultFrameWidth(), subR.bottom() + 1,
                           sliderW, sliderStart - subR.bottom() - 1 );
         addPageR.setRect( defaultFrameWidth(), sliderEnd,
                           sliderW, subR2.top() - sliderEnd );
         sliderR .setRect( defaultFrameWidth(), sliderStart,
                           sliderW, sliderLength );
     }
 
     if ( controls == ( AddLine | SubLine | AddPage | SubPage |
                        Slider | First | Last ) ) {
         if (scrollbar->orientation() == Horizontal)
             qDrawShadePanel(p, 0, 0, length, 2, g, TRUE, 1,
                             &g.brush(QColorGroup::Background));
         else
             qDrawShadePanel(p, 0, 0, 2, length, g, TRUE, 1,
                             &g.brush(QColorGroup::Background));
     }
 
     if ( controls & AddLine )
         drawArrow( p, (scrollbar->orientation() == Vertical) ? DownArrow : RightArrow,
                    FALSE, addR.x(), addR.y(),
                    addR.width(), addR.height(),
                    (( activeControl == AddLine ) ?
                     singleton->hoverPalette.active() : g),
                    TRUE, &g.brush(QColorGroup::Background));
     if ( controls & SubLine ) {
         drawArrow( p, (scrollbar->orientation() == Vertical) ? UpArrow : LeftArrow,
                    FALSE, subR.x(), subR.y(),
                    subR.width(), subR.height(),
                    (( activeControl == SubLine ) ?
                     singleton->hoverPalette.active() : g),
                    TRUE, &g.brush(QColorGroup::Background));
         drawArrow( p, (scrollbar->orientation() == Vertical) ? UpArrow : LeftArrow,
                    FALSE, subR2.x(), subR2.y(),
                    subR2.width(), subR2.height(),
                    (( activeControl == SubLine ) ?
                     singleton->hoverPalette.active() : g),
                    TRUE, &g.brush(QColorGroup::Background));
     }
 
     if ( controls & SubPage )
         p->fillRect( subPageR,
                      ((activeControl == SubPage) ?
                       g.brush( QColorGroup::Dark ) :
                       g.brush( QColorGroup::Mid )));
     if ( controls & AddPage )
         p->fillRect( addPageR,
                      ((activeControl == AddPage) ?
                       g.brush( QColorGroup::Dark ) :
                       g.brush( QColorGroup::Mid )));
 
     if ( controls & Slider ) {
 
         QPoint bo = p->brushOrigin();
         p->setBrushOrigin(sliderR.topLeft());
         if ( sliderR.isValid() ) {
             p->fillRect( sliderR.x(), sliderR.y(), 2, 2,
                       g.brush( QColorGroup::Mid ));
             p->fillRect( sliderR.x() + sliderR.width() - 2, 
                     sliderR.y(), 2, 2,
                       g.brush( QColorGroup::Mid ));
             p->fillRect( sliderR.x() + sliderR.width() - 2, 
                     sliderR.y() + sliderR.height() - 2, 2, 2,
                       g.brush( QColorGroup::Mid ));
             p->fillRect( sliderR.x(), 
                     sliderR.y() + sliderR.height() - 2, 2, 2,
                       g.brush( QColorGroup::Mid ));
 
             QColorGroup cg( g );
             cg.setBrush( QColorGroup::Background, g.brush( QColorGroup::Mid ) );
             drawBevelButton( p, sliderR.x(), sliderR.y(),
                              sliderR.width(), sliderR.height(),
                              cg, FALSE, &g.brush( QColorGroup::Button ) );
         }
 
         p->setBrushOrigin(bo);
     }
 }
 
 
 void LightStyle::drawToolBarHandle(QPainter *p, const QRect &rect,
                                    Qt::Orientation orientation,
                                    bool, const QColorGroup &g, bool)
 {
     p->save();
     p->setPen(g.mid());
     p->setBrush(g.brush(QColorGroup::Mid));
 
     if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) {
         QRect l, r;
         l.setRect(rect.x() + 1, rect.y() + 1, rect.width() - 5, rect.height() - 2);
         r.setRect(l.right() + 1, l.y(), 3, l.height());
 
         p->drawRect(l);
                qDrawShadePanel(p, r, g, FALSE);
     } else {
         QRect t, b;
         t.setRect(rect.x() + 1, rect.y() + 1, rect.width() - 2, rect.height() - 5);
         b.setRect(t.x(), t.bottom() + 1, t.width(), 3);
 
         p->drawRect(t);
                qDrawShadePanel(p, b, g, FALSE);
     }
 
     p->restore();
 }
 
 
 bool LightStyle::eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event)
 {
     switch(event->type()) {
     case QEvent::Enter:
         {
             if (! object->isWidgetType() ||
                 ! object->inherits("QPushButton"))
                 break;
 
             singleton->hoverWidget = (QWidget *) object;
             if (! singleton->hoverWidget->isEnabled()) {
                 singleton->hoverWidget = 0;
                 break;
             }
 
             QPalette pal = singleton->hoverWidget->palette();
             if (singleton->hoverWidget->ownPalette())
                 singleton->savePalette = new QPalette(pal);
 
             singleton->hoverWidget->setPalette(singleton->hoverPalette);
 
             break;
         }
 
     case QEvent::Leave:
         {
             if (object != singleton->hoverWidget)
                 break;
 
             if (singleton->savePalette) {
                 singleton->hoverWidget->setPalette(*(singleton->savePalette));
                 delete singleton->savePalette;
                 singleton->savePalette = 0;
             } else
                 singleton->hoverWidget->unsetPalette();
 
             singleton->hoverWidget = 0;
 
             break;
         }
 
     default:
         {
             ;
         }
     }
 
     return QWindowsStyle::eventFilter(object, event);
 }
 
 
         static const int motifItemFrame                 = 1;// menu item frame width
         static const int motifSepHeight                 = 2;// separator item height
         static const int motifItemHMargin       = 1;// menu item hor text margin
         static const int motifItemVMargin       = 2;// menu item ver text margin
         static const int motifArrowHMargin      = 0;// arrow horizontal margin
         static const int motifTabSpacing        = 12;// space between text and tab
         static const int motifCheckMarkHMargin  = 1;// horiz. margins of check mark
         static const int windowsRightBorder= 8;    // right border on windows
 static const int windowsCheckMarkWidth  = 2;    // checkmarks width on windows
 
 /*! \reimp
 */
 int LightStyle::extraPopupMenuItemWidth( bool checkable, int maxpmw, QMenuItem* mi, const QFontMetrics& /*fm*/ )
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_MENUDATA
     int w = 2*motifItemHMargin + 2*motifItemFrame; // a little bit of border can never harm
 
     if ( mi->isSeparator() )
         return 10; // arbitrary
     else if ( mi->pixmap() )
                 w += mi->pixmap()->width();// pixmap only
 
     if ( !mi->text().isNull() ) {
                 if ( mi->text().find('\t') >= 0 )// string contains tab
             w += motifTabSpacing;
     }
 
     if ( maxpmw ) { // we have iconsets
         w += maxpmw;
         w += 6; // add a little extra border around the iconset
     }
 
     if ( checkable && maxpmw < windowsCheckMarkWidth ) {
         w += windowsCheckMarkWidth - maxpmw; // space for the checkmarks
     }
 
     if ( maxpmw > 0 || checkable ) // we have a check-column ( iconsets or checkmarks)
         w += motifCheckMarkHMargin; // add space to separate the columns
 
     w += windowsRightBorder; // windows has a strange wide border on the right side
 
     return w;
 #endif
 }
 
 /*! \reimp
 */
 int LightStyle::popupMenuItemHeight( bool /*checkable*/, QMenuItem* mi, const QFontMetrics& fm )
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_MENUDATA    
     int h = 0;
             if ( mi->isSeparator() )            // separator height
         h = motifSepHeight;
             else if ( mi->pixmap() )    // pixmap height
         h = mi->pixmap()->height() + 2*motifItemFrame;
             else                                // text height
         h = fm.height() + 2*motifItemVMargin + 2*motifItemFrame;
 
     if ( !mi->isSeparator() && mi->iconSet() != 0 ) {
         h = QMAX( h, mi->iconSet()->pixmap( QIconSet::Small, QIconSet::Normal ).height() + 2*motifItemFrame );
     }
     if ( mi->custom() )
         h = QMAX( h, mi->custom()->sizeHint().height() + 2*motifItemVMargin + 2*motifItemFrame ) - 1;
     return h;
 #endif
 }
 
 void LightStyle::drawPopupMenuItem( QPainter* p, bool checkable, int maxpmw, int tab, QMenuItem* mi,
                                        const QPalette& pal,
                                        bool act, bool enabled, int x, int y, int w, int h)
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_MENUDATA    
     const QColorGroup & g = pal.active();
             bool dis  = !enabled;
     QColorGroup itemg = dis ? pal.disabled() : pal.active();
 
     if ( checkable )
         maxpmw = QMAX( maxpmw, 8 ); // space for the checkmarks
 
             int checkcol  =     maxpmw;
 
             if ( mi && mi->isSeparator() ) {            // draw separator
         p->setPen( g.dark() );
         p->drawLine( x, y, x+w, y );
         p->setPen( g.light() );
         p->drawLine( x, y+1, x+w, y+1 );
         return;
     }
 
     QBrush fill = act? g.brush( QColorGroup::Highlight ) :
                             g.brush( QColorGroup::Button );
     p->fillRect( x, y, w, h, fill);
 
     if ( !mi )
         return;
 
     if ( mi->isChecked() ) {
         if ( act && !dis ) {
             qDrawShadePanel( p, x, y, checkcol, h,
                              g, TRUE, 1, &g.brush( QColorGroup::Button ) );
         } else {
             qDrawShadePanel( p, x, y, checkcol, h,
                              g, TRUE, 1, &g.brush( QColorGroup::Midlight ) );
         }
     } else if ( !act ) {
         p->fillRect(x, y, checkcol , h,
                     g.brush( QColorGroup::Button ));
     }
 
             if ( mi->iconSet() ) {      // draw iconset
         QIconSet::Mode mode = dis ? QIconSet::Disabled : QIconSet::Normal;
         if (act && !dis )
             mode = QIconSet::Active;
         QPixmap pixmap = mi->iconSet()->pixmap( QIconSet::Small, mode );
         int pixw = pixmap.width();
         int pixh = pixmap.height();
         if ( act && !dis ) {
             if ( !mi->isChecked() )
                 qDrawShadePanel( p, x, y, checkcol, h, g, FALSE,  1, &g.brush( QColorGroup::Button ) );
         }
         QRect cr( x, y, checkcol, h );
         QRect pmr( 0, 0, pixw, pixh );
         pmr.moveCenter( cr.center() );
         p->setPen( itemg.text() );
         p->drawPixmap( pmr.topLeft(), pixmap );
 
         QBrush fill = act? g.brush( QColorGroup::Highlight ) :
                               g.brush( QColorGroup::Button );
         p->fillRect( x+checkcol + 1, y, w - checkcol - 1, h, fill);
             } else  if ( checkable ) {// just "checking"...
         int mw = checkcol + motifItemFrame;
         int mh = h - 2*motifItemFrame;
         if ( mi->isChecked() ) {
             drawCheckMark( p, x + motifItemFrame + 2,
                            y+motifItemFrame, mw, mh, itemg, act, dis );
         }
     }
 
     p->setPen( act ? g.highlightedText() : g.buttonText() );
 
     QColor discol;
     if ( dis ) {
         discol = itemg.text();
         p->setPen( discol );
     }
 
     int xm = motifItemFrame + checkcol + motifItemHMargin;
 
     if ( mi->custom() ) {
         int m = motifItemVMargin;
         p->save();
         if ( dis && !act ) {
             p->setPen( g.light() );
             mi->custom()->paint( p, itemg, act, enabled,
                                  x+xm+1, y+m+1, w-xm-tab+1, h-2*m );
             p->setPen( discol );
         }
         mi->custom()->paint( p, itemg, act, enabled,
                              x+xm, y+m, w-xm-tab+1, h-2*m );
         p->restore();
     }
     QString s = mi->text();
             if ( !s.isNull() ) {                // draw text
         int t = s.find( '\t' );
         int m = motifItemVMargin;
         const int text_flags = AlignVCenter|ShowPrefix | DontClip | SingleLine;
                 if ( t >= 0 ) {                         // draw tab text
             if ( dis && !act ) {
                 p->setPen( g.light() );
                 p->drawText( x+w-tab-windowsRightBorder-motifItemHMargin-motifItemFrame+1,
                              y+m+1, tab, h-2*m, text_flags, s.mid( t+1 ));
                 p->setPen( discol );
             }
             p->drawText( x+w-tab-windowsRightBorder-motifItemHMargin-motifItemFrame,
                          y+m, tab, h-2*m, text_flags, s.mid( t+1 ) );
         }
         if ( dis && !act ) {
             p->setPen( g.light() );
             p->drawText( x+xm+1, y+m+1, w-xm+1, h-2*m, text_flags, s, t );
             p->setPen( discol );
         }
         p->drawText( x+xm, y+m, w-xm-tab+1, h-2*m, text_flags, s, t );
             } else if ( mi->pixmap() ) {                // draw pixmap
         QPixmap *pixmap = mi->pixmap();
         if ( pixmap->depth() == 1 )
             p->setBackgroundMode( OpaqueMode );
         p->drawPixmap( x+xm, y+motifItemFrame, *pixmap );
         if ( pixmap->depth() == 1 )
             p->setBackgroundMode( TransparentMode );
     }
             if ( mi->popup() ) {                // draw sub menu arrow
         int dim = (h-2*motifItemFrame) / 2;
         if ( act ) {
             if ( !dis )
                 discol = white;
             QColorGroup g2( discol, g.highlight(),
                             white, white,
                             dis ? discol : white,
                             discol, white );
             drawArrow( p, RightArrow, FALSE,
                                x+w - motifArrowHMargin - motifItemFrame - dim,  y+h/2-dim/2,
                                dim, dim, g2, TRUE );
         } else {
             drawArrow( p, RightArrow,
                                FALSE,
                                x+w - motifArrowHMargin - motifItemFrame - dim,  y+h/2-dim/2,
                                dim, dim, g, mi->isEnabled() );
         }
     }
 #endif
 }
 
 #endif
diff --git a/library/lightstyle.h b/library/lightstyle.h
index c377cc2..0392957 100644
--- a/library/lightstyle.h
+++ b/library/lightstyle.h
@@ -1,120 +1,120 @@
 /**********************************************************************
 ** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of Qtopia Environment.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 #ifndef LIGHTSTYLE_H
 #define LIGHTSTYLE_H
 
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include <qstyle.h>
 #include <qwindowsstyle.h>
 #endif // QT_H
 
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
 
 #ifdef QT_PLUGIN_STYLE_LIGHT
 #  define Q_EXPORT_STYLE_LIGHT
 #else
 #  define Q_EXPORT_STYLE_LIGHT Q_EXPORT
 #endif // QT_PLUGIN_STYLE_LIGHT
 
 
 class Q_EXPORT_STYLE_LIGHT LightStyle : public QWindowsStyle
 {
 public:
     LightStyle();
     virtual ~LightStyle();
 
     void polish(QWidget *widget);
     void unPolish(QWidget*widget);
 
     void polish(QApplication *app);
     void unPolish(QApplication *app);
 
     void polishPopupMenu(QPopupMenu *menu);
 
     void drawPushButton(QPushButton *button, QPainter *p);
     void drawButton(QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                     const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken = FALSE,
                     const QBrush *fill = 0);
     void drawBevelButton(QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                          const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken = FALSE,
                          const QBrush *fill = 0);
     void getButtonShift(int &x, int &y) const;
 
     void drawComboButton(QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                          const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken = FALSE,
                          bool editable = FALSE, bool = TRUE,
                          const QBrush *fill = 0);
     QRect comboButtonRect(int x, int y, int w, int h) const;
     QRect comboButtonFocusRect(int x, int y, int w, int h) const;
 
     void drawIndicator(QPainter *p, int x, int y ,int w, int h,
                        const QColorGroup &g, int state,
                        bool = FALSE, bool = TRUE);
     QSize indicatorSize() const;
 
     void drawExclusiveIndicator(QPainter *p, int x, int y ,int w, int h,
                                 const QColorGroup &g, bool on,
                                 bool = FALSE, bool = TRUE);
     QSize exclusiveIndicatorSize() const;
 
     void drawPanel(QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                    const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken = FALSE,
                    int = 1, const QBrush * = 0);
 
     void scrollBarMetrics( const QScrollBar *,
                            int &, int &, int &, int & ) const;
     void drawScrollBarControls(QPainter* p, const QScrollBar* sb,
                                int sliderStart, uint controls,
                                uint activeControl);
     QStyle::ScrollControl scrollBarPointOver(const QScrollBar *, int, const QPoint& p);
 
     void drawTab(QPainter *p, const QTabBar *tabbar, QTab *tab, bool selected);
 
     void drawSlider(QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                     const QColorGroup &g, Qt::Orientation orientation,
                     bool, bool);
     void drawSliderGroove(QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                           const QColorGroup& g, QCOORD,
                           Qt::Orientation );
 
     void drawToolBarHandle(QPainter *, const QRect &, Qt::Orientation,
                            bool, const QColorGroup &, bool = FALSE );
 
     QSize scrollBarExtent() const;
     int buttonDefaultIndicatorWidth() const;
     int buttonMargin() const;
     int sliderThickness() const;
     int sliderLength() const;
     int defaultFrameWidth() const;
 
     int extraPopupMenuItemWidth( bool checkable, int maxpmw, QMenuItem*, const QFontMetrics& );
     int popupMenuItemHeight( bool checkable, QMenuItem*, const QFontMetrics& );
     void drawPopupMenuItem( QPainter* p, bool checkable, int maxpmw, int tab, QMenuItem* mi,
                                        const QPalette& pal,
                                        bool act, bool enabled, int x, int y, int w, int h);
 
 protected:
     bool eventFilter(QObject *, QEvent *);
 };
 
 #endif
 
 #endif // LIGHTSTYLE_H
diff --git a/library/qpeapplication.cpp b/library/qpeapplication.cpp
index af00f49..1c5ced3 100644
--- a/library/qpeapplication.cpp
+++ b/library/qpeapplication.cpp
@@ -1,2322 +1,2322 @@
 /**********************************************************************
 ** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 */
 #define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_LANGLIST
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 #ifndef Q_OS_MACX
 #include <linux/limits.h> // needed for some toolchains (PATH_MAX)
 #endif
 #include <qfile.h>
 #include <qqueue.h>
 #ifdef Q_WS_QWS
 #ifndef QT_NO_COP
 #if QT_VERSION <= 231
 #define private public
 #define sendLocally processEvent
 #include "qcopenvelope_qws.h"
 #undef private
 #else
 #include "qcopenvelope_qws.h"
 #endif
 #endif
 #include <qwindowsystem_qws.h>
 #endif
 #include <qtextstream.h>
 #include <qpalette.h>
 #include <qbuffer.h>
 #include <qptrdict.h>
 #include <qregexp.h>
 #include <qdir.h>
 #include <qlabel.h>
 #include <qdialog.h>
 #include <qdragobject.h>
 #include <qtextcodec.h>
 #include <qevent.h>
 #include <qtooltip.h>
 #include <qsignal.h>
 #include <qmainwindow.h>
 #include <qwidgetlist.h>
 #include <qpixmapcache.h>
 
 #if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_COP)
 #define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_INITAPP
 #include "qpeapplication.h"
 #include "qpestyle.h"
 #include "styleinterface.h"
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
 #include <qstylefactory.h>
 #else
 #include <qplatinumstyle.h>
 #include <qwindowsstyle.h>
 #include <qmotifstyle.h>
 #include <qmotifplusstyle.h>
 #include "lightstyle.h"
 
 #include <qpe/qlibrary.h>
 #endif
 #include "global.h"
 #include "resource.h"
 #if QT_VERSION <= 230 && defined(QT_NO_CODECS)
 #include "qutfcodec.h"
 #endif
 #include "config.h"
 #include "network.h"
 #ifdef QWS
 #include "fontmanager.h"
 #include "fontdatabase.h"
 #endif
 
 #include "alarmserver.h"
 #include "applnk.h"
 #include "qpemenubar.h"
 #include "textcodecinterface.h"
 #include "imagecodecinterface.h"
 #include <qtopia/qpeglobal.h>
 
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include <sys/file.h>
 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
 #ifndef QT_NO_SOUND
 #include <sys/soundcard.h>
 #endif
 #include "qt_override_p.h"
 
 #include <backend/rohfeedback.h>
 
 
 static bool useBigPixmaps = 0;
 
 class HackWidget : public QWidget
 {
 public:
     bool needsOk()
     { return (getWState() & WState_Reserved1 ); }
 
     QRect normalGeometry()
     { return topData()->normalGeometry; };
 };
 
 class QPEApplicationData
 {
 public:
     QPEApplicationData ( ) :
           presstimer( 0 ), presswidget( 0 ), rightpressed( false ), kbgrabbed( false ),
           notbusysent( false ), preloaded( false ), forceshow( false ), nomaximize( false ),
           keep_running( true ), qcopQok( false ),
           fontFamily( "Vera" ), fontSize( 10 ), smallIconSize( 14 ),
           bigIconSize( 32 ), qpe_main_widget( 0 )
     {
         Config cfg( "qpe" );
         cfg.setGroup( "Appearance" );
         useBigPixmaps = cfg.readBoolEntry( "useBigPixmaps", false );
         fontFamily = cfg.readEntry( "FontFamily", "Vera" );
         fontSize = cfg.readNumEntry( "FontSize", 10 );
         smallIconSize = cfg.readNumEntry( "SmallIconSize", 14 );
         bigIconSize = cfg.readNumEntry( "BigIconSize", 32 );
 #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK
         RoH = 0;
 #endif
     }
 
     int presstimer;
     QWidget* presswidget;
     QPoint presspos;
 #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK
     Opie::Internal::RoHFeedback *RoH;
 #endif
 
     bool rightpressed : 1;
     bool kbgrabbed    : 1;
     bool notbusysent  : 1;
     bool preloaded    : 1;
     bool forceshow    : 1;
     bool nomaximize   : 1;
     bool keep_running : 1;
     bool qcopQok      : 1;
 
     QCString fontFamily;
     int fontSize;
     int smallIconSize;
     int bigIconSize;
 
     QString appName;
     struct QCopRec
     {
         QCopRec( const QCString &ch, const QCString &msg,
                  const QByteArray &d ) :
                 channel( ch ), message( msg ), data( d )
         { }
 
         QCString channel;
         QCString message;
         QByteArray data;
     };
     QWidget* qpe_main_widget;
         QGuardedPtr<QWidget> lastraised;
     QQueue<QCopRec> qcopq;
         QString styleName;
     QString decorationName;
 
     void enqueueQCop( const QCString &ch, const QCString &msg,
                       const QByteArray &data )
     {
         qcopq.enqueue( new QCopRec( ch, msg, data ) );
     }
     void sendQCopQ()
     {
             if (!qcopQok )
                 return;
 
         QCopRec * r;
 
            while((r=qcopq.dequeue())) {
                // remove from queue before sending...
                // event loop can come around again before getting
                // back from sendLocally
 #ifndef QT_NO_COP
                QCopChannel::sendLocally( r->channel, r->message, r->data );
 #endif
 
            delete r;
            }
     }
 
     static void show_mx(QWidget* mw, bool nomaximize, QString &strName) {
         if ( mw->inherits("QMainWindow") || mw->isA("QMainWindow") )
         {
             ( (  QMainWindow* ) mw )->setUsesBigPixmaps( useBigPixmaps );
         }
         QPoint p;
         QSize s;
         bool max;
 
         if ( mw->isVisible() ) {
             if ( read_widget_rect(strName, max, p, s) && validate_widget_size(mw, p, s) ) {
                 mw->resize(s);
                 mw->move(p);
             }
             mw->raise();
         } else {
 
             if ( mw->layout() && mw->inherits("QDialog") ) {
                 if ( read_widget_rect(strName, max, p, s) && validate_widget_size(mw, p, s) ) {
                     mw->resize(s);
                     mw->move(p);
 
                     if ( max && !nomaximize ) {
                         mw->showMaximized();
                     } else {
                         mw->show();
                     }
                 } else {
                     QPEApplication::showDialog((QDialog*)mw,nomaximize);
                 }
             } else {
                 if ( read_widget_rect(strName, max, p, s) && validate_widget_size(mw, p, s) ) {
                     mw->resize(s);
                     mw->move(p);
                 } else {    //no stored rectangle, make an estimation
                     int x = (qApp->desktop()->width()-mw->frameGeometry().width())/2;
                     int y = (qApp->desktop()->height()-mw->frameGeometry().height())/2;
                     mw->move( QMAX(x,0), QMAX(y,0) );
 #ifdef Q_WS_QWS
                     if ( !nomaximize )
                         mw->showMaximized();
 #endif
                 }
                 if ( max && !nomaximize )
                     mw->showMaximized();
                 else
                     mw->show();
             }
         }
     }
 
     static bool read_widget_rect(const QString &app, bool &maximized, QPoint &p, QSize &s)
     {
     maximized = TRUE;
     // 350 is the trigger in qwsdefaultdecoration for providing a resize button
     if ( qApp->desktop()->width() <= 350 )
         return FALSE;
 
     Config cfg( "qpe" );
     cfg.setGroup("ApplicationPositions");
     QString str = cfg.readEntry( app, QString::null );
     QStringList l = QStringList::split(",", str);
 
     if ( l.count() == 5) {
         p.setX( l[0].toInt() );
         p.setY( l[1].toInt() );
 
         s.setWidth( l[2].toInt() );
         s.setHeight( l[3].toInt() );
 
         maximized = l[4].toInt();
 
         return TRUE;
     }
 
     return FALSE;
     }
 
 
         static bool validate_widget_size(const QWidget *w, QPoint &p, QSize &s)
     {
 #ifndef Q_WS_QWS
     QRect qt_maxWindowRect = qApp->desktop()->geometry();
 #endif
     int maxX = qt_maxWindowRect.width();
     int maxY = qt_maxWindowRect.height();
     int wWidth = s.width() + ( w->frameGeometry().width() - w->geometry().width() );
     int wHeight = s.height() + ( w->frameGeometry().height() - w->geometry().height() );
 
     // total window size is not allowed to be larger than desktop window size
     if ( ( wWidth >= maxX ) && ( wHeight >= maxY ) )
         return FALSE;
 
     if ( wWidth > maxX ) {
         s.setWidth( maxX - (w->frameGeometry().width() - w->geometry().width() ) );
         wWidth = maxX;
     }
 
     if ( wHeight > maxY ) {
         s.setHeight( maxY - (w->frameGeometry().height() - w->geometry().height() ) );
         wHeight = maxY;
     }
 
     // any smaller than this and the maximize/close/help buttons will be overlapping
     if ( wWidth < 80 || wHeight < 60 )
         return FALSE;
 
     if ( p.x() < 0 )
         p.setX(0);
     if ( p.y() < 0 )
         p.setY(0);
 
     if ( p.x() + wWidth > maxX )
         p.setX( maxX - wWidth );
     if ( p.y() + wHeight > maxY )
         p.setY( maxY - wHeight );
 
     return TRUE;
     }
 
     static void store_widget_rect(QWidget *w, QString &app)
     {
     // 350 is the trigger in qwsdefaultdecoration for providing a resize button
     if ( qApp->desktop()->width() <= 350 )
         return;
     // we use these to map the offset of geometry and pos.  ( we can only use normalGeometry to
     // get the non-maximized version, so we have to do it the hard way )
     int offsetX = w->x() - w->geometry().left();
     int offsetY = w->y() - w->geometry().top();
 
     QRect r;
     if ( w->isMaximized() )
         r = ( (HackWidget *) w)->normalGeometry();
     else
         r = w->geometry();
 
     // Stores the window placement as pos(), size()  (due to the offset mapping)
     Config cfg( "qpe" );
     cfg.setGroup("ApplicationPositions");
     QString s;
     s.sprintf("%d,%d,%d,%d,%d", r.left() + offsetX, r.top() + offsetY, r.width(), r.height(), w->isMaximized() );
     cfg.writeEntry( app, s );
     }
 
     static bool setWidgetCaptionFromAppName( QWidget* /*mw*/, const QString& /*appName*/, const QString& /*appsPath*/ )
     {
         /*
         // This works but disable it for now until it is safe to apply
         // What is does is scan the .desktop files of all the apps for
         // the applnk that has the corresponding argv[0] as this program
         // then it uses the name stored in the .desktop file as the caption
         // for the main widget. This saves duplicating translations for
         // the app name in the program and in the .desktop files.
 
         AppLnkSet apps( appsPath );
 
         QList<AppLnk> appsList = apps.children();
         for ( QListIterator<AppLnk> it(appsList); it.current(); ++it ) {
           if ( (*it)->exec() == appName ) {
         mw->setCaption( (*it)->name() );
         return TRUE;
           }
         }
         */
         return FALSE;
     }
 
 
     void show(QWidget* mw, bool nomax)
     {
         setWidgetCaptionFromAppName( mw, appName, QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "apps" );
         nomaximize = nomax;
         qpe_main_widget = mw;
                 qcopQok = TRUE;
 #ifndef QT_NO_COP
 
         sendQCopQ();
 #endif
 
         if ( preloaded ) {
             if (forceshow)
                 show_mx(mw, nomax, appName);
         }
         else if ( keep_running ) {
             show_mx(mw, nomax, appName);
         }
     }
 
     void loadTextCodecs()
     {
         QString path = QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "plugins/textcodecs";
 #ifdef Q_OS_MACX
         QDir dir( path, "lib*.dylib" );
 #else
         QDir dir( path, "lib*.so" );
 #endif
         QStringList list;
         if ( dir. exists ( ))
             list = dir.entryList();
         QStringList::Iterator it;
         for ( it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it ) {
             TextCodecInterface *iface = 0;
             QLibrary *lib = new QLibrary( path + "/" + *it );
             if ( lib->queryInterface( IID_QtopiaTextCodec, (QUnknownInterface**)&iface ) == QS_OK && iface ) {
                 QValueList<int> mibs = iface->mibEnums();
                 for (QValueList<int>::ConstIterator i = mibs.begin(); i != mibs.end(); ++i) {
                     (void)iface->createForMib(*i);
                     // ### it exists now; need to remember if we can delete it
                 }
             }
             else {
                 lib->unload();
                 delete lib;
             }
         }
     }
 
     void loadImageCodecs()
     {
         QString path = QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "plugins/imagecodecs";
 #ifdef Q_OS_MACX
         QDir dir( path, "lib*.dylib" );
 #else
         QDir dir( path, "lib*.so" );
 #endif
         QStringList list;
         if ( dir. exists ( ))
             list = dir.entryList();
         QStringList::Iterator it;
         for ( it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it ) {
             ImageCodecInterface *iface = 0;
             QLibrary *lib = new QLibrary( path + "/" + *it );
             if ( lib->queryInterface( IID_QtopiaImageCodec, (QUnknownInterface**)&iface ) == QS_OK && iface ) {
                 QStringList formats = iface->keys();
                 for (QStringList::ConstIterator i = formats.begin(); i != formats.end(); ++i) {
                     (void)iface->installIOHandler(*i);
                     // ### it exists now; need to remember if we can delete it
                 }
             }
             else {
                 lib->unload();
                 delete lib;
             }
         }
     }
 
 };
 
 class ResourceMimeFactory : public QMimeSourceFactory
 {
 public:
         ResourceMimeFactory() : resImage( 0 )
     {
         setFilePath( Global::helpPath() );
         setExtensionType( "html", "text/html;charset=UTF-8" );
     }
         ~ResourceMimeFactory() {
             delete resImage;
         }
 
     const QMimeSource* data( const QString& abs_name ) const
     {
         const QMimeSource * r = QMimeSourceFactory::data( abs_name );
         if ( !r ) {
             int sl = abs_name.length();
             do {
                 sl = abs_name.findRev( '/', sl - 1 );
                 QString name = sl >= 0 ? abs_name.mid( sl + 1 ) : abs_name;
                 int dot = name.findRev( '.' );
                 if ( dot >= 0 )
                     name = name.left( dot );
                 QImage img = Resource::loadImage( name );
                 if ( !img.isNull() ) {
                                     delete resImage;
                                     resImage = new QImageDrag( img );
                                     r = resImage;
                                 }
             }
             while ( !r && sl > 0 );
         }
         return r;
     }
 private:
     mutable QImageDrag *resImage;
 };
 
 static int& hack(int& i)
 {
 #if QT_VERSION <= 230 && defined(QT_NO_CODECS)
     // These should be created, but aren't in Qt 2.3.0
     (void)new QUtf8Codec;
     (void)new QUtf16Codec;
 #endif
     return i;
 }
 
 static int muted = 0;
 static int micMuted = 0;
 
 static void setVolume( int t = 0, int percent = -1 )
 {
     switch ( t ) {
         case 0: {
                 Config cfg( "qpe" );
                 cfg.setGroup( "Volume" );
                 if ( percent < 0 )
                     percent = cfg.readNumEntry( "VolumePercent", 50 );
 #ifndef QT_NO_SOUND
                 int fd = 0;
 #ifdef QT_QWS_DEVFS
                 if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/sound/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) {
 #else
                 if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) {
 #endif
                     int vol = muted ? 0 : percent;
                     // set both channels to same volume
                     vol |= vol << 8;
                     ioctl( fd, MIXER_WRITE( SOUND_MIXER_VOLUME ), &vol );
                     ::close( fd );
                 }
 #endif
             }
             break;
     }
 }
 
 static void setMic( int t = 0, int percent = -1 )
 {
     switch ( t ) {
         case 0: {
                 Config cfg( "qpe" );
                 cfg.setGroup( "Volume" );
                 if ( percent < 0 )
                     percent = cfg.readNumEntry( "Mic", 50 );
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_SOUND
                 int fd = 0;
                 int mic = micMuted ? 0 : percent;
 #ifdef QT_QWS_DEVFS
                 if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/sound/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) {
 #else
                 if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) {
 #endif
                     ioctl( fd, MIXER_WRITE( SOUND_MIXER_MIC ), &mic );
                     ::close( fd );
                 }
 #endif
             }
             break;
     }
 }
 
 
 static void setBass( int t = 0, int percent = -1 )
 {
     switch ( t ) {
         case 0: {
                 Config cfg( "qpe" );
                 cfg.setGroup( "Volume" );
                 if ( percent < 0 )
                     percent = cfg.readNumEntry( "BassPercent", 50 );
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_SOUND
                 int fd = 0;
                 int bass = percent;
 #ifdef QT_QWS_DEVFS
                                 if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/sound/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) {
 #else
                                 if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) {
 #endif
                     ioctl( fd, MIXER_WRITE( SOUND_MIXER_BASS ), &bass );
                     ::close( fd );
                 }
 #endif
             }
             break;
     }
 }
 
 
 static void setTreble( int t = 0, int percent = -1 )
 {
     switch ( t ) {
         case 0: {
                 Config cfg( "qpe" );
                 cfg.setGroup( "Volume" );
                 if ( percent < 0 )
                     percent = cfg.readNumEntry( "TreblePercent", 50 );
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_SOUND
                 int fd = 0;
                 int treble = percent;
 #ifdef QT_QWS_DEVFS
                 if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/sound/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) {
 #else
                 if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) {
 #endif
                     ioctl( fd, MIXER_WRITE( SOUND_MIXER_TREBLE ), &treble );
                     ::close( fd );
                 }
 #endif
             }
             break;
     }
 }
 
 
 /**
   \class QPEApplication
   \brief The QPEApplication class implements various system services
     that are available to all Qtopia applications.
 
   Simply by using QPEApplication instead of QApplication, a standard Qt
   application becomes a Qtopia application. It automatically follows
   style changes, quits and raises, and in the
   case of \link docwidget.html document-oriented\endlink applications,
   changes the currently displayed document in response to the environment.
 
   To create a \link docwidget.html document-oriented\endlink
   application use showMainDocumentWidget(); to create a
   non-document-oriented application use showMainWidget(). The
   keepRunning() function indicates whether the application will
   continue running after it's processed the last \link qcop.html
   QCop\endlink message. This can be changed using setKeepRunning().
 
   A variety of signals are emitted when certain events occur, for
   example, timeChanged(), clockChanged(), weekChanged(),
   dateFormatChanged() and volumeChanged(). If the application receives
   a \link qcop.html QCop\endlink message on the application's
   QPE/Application/\e{appname} channel, the appMessage() signal is
   emitted. There are also flush() and reload() signals, which
   are emitted when synching begins and ends respectively - upon these
   signals, the application should save and reload any data
   files that are involved in synching. Most of these signals will initially
   be received and unfiltered through the appMessage() signal.
 
   This class also provides a set of useful static functions. The
   qpeDir() and documentDir() functions return the respective paths.
   The grabKeyboard() and ungrabKeyboard() functions are used to
   control whether the application takes control of the device's
   physical buttons (e.g. application launch keys). The stylus' mode of
   operation is set with setStylusOperation() and retrieved with
   stylusOperation(). There are also setInputMethodHint() and
   inputMethodHint() functions.
 
   \ingroup qtopiaemb
 */
 
 /*!
   \fn void QPEApplication::clientMoused()
 
   \internal
 */
 
 /*!
   \fn void QPEApplication::timeChanged();
   This signal is emitted when the time changes outside the normal
   passage of time, i.e. if the time is set backwards or forwards.
 */
 
 /*!
   \fn void QPEApplication::clockChanged( bool ampm );
 
   This signal is emitted when the user changes the clock's style. If
   \a ampm is TRUE, the user wants a 12-hour AM/PM clock, otherwise,
   they want a 24-hour clock.
 */
 
 /*!
     \fn void QPEApplication::volumeChanged( bool muted )
 
     This signal is emitted whenever the mute state is changed. If \a
     muted is TRUE, then sound output has been muted.
 */
 
 /*!
     \fn void QPEApplication::weekChanged( bool startOnMonday )
 
     This signal is emitted if the week start day is changed. If \a
     startOnMonday is TRUE then the first day of the week is Monday; if
     \a startOnMonday is FALSE then the first day of the week is
     Sunday.
 */
 
 /*!
     \fn void QPEApplication::dateFormatChanged(DateFormat)
 
     This signal is emitted whenever the date format is changed.
 */
 
 /*!
     \fn void QPEApplication::flush()
 
     ###
 */
 
 /*!
   \fn void QPEApplication::reload()
 
 */
 
 
 
 void QPEApplication::processQCopFile()
 {
     QString qcopfn("/tmp/qcop-msg-");
     qcopfn += d->appName; // append command name
 
     QFile f(qcopfn);
     if ( f.open(IO_ReadWrite) ) {
 #ifndef Q_OS_WIN32
     flock(f.handle(), LOCK_EX);
 #endif
     QDataStream ds(&f);
     QCString channel, message;
     QByteArray data;
     while(!ds.atEnd()) {
         ds >> channel >> message >> data;
         d->enqueueQCop(channel,message,data);
     }
     ::ftruncate(f.handle(), 0);
 #ifndef Q_OS_WIN32
     f.flush();
     flock(f.handle(), LOCK_UN);
 #endif
     }
 #endif
 }
 
 
 /*!
   \fn void QPEApplication::appMessage( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& data )
 
   This signal is emitted when a message is received on this
   application's QPE/Application/<i>appname</i> \link qcop.html
   QCop\endlink channel.
 
   The slot to which you connect this signal uses \a msg and \a data
   in the following way:
 
 \code
      void MyWidget::receive( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& data )
      {
        QDataStream stream( data, IO_ReadOnly );
        if ( msg == "someMessage(int,int,int)" ) {
             int a,b,c;
             stream >> a >> b >> c;
             ...
        } else if ( msg == "otherMessage(QString)" ) {
            ...
        }
     }
 \endcode
 
   \sa qcop.html
   Note that messages received here may be processed by qpe application
   and emitted as signals, such as flush() and reload().
 */
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
 static void qtopia_loadTranslations( const QStringList& qms )
 {
     QStringList langs = Global::languageList();
 
     for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = langs.begin(); it!=langs.end(); ++it) {
         QString lang = *it;
 
         QTranslator * trans;
         QString tfn;
 
         for (QStringList::ConstIterator qmit = qms.begin(); qmit!=qms.end(); ++qmit) {
             trans = new QTranslator(qApp);
             tfn = QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "i18n/" + lang + "/" + *qmit + ".qm";
             if ( trans->load( tfn ))
                 qApp->installTranslator( trans );
             else
                 delete trans;
         }
     }
 }
 #endif
 
 /*
         Turn off qDebug in release mode
  */
 static void qtopiaMsgHandler(QtMsgType type, const char* msg)
 {
                 switch ( type ) {
                         case QtDebugMsg:
 #ifdef QT_DEBUG
                                         fprintf( stderr, "Debug: %s\n", msg );
 #endif
                                         break;
                         case QtWarningMsg:
 #ifdef QT_DEBUG
                                         fprintf( stderr, "Warning: %s\n", msg );
 #endif
                                         break;
                         case QtFatalMsg:
                                         fprintf( stderr, "Fatal: %s\n", msg );
                                         abort();
     }
 }
 
 /*!
   Constructs a QPEApplication just as you would construct
   a QApplication, passing \a argc, \a argv, and \a t.
 
   For applications, \a t should be the default, GuiClient. Only
   the Qtopia server passes GuiServer.
 */
 QPEApplication::QPEApplication( int & argc, char **argv, Type t )
         : QApplication( hack(argc), argv, t ), pidChannel( 0 )
 {
     QPixmapCache::setCacheLimit(256); // sensible default for smaller devices.
     qInstallMsgHandler(qtopiaMsgHandler);
 
     d = new QPEApplicationData;
     d->loadTextCodecs();
     d->loadImageCodecs();
 
     setFont( QFont( d->fontFamily, d->fontSize ) );
     AppLnk::setSmallIconSize( d->smallIconSize );
     AppLnk::setBigIconSize( d->bigIconSize );
 
     QMimeSourceFactory::setDefaultFactory( new ResourceMimeFactory );
 
     connect( this, SIGNAL( lastWindowClosed() ), this, SLOT( hideOrQuit() ) );
 
 
     sysChannel = new QCopChannel( "QPE/System", this );
     connect( sysChannel, SIGNAL( received(const QCString&,const QByteArray&) ),
              this, SLOT( systemMessage(const QCString&,const QByteArray&) ) );
 
 /* COde now in initapp */
 #if 0
 #if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_COP)
 
     QString qcopfn( "/tmp/qcop-msg-" );
     qcopfn += QString( argv[ 0 ] ); // append command name
 
     QFile f( qcopfn );
     if ( f.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) {
         flock( f.handle(), LOCK_EX );
     }
 
 
 
     QCString channel = QCString( argv[ 0 ] );
     channel.replace( QRegExp( ".*/" ), "" );
     d->appName = channel;
     channel = "QPE/Application/" + channel;
     pidChannel = new QCopChannel( channel, this );
     connect( pidChannel, SIGNAL( received(const QCString&,const QByteArray&) ),
              this, SLOT( pidMessage(const QCString&,const QByteArray&) ) );
 
     if ( f.isOpen() ) {
         d->keep_running = FALSE;
         QDataStream ds( &f );
         QCString channel, message;
         QByteArray data;
         while ( !ds.atEnd() ) {
             ds >> channel >> message >> data;
             d->enqueueQCop( channel, message, data );
         }
 
         flock( f.handle(), LOCK_UN );
         f.close();
         f.remove();
     }
 
     for ( int a = 0; a < argc; a++ ) {
         if ( qstrcmp( argv[ a ], "-preload" ) == 0 ) {
             argv[ a ] = argv[ a + 1 ];
             a++;
             d->preloaded = TRUE;
             argc -= 1;
         }
         else if ( qstrcmp( argv[ a ], "-preload-show" ) == 0 ) {
             argv[ a ] = argv[ a + 1 ];
             a++;
             d->preloaded = TRUE;
             d->forceshow = TRUE;
             argc -= 1;
         }
     }
 
     /* overide stored arguments */
     setArgs( argc, argv );
 
 #endif
 #else
     initApp( argc, argv );
 #endif
 #ifdef Q_WS_QWS
     /* load the font renderer factories */
     FontDatabase::loadRenderers();
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
     QStringList qms;
     qms << "libqpe";
     qms << "libopie";
     qms << d->appName;
 
     qtopia_loadTranslations(qms);
 #endif
 
     applyStyle();
 
     if ( type() == GuiServer ) {
         setVolume();
     }
 
     installEventFilter( this );
 
     QPEMenuToolFocusManager::initialize();
 
 #ifdef QT_NO_QWS_CURSOR
     // if we have no cursor, probably don't want tooltips
     QToolTip::setEnabled( FALSE );
 #endif
 }
 
 
 #ifdef QTOPIA_INTERNAL_INITAPP
 void QPEApplication::initApp( int argc, char **argv )
 {
     delete pidChannel;
     d->keep_running = TRUE;
     d->preloaded = FALSE;
     d->forceshow = FALSE;
 
     QCString channel = QCString(argv[0]);
 
     channel.replace(QRegExp(".*/"),"");
     d->appName = channel;
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
     qtopia_loadTranslations( QStringList()<<channel );
 #endif
 
     #if QT_VERSION > 235
     qt_fbdpy->setIdentity( channel ); // In Qt/E 2.3.6
     #endif
 
     channel = "QPE/Application/" + channel;
     pidChannel = new QCopChannel( channel, this);
     connect( pidChannel, SIGNAL(received(const QCString&,const QByteArray&)),
         this, SLOT(pidMessage(const QCString&,const QByteArray&)));
 
 
 
     processQCopFile();
     d->keep_running = d->qcopq.isEmpty();
 
     for (int a=0; a<argc; a++) {
     if ( qstrcmp(argv[a],"-preload")==0 ) {
         argv[a] = argv[a+1];
         a++;
         d->preloaded = TRUE;
         argc-=1;
     } else if ( qstrcmp(argv[a],"-preload-show")==0 ) {
         argv[a] = argv[a+1];
         a++;
         d->preloaded = TRUE;
         d->forceshow = TRUE;
         argc-=1;
     }
     }
 
     /* overide stored arguments */
     setArgs(argc, argv);
 }
 #endif
 
 
 static QPtrDict<void>* inputMethodDict = 0;
 static void createInputMethodDict()
 {
     if ( !inputMethodDict )
         inputMethodDict = new QPtrDict<void>;
 }
 
 /*!
   Returns the currently set hint to the system as to whether
   widget \a w has any use for text input methods.
 
 
   \sa setInputMethodHint() InputMethodHint
 */
 QPEApplication::InputMethodHint QPEApplication::inputMethodHint( QWidget * w )
 {
     if ( inputMethodDict && w )
         return ( InputMethodHint ) ( int ) inputMethodDict->find( w );
     return Normal;
 }
 
 /*!
   \enum QPEApplication::InputMethodHint
 
   \value Normal the application sometimes needs text input (the default).
   \value AlwaysOff the application never needs text input.
   \value AlwaysOn the application always needs text input.
 */
 
 /*!
   Hints to the system that widget \a w has use for text input methods
   as specified by \a mode.
 
   \sa inputMethodHint() InputMethodHint
 */
 void QPEApplication::setInputMethodHint( QWidget * w, InputMethodHint mode )
 {
     createInputMethodDict();
     if ( mode == Normal ) {
         inputMethodDict->remove
         ( w );
     }
     else {
         inputMethodDict->insert( w, ( void* ) mode );
     }
 }
 
 class HackDialog : public QDialog
 {
 public:
     void acceptIt()
     {
         accept();
     }
     void rejectIt()
     {
         reject();
     }
 };
 
 
 void QPEApplication::mapToDefaultAction( QWSKeyEvent * ke, int key )
 {
     // specialised actions for certain widgets. May want to
     // add more stuff here.
     if ( activePopupWidget() && activePopupWidget() ->inherits( "QListBox" )
             && activePopupWidget() ->parentWidget()
             && activePopupWidget() ->parentWidget() ->inherits( "QComboBox" ) )
         key = Qt::Key_Return;
 
     if ( activePopupWidget() && activePopupWidget() ->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) )
         key = Qt::Key_Return;
 
 #ifdef QWS
 
     ke->simpleData.keycode = key;
 #endif
 }
 
 
 /*!
   \internal
 */
 
 #ifdef QWS
 bool QPEApplication::qwsEventFilter( QWSEvent * e )
 {
     if ( !d->notbusysent && e->type == QWSEvent::Focus ) {
         if ( qApp->type() != QApplication::GuiServer ) {
             QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/System", "notBusy(QString)" );
             e << d->appName;
         }
         d->notbusysent = TRUE;
     }
     if ( type() == GuiServer ) {
         switch ( e->type ) {
             case QWSEvent::Mouse:
                 if ( e->asMouse() ->simpleData.state && !QWidget::find( e->window() ) )
                     emit clientMoused();
                 break;
             default:
                 break;
         }
     }
     if ( e->type == QWSEvent::Key ) {
         QWSKeyEvent *ke = ( QWSKeyEvent * ) e;
         if ( ke->simpleData.keycode == Qt::Key_F33 ) {
             // Use special "OK" key to press "OK" on top level widgets
             QWidget * active = activeWindow();
             QWidget *popup = 0;
             if ( active && active->isPopup() ) {
                 popup = active;
                 active = active->parentWidget();
             }
             if ( active && ( int ) active->winId() == ke->simpleData.window &&
                     !active->testWFlags( WStyle_Customize | WType_Popup | WType_Desktop ) ) {
                 if ( ke->simpleData.is_press ) {
                     if ( popup )
                         popup->close();
                     if ( active->inherits( "QDialog" ) ) {
                         HackDialog * d = ( HackDialog * ) active;
                         d->acceptIt();
                         return TRUE;
                     }
                     else if ( ( ( HackWidget * ) active ) ->needsOk() ) {
                         QSignal s;
                         s.connect( active, SLOT( accept() ) );
                         s.activate();
                     }
                     else {
                         // do the same as with the select key: Map to the default action of the widget:
                         mapToDefaultAction( ke, Qt::Key_Return );
                     }
                 }
             }
         }
         else if ( ke->simpleData.keycode == Qt::Key_F30 ) {
             // Use special "select" key to do whatever default action a widget has
             mapToDefaultAction( ke, Qt::Key_Space );
         }
         else if ( ke->simpleData.keycode == Qt::Key_Escape &&
                   ke->simpleData.is_press ) {
             // Escape key closes app if focus on toplevel
             QWidget * active = activeWindow();
             if ( active && active->testWFlags( WType_TopLevel ) &&
                     ( int ) active->winId() == ke->simpleData.window &&
                     !active->testWFlags( WStyle_Dialog | WStyle_Customize | WType_Popup | WType_Desktop ) ) {
                 if ( active->inherits( "QDialog" ) ) {
                     HackDialog * d = ( HackDialog * ) active;
                     d->rejectIt();
                     return TRUE;
                 } else /*if ( strcmp( argv() [ 0 ], "embeddedkonsole" ) != 0 )*/ {
                 active->close();
                 }
             }
 
         }
         else if ( ke->simpleData.keycode >= Qt::Key_F1 && ke->simpleData.keycode <= Qt::Key_F29 ) {
             // this should be if ( ODevice::inst ( )-> buttonForKeycode ( ... ))
             // but we cannot access libopie function within libqpe :(
 
             QWidget * active = activeWindow ( );
             if ( active && ((int) active-> winId ( ) == ke-> simpleData.window )) {
                 if ( d-> kbgrabbed ) { // we grabbed the keyboard
                     QChar ch ( ke-> simpleData.unicode );
                     QKeyEvent qke ( ke-> simpleData. is_press ? QEvent::KeyPress : QEvent::KeyRelease,
                                     ke-> simpleData.keycode,
                                     ch. latin1 ( ),
                                     ke-> simpleData.modifiers,
                                     QString ( ch ),
                                     ke-> simpleData.is_auto_repeat, 1 );
 
                     QObject *which = QWidget::keyboardGrabber ( );
                     if ( !which )
                         which = QApplication::focusWidget ( );
                     if ( !which )
                         which = QApplication::activeWindow ( );
                     if ( !which )
                         which = qApp;
 
                     QApplication::sendEvent ( which, &qke );
                 }
                 else { // we didn't grab the keyboard, so send the event to the launcher
                     QCopEnvelope e ( "QPE/Launcher", "deviceButton(int,int,int)" );
                     e << int( ke-> simpleData.keycode ) << int( ke-> simpleData. is_press ) << int( ke-> simpleData.is_auto_repeat );
                 }
             }
             return true;
         }
     }
     if ( e->type == QWSEvent::Focus ) {
         QWSFocusEvent * fe = ( QWSFocusEvent* ) e;
         if ( !fe->simpleData.get_focus ) {
             QWidget * active = activeWindow();
             while ( active && active->isPopup() ) {
                 active->close();
                 active = activeWindow();
             }
         }
         else {
             // make sure our modal widget is ALWAYS on top
             QWidget *topm = activeModalWidget();
             if ( topm && static_cast<int>( topm->winId() ) != fe->simpleData.window) {
                 topm->raise();
             }
         }
         if ( fe->simpleData.get_focus && inputMethodDict ) {
             InputMethodHint m = inputMethodHint( QWidget::find( e->window() ) );
             if ( m == AlwaysOff )
                 Global::hideInputMethod();
             if ( m == AlwaysOn )
                 Global::showInputMethod();
         }
     }
 
 
     return QApplication::qwsEventFilter( e );
 }
 #endif
 
 /*!
   Destroys the QPEApplication.
 */
 QPEApplication::~QPEApplication()
 {
     ungrabKeyboard();
 #if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_COP)
     // Need to delete QCopChannels early, since the display will
     // be gone by the time we get to ~QObject().
     delete sysChannel;
     delete pidChannel;
 #endif
 
 #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK
     if( d->RoH )
       delete d->RoH;
 #endif
     delete d;
 }
 
 /*!
   Returns <tt>$OPIEDIR/</tt>.
 */
 QString QPEApplication::qpeDir()
 {
     QString base, dir;
 
     if (getenv( "OPIEDIR" ))
         base = QString(getenv("OPIEDIR")).stripWhiteSpace();
     if ( !base.isNull() && (base.length() > 0 )){
 #ifdef Q_OS_WIN32
         QString temp(base);
         if (temp[(int)temp.length()-1] != QDir::separator())
             temp.append(QDir::separator());
         dir = temp;
 #else
         dir = QString( base ) + "/";
 #endif
     }else{
         dir = QString( ".." ) + QDir::separator();
     }
 
     return dir;
 }
 
 /*!
   Returns the user's current Document directory. There is a trailing "/".
   .. well, it does now,, and there's no trailing '/'
 */
 QString QPEApplication::documentDir()
 {
     const char* base = getenv( "HOME");
     if ( base )
         return QString( base ) + "/Documents";
 
     return QString( "../Documents" );
 }
 
 static int deforient = -1;
 
 /*!
   \internal
 */
 int QPEApplication::defaultRotation()
 {
     if ( deforient < 0 ) {
         QString d = getenv( "QWS_DISPLAY" );
         if ( d.contains( "Rot90" ) ) {
             deforient = 90;
         }
         else if ( d.contains( "Rot180" ) ) {
             deforient = 180;
         }
         else if ( d.contains( "Rot270" ) ) {
             deforient = 270;
         }
         else {
             deforient = 0;
         }
     }
     return deforient;
 }
 
 /*!
   \internal
 */
 void QPEApplication::setDefaultRotation( int r )
 {
     if ( qApp->type() == GuiServer ) {
         deforient = r;
         setenv( "QWS_DISPLAY", QString( "Transformed:Rot%1:0" ).arg( r ).latin1(), 1 );
         Config config("qpe");
         config.setGroup( "Rotation" );
         config.writeEntry( "Rot", r );
     }
     else {
 #ifndef QT_NO_COP
         { QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/System", "setDefaultRotation(int)" );
             e << r;
         }
 #endif
 
     }
 }
 
 #include <qgfx_qws.h>
 #include <qwindowsystem_qws.h>
 
 #if QT_VERSION > 236
 extern void qws_clearLoadedFonts();
 #endif
 
 void QPEApplication::setCurrentMode( int x, int y, int depth )
 {
     // Reset the caches
 #if QT_VERSION > 236
     qws_clearLoadedFonts();
 #endif
     QPixmapCache::clear();
 
     // Change the screen mode
     qt_screen->setMode(x, y, depth);
 
     if ( qApp->type() == GuiServer ) {
 #if QT_VERSION > 236
         // Reconfigure the GuiServer
         qwsServer->beginDisplayReconfigure();
         qwsServer->endDisplayReconfigure();
 #endif
         // Get all the running apps to reset
         QCopEnvelope env( "QPE/System", "reset()" );
     }
 }
 
 void QPEApplication::reset() {
     // Reconnect to the screen
     qt_screen->disconnect();
     qt_screen->connect( QString::null );
 
     // Redraw everything
     applyStyle();
 }
 
 #if (QT_VERSION < 238) && defined Q_OS_MACX
 bool qt_left_hand_scrollbars = false;
 #else
 extern bool qt_left_hand_scrollbars QPE_WEAK_SYMBOL;
 #endif
 
 /*!
   \internal
 */
 void QPEApplication::applyStyle()
 {
     Config config( "qpe" );
     config.setGroup( "Appearance" );
 
 #if QT_VERSION > 233
 #if !defined(OPIE_NO_OVERRIDE_QT)
     // don't block ourselves ...
     Opie::force_appearance = 0;
 
     static QString appname = Opie::binaryName ( );
 
     QStringList ex = config. readListEntry ( "NoStyle", ';' );
     int nostyle = 0;
     for ( QStringList::Iterator it = ex. begin ( ); it != ex. end ( ); ++it ) {
         if ( QRegExp (( *it ). mid ( 1 ), false, true ). find ( appname, 0 ) >= 0 ) {
             nostyle = ( *it ). left ( 1 ). toInt ( 0, 32 );
             break;
         }
     }
 #else
         int nostyle = 0;
 #endif
 
     // Widget style
     QString style = config.readEntry( "Style", "FlatStyle" );
 
     // don't set a custom style
     if ( nostyle & Opie::Force_Style )
         style = "FlatStyle";
 
     internalSetStyle ( style );
 
     // Colors - from /etc/colors/Liquid.scheme
     QColor bgcolor( config.readEntry( "Background", "#E0E0E0" ) );
     QColor btncolor( config.readEntry( "Button", "#96c8fa" ) );
     QPalette pal( btncolor, bgcolor );
     QString color = config.readEntry( "Highlight", "#73adef" );
     pal.setColor( QColorGroup::Highlight, QColor( color ) );
     color = config.readEntry( "HighlightedText", "#FFFFFF" );
     pal.setColor( QColorGroup::HighlightedText, QColor( color ) );
     color = config.readEntry( "Text", "#000000" );
     pal.setColor( QColorGroup::Text, QColor( color ) );
     color = config.readEntry( "ButtonText", "#000000" );
     pal.setColor( QPalette::Active, QColorGroup::ButtonText, QColor( color ) );
     color = config.readEntry( "Base", "#FFFFFF" );
     pal.setColor( QColorGroup::Base, QColor( color ) );
 
     pal.setColor( QPalette::Disabled, QColorGroup::Text,
                   pal.color( QPalette::Active, QColorGroup::Background ).dark() );
 
     setPalette( pal, TRUE );
 
 
         // Set the ScrollBar on the 'right' side but only if the weak symbol is present
         if (&qt_left_hand_scrollbars )
             qt_left_hand_scrollbars = config.readBoolEntry( "LeftHand", false );
 
     // Window Decoration
     QString dec = config.readEntry( "Decoration", "Flat" );
 
     // don't set a custom deco
     if ( nostyle & Opie::Force_Decoration )
         dec = "";
 
 
     if ( dec != d->decorationName ) {
         qwsSetDecoration( new QPEDecoration( dec ) );
         d->decorationName = dec;
     }
 
     // Font
     QString ff = config.readEntry( "FontFamily", font().family() );
     int fs = config.readNumEntry( "FontSize", font().pointSize() );
 
     // don't set a custom font
     if ( nostyle & Opie::Force_Font ) {
         ff = "Vera";
         fs = 10;
     }
 
     setFont ( QFont ( ff, fs ), true );
 
 #if !defined(OPIE_NO_OVERRIDE_QT)
     // revert to global blocking policy ...
     Opie::force_appearance = config. readBoolEntry ( "ForceStyle", false ) ? Opie::Force_All : Opie::Force_None;
     Opie::force_appearance &= ~nostyle;
 #endif
 #endif
 }
 
 void QPEApplication::systemMessage( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& data )
 {
 #ifdef Q_WS_QWS
     QDataStream stream( data, IO_ReadOnly );
     if ( msg == "applyStyle()" ) {
         applyStyle();
     }
     else if ( msg == "toggleApplicationMenu()" ) {
         QWidget *active = activeWindow ( );
 
         if ( active ) {
             QPEMenuToolFocusManager *man = QPEMenuToolFocusManager::manager ( );
             bool oldactive = man-> isActive ( );
 
             man-> setActive( !man-> isActive() );
 
             if ( !oldactive && !man-> isActive ( )) { // no menubar to toggle -> try O-Menu
                 QCopEnvelope e ( "QPE/TaskBar", "toggleStartMenu()" );
             }
         }
     }
     else if ( msg == "setDefaultRotation(int)" ) {
         if ( type() == GuiServer ) {
             int r;
             stream >> r;
             setDefaultRotation( r );
         }
     }
     else if ( msg == "setCurrentMode(int,int,int)" ) { // Added: 2003-06-11 by Tim Ansell <mithro@mithis.net>
             if ( type() == GuiServer ) {
         int x, y, depth;
         stream >> x;
         stream >> y;
         stream >> depth;
         setCurrentMode( x, y, depth );
             }
      }
     else if ( msg == "reset()" ) {
             if ( type() != GuiServer )
                 reset();
     }
     else if ( msg == "setCurrentRotation(int)" ) {
         int r;
         stream >> r;
         setCurrentRotation( r );
      }
     else if ( msg == "shutdown()" ) {
         if ( type() == GuiServer )
             shutdown();
     }
     else if ( msg == "quit()" ) {
         if ( type() != GuiServer )
             tryQuit();
     }
     else if ( msg == "forceQuit()" ) {
         if ( type() != GuiServer )
             quit();
     }
     else if ( msg == "restart()" ) {
         if ( type() == GuiServer )
             restart();
     }
     else if ( msg == "language(QString)" ) {
         if ( type() == GuiServer ) {
             QString l;
             stream >> l;
             QString cl = getenv( "LANG" );
             if ( cl != l ) {
                 if ( l.isNull() )
                     unsetenv( "LANG" );
                 else
                     setenv( "LANG", l.latin1(), 1 );
                 restart();
             }
         }
     }
     else if ( msg == "timeChange(QString)" ) {
         QString t;
         stream >> t;
         if ( t.isNull() )
             unsetenv( "TZ" );
         else
             setenv( "TZ", t.latin1(), 1 );
         // emit the signal so everyone else knows...
         emit timeChanged();
     }
     else if ( msg == "addAlarm(QDateTime,QCString,QCString,int)" ) {
         if ( type() == GuiServer ) {
             QDateTime when;
             QCString channel, message;
             int data;
             stream >> when >> channel >> message >> data;
             AlarmServer::addAlarm( when, channel, message, data );
         }
     }
     else if ( msg == "deleteAlarm(QDateTime,QCString,QCString,int)" ) {
         if ( type() == GuiServer ) {
             QDateTime when;
             QCString channel, message;
             int data;
             stream >> when >> channel >> message >> data;
             AlarmServer::deleteAlarm( when, channel, message, data );
         }
     }
     else if ( msg == "clockChange(bool)" ) {
         int tmp;
         stream >> tmp;
         emit clockChanged( tmp );
     }
     else if ( msg == "weekChange(bool)" ) {
         int tmp;
         stream >> tmp;
         emit weekChanged( tmp );
     }
     else if ( msg == "setDateFormat(DateFormat)" ) {
         DateFormat tmp;
         stream >> tmp;
         emit dateFormatChanged( tmp );
     }
     else if ( msg == "setVolume(int,int)" ) {
         int t, v;
         stream >> t >> v;
         setVolume( t, v );
         emit volumeChanged( muted );
     }
     else if ( msg == "volumeChange(bool)" ) {
         stream >> muted;
         setVolume();
         emit volumeChanged( muted );
     }
     else if ( msg == "setMic(int,int)" ) { // Added: 2002-02-08 by Jeremy Cowgar <jc@cowgar.com>
         int t, v;
         stream >> t >> v;
         setMic( t, v );
         emit micChanged( micMuted );
     }
     else if ( msg == "micChange(bool)" ) { // Added: 2002-02-08 by Jeremy Cowgar <jc@cowgar.com>
         stream >> micMuted;
         setMic();
         emit micChanged( micMuted );
     }
     else if ( msg == "setBass(int,int)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org>
         int t, v;
         stream >> t >> v;
         setBass( t, v );
     }
     else if ( msg == "bassChange(bool)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org>
             setBass();
     }
         else if ( msg == "setTreble(int,int)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org>
         int t, v;
         stream >> t >> v;
         setTreble( t, v );
     }
     else if ( msg == "trebleChange(bool)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org>
             setTreble();
     } else if ( msg == "getMarkedText()" ) {
     if ( type() == GuiServer ) {
         const ushort unicode = 'C'-'@';
         const int scan = Key_C;
         qwsServer->processKeyEvent( unicode, scan, ControlButton, TRUE, FALSE );
         qwsServer->processKeyEvent( unicode, scan, ControlButton, FALSE, FALSE );
     }
     } else if ( msg == "newChannel(QString)") {
     QString myChannel = "QPE/Application/" + d->appName;
     QString channel;
     stream >> channel;
     if (channel == myChannel) {
         processQCopFile();
         d->sendQCopQ();
     }
     }
 
 
 #endif
 }
 
 
 
 
 
 /*!
   \internal
 */
 bool QPEApplication::raiseAppropriateWindow()
 {
     bool r=FALSE;
 
     // 1. Raise the main widget
     QWidget *top = d->qpe_main_widget;
     if ( !top ) top = mainWidget();
 
     if ( top && d->keep_running ) {
     if ( top->isVisible() )
         r = TRUE;
     else if (d->preloaded) {
         // We are preloaded and not visible.. pretend we just started..
 #ifndef QT_NO_COP
         QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "fastAppShowing(QString)");
         e << d->appName;
 #endif
     }
 
     d->show_mx(top,d->nomaximize, d->appName);
     top->raise();
     }
 
     QWidget *topm = activeModalWidget();
 
     // 2. Raise any parentless widgets (except top and topm, as they
     //     are raised before and after this loop).  Order from most
     //     recently raised as deepest to least recently as top, so
     //     that repeated calls cycle through widgets.
     QWidgetList *list = topLevelWidgets();
     if ( list ) {
     bool foundlast = FALSE;
     QWidget* topsub = 0;
     if ( d->lastraised ) {
         for (QWidget* w = list->first(); w; w = list->next()) {
         if ( !w->parentWidget() && w != topm && w->isVisible() && !w->isDesktop() ) {
             if ( w == d->lastraised )
             foundlast = TRUE;
             if ( foundlast ) {
             w->raise();
             topsub = w;
             }
         }
         }
     }
     for (QWidget* w = list->first(); w; w = list->next()) {
         if ( !w->parentWidget() && w != topm && w->isVisible() && !w->isDesktop() ) {
         if ( w == d->lastraised )
             break;
         w->raise();
         topsub = w;
         }
     }
     d->lastraised = topsub;
     delete list;
     }
 
     // 3. Raise the active modal widget.
     if ( topm ) {
     topm->show();
     topm->raise();
     // If we haven't already handled the fastAppShowing message
     if (!top && d->preloaded) {
 #ifndef QT_NO_COP
         QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "fastAppShowing(QString)");
         e << d->appName;
 #endif
     }
     r = FALSE;
     }
 
     return r;
 }
 
 
 void QPEApplication::pidMessage( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& data)
 {
 #ifdef Q_WS_QWS
 
     if ( msg == "quit()" ) {
         tryQuit();
     }
     else if ( msg == "quitIfInvisible()" ) {
         if ( d->qpe_main_widget && !d->qpe_main_widget->isVisible() )
             quit();
     }
     else if ( msg == "close()" ) {
         hideOrQuit();
     }
     else if ( msg == "disablePreload()" ) {
         d->preloaded = FALSE;
         d->keep_running = TRUE;
         /* so that quit will quit */
     }
     else if ( msg == "enablePreload()" ) {
         if (d->qpe_main_widget)
             d->preloaded = TRUE;
         d->keep_running = TRUE;
         /* so next quit won't quit */
     }
     else if ( msg == "raise()" ) {
         d->keep_running = TRUE;
         d->notbusysent = FALSE;
         raiseAppropriateWindow();
         // Tell the system we're still chugging along...
         QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "appRaised(QString)");
         e << d->appName;
     }
     else if ( msg == "flush()" ) {
         emit flush();
         // we need to tell the desktop
         QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/Desktop", "flushDone(QString)" );
         e << d->appName;
     }
     else if ( msg == "reload()" ) {
         emit reload();
     }
     else if ( msg == "setDocument(QString)" ) {
         d->keep_running = TRUE;
         QDataStream stream( data, IO_ReadOnly );
         QString doc;
         stream >> doc;
         QWidget *mw = mainWidget();
         if ( !mw )
             mw = d->qpe_main_widget;
         if ( mw )
             Global::setDocument( mw, doc );
 
     } else if ( msg == "QPEProcessQCop()" ) {
             processQCopFile();
             d->sendQCopQ();
         }else
         {
             bool p = d->keep_running;
             d->keep_running = FALSE;
             emit appMessage( msg, data);
             if ( d->keep_running ) {
                 d->notbusysent = FALSE;
                 raiseAppropriateWindow();
                 if ( !p ) {
                     // Tell the system we're still chugging along...
 #ifndef QT_NO_COP
                     QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "appRaised(QString)");
                     e << d->appName;
 #endif
                 }
             }
             if ( p )
                 d->keep_running = p;
     }
 #endif
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Sets widget \a mw as the mainWidget() and shows it. For small windows,
   consider passing TRUE for \a nomaximize rather than the default FALSE.
 
   \sa showMainDocumentWidget()
 */
 void QPEApplication::showMainWidget( QWidget* mw, bool nomaximize )
 {
 //        setMainWidget(mw); this breaks FastLoading because lastWindowClose() would quit
             d->show(mw, nomaximize );
 }
 
 /*!
   Sets widget \a mw as the mainWidget() and shows it. For small windows,
   consider passing TRUE for \a nomaximize rather than the default FALSE.
 
   This calls designates the application as
   a \link docwidget.html document-oriented\endlink application.
 
   The \a mw widget \e must have this slot: setDocument(const QString&).
 
   \sa showMainWidget()
 */
 void QPEApplication::showMainDocumentWidget( QWidget* mw, bool nomaximize )
 {
     if ( mw && argc() == 2 )
         Global::setDocument( mw, QString::fromUtf8(argv()[1]) );
 
 
 //    setMainWidget(mw); see above
     d->show(mw, nomaximize );
 }
 
 
 /*!
   If an application is started via a \link qcop.html QCop\endlink
   message, the application will process the \link qcop.html
   QCop\endlink message and then quit. If the application calls this
   function while processing a \link qcop.html QCop\endlink message,
   after processing its outstanding \link qcop.html QCop\endlink
   messages the application will start 'properly' and show itself.
 
   \sa keepRunning()
 */
 void QPEApplication::setKeepRunning()
 {
     if ( qApp && qApp->inherits( "QPEApplication" ) ) {
         QPEApplication * qpeApp = ( QPEApplication* ) qApp;
         qpeApp->d->keep_running = TRUE;
     }
 }
 
 /*!
   Returns TRUE if the application will quit after processing the
   current list of qcop messages; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
   \sa setKeepRunning()
 */
 bool QPEApplication::keepRunning() const
 {
     return d->keep_running;
 }
 
 /*!
   \internal
 */
 void QPEApplication::internalSetStyle( const QString &style )
 {
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
     if ( style == "QPE" ) {
         setStyle( new QPEStyle );
     }
     else {
         QStyle *s = QStyleFactory::create( style );
         if ( s )
             setStyle( s );
     }
 #else
     if ( style == "Windows" ) {
         setStyle( new QWindowsStyle );
     }
     else if ( style == "QPE" ) {
         setStyle( new QPEStyle );
     }
     else if ( style == "Light" ) {
         setStyle( new LightStyle );
     }
 #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_PLATINUM
     else if ( style == "Platinum" ) {
         setStyle( new QPlatinumStyle );
     }
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_MOTIF
     else if ( style == "Motif" ) {
         setStyle( new QMotifStyle );
     }
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_MOTIFPLUS
     else if ( style == "MotifPlus" ) {
         setStyle( new QMotifPlusStyle );
     }
 #endif
 
     else {
         QStyle *sty = 0;
         QString path = QPEApplication::qpeDir ( ) + "plugins/styles/";
 
 #ifdef Q_OS_MACX
         if ( style. find ( ".dylib" ) > 0 )
             path += style;
         else
             path = path + "lib" + style. lower ( ) + ".dylib"; // compatibility
 #else
         if ( style. find ( ".so" ) > 0 )
             path += style;
         else
             path = path + "lib" + style. lower ( ) + ".so"; // compatibility
 #endif
         static QLibrary *lastlib = 0;
         static StyleInterface *lastiface = 0;
 
         QLibrary *lib = new QLibrary ( path );
         StyleInterface *iface = 0;
 
         if (( lib-> queryInterface ( IID_Style, ( QUnknownInterface ** ) &iface ) == QS_OK ) && iface )
             sty = iface-> style ( );
 
         if ( sty ) {
             setStyle ( sty );
 
             if ( lastiface )
                 lastiface-> release ( );
             lastiface = iface;
 
             if ( lastlib ) {
                 lastlib-> unload ( );
                 delete lastlib;
             }
             lastlib = lib;
         }
         else {
             if ( iface )
                 iface-> release ( );
             delete lib;
 
             setStyle ( new LightStyle ( ));
         }
     }
 #endif
 }
 
 /*!
   \internal
 */
 void QPEApplication::prepareForTermination( bool willrestart )
 {
     if ( willrestart ) {
         QLabel *lblWait = new QLabel( tr( "Please wait..." ), 0, "wait hack", QWidget::WStyle_Customize |
                                       QWidget::WStyle_NoBorder | QWidget::WStyle_Tool );
         lblWait->setAlignment( QWidget::AlignCenter );
         lblWait->show();
         lblWait->showMaximized();
     }
     { QCopEnvelope envelope( "QPE/System", "forceQuit()" );
     }
     processEvents(); // ensure the message goes out.
 }
 
 /*!
   \internal
 */
 void QPEApplication::shutdown()
 {
     // Implement in server's QPEApplication subclass
 }
 
 /*!
   \internal
 */
 void QPEApplication::restart()
 {
     // Implement in server's QPEApplication subclass
 }
 
 static QPtrDict<void>* stylusDict = 0;
 static void createDict()
 {
     if ( !stylusDict )
         stylusDict = new QPtrDict<void>;
 }
 
 /*!
   Returns the current StylusMode for widget \a w.
 
   \sa setStylusOperation() StylusMode
 */
 QPEApplication::StylusMode QPEApplication::stylusOperation( QWidget* w )
 {
     if ( stylusDict )
         return ( StylusMode ) ( int ) stylusDict->find( w );
     return LeftOnly;
 }
 
 /*!
     \enum QPEApplication::StylusMode
 
     \value LeftOnly the stylus only generates LeftButton
                        events (the default).
     \value RightOnHold the stylus generates RightButton events
                        if the user uses the press-and-hold gesture.
 
     \sa setStylusOperation() stylusOperation()
 */
 
 /*!
   Causes widget \a w to receive mouse events according to the stylus
   \a mode.
 
   \sa stylusOperation() StylusMode
 */
 void QPEApplication::setStylusOperation( QWidget * w, StylusMode mode )
 {
     createDict();
     if ( mode == LeftOnly ) {
         stylusDict->remove
         ( w );
         w->removeEventFilter( qApp );
     }
     else {
         stylusDict->insert( w, ( void* ) mode );
         connect( w, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), qApp, SLOT( removeSenderFromStylusDict() ) );
         w->installEventFilter( qApp );
     }
 }
 
 
 /*!
   \reimp
 */
 bool QPEApplication::eventFilter( QObject *o, QEvent *e )
 {
         if ( !o->isWidgetType() )
             return FALSE;
 
     if ( stylusDict && e->type() >= QEvent::MouseButtonPress && e->type() <= QEvent::MouseMove ) {
         QMouseEvent * me = ( QMouseEvent* ) e;
         StylusMode mode = (StylusMode)(int)stylusDict->find(o);
         switch (mode) {
             case RightOnHold:
                 switch ( me->type() ) {
                     case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
                         if ( me->button() == LeftButton ) {
                             static long Pref = 500; // #### pref.
                             d->presswidget = (QWidget*)o;
                             d->presspos = me->pos();
                             d->rightpressed = FALSE;
 #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK
                             if( ! d->RoH )
                               d->RoH = new Opie::Internal::RoHFeedback;
 
                             d->RoH->init( me->globalPos(), d->presswidget );
                             Pref = d->RoH->delay();
 
 #endif
                             if (!d->presstimer )
                                 d->presstimer = startTimer( Pref ); // #### pref.
 
                         }
                         break;
                     case QEvent::MouseMove:
                         if (d->presstimer && (me->pos() - d->presspos).manhattanLength() > 8) {
                             killTimer(d->presstimer);
 #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK
                             d->RoH->stop();
 #endif
                             d->presstimer = 0;
                         }
                         break;
                     case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
                         if ( me->button() == LeftButton ) {
                             if ( d->presstimer ) {
                                 killTimer(d->presstimer);
 #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK
                                 d->RoH->stop( );
 #endif
                                 d->presstimer = 0;
                             }
                             if ( d->rightpressed && d->presswidget ) {
                               printf( "Send ButtonRelease\n" );
                                 // Right released
                                 postEvent( d->presswidget,
                                            new QMouseEvent( QEvent::MouseButtonRelease, me->pos(),
                                                             RightButton, LeftButton + RightButton ) );
                                 // Left released, off-widget
                                 postEvent( d->presswidget,
                                            new QMouseEvent( QEvent::MouseMove, QPoint( -1, -1),
                                                             LeftButton, LeftButton ) );
                                 postEvent( d->presswidget,
                                            new QMouseEvent( QEvent::MouseButtonRelease, QPoint( -1, -1),
                                                             LeftButton, LeftButton ) );
                                 d->rightpressed = FALSE;
                                 return TRUE; // don't send the real Left release
                             }
                         }
                         break;
                     default:
                         break;
                 }
                 break;
             default:
                 ;
         }
     }
     else if ( e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress || e->type() == QEvent::KeyRelease ) {
         QKeyEvent *ke = (QKeyEvent *)e;
         if ( ke->key() == Key_Enter ) {
             if ( o->isA( "QRadioButton" ) || o->isA( "QCheckBox" ) ) {
                 postEvent( o, new QKeyEvent( e->type(), Key_Space, ' ',
                                              ke->state(), " ", ke->isAutoRepeat(), ke->count() ) );
                 return TRUE;
             }
         }
     }
     return FALSE;
 }
 
 /*!
   \reimp
 */
 void QPEApplication::timerEvent( QTimerEvent *e )
 {
     if ( e->timerId() == d->presstimer && d->presswidget ) {
 
           // Right pressed
           postEvent( d->presswidget,
                      new QMouseEvent( QEvent::MouseButtonPress, d->presspos,
                                       RightButton, LeftButton ) );
           killTimer( d->presstimer );
           d->presstimer = 0;
           d->rightpressed = TRUE;
 #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK
           d->RoH->stop();
 #endif
     }
 }
 
 void QPEApplication::removeSenderFromStylusDict()
 {
     stylusDict->remove
     ( ( void* ) sender() );
     if ( d->presswidget == sender() )
         d->presswidget = 0;
 }
 
 /*!
   \internal
 */
 bool QPEApplication::keyboardGrabbed() const
 {
     return d->kbgrabbed;
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Reverses the effect of grabKeyboard(). This is called automatically
   on program exit.
 */
 void QPEApplication::ungrabKeyboard()
 {
     ((QPEApplication *) qApp )-> d-> kbgrabbed = false;
 }
 
 /*!
   Grabs the physical keyboard keys, e.g. the application's launching
   keys. Instead of launching applications when these keys are pressed
   the signals emitted are sent to this application instead. Some games
   programs take over the launch keys in this way to make interaction
   easier.
 
   \sa ungrabKeyboard()
 */
 void QPEApplication::grabKeyboard()
 {
     ((QPEApplication *) qApp )-> d-> kbgrabbed = true;
 }
 
 /*!
   \reimp
 */
 int QPEApplication::exec()
 {
         d->qcopQok = true;
 #ifndef QT_NO_COP
     d->sendQCopQ();
         if ( !d->keep_running )
             processEvents(); // we may have received QCop messages in the meantime.
 #endif
 
     if ( d->keep_running )
         //|| d->qpe_main_widget && d->qpe_main_widget->isVisible() )
         return QApplication::exec();
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_COP
 
     {
         QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/System", "closing(QString)" );
         e << d->appName;
     }
 #endif
     processEvents();
     return 0;
 }
 
 /*!
   \internal
   External request for application to quit.  Quits if possible without
   loosing state.
 */
 void QPEApplication::tryQuit()
 {
     if ( activeModalWidget() )
         return ; // Inside modal loop or konsole. Too hard to save state.
 #ifndef QT_NO_COP
 
     {
         QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/System", "closing(QString)" );
         e << d->appName;
     }
 #endif
     if ( d->keep_running )
     d->store_widget_rect(d->qpe_main_widget, d->appName);
     processEvents();
 
     quit();
 }
 
 
 /*!
   \internal
   User initiated quit.  Makes the window 'Go Away'.  If preloaded this means
   hiding the window.  If not it means quitting the application.
   As this is user initiated we don't need to check state.
 */
 void QPEApplication::hideOrQuit()
 {
     if ( d->keep_running )
     d->store_widget_rect(d->qpe_main_widget, d->appName);
     processEvents();
 
     // If we are a preloaded application we don't actually quit, so emit
     // a System message indicating we're quasi-closing.
     if ( d->preloaded && d->qpe_main_widget )
 #ifndef QT_NO_COP
 
     {
         QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "fastAppHiding(QString)" );
         e << d->appName;
         d->qpe_main_widget->hide();
     }
 #endif
     else
         quit();
 }
 
 #if (__GNUC__ > 2 )
 extern "C" void __cxa_pure_virtual();
 
 void __cxa_pure_virtual()
 {
     fprintf( stderr, "Pure virtual called\n");
     abort();
 
 }
 
 #endif
 
 
 #if defined(OPIE_NEW_MALLOC)
 
 // The libraries with the skiff package (and possibly others) have
 // completely useless implementations of builtin new and delete that
 // use about 50% of your CPU. Here we revert to the simple libc
 // functions.
 
 void* operator new[]( size_t size )
 {
     return malloc( size );
 }
 
 void* operator new( size_t size )
 {
     return malloc( size );
 }
 
 void operator delete[]( void* p )
 {
     if ( p )
         free( p );
 }
 
 void operator delete[]( void* p, size_t /*size*/ )
 {
     if ( p )
         free( p );
 }
 
 
 void operator delete( void* p )
 {
     if ( p )
         free( p );
 }
 
 void operator delete( void* p, size_t /*size*/ )
 {
     if ( p )
         free( p );
 }
 
 #endif
 
 #if ( QT_VERSION <= 230 ) && !defined(SINGLE_APP)
 #include <qwidgetlist.h>
 #ifdef QWS
 #include <qgfx_qws.h>
 extern QRect qt_maxWindowRect;
 void qt_setMaxWindowRect(const QRect& r )
 {
     qt_maxWindowRect = qt_screen->mapFromDevice( r,
                        qt_screen->mapToDevice( QSize( qt_screen->width(), qt_screen->height() ) ) );
     // Re-resize any maximized windows
     QWidgetList* l = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
     if ( l ) {
         QWidget * w = l->first();
         while ( w ) {
             if ( w->isVisible() && w->isMaximized() ) {
                 w->showMaximized();
             }
             w = l->next();
         }
         delete l;
     }
 }
 #endif
 #endif
diff --git a/library/qpestyle.cpp b/library/qpestyle.cpp
index b61ada4..0566f6b 100644
--- a/library/qpestyle.cpp
+++ b/library/qpestyle.cpp
@@ -1,1191 +1,1191 @@
 /**********************************************************************
 ** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of Qtopia Environment.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
 #include "qpestyle.h"
 
 
 #define QCOORDARRLEN(x) sizeof(x)/(sizeof(QCOORD)*2)
 
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
 
 #include <qdrawutil.h>
 #include <qcombobox.h>
 #include <qtabbar.h>
 
 QPEStyle::QPEStyle()
 {
 }
 
 QPEStyle::~QPEStyle()
 {
 }
 
 void QPEStyle::drawPrimitive( PrimitiveElement pe, QPainter *p, const QRect &r,
                               const QColorGroup &cg, SFlags flags, const QStyleOption &data) const
 {
     switch ( pe ) {
     case PE_ButtonTool:
         {
             QColorGroup mycg = cg;
             if ( flags & Style_On ) {
                 QBrush fill( cg.mid(), Dense4Pattern );
                 mycg.setBrush( QColorGroup::Button, fill );
             }
             drawPrimitive( PE_ButtonBevel, p, r, mycg, flags, data );
             break;
         }
     case PE_ButtonCommand:
     case PE_ButtonDefault:
     case PE_ButtonBevel:
     case PE_HeaderSection:
         {
             QPen oldPen = p->pen();
             p->fillRect( r.x()+1, r.y()+1, r.width()-2, r.height()-2, cg.brush(QColorGroup::Button) );
 
             int x2 = r.right();
             int y2 = r.bottom();
 
             if ( flags & (Style_Sunken | Style_Down | Style_On) )
                 p->setPen( cg.dark() );
             else
                 p->setPen( cg.light() );
             p->drawLine( r.x(), r.y()+1, r.x(), y2-1 );
             p->drawLine( r.x()+1, r.y(), x2-1, r.y() );
 
             if ( flags & (Style_Sunken | Style_Down | Style_On) )
                 p->setPen( cg.light() );
             else
                 p->setPen( cg.dark() );
             p->drawLine( x2, r.y()+1, x2, y2-1 );
             p->drawLine( r.x()+1, y2, x2-1, y2 );
             p->setPen( oldPen );
             break;
         }
     case PE_FocusRect:
         break;
     case PE_Indicator:
         {
             QColorGroup mycg( cg );
             QBrush fill;
             if ( flags & Style_Down )
                 fill = cg.brush( QColorGroup::Button );
             else
                 fill = cg.brush( (flags&Style_Enabled) ? QColorGroup::Base : QColorGroup::Background );
             mycg.setBrush( QColorGroup::Button, fill );
             if ( flags&Style_Enabled )
                 flags |= Style_Sunken;
             drawPrimitive( PE_ButtonBevel, p, r, mycg, flags );
             if ( flags & Style_On ) {
                 QPointArray a( 7*2 );
                 int i, xx, yy;
                 xx = r.x()+3;
                 yy = r.y()+5;
                 for ( i=0; i<3; i++ ) {
                     a.setPoint( 2*i,   xx, yy );
                     a.setPoint( 2*i+1, xx, yy+2 );
                     xx++; yy++;
                 }
                 yy -= 2;
                 for ( i=3; i<7; i++ ) {
                     a.setPoint( 2*i,   xx, yy );
                     a.setPoint( 2*i+1, xx, yy+2 );
                     xx++; yy--;
                 }
                 if ( flags & Style_NoChange ) {
                     p->setPen( mycg.dark() );
                 } else {
                     p->setPen( mycg.text() );
                 }
                 p->drawLineSegments( a );
             }
             break;
         }
     case PE_ExclusiveIndicator:
         {
             static const QCOORD pts1[] = {              // dark lines
                 1,9, 1,8, 0,7, 0,4, 1,3, 1,2, 2,1, 3,1, 4,0, 7,0, 8,1, 9,1 };
             static const QCOORD pts4[] = {              // white lines
                 2,10, 3,10, 4,11, 7,11, 8,10, 9,10, 10,9, 10,8, 11,7,
                 11,4, 10,3, 10,2 };
             static const QCOORD pts5[] = {              // inner fill
                 4,2, 7,2, 9,4, 9,7, 7,9, 4,9, 2,7, 2,4 };
 
             int x, y, w, h;
             r.rect( &x, &y, &w, &h );
             p->eraseRect( x, y, w, h );
             QPointArray a( QCOORDARRLEN(pts1), pts1 );
             a.translate( x, y );
             p->setPen( cg.dark() );
             p->drawPolyline( a );
             a.setPoints( QCOORDARRLEN(pts4), pts4 );
             a.translate( x, y );
             p->setPen( cg.light() );
             p->drawPolyline( a );
             a.setPoints( QCOORDARRLEN(pts5), pts5 );
             a.translate( x, y );
             QColor fillColor = ( flags&Style_Down || !(flags&Style_Enabled) ) ? cg.button() : cg.base();
             p->setPen( fillColor );
             p->setBrush( fillColor  ) ;
             p->drawPolygon( a );
             if ( flags&Style_On ) {
                 p->setPen( NoPen );
                 p->setBrush( cg.text() );
                 p->drawRect( x+5, y+4, 2, 4 );
                 p->drawRect( x+4, y+5, 4, 2 );
             }
             break;
         }
     default:
         QWindowsStyle::drawPrimitive( pe, p, r, cg, flags, data );
         break;
     }
 }
 
 void QPEStyle::drawControl( ControlElement ce, QPainter *p,
                             const QWidget *widget, const QRect &r,
                             const QColorGroup &cg, SFlags how, const QStyleOption &data) const
 {
     switch ( ce ) {
     case CE_PushButton:
         {
             const QPushButton *btn = (QPushButton*)widget;
             SFlags flags;
             flags = Style_Default;
             if ( btn->isDown() )
                 flags |= Style_Down;
             if ( btn->isOn() )
                 flags |= Style_On;
             if ( btn->isEnabled() )
                 flags |= Style_Enabled;
             if ( btn->isDefault() )
                 flags |= Style_Default;
             if (! btn->isFlat() && !(flags & Style_Down))
                 flags |= Style_Raised;
             p->setPen( cg.foreground() );
             p->setBrush( QBrush(cg.button(), NoBrush) );
             QColorGroup mycg( cg );
             if ( flags & Style_On ) {
                 QBrush fill = QBrush( cg.mid(), Dense4Pattern );
                 mycg.setBrush( QColorGroup::Button, fill );
             }
             drawPrimitive( PE_ButtonBevel, p, r, mycg, flags, data );
             break;
         }
     case CE_TabBarTab:
         {
             if ( !widget || !widget->parentWidget() )
                 break;
 
             const QTabBar *tb = (const QTabBar *) widget;
             bool selected = how & Style_Selected;
 
             QRect r2(r);
             if ( tb->shape()  == QTabBar::RoundedAbove ) {
                 p->setPen( cg.light() );
                 p->drawLine( r2.left(), r2.bottom(), r2.right(), r2.bottom() );
                 if ( r2.left() == 0 )
                     p->drawPoint( tb->rect().bottomLeft() );
                 else {
                     p->setPen( cg.light() );
                     p->drawLine( r2.left(), r2.bottom(), r2.right(), r2.bottom() );
                 }
 
                 if ( selected ) {
                     p->setPen( cg.background() );
                     p->drawLine( r2.left()+2, r2.top()+1, r2.right()-2, r2.top()+1 );
                     p->fillRect( QRect( r2.left()+1, r2.top()+2, r2.width()-2, r2.height()-2),
                             cg.brush( QColorGroup::Background ));
                 } else {
                     r2.setRect( r2.left() + 2, r2.top() + 2,
                             r2.width() - 4, r2.height() - 2 );
                     p->setPen( cg.button() );
                     p->drawLine( r2.left()+2, r2.top()+1, r2.right()-2, r2.top()+1 );
                     p->fillRect( QRect( r2.left()+1, r2.top()+2, r2.width()-2, r2.height()-3),
                             cg.brush( QColorGroup::Button ));
 
                     //do shading; will not work for pixmap brushes
                     QColor bg = cg.button();
                             //    int h,s,v;
                             //    bg.hsv( &h, &s, &v );
                     int n = r2.height()/2;
                     int dark = 100;
                     for ( int i = 1; i < n; i++ ) {
                         dark = (dark * (100+(i*15)/n) )/100;
                         p->setPen( bg.dark( dark ) );
                         int y = r2.bottom()-n+i;
                         int x1 = r2.left()+1;
                         int x2 = r2.right()-1;
                         p->drawLine( x1, y, x2, y );
                     }
                 }
 
                 p->setPen( cg.light() );
                 p->drawLine( r2.left(), r2.bottom()-1, r2.left(), r2.top() + 2 );
                 p->drawPoint( r2.left()+1, r2.top() + 1 );
                 p->drawLine( r2.left()+2, r2.top(),
                         r2.right() - 2, r2.top() );
 
                 p->setPen( cg.dark() );
                 p->drawPoint( r2.right() - 1, r2.top() + 1 );
                 p->drawLine( r2.right(), r2.top() + 2, r2.right(), r2.bottom() - 1);
             } else if ( tb->shape() == QTabBar::RoundedBelow ) {
                 if ( selected ) {
                     p->setPen( cg.background() );
                     p->drawLine( r2.left()+2, r2.bottom()-1, r2.right()-2, r2.bottom()-1 );
                     p->fillRect( QRect( r2.left()+1, r2.top(), r2.width()-2, r2.height()-2),
                             tb->palette().normal().brush( QColorGroup::Background ));
                 } else {
                     p->setPen( cg.dark() );
                     p->drawLine( r2.left(), r2.top(),
                             r2.right(), r2.top() );
                     r2.setRect( r2.left() + 2, r2.top(),
                             r2.width() - 4, r2.height() - 2 );
                     p->setPen( cg.button() );
                     p->drawLine( r2.left()+2, r2.bottom()-1, r2.right()-2, r2.bottom()-1 );
                     p->fillRect( QRect( r2.left()+1, r2.top()+1, r2.width()-2, r2.height()-3),
                             tb->palette().normal().brush( QColorGroup::Button ));
                 }
 
                 p->setPen( cg.dark() );
                 p->drawLine( r2.right(), r2.top(),
                         r2.right(), r2.bottom() - 2 );
                 p->drawPoint( r2.right() - 1, r2.bottom() - 1 );
                 p->drawLine( r2.right() - 2, r2.bottom(),
                         r2.left() + 2, r2.bottom() );
 
                 p->setPen( cg.light() );
                 p->drawLine( r2.left(), r2.top()+1,
                         r2.left(), r2.bottom() - 2 );
                 p->drawPoint( r2.left() + 1, r2.bottom() - 1 );
                 if ( r2.left() == 0 )
                     p->drawPoint( tb->rect().topLeft() );
 
             } else {
                 QCommonStyle::drawControl( ce, p, widget, r, cg, how, data );
             }
             break;
         }
     default:
         QWindowsStyle::drawControl( ce, p, widget, r, cg, how, data );
         break;
     }
 }
 
 void QPEStyle::drawComplexControl( ComplexControl control, QPainter *p,
                                    const QWidget *widget, const QRect &r,
                                    const QColorGroup &cg, SFlags how,
                                    SCFlags sub, SCFlags subActive, const QStyleOption &data) const
 {
     switch ( control ) {
     case CC_ComboBox:
         if ( sub & SC_ComboBoxArrow ) {
             SFlags flags = Style_Default;
 
             drawPrimitive( PE_ButtonBevel, p, r, cg, flags, data );
 
             QRect ar =
                 QStyle::visualRect( querySubControlMetrics( CC_ComboBox, widget,
                                                             SC_ComboBoxArrow ), widget );
 
             if ( subActive == SC_ComboBoxArrow ) {
                 p->setPen( cg.dark() );
                 p->setBrush( cg.brush( QColorGroup::Button ) );
                 p->drawRect( ar );
             }
 
             ar.addCoords( 2, 2, -2, -2 );
             if ( widget->isEnabled() )
                 flags |= Style_Enabled;
 
             if ( subActive & Style_Sunken ) {
                 flags |= Style_Sunken;
             }
             drawPrimitive( PE_ArrowDown, p, ar, cg, flags );
         }
 
         if ( sub & SC_ComboBoxEditField ) {
             const QComboBox * cb = (const QComboBox *) widget;
             QRect re =
                 QStyle::visualRect( querySubControlMetrics( CC_ComboBox, widget,
                                                             SC_ComboBoxEditField ), widget );
             if ( cb->hasFocus() && !cb->editable() )
                 p->fillRect( re.x(), re.y(), re.width(), re.height(),
                              cg.brush( QColorGroup::Highlight ) );
 
             if ( cb->hasFocus() ) {
                 p->setPen( cg.highlightedText() );
                 p->setBackgroundColor( cg.highlight() );
 
             } else {
                 p->setPen( cg.text() );
                 p->setBackgroundColor( cg.background() );
             }
 
             if ( cb->hasFocus() && !cb->editable() ) {
                 QRect re =
                     QStyle::visualRect( subRect( SR_ComboBoxFocusRect, cb ), widget );
                 drawPrimitive( PE_FocusRect, p, re, cg, Style_FocusAtBorder, QStyleOption(cg.highlight()));
             }
         }
         break;
     default:
         QWindowsStyle::drawComplexControl( control, p, widget, r, cg, how,
                                            sub, subActive, data );
         break;
     }
 }
 
 int QPEStyle::pixelMetric( PixelMetric metric, const QWidget *widget ) const
 {
     int ret;
     switch( metric ) {
         case PM_ButtonMargin:
             ret = 2;
             break;
         case PM_DefaultFrameWidth:
             ret = 1;
             break;
         case PM_ButtonDefaultIndicator:
             ret = 2;
             break;
         case PM_ButtonShiftHorizontal:
         case PM_ButtonShiftVertical:
             ret = -1;
             break;
         case PM_IndicatorWidth:
             ret = 15;
             break;
         case PM_IndicatorHeight:
             ret = 13;
             break;
         case PM_ExclusiveIndicatorHeight:
         case PM_ExclusiveIndicatorWidth:
             ret = 15;
             break;
         case PM_ScrollBarExtent:
             ret = 13;
             break;
         case PM_SliderLength:
             ret = 12;
             break;
         default:
             ret = QWindowsStyle::pixelMetric( metric, widget );
             break;
     }
     return ret;
 }
 
 QSize QPEStyle::sizeFromContents( ContentsType contents, const QWidget *widget,
                                 const QSize &contentsSize, const QStyleOption &data) const
 {
     QSize sz(contentsSize);
 
     switch ( contents ) {
     case CT_PopupMenuItem:
         {
             if ( !widget || data.isDefault() )
                 break;
             sz = QWindowsStyle::sizeFromContents( contents, widget, contentsSize, data );
             sz = QSize( sz.width(), sz.height()-2 );
             break;
         }
     default:
         sz = QWindowsStyle::sizeFromContents( contents, widget, contentsSize, data );
         break;
     }
 
     return sz;
 }
 
 #else
 
 #include <qfontmetrics.h>
 #include <qpalette.h>
 #include <qdrawutil.h>
 #include <qscrollbar.h>
 #include <qbutton.h>
 #include <qframe.h>
 #include <qtabbar.h>
 
 #define INCLUDE_MENUITEM_DEF
 #include <qmenudata.h>
 
 QPEStyle::QPEStyle()
 {
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
     setButtonMargin(buttonMargin());
     setScrollBarExtent(scrollBarExtent().width(),scrollBarExtent().height());
 #endif
 }
 
 QPEStyle::~QPEStyle()
 {
 }
 
 int QPEStyle::buttonMargin() const
 {
     return 2;
 }
 
 QSize QPEStyle::scrollBarExtent() const
 {
     return QSize(13,13);
 }
 
 void QPEStyle::polish ( QPalette & )
 {
 }
 
 void QPEStyle::polish( QWidget *w )
 {
     if ( w->inherits( "QListBox" ) ||
          w->inherits( "QListView" ) ||
          w->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) ||
          w->inherits( "QSpinBox" ) ) {
         QFrame *f = (QFrame *)w;
         f->setFrameShape( QFrame::StyledPanel );
         f->setLineWidth( 1 );
     }
 }
 
 void QPEStyle::unPolish( QWidget *w )
 {
     if ( w->inherits( "QListBox" ) ||
          w->inherits( "QListView" ) ||
          w->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) ||
          w->inherits( "QSpinBox" ) ) {
         QFrame *f = (QFrame *)w;
         f->setFrameShape( QFrame::StyledPanel );
         f->setLineWidth( 2 );
     }
 }
 
 int QPEStyle::defaultFrameWidth() const
 {
     return 1;
 }
 
 void QPEStyle::drawPanel ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                             const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken, int lineWidth, const QBrush * fill )
 {
     qDrawShadePanel( p, QRect(x, y, w, h), g, sunken, lineWidth, fill );
 }
 
 void QPEStyle::drawButton( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                                 const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken, const QBrush* fill )
 {
     QPen oldPen = p->pen();
     if ( sunken )
         p->setPen( g.dark() );
     else
         p->setPen( g.light() );
 
     int x2 = x+w-1;
     int y2 = y+h-1;
 
     p->drawLine( x, y, x, y2 );
     p->drawLine( x, y, x2, y );
 
     if ( sunken )
         p->setPen( g.light() );
     else
         p->setPen( g.dark() );
 
     p->drawLine( x2, y, x2, y2 );
     p->drawLine( x, y2, x2, y2 );
     p->setPen( oldPen );
 
     p->fillRect( x+1, y+1, w-2, h-2, fill?(*fill):g.brush(QColorGroup::Button) );
 }
 
 void QPEStyle::drawButtonMask ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h )
 {
     p->fillRect( x, y, w, h, color1 );
 }
 
 void QPEStyle::drawBevelButton( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                                 const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken, const QBrush* fill )
 {
     drawButton( p, x, y, w, h, g, sunken, fill );
 }
 
 QRect QPEStyle::comboButtonRect( int x, int y, int w, int h)
 {
     return QRect(x+1, y+1, w-2-14, h-2);
 }
 
 
 QRect QPEStyle::comboButtonFocusRect( int x, int y, int w, int h)
 {
     return QRect(x+2, y+2, w-4-14, h-4);
 }
 
 void QPEStyle::drawComboButton( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                                      const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken,
                                      bool /*editable*/,
                                      bool enabled,
                                      const QBrush *fill )
 {
     drawBevelButton( p, x, y, w, h, g, FALSE, fill );
     drawBevelButton( p, x+w-14, y, 14, h, g, sunken, fill );
     drawArrow( p, QStyle::DownArrow, sunken,
                x+w-14+ 2, y+ 2, 14- 4, h- 4, g, enabled,
                &g.brush( QColorGroup::Button ) );
 
 }
 
 
 void QPEStyle::drawExclusiveIndicator ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w,
         int h, const QColorGroup & g, bool on, bool down, bool enabled )
 {
     static const QCOORD pts1[] = {              // dark lines
         1,9, 1,8, 0,7, 0,4, 1,3, 1,2, 2,1, 3,1, 4,0, 7,0, 8,1, 9,1 };
     static const QCOORD pts4[] = {              // white lines
         2,10, 3,10, 4,11, 7,11, 8,10, 9,10, 10,9, 10,8, 11,7,
         11,4, 10,3, 10,2 };
     static const QCOORD pts5[] = {              // inner fill
         4,2, 7,2, 9,4, 9,7, 7,9, 4,9, 2,7, 2,4 };
 
     p->eraseRect( x, y, w, h );
     QPointArray a( QCOORDARRLEN(pts1), pts1 );
     a.translate( x, y );
     p->setPen( g.dark() );
     p->drawPolyline( a );
     a.setPoints( QCOORDARRLEN(pts4), pts4 );
     a.translate( x, y );
     p->setPen( g.light() );
     p->drawPolyline( a );
     a.setPoints( QCOORDARRLEN(pts5), pts5 );
     a.translate( x, y );
     QColor fillColor = ( down || !enabled ) ? g.button() : g.base();
     p->setPen( fillColor );
     p->setBrush( fillColor  ) ;
     p->drawPolygon( a );
     if ( on ) {
         p->setPen( NoPen );
         p->setBrush( g.text() );
         p->drawRect( x+5, y+4, 2, 4 );
         p->drawRect( x+4, y+5, 4, 2 );
     }
 }
 
 void QPEStyle::drawIndicator ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
         const QColorGroup & g, int state, bool down, bool enabled )
 {
 
     QBrush fill;
     if ( state == QButton::NoChange ) {
         QBrush b = p->brush();
         QColor c = p->backgroundColor();
         p->setBackgroundMode( TransparentMode );
         p->setBackgroundColor( green );
         fill = QBrush(g.base(), Dense4Pattern);
         p->setBackgroundColor( c );
         p->setBrush( b );
     } else if ( down )
         fill = g.brush( QColorGroup::Button );
     else
         fill = g.brush( enabled ? QColorGroup::Base : QColorGroup::Background );
     drawPanel( p, x, y, w, h, g, TRUE, 1, &fill );
     if ( state != QButton::Off ) {
         QPointArray a( 7*2 );
         int i, xx, yy;
         xx = x+3;
         yy = y+5;
         for ( i=0; i<3; i++ ) {
             a.setPoint( 2*i,   xx, yy );
             a.setPoint( 2*i+1, xx, yy+2 );
             xx++; yy++;
         }
         yy -= 2;
         for ( i=3; i<7; i++ ) {
             a.setPoint( 2*i,   xx, yy );
             a.setPoint( 2*i+1, xx, yy+2 );
             xx++; yy--;
         }
         if ( state == QButton::NoChange ) {
             p->setPen( g.dark() );
         } else {
             p->setPen( g.text() );
         }
         p->drawLineSegments( a );
     }
 }
 
         #define HORIZONTAL(sb->orientation() == QScrollBar::Horizontal)
         #define VERTICAL!HORIZONTAL
         #define MOTIF_BORDER2
         #define SLIDER_MIN9 // ### motif says 6 but that's too small
 
 /*! \reimp */
 
 void QPEStyle::scrollBarMetrics( const QScrollBar* sb, int &sliderMin, int &sliderMax, int &sliderLength, int& buttonDim )
 {
     int maxLength;
     int length = HORIZONTAL ? sb->width()  : sb->height();
     int extent = HORIZONTAL ? sb->height() : sb->width();
 
     if ( length > (extent - 1)*2 )
         buttonDim = extent;
     else
         buttonDim = length/2 - 1;
 
     sliderMin = 0;
     maxLength  = length - buttonDim*2;
 
      if ( sb->maxValue() == sb->minValue() ) {
         sliderLength = maxLength;
      } else {
         sliderLength = (sb->pageStep()*maxLength)/
                         (sb->maxValue()-sb->minValue()+sb->pageStep());
         uint range = sb->maxValue()-sb->minValue();
         if ( sliderLength < SLIDER_MIN || range > INT_MAX/2 )
             sliderLength = SLIDER_MIN;
         if ( sliderLength > maxLength )
             sliderLength = maxLength;
      }
 
     sliderMax = sliderMin + maxLength - sliderLength;
 }
 
 /*!\reimp
  */
 QStyle::ScrollControl QPEStyle::scrollBarPointOver( const QScrollBar* sb, int sliderStart, const QPoint& p )
 {
         if ( !sb->rect().contains( p ) )
         return NoScroll;
     int sliderMin, sliderMax, sliderLength, buttonDim, pos;
     scrollBarMetrics( sb, sliderMin, sliderMax, sliderLength, buttonDim );
 
     if (sb->orientation() == QScrollBar::Horizontal)
         pos = p.x();
     else
         pos = p.y();
 
     if (pos < sliderStart)
         return SubPage;
     if (pos < sliderStart + sliderLength)
         return Slider;
     if (pos < sliderMax + sliderLength)
         return AddPage;
     if (pos < sliderMax + sliderLength + buttonDim)
         return SubLine;
     return AddLine;
 }
 
 /*! \reimp */
 
 void QPEStyle::drawScrollBarControls( QPainter* p, const QScrollBar* sb, int sliderStart, uint controls, uint activeControl )
 {
 #define ADD_LINE_ACTIVE ( activeControl == AddLine )
 #define SUB_LINE_ACTIVE ( activeControl == SubLine )
     QColorGroup g  = sb->colorGroup();
 
     int sliderMin, sliderMax, sliderLength, buttonDim;
     scrollBarMetrics( sb, sliderMin, sliderMax, sliderLength, buttonDim );
 
     if ( controls == (AddLine | SubLine | AddPage | SubPage | Slider | First | Last ) )
         p->fillRect( 0, 0, sb->width(), sb->height(), g.brush( QColorGroup::Mid ));
 
     if (sliderStart > sliderMax) { // sanity check
         sliderStart = sliderMax;
     }
 
     int dimB = buttonDim;
     QRect addB;
     QRect subB;
     QRect addPageR;
     QRect subPageR;
     QRect sliderR;
     int addX, addY, subX, subY;
     int length = HORIZONTAL ? sb->width()  : sb->height();
     int extent = HORIZONTAL ? sb->height() : sb->width();
 
     if ( HORIZONTAL ) {
         subY = addY = ( extent - dimB ) / 2;
         subX = length - dimB - dimB;
         addX = length - dimB;
     } else {
         subX = addX = ( extent - dimB ) / 2;
         subY = length - dimB - dimB;
         addY = length - dimB;
     }
 
     int sliderEnd = sliderStart + sliderLength;
     int sliderW = extent;
     if ( HORIZONTAL ) {
         subB.setRect( subX,subY+1,dimB,dimB-1 );
         addB.setRect( addX,addY+1,dimB,dimB-1 );
 
         subPageR.setRect( 0, 0,
                           sliderStart+1, sliderW );
         addPageR.setRect( sliderEnd-1, 0, subX - sliderEnd+1, sliderW );
         sliderR .setRect( sliderStart, 1, sliderLength, sliderW-1 );
 
     } else {
         subB.setRect( subX+1,subY,dimB-1,dimB );
         addB.setRect( addX+1,addY,dimB-1,dimB );
 
         subPageR.setRect( 0, 0, sliderW,
                           sliderStart+1 );
         addPageR.setRect( 0, sliderEnd-1, sliderW, subY - sliderEnd+1 );
         sliderR .setRect( 1, sliderStart, sliderW-1, sliderLength );
     }
 
     bool maxedOut = (sb->maxValue() == sb->minValue());
     if ( controls & AddLine ) {
         drawBevelButton( p, addB.x(), addB.y(),
                          addB.width(), addB.height(), g,
                          ADD_LINE_ACTIVE);
         p->setPen(g.shadow());
         drawArrow( p, VERTICAL ? DownArrow : RightArrow,
                    FALSE, addB.x()+2, addB.y()+2,
                    addB.width()-4, addB.height()-4, g, !maxedOut,
                                      &g.brush( QColorGroup::Button ));
     }
     if ( controls & SubLine ) {
         drawBevelButton( p, subB.x(), subB.y(),
                          subB.width(), subB.height(), g,
                          SUB_LINE_ACTIVE );
         p->setPen(g.shadow());
         drawArrow( p, VERTICAL ? UpArrow : LeftArrow,
                     FALSE, subB.x()+2, subB.y()+2,
                    subB.width()-4, subB.height()-4, g, !maxedOut,
                                      &g.brush( QColorGroup::Button ));
     }
 
 
     if ( controls & SubPage )
         p->fillRect( subPageR.x(), subPageR.y(), subPageR.width(),
                     subPageR.height(), g.brush( QColorGroup::Mid ));
     if ( controls & AddPage )
         p->fillRect( addPageR.x(), addPageR.y(), addPageR.width(),
                      addPageR.height(), g.brush( QColorGroup::Mid ));
     if ( controls & Slider ) {
         QPoint bo = p->brushOrigin();
         p->setBrushOrigin(sliderR.topLeft());
         drawBevelButton( p, sliderR.x(), sliderR.y(),
                          sliderR.width(), sliderR.height(), g,
                          FALSE, &g.brush( QColorGroup::Button ) );
         p->setBrushOrigin(bo);
         drawRiffles( p, sliderR.x(), sliderR.y(),
                      sliderR.width(), sliderR.height(), g, HORIZONTAL );
     }
 
     // ### perhaps this should not be able to accept focus if maxedOut?
     if ( sb->hasFocus() && (controls & Slider) )
         p->drawWinFocusRect( sliderR.x()+2, sliderR.y()+2,
                              sliderR.width()-5, sliderR.height()-5,
                              sb->backgroundColor() );
 
 }
 
 void QPEStyle::drawRiffles( QPainter* p,  int x, int y, int w, int h,
                       const QColorGroup &g, bool horizontal )
 {
     if (!horizontal) {
         if (h > 20) {
             y += (h-20)/2 ;
             h = 20;
         }
         if (h > 12) {
             int n = 3;
             int my = y+h/2-4;
             int i ;
             p->setPen(g.light());
             for (i=0; i<n; i++) {
                 p->drawLine(x+2, my+3*i, x+w-4, my+3*i);
             }
             p->setPen(g.dark());
             my++;
             for (i=0; i<n; i++) {
                 p->drawLine(x+2, my+3*i, x+w-4, my+3*i);
             }
         }
     }
     else {
         if (w > 20) {
             x += (w-20)/2 ;
             w = 20;
         }
         if (w > 12) {
             int n = 3;
             int mx = x+w/2-4;
             int i ;
             p->setPen(g.light());
             for (i=0; i<n; i++) {
                 p->drawLine(mx+3*i, y+2, mx + 3*i, y+h-4);
             }
             p->setPen(g.dark());
             mx++;
             for (i=0; i<n; i++) {
                 p->drawLine(mx+3*i, y+2, mx + 3*i, y+h-4);
             }
         }
     }
 }
 
 int QPEStyle::sliderLength() const
 {
     return 12;
 }
 
 void QPEStyle::drawSlider( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
         const QColorGroup &g, Orientation o, bool tickAbove, bool tickBelow )
 {
     int a = tickAbove ? 3 : 0;
     int b = tickBelow ? 3 : 0;
 
     if ( o == Horizontal ) {
         drawBevelButton( p, x, y+a, w, h-a-b, g, FALSE, &g.brush( QColorGroup::Button ) );
         int xp = x + w/2;
         qDrawShadeLine( p, xp, y+a+2, xp, y+h-b-3, g );
     } else {
         drawBevelButton( p, x+a, y, w-a-b, h, g, FALSE, &g.brush( QColorGroup::Button ) );
         int yp = y + h/2;
         qDrawShadeLine( p, x+a+2, yp, x+w-b-3, yp, g );
     }
 }
 
 void QPEStyle::drawSliderMask ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
         Orientation o, bool tickAbove, bool tickBelow )
 {
     int a = tickAbove ? 3 : 0;
     int b = tickBelow ? 3 : 0;
     if ( o == Horizontal )
         p->fillRect( x, y+a, w, h-a-b, color1 );
     else
         p->fillRect( x+a, y, w-a-b, h, color1 );
 }
 
 /*!\reimp
  */
 void QPEStyle::drawSliderGrooveMask( QPainter *p,
                                         int x, int y, int w, int h,
                                         const QColorGroup& , QCOORD c,
                                         Orientation orient )
 {
     if ( orient == Horizontal )
         p->fillRect( x, y + c - 2,  w, 4, color1 );
     else
         p->fillRect( x + c - 2, y, 4, h, color1 );
 }
 
 void QPEStyle::drawTab( QPainter *p, const QTabBar *tb, QTab *t, bool selected )
 {
     QRect r( t->rect() );
     if ( tb->shape()  == QTabBar::RoundedAbove ) {
         p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().light() );
         p->drawLine( r.left(), r.bottom(), r.right(), r.bottom() );
         if ( r.left() == 0 )
             p->drawPoint( tb->rect().bottomLeft() );
         else {
             p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().light() );
             p->drawLine( r.left(), r.bottom(), r.right(), r.bottom() );
         }
 
         if ( selected ) {
             p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().background() );
             p->drawLine( r.left()+2, r.top()+1, r.right()-2, r.top()+1 );
             p->fillRect( QRect( r.left()+1, r.top()+2, r.width()-2, r.height()-2),
                          tb->colorGroup().brush( QColorGroup::Background ));
         } else {
             r.setRect( r.left() + 2, r.top() + 2,
                        r.width() - 4, r.height() - 2 );
             p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().button() );
             p->drawLine( r.left()+2, r.top()+1, r.right()-2, r.top()+1 );
             p->fillRect( QRect( r.left()+1, r.top()+2, r.width()-2, r.height()-3),
                          tb->colorGroup().brush( QColorGroup::Button ));
 
             //do shading; will not work for pixmap brushes
             QColor bg = tb->colorGroup().button();
                     //    int h,s,v;
                     //    bg.hsv( &h, &s, &v );
             int n = r.height()/2;
             int dark = 100;
             for ( int i = 1; i < n; i++ ) {
                 dark = (dark * (100+(i*15)/n) )/100;
                 p->setPen( bg.dark( dark ) );
                 int y = r.bottom()-n+i;
                 int x1 = r.left()+1;
                 int x2 = r.right()-1;
                 p->drawLine( x1, y, x2, y );
             }
         }
 
         p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().light() );
         p->drawLine( r.left(), r.bottom()-1, r.left(), r.top() + 2 );
         p->drawPoint( r.left()+1, r.top() + 1 );
         p->drawLine( r.left()+2, r.top(),
                      r.right() - 2, r.top() );
 
         p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().dark() );
         p->drawPoint( r.right() - 1, r.top() + 1 );
         p->drawLine( r.right(), r.top() + 2, r.right(), r.bottom() - 1);
     } else if ( tb->shape() == QTabBar::RoundedBelow ) {
         if ( selected ) {
             p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().background() );
             p->drawLine( r.left()+2, r.bottom()-1, r.right()-2, r.bottom()-1 );
             p->fillRect( QRect( r.left()+1, r.top(), r.width()-2, r.height()-2),
                          tb->palette().normal().brush( QColorGroup::Background ));
         } else {
             p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().dark() );
             p->drawLine( r.left(), r.top(),
                          r.right(), r.top() );
             r.setRect( r.left() + 2, r.top(),
                        r.width() - 4, r.height() - 2 );
             p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().button() );
             p->drawLine( r.left()+2, r.bottom()-1, r.right()-2, r.bottom()-1 );
             p->fillRect( QRect( r.left()+1, r.top()+1, r.width()-2, r.height()-3),
                          tb->palette().normal().brush( QColorGroup::Button ));
         }
 
         p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().dark() );
         p->drawLine( r.right(), r.top(),
                      r.right(), r.bottom() - 2 );
         p->drawPoint( r.right() - 1, r.bottom() - 1 );
         p->drawLine( r.right() - 2, r.bottom(),
                      r.left() + 2, r.bottom() );
 
         p->setPen( tb->colorGroup().light() );
         p->drawLine( r.left(), r.top()+1,
                      r.left(), r.bottom() - 2 );
         p->drawPoint( r.left() + 1, r.bottom() - 1 );
         if ( r.left() == 0 )
             p->drawPoint( tb->rect().topLeft() );
 
     } else {
         QCommonStyle::drawTab( p, tb, t, selected );
     }
 }
 
         static const int motifItemFrame                 = 0;// menu item frame width
         static const int motifSepHeight                 = 2;// separator item height
         static const int motifItemHMargin       = 1;// menu item hor text margin
         static const int motifItemVMargin       = 2;// menu item ver text margin
         static const int motifArrowHMargin      = 0;// arrow horizontal margin
         static const int motifTabSpacing        = 12;// space between text and tab
         static const int motifCheckMarkHMargin  = 1;// horiz. margins of check mark
         static const int windowsRightBorder= 8;    // right border on windows
 static const int windowsCheckMarkWidth  = 2;    // checkmarks width on windows
 
 /*! \reimp
 */
 int QPEStyle::extraPopupMenuItemWidth( bool checkable, int maxpmw, QMenuItem* mi, const QFontMetrics& /*fm*/ )
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_MENUDATA
     int w = 2*motifItemHMargin + 2*motifItemFrame; // a little bit of border can never harm
 
     if ( mi->isSeparator() )
         return 10; // arbitrary
     else if ( mi->pixmap() )
                 w += mi->pixmap()->width();// pixmap only
 
     if ( !mi->text().isNull() ) {
                 if ( mi->text().find('\t') >= 0 )// string contains tab
             w += motifTabSpacing;
     }
 
     if ( maxpmw ) { // we have iconsets
         w += maxpmw;
         w += 6; // add a little extra border around the iconset
     }
 
     if ( checkable && maxpmw < windowsCheckMarkWidth ) {
         w += windowsCheckMarkWidth - maxpmw; // space for the checkmarks
     }
 
     if ( maxpmw > 0 || checkable ) // we have a check-column ( iconsets or checkmarks)
         w += motifCheckMarkHMargin; // add space to separate the columns
 
     w += windowsRightBorder; // windows has a strange wide border on the right side
 
     return w;
 #endif
 }
 
 /*! \reimp
 */
 int QPEStyle::popupMenuItemHeight( bool /*checkable*/, QMenuItem* mi, const QFontMetrics& fm )
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_MENUDATA
     int h = 0;
             if ( mi->isSeparator() )            // separator height
         h = motifSepHeight;
             else if ( mi->pixmap() )    // pixmap height
         h = mi->pixmap()->height() + 2*motifItemFrame;
             else                                // text height
         h = fm.height() + 2*motifItemVMargin + 2*motifItemFrame - 1;
 
     if ( !mi->isSeparator() && mi->iconSet() != 0 ) {
         h = QMAX( h, mi->iconSet()->pixmap( QIconSet::Small, QIconSet::Normal ).height() + 2*motifItemFrame );
     }
     if ( mi->custom() )
         h = QMAX( h, mi->custom()->sizeHint().height() + 2*motifItemVMargin + 2*motifItemFrame ) - 1;
     return h;
 #endif
 }
 
 void QPEStyle::drawPopupMenuItem( QPainter* p, bool checkable, int maxpmw, int tab, QMenuItem* mi,
                                        const QPalette& pal,
                                        bool act, bool enabled, int x, int y, int w, int h)
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_MENUDATA
     const QColorGroup & g = pal.active();
             bool dis  = !enabled;
     QColorGroup itemg = dis ? pal.disabled() : pal.active();
 
     if ( checkable )
         maxpmw = QMAX( maxpmw, 8 ); // space for the checkmarks
 
             int checkcol  =     maxpmw;
 
             if ( mi && mi->isSeparator() ) {            // draw separator
         p->setPen( g.dark() );
         p->drawLine( x, y, x+w, y );
         p->setPen( g.light() );
         p->drawLine( x, y+1, x+w, y+1 );
         return;
     }
 
     QBrush fill = act? g.brush( QColorGroup::Highlight ) :
                             g.brush( QColorGroup::Button );
     p->fillRect( x, y, w, h, fill);
 
     if ( !mi )
         return;
 
     if ( mi->isChecked() ) {
         if ( act && !dis ) {
             qDrawShadePanel( p, x, y, checkcol, h,
                              g, TRUE, 1, &g.brush( QColorGroup::Button ) );
         } else {
             qDrawShadePanel( p, x, y, checkcol, h,
                              g, TRUE, 1, &g.brush( QColorGroup::Midlight ) );
         }
     } else if ( !act ) {
         p->fillRect(x, y, checkcol , h,
                     g.brush( QColorGroup::Button ));
     }
 
             if ( mi->iconSet() ) {      // draw iconset
         QIconSet::Mode mode = dis ? QIconSet::Disabled : QIconSet::Normal;
         if (act && !dis )
             mode = QIconSet::Active;
         QPixmap pixmap = mi->iconSet()->pixmap( QIconSet::Small, mode );
         int pixw = pixmap.width();
         int pixh = pixmap.height();
         if ( act && !dis ) {
             if ( !mi->isChecked() )
                 qDrawShadePanel( p, x, y, checkcol, h, g, FALSE,  1, &g.brush( QColorGroup::Button ) );
         }
         QRect cr( x, y, checkcol, h );
         QRect pmr( 0, 0, pixw, pixh );
         pmr.moveCenter( cr.center() );
         p->setPen( itemg.text() );
         p->drawPixmap( pmr.topLeft(), pixmap );
 
         QBrush fill = act? g.brush( QColorGroup::Highlight ) :
                               g.brush( QColorGroup::Button );
         p->fillRect( x+checkcol + 1, y, w - checkcol - 1, h, fill);
             } else  if ( checkable ) {// just "checking"...
         int mw = checkcol + motifItemFrame;
         int mh = h - 2*motifItemFrame;
         if ( mi->isChecked() ) {
             drawCheckMark( p, x + motifItemFrame + 2,
                            y+motifItemFrame, mw, mh, itemg, act, dis );
         }
     }
 
     p->setPen( act ? g.highlightedText() : g.buttonText() );
 
     QColor discol;
     if ( dis ) {
         discol = itemg.text();
         p->setPen( discol );
     }
 
     int xm = motifItemFrame + checkcol + motifItemHMargin;
 
     if ( mi->custom() ) {
         int m = motifItemVMargin;
         p->save();
         if ( dis && !act ) {
             p->setPen( g.light() );
             mi->custom()->paint( p, itemg, act, enabled,
                                  x+xm+1, y+m+1, w-xm-tab+1, h-2*m );
             p->setPen( discol );
         }
         mi->custom()->paint( p, itemg, act, enabled,
                              x+xm, y+m, w-xm-tab+1, h-2*m );
         p->restore();
     }
     QString s = mi->text();
             if ( !s.isNull() ) {                // draw text
         int t = s.find( '\t' );
         int m = motifItemVMargin;
         const int text_flags = AlignVCenter|ShowPrefix | DontClip | SingleLine;
                 if ( t >= 0 ) {                         // draw tab text
             if ( dis && !act ) {
                 p->setPen( g.light() );
                 p->drawText( x+w-tab-windowsRightBorder-motifItemHMargin-motifItemFrame+1,
                              y+m+1, tab, h-2*m, text_flags, s.mid( t+1 ));
                 p->setPen( discol );
             }
             p->drawText( x+w-tab-windowsRightBorder-motifItemHMargin-motifItemFrame,
                          y+m, tab, h-2*m, text_flags, s.mid( t+1 ) );
         }
         if ( dis && !act ) {
             p->setPen( g.light() );
             p->drawText( x+xm+1, y+m+1, w-xm+1, h-2*m, text_flags, s, t );
             p->setPen( discol );
         }
         p->drawText( x+xm, y+m, w-xm-tab+1, h-2*m, text_flags, s, t );
             } else if ( mi->pixmap() ) {                // draw pixmap
         QPixmap *pixmap = mi->pixmap();
         if ( pixmap->depth() == 1 )
             p->setBackgroundMode( OpaqueMode );
         p->drawPixmap( x+xm, y+motifItemFrame, *pixmap );
         if ( pixmap->depth() == 1 )
             p->setBackgroundMode( TransparentMode );
     }
             if ( mi->popup() ) {                // draw sub menu arrow
         int dim = (h-2*motifItemFrame) / 2;
         if ( act ) {
             if ( !dis )
                 discol = white;
             QColorGroup g2( discol, g.highlight(),
                             white, white,
                             dis ? discol : white,
                             discol, white );
             drawArrow( p, RightArrow, FALSE,
                                x+w - motifArrowHMargin - motifItemFrame - dim,  y+h/2-dim/2,
                                dim, dim, g2, TRUE );
         } else {
             drawArrow( p, RightArrow,
                                FALSE,
                                x+w - motifArrowHMargin - motifItemFrame - dim,  y+h/2-dim/2,
                                dim, dim, g, mi->isEnabled() );
         }
     }
 #endif
 }
 
 #endif
diff --git a/library/qpestyle.h b/library/qpestyle.h
index 19ef346..1bde0ff 100644
--- a/library/qpestyle.h
+++ b/library/qpestyle.h
@@ -1,102 +1,102 @@
 /**********************************************************************
 ** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of Qtopia Environment.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
 #ifndef QPESTYLE_H
 #define QPESTYLE_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "qwindowsstyle.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
 
 class Q_EXPORT QPEStyle : public QWindowsStyle
 {
 public:
     QPEStyle();
     virtual ~QPEStyle();
 
     virtual void drawPrimitive( PrimitiveElement pe, QPainter *p, const QRect &r, const QColorGroup &cg, SFlags flags=Style_Default, const QStyleOption & = QStyleOption::Default) const;
     virtual void drawControl( ControlElement ce, QPainter *p, const QWidget *widget, const QRect &r, const QColorGroup &cg, SFlags how=Style_Default, const QStyleOption & = QStyleOption::Default) const;
     virtual void drawComplexControl( ComplexControl control, QPainter *p, const QWidget *widget, const QRect &r, const QColorGroup &cg, SFlags how=Style_Default, SCFlags sub=SC_All, SCFlags subActive=SC_None, const QStyleOption & = QStyleOption::Default) const;
     virtual int pixelMetric( PixelMetric metric, const QWidget *widget=0 ) const;
     virtual QSize sizeFromContents( ContentsType contents, const QWidget *widget, const QSize &contentsSize, const QStyleOption & = QStyleOption::Default) const;
 };
 
 #else
 
 class Q_EXPORT QPEStyle : public QWindowsStyle
 {
 public:
     QPEStyle();
     virtual ~QPEStyle();
     virtual void polish( QPalette &p );
     virtual void polish( QWidget *w );
     virtual void unPolish( QWidget *w );
 
     int defaultFrameWidth () const;
     void drawPanel ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                     const QColorGroup &, bool sunken=FALSE, int lineWidth = 1, const QBrush * fill = 0 );
     void drawButton( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                     const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken, const QBrush* fill );
     void drawButtonMask ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h );
     void drawBevelButton( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                     const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken=FALSE, const QBrush* fill=0 );
     QRect comboButtonRect( int x, int y, int w, int h);
     QRect comboButtonFocusRect( int x, int y, int w, int h);
     void drawComboButton( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                     const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken, bool, bool enabled,
                     const QBrush *fill );
     void drawExclusiveIndicator ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                     const QColorGroup & g, bool on, bool down = FALSE, bool enabled = TRUE );
     void drawIndicator ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                     const QColorGroup & g, int state, bool down = FALSE, bool enabled = TRUE );
     void scrollBarMetrics( const QScrollBar*, int&, int&, int&, int&);
     void drawScrollBarControls( QPainter*,  const QScrollBar*, int sliderStart, uint controls, uint activeControl );
     ScrollControl scrollBarPointOver( const QScrollBar* sb, int sliderStart, const QPoint& p );
     void drawRiffles( QPainter* p,  int x, int y, int w, int h,
                           const QColorGroup &g, bool horizontal );
     int sliderLength() const;
     void drawSlider( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                     const QColorGroup &g, Orientation, bool tickAbove, bool tickBelow );
     void drawSliderMask( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                     Orientation, bool tickAbove, bool tickBelow );
     void drawSliderGrooveMask( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
                     const QColorGroup& , QCOORD c, Orientation orient );
     void drawTab( QPainter *, const QTabBar *, QTab *, bool selected );
     int extraPopupMenuItemWidth( bool checkable, int maxpmw, QMenuItem*, const QFontMetrics& );
     int popupMenuItemHeight( bool checkable, QMenuItem*, const QFontMetrics& );
     void drawPopupMenuItem( QPainter* p, bool checkable, int maxpmw, int tab, QMenuItem* mi,
                                        const QPalette& pal,
                                        bool act, bool enabled, int x, int y, int w, int h);
 
     int buttonMargin() const;
     QSize scrollBarExtent() const;
 
         private:// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
 #if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
     QPEStyle( const QPEStyle & );
     QPEStyle& operator=( const QPEStyle & );
 #endif
 };
 
 #endif
 
 #endif // QPESTYLE_H
diff --git a/noncore/apps/opie-console/TEWidget.cpp b/noncore/apps/opie-console/TEWidget.cpp
index 98c1793..1199e4f 100644
--- a/noncore/apps/opie-console/TEWidget.cpp
+++ b/noncore/apps/opie-console/TEWidget.cpp
@@ -1,1352 +1,1352 @@
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
 /*                                                                          */
 /* [TEWidget.C]            Terminal Emulation Widget                        */
 /*                                                                          */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
 /*                                                                          */
 /* Copyright (c) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>          */
 /*                                                                          */
 /* This file is part of Konsole - an X terminal for KDE                     */
 /*                                                                          */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
 /*                        */
 /* Ported Konsole to Qt/Embedded                                              */
 /*                        */
 /* Copyright (C) 2000 by John Ryland <jryland@trolltech.com>                  */
 /*                        */
 /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*! \class TEWidget
 
     \brief Visible screen contents
 
    This class is responsible to map the `image' of a terminal emulation to the
    display. All the dependency of the emulation to a specific GUI or toolkit is
    localized here. Further, this widget has no knowledge about being part of an
    emulation, it simply work within the terminal emulation framework by exposing
    size and key events and by being ordered to show a new image.
 
    <ul>
    <li> The internal image has the size of the widget (evtl. rounded up)
    <li> The external image used in setImage can have any size.
    <li> (internally) the external image is simply copied to the internal
         when a setImage happens. During a resizeEvent no painting is done
         a paintEvent is expected to follow anyway.
    </ul>
 
    \sa TEScreen \sa Emulation
 */
 
 /* FIXME:
    - 'image' may also be used uninitialized (it isn't in fact) in resizeEvent
    - 'font_a' not used in mouse events
    - add destructor
 */
 
 /* TODO
    - evtl. be sensitive to `paletteChange' while using default colors.
    - set different 'rounding' styles? I.e. have a mode to show clipped chars?
 */
 
 // #include "config.h"
 #include "TEWidget.h"
 #include <qpe/config.h>
 
 #include <qapplication.h>
 #include <qclipboard.h>
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <signal.h>
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
 
 
 // #include "TEWidget.moc"
 //#include <kapp.h>
 //#include <kcursor.h>
 //#include <kurl.h>
 //#include <kdebug.h>
 //#include <klocale.h>
 
 #define HERE printf("%s(%d): %s\n",__FILE__,__LINE__,__FUNCTION__)
 #define HCNT(Name) // { static int cnt = 1; printf("%s(%d): %s %d\n",__FILE__,__LINE__,Name,cnt++); }
 
 #define loc(X,Y) ((Y)*columns+(X))
 
 //FIXME: the rim should normally be 1, 0 only when running in full screen mode.
 #define rimX 0      // left/right rim width
 #define rimY 0      // top/bottom rim high
 
 #define yMouseScroll 1
 // scroll increment used when dragging selection at top/bottom of window.
 
 /* Button XPM */
 namespace {
 static char * menu_xpm[] = {
 "12 12 5 1",
         " c None",
         ".c #000000",
         "+c #FFFDAD",
         "@c #FFFF00",
         "#c #E5E100",
 "            ",
 "            ",
 "  ......... ",
 "  .+++++++. ",
 "  .+@@@@#.  ",
 "  .+@@@#.   ",
 "  .+@@#.    ",
 "  .+@#.     ",
 "  .+#.      ",
 "  .+.       ",
 "  ..        ",
 "            "};
 
 }
 
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                                Colors                                     */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 //FIXME: the default color table is in session.C now.
 //       We need a way to get rid of this one, here.
 static const ColorEntry base_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] =
 // The following are almost IBM standard color codes, with some slight
 // gamma correction for the dim colors to compensate for bright X screens.
 // It contains the 8 ansiterm/xterm colors in 2 intensities.
 {
   // Fixme: could add faint colors here, also.
   // normal
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0xB2,0xB2), 1, 0 ), // Dfore, Dback
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Black, Red
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0x18), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x68,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Green, Yellow
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Blue,  Magenta
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Cyan,  White
   // intensiv
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 1 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 1, 0 ),
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x68,0x68,0x68), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0x54), 0, 0 ),
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ),
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ),
   ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 )
 };
 
 /* Note that we use ANSI color order (bgr), while IBMPC color order is (rgb)
 
    Code        0       1       2       3       4       5       6       7
    ----------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
    ANSI  (bgr) Black   Red     Green   Yellow  Blue    Magenta Cyan    White
    IBMPC (rgb) Black   Blue    Green   Cyan    Red     Magenta Yellow  White
 */
 
 QColor TEWidget::getDefaultBackColor()
 {
   return color_table[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color;
 }
 
 const ColorEntry* TEWidget::getColorTable() const
 {
   return color_table;
 }
 
 const ColorEntry* TEWidget::getdefaultColorTable() const
 {
   return base_color_table;
 }
 
 
 const QPixmap *TEWidget::backgroundPixmap()
 {
   static QPixmap *bg = new QPixmap("~/qpim/main/pics/faded_bg.xpm");
   const QPixmap *pm = bg;
   return pm;
 }
 
 void TEWidget::setColorTable(const ColorEntry table[])
 {
   for (int i = 0; i < TABLE_COLORS; i++) color_table[i] = table[i];
 
   const QPixmap* pm = backgroundPixmap();
   if (!pm) setBackgroundColor(color_table[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color);
   update();
 }
 
 //FIXME: add backgroundPixmapChanged.
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                                   Font                                    */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 /*
    The VT100 has 32 special graphical characters. The usual vt100 extended
    xterm fonts have these at 0x00..0x1f.
 
    QT's iso mapping leaves 0x00..0x7f without any changes. But the graphicals
    come in here as proper unicode characters.
 
    We treat non-iso10646 fonts as VT100 extended and do the requiered mapping
    from unicode to 0x00..0x1f. The remaining translation is then left to the
    QCodec.
 */
 
 // assert for i in [0..31] : vt100extended(vt100_graphics[i]) == i.
 
 unsigned short vt100_graphics[32] =
 { // 0/8     1/9    2/10    3/11    4/12    5/13    6/14    7/15
   0x0020, 0x25C6, 0x2592, 0x2409, 0x240c, 0x240d, 0x240a, 0x00b0,
   0x00b1, 0x2424, 0x240b, 0x2518, 0x2510, 0x250c, 0x2514, 0x253c,
   0xF800, 0xF801, 0x2500, 0xF803, 0xF804, 0x251c, 0x2524, 0x2534,
   0x252c, 0x2502, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x03C0, 0x2260, 0x00A3, 0x00b7
 };
 
 static QChar vt100extended(QChar c)
 {
   switch (c.unicode())
   {
     case 0x25c6 : return  1;
     case 0x2592 : return  2;
     case 0x2409 : return  3;
     case 0x240c : return  4;
     case 0x240d : return  5;
     case 0x240a : return  6;
     case 0x00b0 : return  7;
     case 0x00b1 : return  8;
     case 0x2424 : return  9;
     case 0x240b : return 10;
     case 0x2518 : return 11;
     case 0x2510 : return 12;
     case 0x250c : return 13;
     case 0x2514 : return 14;
     case 0x253c : return 15;
     case 0xf800 : return 16;
     case 0xf801 : return 17;
     case 0x2500 : return 18;
     case 0xf803 : return 19;
     case 0xf804 : return 20;
     case 0x251c : return 21;
     case 0x2524 : return 22;
     case 0x2534 : return 23;
     case 0x252c : return 24;
     case 0x2502 : return 25;
     case 0x2264 : return 26;
     case 0x2265 : return 27;
     case 0x03c0 : return 28;
     case 0x2260 : return 29;
     case 0x00a3 : return 30;
     case 0x00b7 : return 31;
   }
   return c;
 }
 
 static QChar identicalMap(QChar c)
 {
   return c;
 }
 
 void TEWidget::fontChange(const QFont &)
 {
   QFontMetrics fm(font());
   font_h = fm.height();
   font_w = fm.maxWidth();
   font_a = fm.ascent();
 //printf("font_h: %d\n",font_h);
 //printf("font_w: %d\n",font_w);
 //printf("font_a: %d\n",font_a);
 //printf("charset: %s\n",QFont::encodingName(font().charSet()).ascii());
 //printf("rawname: %s\n",font().rawName().ascii());
   fontMap =
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
   strcmp(QFont::encodingName(font().charSet()).ascii(),"iso10646")
           ? vt100extended
           :
 #endif
   identicalMap;
   propagateSize();
   update();
 }
 
 void TEWidget::setVTFont(const QFont& f)
 {
   QFrame::setFont(f);
 }
 
 QFont TEWidget::getVTFont() {
   return font();
 }
 
 void TEWidget::setFont(const QFont &)
 {
   // ignore font change request if not coming from konsole itself
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                         Constructor / Destructor                          */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 
 
 TEWidget::TEWidget(QWidget *parent, const char *name) : QFrame(parent,name)
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
   cb = QApplication::clipboard();
   QObject::connect( (QObject*)cb, SIGNAL(dataChanged()),
                     this, SLOT(onClearSelection()) );
 #endif
 
 
   scrollbar = new QScrollBar( this );
   scrollbar->setCursor( arrowCursor );
   connect(scrollbar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(scrollChanged(int)));
 
   hscrollbar = new QScrollBar( Qt::Horizontal, this );
   hscrollbar->setCursor( arrowCursor );
   connect(hscrollbar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(hscrollChanged(int)));
 
   m_cornerButton = new QPushButton( this );
   m_cornerButton->setPixmap( QPixmap( (const char**)menu_xpm ) );
   m_cornerButton->setMaximumSize( 14, 14 );
   m_cornerButton->hide();
 
   Config cfg("Konsole");
   cfg.setGroup("ScrollBar");
   switch( cfg.readNumEntry("Position",2)){
   case 0:
       scrollLoc = SCRNONE;
       break;
   case 1:
       scrollLoc = SCRLEFT;
       break;
   case 2:
       scrollLoc = SCRRIGHT;
       break;
   };
 
   blinkT   = new QTimer(this);
   connect(blinkT, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(blinkEvent()));
   // blinking = FALSE;
   blinking = TRUE;
 
   resizing = FALSE;
   actSel   = 0;
   image    = 0;
   lines    = 1;
   columns  = 1;
   font_w   = 1;
   font_h   = 1;
   font_a   = 1;
   word_selection_mode = FALSE;
   vcolumns = 0;
   hposition = 0;
 
   setMouseMarks(TRUE);
   setVTFont( QFont("fixed") );
   setColorTable(base_color_table); // init color table
 
   qApp->installEventFilter( this ); //FIXME: see below
 //  KCursor::setAutoHideCursor( this, true );
 
   // Init DnD ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   currentSession = NULL;
 //  setAcceptDrops(true); // attempt
 //  m_drop = new QPopupMenu(this);
 //  m_drop->insertItem( QString("Paste"), 0);
 //  m_drop->insertItem( QString("cd"),    1);
 //  connect(m_drop, SIGNAL(activated(int)), SLOT(drop_menu_activated(int)));
 
   // we need focus so that the auto-hide cursor feature works
   setFocus();
   setFocusPolicy( WheelFocus );
 }
 
 //FIXME: make proper destructor
 // Here's a start (David)
 TEWidget::~TEWidget()
 {
   qApp->removeEventFilter( this );
   if (image) free(image);
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                             Display Operations                            */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 /*!
     attributed string draw primitive
 */
 
 void TEWidget::drawAttrStr(QPainter &paint, QRect rect,
                            QString& str, ca attr, BOOL pm, BOOL clear)
 {
   if (pm && color_table[attr.b].transparent)
   {
     paint.setBackgroundMode( TransparentMode );
     if (clear) erase(rect);
   }
   else
   {
     if (blinking)
       paint.fillRect(rect, color_table[attr.b].color);
     else
     {
       paint.setBackgroundMode( OpaqueMode );
       paint.setBackgroundColor( color_table[attr.b].color );
     }
   }
 
   if (color_table[attr.f].bold)
     paint.setPen(QColor( 0x8F, 0x00, 0x00 ));
   else
     paint.setPen(color_table[attr.f].color);
 
   paint.drawText(rect.x(),rect.y()+font_a, str);
 
   if (attr.r & RE_UNDERLINE)
     paint.drawLine(rect.left(), rect.y()+font_a+1, rect.right(),rect.y()+font_a+1 );
 }
 
 /*!
     The image can only be set completely.
 
     The size of the new image may or may not match the size of the widget.
 */
 
 void TEWidget::setImage(const ca* const newimg, int lines, int columns)
 { int y,x,len;
   const QPixmap* pm = backgroundPixmap();
   QPainter paint;
   setUpdatesEnabled(FALSE);
   paint.begin( this );
 HCNT("setImage");
 
   QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
   int    tLx = tL.x();
   int    tLy = tL.y();
   hasBlinker = FALSE;
 
   int cf  = -1; // undefined
   int cb  = -1; // undefined
   int cr  = -1; // undefined
 
   int lins = QMIN(this->lines,  QMAX(0,lines  ));
   int cols = QMIN(this->columns,QMAX(0,columns));
   QChar *disstrU = new QChar[cols];
 
 //{ static int cnt = 0; printf("setImage %d\n",cnt++); }
   for (y = 0; y < lins; y++)
   {
     const ca*       lcl = &image[y*this->columns];
     const ca* const ext = &newimg[y*columns];
     if (!resizing) // not while resizing, we're expecting a paintEvent
     for (x = 0; x < cols; x++)
     {
       hasBlinker |= (ext[x].r & RE_BLINK);
       if (ext[x] != lcl[x])
       {
         cr = ext[x].r;
         cb = ext[x].b;
         if (ext[x].f != cf) cf = ext[x].f;
         int lln = cols - x;
         disstrU[0] = fontMap(ext[x+0].c);
         for (len = 1; len < lln; len++)
         {
           if (ext[x+len].f != cf || ext[x+len].b != cb || ext[x+len].r != cr ||
               ext[x+len] == lcl[x+len] )
             break;
           disstrU[len] = fontMap(ext[x+len].c);
         }
         QString unistr(disstrU,len);
         drawAttrStr(paint,
                     QRect(blX+tLx+font_w*x,bY+tLy+font_h*y,font_w*len,font_h),
                     unistr, ext[x], pm != NULL, true);
         x += len - 1;
       }
     }
     // finally, make `image' become `newimg'.
     memcpy((void*)lcl,(const void*)ext,cols*sizeof(ca));
   }
   drawFrame( &paint );
   paint.end();
   setUpdatesEnabled(TRUE);
   if ( hasBlinker && !blinkT->isActive()) blinkT->start(1000); // 1000 ms
   if (!hasBlinker &&  blinkT->isActive()) { blinkT->stop(); blinking = FALSE; }
   delete [] disstrU;
 }
 
 // paint Event ////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 /*!
     The difference of this routine vs. the `setImage' is,
     that the drawing does not include a difference analysis
     between the old and the new image. Instead, the internal
     image is used and the painting bound by the PaintEvent box.
 */
 
 void TEWidget::paintEvent( QPaintEvent* pe )
 {
 
 //{ static int cnt = 0; printf("paint %d\n",cnt++); }
   const QPixmap* pm = backgroundPixmap();
   QPainter paint;
   setUpdatesEnabled(FALSE);
   paint.begin( this );
   paint.setBackgroundMode( TransparentMode );
 HCNT("paintEvent");
 
   // Note that the actual widget size can be slightly larger
   // that the image (the size is truncated towards the smaller
   // number of characters in `resizeEvent'. The paint rectangle
   // can thus be larger than the image, but less then the size
   // of one character.
 
   QRect rect = pe->rect().intersect(contentsRect());
 
   QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
   int    tLx = tL.x();
   int    tLy = tL.y();
 
   int lux = QMIN(columns-1, QMAX(0,(rect.left()   - tLx - blX ) / font_w));
   int luy = QMIN(lines-1,   QMAX(0,(rect.top()    - tLy - bY  ) / font_h));
   int rlx = QMIN(columns-1, QMAX(0,(rect.right()  - tLx - blX ) / font_w));
   int rly = QMIN(lines-1,   QMAX(0,(rect.bottom() - tLy - bY  ) / font_h));
 
   /*
  printf("paintEvent: %d..%d, %d..%d (%d..%d, %d..%d)\n",lux,rlx,luy,rly,
   rect.left(), rect.right(), rect.top(), rect.bottom());
   */
 
   //  if (pm != NULL && color_table[image->b].transparent)
   //  erase(rect);
   // BL: I have no idea why we need this, and it breaks the refresh.
 
   QChar *disstrU = new QChar[columns];
   for (int y = luy; y <= rly; y++)
   for (int x = lux; x <= rlx; x++)
   {
     int len = 1;
     disstrU[0] = fontMap(image[loc(x,y)].c);
     int cf = image[loc(x,y)].f;
     int cb = image[loc(x,y)].b;
     int cr = image[loc(x,y)].r;
     while (x+len <= rlx &&
            image[loc(x+len,y)].f == cf &&
            image[loc(x+len,y)].b == cb &&
            image[loc(x+len,y)].r == cr )
     {
       disstrU[len] = fontMap(image[loc(x+len,y)].c);
       len += 1;
     }
     QString unistr(disstrU,len);
     drawAttrStr(paint,
                 QRect(blX+tLx+font_w*x,bY+tLy+font_h*y,font_w*len,font_h),
                 unistr, image[loc(x,y)], pm != NULL, false);
     x += len - 1;
   }
   delete [] disstrU;
   drawFrame( &paint );
   paint.end();
   setUpdatesEnabled(TRUE);
 }
 
 void TEWidget::blinkEvent()
 {
   blinking = !blinking;
   repaint(FALSE);
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                                  Resizing                                 */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 void TEWidget::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* ev)
 {
 //  printf("resize: %d,%d\n",ev->size().width(),ev->size().height());
   //printf("approx: %d,%d\n",ev->size().width()/font_w,ev->size().height()/font_h);
   //printf("leaves: %d,%d\n",ev->size().width()%font_w,ev->size().height()%font_h);
   //printf("curren: %d,%d\n",width(),height());
 HCNT("resizeEvent");
 
   // see comment in `paintEvent' concerning the rounding.
   //FIXME: could make a routine here; check width(),height()
   assert(ev->size().width() == width());
   assert(ev->size().height() == height());
 
   propagateSize();
 }
 
 void TEWidget::propagateSize()
 {
   ca* oldimg = image;
   int oldlin = lines;
   int oldcol = columns;
   makeImage();
   // we copy the old image to reduce flicker
   int lins = QMIN(oldlin,lines);
   int cols = QMIN(oldcol,columns);
   if (oldimg)
   {
     for (int lin = 0; lin < lins; lin++)
       memcpy((void*)&image[columns*lin],
              (void*)&oldimg[oldcol*lin],cols*sizeof(ca));
     free(oldimg); //FIXME: try new,delete
   }
   else
     clearImage();
 
   //NOTE: control flows from the back through the chest right into the eye.
   //      `emu' will call back via `setImage'.
 
   resizing = TRUE;
   emit changedImageSizeSignal(lines, columns); // expose resizeEvent
   resizing = FALSE;
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                                Scrollbar                                  */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 void TEWidget::scrollChanged(int)
 {
   emit changedHistoryCursor(scrollbar->value()); //expose
 }
 
 void TEWidget::hscrollChanged(int loc)
 {
   hposition = loc;
   propagateSize();
   update();
 }
 
 void TEWidget::setScroll(int cursor, int slines)
 {
   disconnect(scrollbar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(scrollChanged(int)));
   scrollbar->setRange(0,slines);
   scrollbar->setSteps(1,lines);
   scrollbar->setValue(cursor);
   connect(scrollbar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(scrollChanged(int)));
 }
 
 void TEWidget::setScrollbarLocation(int loc)
 {
   if (scrollLoc == loc) return; // quickly
   scrollLoc = loc;
   propagateSize();
   update();
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                                   Mouse                                   */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 /*!
     Three different operations can be performed using the mouse, and the
     routines in this section serve all of them:
 
     1) The press/release events are exposed to the application
     2) Marking (press and move left button) and Pasting (press middle button)
     3) The right mouse button is used from the configuration menu
 
     NOTE: During the marking process we attempt to keep the cursor within
     the bounds of the text as being displayed by setting the mouse position
     whenever the mouse has left the text area.
 
     Two reasons to do so:
     1) QT does not allow the `grabMouse' to confine-to the TEWidget.
        Thus a `XGrapPointer' would have to be used instead.
     2) Even if so, this would not help too much, since the text area
        of the TEWidget is normally not identical with it's bounds.
 
     The disadvantage of the current handling is, that the mouse can visibly
     leave the bounds of the widget and is then moved back. Because of the
     current construction, and the reasons mentioned above, we cannot do better
     without changing the overall construction.
 */
 
 /*!
 */
 
 void TEWidget::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* ev)
 {
 //printf("press [%d,%d] %d\n",ev->x()/font_w,ev->y()/font_h,ev->button());
   if ( !contentsRect().contains(ev->pos()) ) return;
   QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
   int    tLx = tL.x();
   int    tLy = tL.y();
 
   word_selection_mode = FALSE;
 
 //printf("press top left [%d,%d] by=%d\n",tLx,tLy, bY);
   if ( ev->button() == LeftButton)
   {
     QPoint pos = QPoint((ev->x()-tLx-blX)/font_w,(ev->y()-tLy-bY)/font_h);
 
     if ( ev->state() & ControlButton ) preserve_line_breaks = FALSE ;
 
     if (mouse_marks || (ev->state() & ShiftButton))
     {
       emit clearSelectionSignal();
       iPntSel = pntSel = pos;
       actSel = 1; // left mouse button pressed but nothing selected yet.
       grabMouse(   /*crossCursor*/  ); // handle with care!
     }
     else
     {
       emit mouseSignal( 0, pos.x() + 1, pos.y() + 1 ); // left button
     }
   }
   if ( ev->button() == MidButton )
   {
     emitSelection();
   }
   if ( ev->button() == RightButton ) // Configure
   {
     emit configureRequest( this, ev->state()&(ShiftButton|ControlButton), ev->x(), ev->y() );
   }
 }
 
 void TEWidget::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* ev)
 {
   // for auto-hiding the cursor, we need mouseTracking
   if (ev->state() == NoButton ) return;
 
   if (actSel == 0) return;
 
  // don't extend selection while pasting
   if (ev->state() & MidButton) return;
 
   //if ( !contentsRect().contains(ev->pos()) ) return;
   QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
   int    tLx = tL.x();
   int    tLy = tL.y();
   int    scroll = scrollbar->value();
 
   // we're in the process of moving the mouse with the left button pressed
   // the mouse cursor will kept catched within the bounds of the text in
   // this widget.
 
   // Adjust position within text area bounds. See FIXME above.
   QPoint pos = ev->pos();
   if ( pos.x() < tLx+blX )                  pos.setX( tLx+blX );
   if ( pos.x() > tLx+blX+columns*font_w-1 ) pos.setX( tLx+blX+columns*font_w );
   if ( pos.y() < tLy+bY )                   pos.setY( tLy+bY );
   if ( pos.y() > tLy+bY+lines*font_h-1 )    pos.setY( tLy+bY+lines*font_h-1 );
   // check if we produce a mouse move event by this
   if ( pos != ev->pos() ) cursor().setPos(mapToGlobal(pos));
 
   if ( pos.y() == tLy+bY+lines*font_h-1 )
   {
     scrollbar->setValue(scrollbar->value()+yMouseScroll); // scrollforward
   }
   if ( pos.y() == tLy+bY )
   {
     scrollbar->setValue(scrollbar->value()-yMouseScroll); // scrollback
   }
 
   QPoint here = QPoint((pos.x()-tLx-blX)/font_w,(pos.y()-tLy-bY)/font_h);
   QPoint ohere;
   bool swapping = FALSE;
 
   if ( word_selection_mode )
   {
     // Extend to word boundaries
     int i;
     int selClass;
 
     bool left_not_right = ( here.y() < iPntSel.y() ||
      here.y() == iPntSel.y() && here.x() < iPntSel.x() );
     bool old_left_not_right = ( pntSel.y() < iPntSel.y() ||
      pntSel.y() == iPntSel.y() && pntSel.x() < iPntSel.x() );
     swapping = left_not_right != old_left_not_right;
 
     // Find left (left_not_right ? from here : from start)
     QPoint left = left_not_right ? here : iPntSel;
     i = loc(left.x(),left.y());
     selClass = charClass(image[i].c);
     while ( left.x() > 0 && charClass(image[i-1].c) == selClass )
     { i--; left.rx()--; }
 
     // Find left (left_not_right ? from start : from here)
     QPoint right = left_not_right ? iPntSel : here;
     i = loc(right.x(),right.y());
     selClass = charClass(image[i].c);
     while ( right.x() < columns-1 && charClass(image[i+1].c) == selClass )
     { i++; right.rx()++; }
 
     // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here)
     if ( left_not_right )
     {
       here = left; ohere = right;
     }
     else
     {
       here = right; ohere = left;
     }
   }
 
   if (here == pntSel && scroll == scrollbar->value()) return; // not moved
 
   if ( word_selection_mode ) {
     if ( actSel < 2 || swapping ) {
       emit beginSelectionSignal( ohere.x(), ohere.y() );
     }
   } else if ( actSel < 2 ) {
     emit beginSelectionSignal( pntSel.x(), pntSel.y() );
   }
 
   actSel = 2; // within selection
   pntSel = here;
   emit extendSelectionSignal( here.x(), here.y() );
 }
 
 void TEWidget::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* ev)
 {
 //printf("release [%d,%d] %d\n",ev->x()/font_w,ev->y()/font_h,ev->button());
   if ( ev->button() == LeftButton)
   {
     if ( actSel > 1 ) emit endSelectionSignal(preserve_line_breaks);
     preserve_line_breaks = TRUE;
     actSel = 0;
 
     //FIXME: emits a release event even if the mouse is
     //       outside the range. The procedure used in `mouseMoveEvent'
     //       applies here, too.
 
     QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
     int    tLx = tL.x();
     int    tLy = tL.y();
 
     if (!mouse_marks && !(ev->state() & ShiftButton))
       emit mouseSignal( 3, // release
                         (ev->x()-tLx-blX)/font_w + 1,
                         (ev->y()-tLy-bY)/font_h + 1 );
     releaseMouse();
   }
 }
 
 void TEWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev)
 {
   if ( ev->button() != LeftButton) return;
 
   QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
   int    tLx = tL.x();
   int    tLy = tL.y();
   QPoint pos = QPoint((ev->x()-tLx-blX)/font_w,(ev->y()-tLy-bY)/font_h);
 
   // pass on double click as two clicks.
   if (!mouse_marks && !(ev->state() & ShiftButton))
   {
     emit mouseSignal( 0, pos.x()+1, pos.y()+1 ); // left button
     emit mouseSignal( 3, pos.x()+1, pos.y()+1 ); // release
     emit mouseSignal( 0, pos.x()+1, pos.y()+1 ); // left button
     return;
   }
 
 
   emit clearSelectionSignal();
   QPoint bgnSel = pos;
   QPoint endSel = QPoint((ev->x()-tLx-blX)/font_w,(ev->y()-tLy-bY)/font_h);
   int i = loc(bgnSel.x(),bgnSel.y());
   iPntSel = bgnSel;
 
   word_selection_mode = TRUE;
 
   // find word boundaries...
   int selClass = charClass(image[i].c);
   {
     // set the start...
      int x = bgnSel.x();
      while ( x > 0 && charClass(image[i-1].c) == selClass )
      { i--; x--; }
      bgnSel.setX(x);
      emit beginSelectionSignal( bgnSel.x(), bgnSel.y() );
 
      // set the end...
      i = loc( endSel.x(), endSel.y() );
      x = endSel.x();
      while( x < columns-1 && charClass(image[i+1].c) == selClass )
      { i++; x++ ; }
      endSel.setX(x);
      actSel = 2; // within selection
      emit extendSelectionSignal( endSel.x(), endSel.y() );
      emit endSelectionSignal(preserve_line_breaks);
      preserve_line_breaks = TRUE;
    }
 }
 
 void TEWidget::focusInEvent( QFocusEvent * )
 {
 
     // do nothing, to prevent repainting
 }
 
 
 void TEWidget::focusOutEvent( QFocusEvent * )
 {
     // do nothing, to prevent repainting
 }
 
 bool TEWidget::focusNextPrevChild( bool next )
 {
   if (next)
     return false; // This disables changing the active part in konqueror
                   // when pressing Tab
   return QFrame::focusNextPrevChild( next );
 }
 
 
 int TEWidget::charClass(char ch) const
 {
     // This might seem like overkill, but imagine if ch was a Unicode
     // character (Qt 2.0 QChar) - it might then be sensible to separate
     // the different language ranges, etc.
 
     if ( isspace(ch) ) return ' ';
 
     static const char *word_characters = ":@-./_~";
     if ( isalnum(ch) || strchr(word_characters, ch) )
     return 'a';
 
     // Everything else is weird
     return 1;
 }
 
 void TEWidget::setMouseMarks(bool on)
 {
   mouse_marks = on;
   setCursor( mouse_marks ? ibeamCursor : arrowCursor );
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                               Clipboard                                   */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 #undef KeyPress
 
 void TEWidget::emitSelection()
 // Paste Clipboard by simulating keypress events
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
   QString text = QApplication::clipboard()->text();
   if ( ! text.isNull() )
   {
     text.replace(QRegExp("\n"), "\r");
     QKeyEvent e(QEvent::KeyPress, 0, -1, 0, text);
     emit keyPressedSignal(&e); // expose as a big fat keypress event
     emit clearSelectionSignal();
   }
 #endif
 }
 
 void TEWidget::emitText(QString text)
 {
   QKeyEvent e(QEvent::KeyPress, 0, -1, 0, text);
   emit keyPressedSignal(&e); // expose as a big fat keypress event
 }
 
 void TEWidget::pasteClipboard( )
 {
   emitSelection();
 }
 
 void TEWidget::setSelection(const QString& t)
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
   // Disconnect signal while WE set the clipboard
   QObject *cb = QApplication::clipboard();
   QObject::disconnect( cb, SIGNAL(dataChanged()),
                      this, SLOT(onClearSelection()) );
 
   QApplication::clipboard()->setText(t);
 
   QObject::connect( cb, SIGNAL(dataChanged()),
                      this, SLOT(onClearSelection()) );
 #endif
 }
 
 void TEWidget::onClearSelection()
 {
   emit clearSelectionSignal();
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                                Keyboard                                   */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 //FIXME: an `eventFilter' has been installed instead of a `keyPressEvent'
 //       due to a bug in `QT' or the ignorance of the author to prevent
 //       repaint events being emitted to the screen whenever one leaves
 //       or reenters the screen to/from another application.
 //
 //   Troll says one needs to change focusInEvent() and focusOutEvent(),
 //   which would also let you have an in-focus cursor and an out-focus
 //   cursor like xterm does.
 
 // for the auto-hide cursor feature, I added empty focusInEvent() and
 // focusOutEvent() so that update() isn't called.
 // For auto-hide, we need to get keypress-events, but we only get them when
 // we have focus.
 
 void TEWidget::doScroll(int lines)
 {
   scrollbar->setValue(scrollbar->value()+lines);
 }
 
 bool TEWidget::eventFilter( QObject *obj, QEvent *e )
 {
     if ( (e->type() == QEvent::Accel ||
           e->type() == QEvent::AccelAvailable ) && qApp->focusWidget() == this )  {
         static_cast<QKeyEvent *>( e )->ignore();
         return true;
     }
     if ( obj != this /* when embedded */ && obj != parent() /* when standalone */ )
         return FALSE; // not us
     if ( e->type() == QEvent::Wheel)  {
         QApplication::sendEvent(scrollbar, e);
     }
 
 #ifdef FAKE_CTRL_AND_ALT
     static bool control = FALSE;
     static bool alt = FALSE;
     bool dele=FALSE;
     if ( e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress || e->type() == QEvent::KeyRelease ) {
         QKeyEvent* ke = (QKeyEvent*)e;
         bool keydown = e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress || ke->isAutoRepeat();
         switch (ke->key()) {
           case Key_F9: // let this be "Control"
               control = keydown;
               e = new QKeyEvent(QEvent::KeyPress, Key_Control, 0, ke->state());
               dele=TRUE;
               break;
           case Key_F13: // let this be "Alt"
               alt = keydown;
               e = new QKeyEvent(QEvent::KeyPress, Key_Alt, 0, ke->state());
               dele=TRUE;
               break;
           default:
               if ( control ) {
                   int a = toupper(ke->ascii())-64;
                   if ( a >= 0 && a < ' ' ) {
                       e = new QKeyEvent(e->type(), ke->key(),
                                         a, ke->state()|ControlButton, QChar(a,0));
                       dele=TRUE;
                   }
               }
               if ( alt ) {
                   e = new QKeyEvent(e->type(), ke->key(),
                                     ke->ascii(), ke->state()|AltButton, ke->text());
                   dele=TRUE;
               }
         }
     }
 #endif
 
     if ( e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress )  {
         QKeyEvent* ke = (QKeyEvent*)e;
         actSel=0; // Key stroke implies a screen update, so TEWidget won't
           // know where the current selection is.
 
 
         if( ke->state() == ShiftButton && ke->key() == Key_Tab) { //lets hardcode this sucker
             emitText("\\"); // expose
         } else
             emit keyPressedSignal(ke); // expose
         ke->accept();
 #ifdef FAKE_CTRL_AND_ALT
         if ( dele ) delete e;
 #endif
         return true;               // stop the event
     }
     if ( e->type() == QEvent::Enter )  {
         QObject::disconnect( (QObject*)cb, SIGNAL(dataChanged()),
                              this, SLOT(onClearSelection()) );
     }
     if ( e->type() == QEvent::Leave )  {
         QObject::connect( (QObject*)cb, SIGNAL(dataChanged()),
                           this, SLOT(onClearSelection()) );
     }
     return QFrame::eventFilter( obj, e );
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                                  Frame                                    */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 void TEWidget::frameChanged()
 {
   propagateSize();
   update();
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                                   Sound                                   */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 void TEWidget::Bell()
 {
   QApplication::beep();
 }
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                           */
 /*                                 Auxiluary                                 */
 /*                                                                           */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 void TEWidget::clearImage()
 // initialize the image
 // for internal use only
 {
   for (int y = 0; y < lines; y++)
   for (int x = 0; x < columns; x++)
   {
     image[loc(x,y)].c = 0xff; //' ';
     image[loc(x,y)].f = 0xff; //DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR;
     image[loc(x,y)].b = 0xff; //DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR;
     image[loc(x,y)].r = 0xff; //DEFAULT_RENDITION;
   }
 }
 
 // Create Image ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 void TEWidget::calcGeometry()
 {
   //FIXME: set rimX == rimY == 0 when running in full screen mode.
 
   int showhscrollbar = 1;
   int hwidth = 0;
   int dcolumns;
 
   if(vcolumns == 0) showhscrollbar = 0;
   if(showhscrollbar == 1) hwidth = QApplication::style().scrollBarExtent().width();
 
   scrollbar->resize(QApplication::style().scrollBarExtent().width(),
                     contentsRect().height() - hwidth);
 
   if(!showhscrollbar) cornerButton()->move(0, 0);
   else cornerButton()->move(contentsRect().width() - hwidth, contentsRect().height() - hwidth);
 
 
   switch(scrollLoc)
   {
     case SCRNONE :
      columns = ( contentsRect().width() - 2 * rimX ) / font_w;
          dcolumns = columns;
          if(vcolumns) columns = vcolumns;
      blX = (contentsRect().width() - (columns*font_w) ) / 2;
      if(showhscrollbar)
        blX = -hposition * font_w;
      brX = blX;
      scrollbar->hide();
      break;
     case SCRLEFT :
      columns = ( contentsRect().width() - 2 * rimX - scrollbar->width()) / font_w;
          dcolumns = columns;
          if(vcolumns) columns = vcolumns;
      brX = (contentsRect().width() - (columns*font_w) - scrollbar->width() ) / 2;
      if(showhscrollbar)
        brX = -hposition * font_w;
      blX = brX + scrollbar->width();
      scrollbar->move(contentsRect().topLeft());
      scrollbar->show();
      break;
     case SCRRIGHT:
      columns = ( contentsRect().width()  - 2 * rimX - scrollbar->width()) / font_w;
          dcolumns = columns;
          if(vcolumns) columns = vcolumns;
      blX = (contentsRect().width() - (columns*font_w) - scrollbar->width() ) / 2;
      if(showhscrollbar)
        blX = -hposition * font_w;
      brX = blX;
      scrollbar->move(contentsRect().topRight() - QPoint(scrollbar->width()-1,0));
      scrollbar->show();
      break;
   }
   //FIXME: support 'rounding' styles
   lines   = ( contentsRect().height() - 2 * rimY  ) / font_h;
   bY = (contentsRect().height() - (lines  *font_h)) / 2;
 
   if(showhscrollbar == 1)
   {
     hscrollbar->resize(contentsRect().width() - hwidth, hwidth);
     hscrollbar->setRange(0, vcolumns - dcolumns);
 
     QPoint p = contentsRect().bottomLeft();
     hscrollbar->move(QPoint(p.x(), p.y() - hwidth));
     hscrollbar->show();
   }
   else hscrollbar->hide();
 
   if(showhscrollbar == 1)
   {
     lines = lines - (hwidth / font_h) - 1;
         if(lines < 1) lines = 1;
   }
 }
 
 void TEWidget::makeImage()
 //FIXME: rename 'calcGeometry?
 {
   calcGeometry();
   image = (ca*) malloc(lines*columns*sizeof(ca));
   clearImage();
 }
 
 // calculate the needed size
 QSize TEWidget::calcSize(int cols, int lins) const
 {
   int frw = width() - contentsRect().width();
   int frh = height() - contentsRect().height();
   int scw = (scrollLoc==SCRNONE?0:scrollbar->width());
   return QSize( font_w*cols + 2*rimX + frw + scw, font_h*lins + 2*rimY + frh );
 }
 
 QSize TEWidget::sizeHint() const
 {
    return size();
 }
 
 void TEWidget::styleChange(QStyle &)
 {
     propagateSize();
 }
 
 #ifdef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP_FOO
 
 /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /*                                                                       */
 /* Drag & Drop                                                           */
 /*                                                                       */
 /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 
 void TEWidget::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* e)
 {
   e->accept(QTextDrag::canDecode(e) ||
       QUriDrag::canDecode(e));
 }
 
 void TEWidget::dropEvent(QDropEvent* event)
 {
     // The current behaviour when url(s) are dropped is
     // * if there is only ONE url and if it's a LOCAL one, ask for paste or cd
     // * in all other cases, just paste
     //   (for non-local ones, or for a list of URLs, 'cd' is nonsense)
   QStrList strlist;
   int file_count = 0;
   dropText = "";
   bool bPopup = true;
 
   if(QUriDrag::decode(event, strlist)) {
     if (strlist.count()) {
       for(const char* p = strlist.first(); p; p = strlist.next()) {
         if(file_count++ > 0) {
           dropText += " ";
           bPopup = false; // more than one file, don't popup
         }
 
 /*
         KURL url(p);
         if (url.isLocalFile()) {
           dropText += url.path(); // local URL : remove protocol
         }
         else {
           dropText += url.prettyURL();
           bPopup = false; // a non-local file, don't popup
         }
 */
 
       }
 
       if (bPopup)
         // m_drop->popup(pos() + event->pos());
   m_drop->popup(mapToGlobal(event->pos()));
       else
   {
     if (currentSession) {
       currentSession->getEmulation()->sendString(dropText.local8Bit());
     }
 //    kdDebug() << "Drop:" << dropText.local8Bit() << "\n";
   }
     }
   }
   else if(QTextDrag::decode(event, dropText)) {
 //    kdDebug() << "Drop:" << dropText.local8Bit() << "\n";
     if (currentSession) {
       currentSession->getEmulation()->sendString(dropText.local8Bit());
     }
     // Paste it
   }
 }
 #endif
 
 
 void TEWidget::drop_menu_activated(int)
 {
 #ifdef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP_FOO
   switch (item)
   {
     case 0: // paste
       currentSession->getEmulation()->sendString(dropText.local8Bit());
 //    KWM::activate((Window)this->winId());
       break;
     case 1: // cd ...
       currentSession->getEmulation()->sendString("cd ");
       struct stat statbuf;
       if ( ::stat( QFile::encodeName( dropText ), &statbuf ) == 0 )
       {
         if ( !S_ISDIR(statbuf.st_mode) )
         {
 /*
           KURL url;
           url.setPath( dropText );
           dropText = url.directory( true, false ); // remove filename
 */
         }
       }
       dropText.replace(QRegExp(" "), "\\ "); // escape spaces
       currentSession->getEmulation()->sendString(dropText.local8Bit());
       currentSession->getEmulation()->sendString("\n");
 //    KWM::activate((Window)this->winId());
       break;
   }
 #endif
 }
 
 QPushButton* TEWidget::cornerButton() {
     return m_cornerButton;
 }
 
 void TEWidget::setWrapAt(int columns)
 {
         vcolumns = columns;
     propagateSize();
     update();
 }
 
 
diff --git a/noncore/apps/tinykate/libkate/qt3back/qregexp3.cpp b/noncore/apps/tinykate/libkate/qt3back/qregexp3.cpp
index 78635b2..7b30b1a 100644
--- a/noncore/apps/tinykate/libkate/qt3back/qregexp3.cpp
+++ b/noncore/apps/tinykate/libkate/qt3back/qregexp3.cpp
@@ -1,3773 +1,3773 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 ** $Id$
 **
 ** Implementation of QRegExp class
 **
 ** Created : 950126
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 1992-2000 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of the tools module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
 ** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
 ** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
 ** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
 ** Agreement provided with the Software.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
 **   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
-#if QT_VERSION >=300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
 #error QRegExp3 is now in QT 3 use QRegExp instead
 #endif
 
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
 #include "./qregexp3.h"
 #else
 #include "qregexp.h"
 #endif
 
 /* OPIE */
 #include <opie2/odebug.h>
 
 /* QT */
 #include <qarray.h>
 #include <qbitarray.h>
 #include <qcache.h>
 #include <qintdict.h>
 #include <qmap.h>
 #include <qstring.h>
 #include <qtl.h>
 #include <qvector.h>
 
 /* STD */
 #include <limits.h>
 
 /*
   WARNING!  Be sure to read qregexp.tex before modifying this file.
 */
 
 /*!
   \class QRegExp3 qregexp.h
 
   \brief The QRegExp class provides pattern matching using regular expressions.
 
   \ingroup tools
   \ingroup misc
   \ingroup shared
 
 
     Regular expressions, "regexps", provide a way to find patterns
     within text. This is useful in many contexts, for example:
 
     <ol>
     <li>\e Validation. A regexp can be used to check whether a piece of
     text meets some criteria, e.g. is an integer or contains no
     whitespace.
     <li>\e Searching. Regexps provide a much more powerful means of
     searching text than simple string matching does. For example we can
     create a regexp which says "find one of the words 'mail', 'letter'
     or 'correspondence' but not any of the words 'email', 'mailman'
     'mailer', 'letterbox' etc."
     <li><em>Search and Replace.</em> A regexp can be used to replace a
     pattern with a piece of text, for example replace all occurrences of
     '&' with '\&amp;' except where the '&' is already followed by
     'amp;'.
     <li><em>String Splitting.</em> A regexp can be used to identify
     where a string should be split into its component fields, e.g.
     splitting tab delimited strings.
     </ol>
 
     We present a very brief introduction to regexps, a description of
     Qt's regexp language, some code examples, and finally the function
     documentation. QRegExp is modelled on Perl's regexp engine and fully
     supports Unicode. QRegExp may also be used in the weaker 'wildcard'
     (globbing) mode which works in a similar way to command shells. A
     good text on regexps is <i>Mastering Regular Expressions: Powerful
     Techniques for Perl and Other Tools</i> by Jeffrey E. Friedl, ISBN
     1565922573.
 
     Experienced regexp users may prefer to skip the introduction and
     go directly to the relevant information:
 
     <ul>
     <li><a href="#characters-and-abbreviations-for-sets-of-characters">
     Characters and Abbreviations for Sets of Characters</a>
     <li><a href="#sets-of-characters">Sets of Characters</a>
     <li><a href="#quantifiers">Quantifiers</a>
     <li><a href="#capturing-text">Capturing Text</a>
     <li><a href="#assertions">Assertions</a>
     <li><a href="#wildcard-matching">Wildcard Matching (globbing)</a>
     <li><a href="#perl-users">Notes for Perl Users</a>
     <li><a href="#code-examples">Code Examples</a>
     <li><a href="#member-function-documentation">Member Function Documentation</a>
     </ul>
 
     <b>Introduction</b>
 
     Regexps are built up from expressions, quantifiers and assertions.
     The simplest form of expression is simply a character, e.g. <b>x</b>
     or <b>5</b>. An expression can also be a set of characters. For
     example, <b>[ABCD]</b>, will match an <b>A</b> or a <b>B</b> or a
     <b>C</b> or a <b>D</b>. As a shorthand we could write this as
     <b>[A-D]</b>. If we want to match any of the captital letters in the
     English alphabet we can write <b>[A-Z]</b>. A quantifier tells the
     regexp engine how many occurrences of the expression we want, e.g.
     <b>x{1,1}</b> means match an <b>x</b> which occurs at least once and
     at most once. We'll look at assertions and more complex expressions
     later. Note that regexps cannot be used to check for balanced
     brackets or tags (unless you know the maximum level of nesting).
 
 
     We'll start by writing a regexp to match integers in the range 0 to
     99. We will require at least one digit so we will start with
     <b>[0-9]{1,1}</b> which means match a digit exactly once. This
     regexp alone will match integers in the range 0 to 9. To match one
     or two digits we can increase the maximum number of occurrences so
     the regexp becomes <b>[0-9]{1,2}</b> meaning match a digit at least
     once and at most twice. However, this regexp as it stands will not
     match correctly. This regexp will match one or two digits \e within
     a string. To ensure that we match against the whole string we must
     use the anchor assertions. We need <b>^</b> (caret) which when it is
     the first character in the regexp means that the regexp must match
     from the beginning of the string. And we also need <b>$</b> (dollar)
     which when it is the last character in the regexp means that the
     regexp must match until the end of the string. So now our regexp is
     <b>^[0-9]{1,2}$</b>. Note that assertions do not match any
     characters.
 
     If you've seen regexps elsewhere they may have looked different from
     the one above. This is because some sets of characters and some
     quantifiers are so common that they have special symbols to
     represent them. <b>[0-9]</b> can be replaced with the symbol
     <b>\d</b>. The quantifier to match exactly one occurrence,
     <b>{1,1}</b>, can be replaced with the expression itself. This means
     that <b>x{1,1}</b> is exactly the same as <b>x</b> alone. So our 0
     to 99 matcher could be written: <b>^\d{1,2}$</b>, although most
     people would write it <b>^\d\d?$</b>. The <b>?</b> is the same as
     the quantifier <b>{0,1}</b>, i.e. a minimum of no occurrences a
     maximum of one occurrence. This is used to make an expression
     optional. The regexp <b>^\d\d?$</b> means "from the beginning of the
     string match one digit followed by zero or one digits and then the
     end of the string".
 
     Our second example is matching the words 'mail', 'letter' or
     'correspondence' but without matching 'email', 'mailman', 'mailer',
     'letterbox' etc. We'll start by just matching 'mail'. In full the
     regexp is, <b>m{1,1}a{1,1}i{1,1}l{1,1}</b>, but since an expression
     itself is automatically quantified by <b>{1,1}</b> we can simply
     write this as <b>mail</b>; an 'm' followed by an 'a' followed by an
     'i' followed by an 'l'. The symbol '|' (bar) is used for \e
     alternation, so our regexp now becomes
     <b>mail|letter|correspondence</b> which means match 'mail' \e or
     'letter' \e or 'correspondence'. Whilst this regexp will find the
     words we want it will also find words we don't want such as 'email'.
     We will start by putting our regexp in parenthesis
     <b>(mail|letter|correspondence)</b>. Parenthesis have two effects,
     firstly they group expressions together and secondly they identify
     parts of the regexp that we wish to <a href="#capturing-text">capture</a>.
     Our regexp still matches any of the three words but now they are
     grouped together as a unit. This is useful for building up more
     complex regexps. It is also useful because it allows us to examine
     which of the words actually matched. We need to use another
     assertion, this time <b>\b</b> "word boundary":
     <b>\b(mail|letter|correspondence)\b</b>. This regexp means "match a
     word boundary followed by the expression in parenthesis followed by
     another word boundary". The <b>\b</b> assertion matches at a \e
     position in the regexp not a \e character in the regexp. A word
     boundary is any non-word character such as a space a newline or the
     beginning or end of the string.
 
     For our third example we want to replace ampersands with the HTML
     entity '\&amp;'. The regexp to match is simple: <b>\&</b>, i.e.
     match one ampersand. Unfortunately this will mess up our text if
     some of the ampersands have already been turned into HTML entities.
     So what we really want to say is replace an ampersand providing it
     is not followed by 'amp;'. For this we need the negative lookahead
     assertion and our regexp becomes: <b>\&(?!amp;)</b>. The negative
     lookahead assertion is introduced with '(?!' and finishes at the
     ')'. It means that the text it contains, 'amp;' in our example, must
     \e not follow the expression that preceeds it.
 
     Regexps provide a rich language that can be used in a variety of
     ways. For example suppose we want to count all the occurrences of
     'Eric' and 'Eirik' in a string. Two valid regexps to match these are
     <b>\\</b><b>b(Eric|Eirik)</b><b>\\</b><b>b</b> and
     <b>\\</b><b>bEi?ri[ck]</b><b>\\</b><b>b</b>. We need the word boundary
     '\b' so we don't get 'Ericsson' etc. The second regexp actually
     matches more than we want, 'Eric', 'Erik', 'Eiric' and 'Eirik'.
 
     We will implement some the examples above in the
     <a href="#code-examples">code examples</a> section.
 
     <a name="characters-and-abbreviations-for-sets-of-characters">
     <b>Characters and Abbreviations for Sets of Characters</b></a>
 
     <ul>
 
     <li><b>c</b> Any character represents itself unless it has a special regexp
     meaning. Thus <b>c</b> matches the character \e c.
 
     <li><b>\\</b><b>c</b> A character that follows a backslash matches the
     character itself except where mentioned below. For example if you
     wished to match a literal caret at the beginning of a string you
     would write <b>\^</b>.
 
     <li><b>\\</b><b>a</b> This matches the ASCII bell character (BEL, 0x07).
     <li><b>\\</b><b>f</b> This matches the ASCII form feed character (FF, 0x0C).
     <li><b>\\</b><b>n</b> This matches the ASCII line feed character (LF, 0x0A), (Unix newline).
     <li><b>\\</b><b>r</b> This matches the ASCII carriage return character (CR, 0x0D).
     <li><b>\\</b><b>t</b> This matches the ASCII horizontal tab character (HT, 0x09).
     <li><b>\\</b><b>v</b> This matches the ASCII vertical tab character (VT, 0x0B).
     <li><b>\\</b><b>xhhhh</b> This matches the Unicode character corresponding
     to the hexadecimal number hhhh (between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF). \0ooo
     (i.e., \zero ooo) matches the ASCII/Latin-1 character corresponding
     to the octal number ooo (between 0 and 0377).
     <li><b>. (dot)</b> This matches any character (including newline).
     <li><b>\\</b><b>d</b> This matches a digit (see QChar::isDigit()).
     <li><b>\\</b><b>D</b> This matches a non-digit.
     <li><b>\\</b><b>s</b> This matches a whitespace (see QChar::isSpace()).
     <li><b>\\</b><b>S</b> This matches a non-whitespace.
     <li><b>\\</b><b>w</b> This matches a word character (see QChar::isLetterOrNumber()).
     <li><b>\\</b><b>W</b> This matches a non-word character.
     <li><b>\\</b><b>n</b> The n<sup>th</sup>
     <a href="#capturing-text">backreference</a>, e.g. \1, \2, etc.
     </ul>
 
     <em>Note that the C++ compiler transforms backslashes in strings so
     to include a <b>\\</b> in a regexp you will need to enter it twice,
     i.e. <b>\\</b><b>\\</b>.</em>
 
     <a name="sets-of-characters"><b>Sets of Characters</b></a>
 
     Square brackets are used to match any character in the set of
     characters contained within the square brackets. All the character
     set abbreviations described above can be used within square
     brackets. Apart from the character set abbreviations and the
     following two exceptions no characters have special meanings in
     square brackets.
 
     <ul>
 
     <li><b>^</b> The caret negates the character set if it occurs as the
     first character, i.e. immediately after the opening square bracket.
     For example, <b>[abc]</b> matches 'a' or 'b' or 'c', but
     <b>[^abc]</b> matches anything \e except 'a' or 'b' or 'c'.
 
     <li><b>-</b> The dash is used to indicate a range of characters, for
     example <b>[W-Z]</b> matches 'W' or 'X' or 'Y' or 'Z'.
 
     </ul>
 
     Using the predefined character set abbreviations is more portable
     than using character ranges across platforms and languages. For
     example, <b>[0-9]</b> matches a digit in Western alphabets but
     <b>\d</b> matches a digit in \e any alphabet.
 
     Note that in most regexp literature sets of characters are called
     "character classes".
 
     <a name="quantifiers"><b>Quantifiers</b></a>
 
     By default an expression is automatically quantified by
     <b>{1,1}</b>, i.e. it should occur exactly once. In the following
     list <b><i>E</i></b> stands for any expression. An expression is a
     character or an abbreviation for a set of characters or a set of
     characters in square brackets or any parenthesised expression.
 
     <ul>
 
     <li><b><i>E</i>?</b> Matches zero or one occurrence of <i>E</i>.
     This quantifier means "the previous expression is optional" since it
     will match whether or not the expression occurs in the string.
     It is the same as <b><i>E</i>{0,1}</b>. For example <b>dents?</b>
     will match 'dent' and 'dents'.
 
     <li><b><i>E</i>+</b> Matches one or more occurrences of <i>E</i>.
     This is the same as <b><i>E</i>{1,MAXINT}</b>. For example,
     <b>0+</b> will match '0', '00', '000', etc.
 
     <li><b><i>E</i>*</b> Matches zero or more occurrences of <i>E</i>.
     This is the same as <b><i>E</i>{0,MAXINT}</b>. The <b>*</b>
     quantifier is often used by a mistake. Since it matches \e zero or
     more occurrences it will match no occurrences at all. For example if
     we want to match strings that end in whitespace and use the regexp
     <b>\s*$</b> we would get a match on every string. This is because we
     have said find zero or more whitespace followed by the end of string,
     so even strings that don't end in whitespace will match. The regexp
     we want in this case is <b>\s+$</b> to match strings that have at
     least one whitespace at the end.
 
     <li><b><i>E</i>{n}</b> Matches exactly \e n occurrences of the
     expression. This is the same as repeating the expression \e n times.
     For example, <b>x{5}</b> is the same as <b>xxxxx</b>. It is also the
     same as <b><i>E</i>{n,n}</b>, e.g. <b>x{5,5}</b>.
 
     <li><b><i>E</i>{n,}</b> Matches at least \e n occurrences of the
     expression. This is the same as <b><i>E</i>{n,MAXINT}</b>.
 
     <li><b><i>E</i>{,m}</b> Matches at most \e m occurrences of the
     expression. This is the same as <b><i>E</i>{0,m}</b>.
 
     <li><b><i>E</i>{n,m}</b> Matches at least \e n occurrences of the
     expression and at most \e m occurrences of the expression.
 
     </ul>
 
     (MAXINT is implementation dependent but will not be smaller than
     16384.)
 
     If we wish to apply a quantifier to more than just the preceeding
     character we can use parenthesis to group characters together in an
     expression. For example, <b>tag+</b> matches a 't' followed by an
     'a' followed by at least one 'g', whereas <b>(tag)+</b> matches at
     least one occurrence of 'tag'.
 
     Note that quantifiers are "greedy", they will match as much text as
     they can. For example, <b>0+</b> will match as many zeros as it can
     from the first zero it finds, e.g. '2.<u>000</u>5'. Quantifiers can
     be made non-greedy, see setMinimal().
 
     <a name="capturing-text"><b>Capturing Text</b></a>
 
     Parenthesis allow us to group elements together so that we can
     quantify and capture them. For example if we have the expression
     <b>mail|letter|correspondence</b> that matches a string we know that
     \e one of the words matched but not which one. Using  parenthesis
     allows us to "capture" whatever is matched within their bounds, so
     if we used <b>(mail|letter|correspondence)</b> and matched this
     regexp against the string "I sent you some email" we can use the
     cap() or capturedTexts() functions to extract the matched
     characters, in this case 'mail'.
 
     We can use captured text within the regexp itself. To refer to the
     captured text we use \e backreferences which are indexed from 1 the
     same as for cap(). For example we could search for duplicate words
     in a string using <b>\b(\w+)\W+\1\b</b> which means match a word
     boundary followed by one or more word characters followed by one or
     more non-word characters followed by the same text as the first
     parenthesised expression followed by a word boundary.
 
     If we want to use parenthesis purely for grouping and not for
     capturing we use the non-capturing syntax, e.g.
     <b>(?:green|blue)</b>. Non-capturing parenthesis begin '(?:' and end
     ')'. In this example we match either 'green' or 'blue' but we do not
     capture the match so we can only know whether or not we matched but
     not which color we actually found. Using non-capturing parenthesis
     is more efficient than using capturing parenthesis since the regexp
     engine has to do less book-keeping.
 
     Both capturing and non-capturing parenthesis may be nested.
 
     <a name="assertions"><b>Assertions</b></a>
 
     Assertions make some statement about the text at the point where
     they occur in the regexp but they do not match any characters.
     In the following list <b><i>E</i></b> stands for any expression.
 
     <ul>
     <li><b>^</b> If the caret is the first character in the regexp
     (apart from opening parenthesis) it signifies the beginning of the
     string. It has no special meaning elsewhere (except as the first
     character of a set of characters in square brackets). For example,
     <b>^#include</b> will only match strings which \e begin with the
     characters '#include'.
 
     <li><b>$</b> If the dollar is the last character in the regexp
     (apart from closing parenthesis) it signifies the end of the string.
     It has no special meaning elsewhere. For example, <b>\d\s*$</b>
     will match strings which end with a digit optionally followed by
     whitespace.
 
     <li><b>\\</b><b>b</b> A word boundary. For example the regexp
     <b>\\</b><b>bOK</b>\\</b><b>b</b> means match immediately after a
     word boundary (e.g. start of string or whitespace) the letter 'O'
     then the letter 'K' immediately before another word boundary (e.g.
     end of string or whitespace). But note that the assertion does not
     actually match any whitespace so if we write
     <b>(</b><b>\\</b><b>bOK</b>\\</b><b>b)</b> and we have a match it
     will only contain 'OK' even if the string is "Its <u>OK</u> now".
 
     <li><b>\\</b><b>B</b> A non-word boundary. This assertion is true
     wherever <b>\\</b><b>b</b> is false. For example if we searched for
     <b>\\</b><b>Bon</b>\\</b><b>B</b> in "Left on" the match would fail
     (space and end of string aren't non-word boundaries), but it would
     match in "t<u>on</u>ne".
 
     <li><b>(?=<i>E</i>)</b> Positive lookahead. This assertion is true
     if the expression matches at this point in the regex. This assertion
     does not match any characters. For example,
     <b>^#define\s+(\w+)(?=MAX)</b> will match strings which begin with
     '#define' followed by at least one whitespace followed by at least
     one word character followed by 'MAX'. The first set of parenthesis
     will capture the word character(s) matched. This regexp will not
     match '#define DEBUG' but will match '#define <u>INT</u>MAX
     32767'.
 
     <li><b>(?!<i>E</i>)</b> Negative lookahead. This assertion is true
     if the expression does not match at this point in the regex. This
     assertion does not match any characters. For example,
     <b>^#define\s+(\w+)\s*$</b> will match strings which begin with
     '#define' followed by at least one whitespace followed by at least
     one word character optionally followed by whitespace. This regexp
     will match define's that exist but have no value, i.e. it will not
     match '#define INTMAX 32767' but it will match '#define <u>DEBUG</u>'.
 
     </ul>
 
     <a name="wildcard-matching"><b>Wildcard Matching (globbing)</b></a>
 
     Most command shells such as \e bash or \e cmd support "file
     globbing", the ability to identify a group of files by using
     wildcards. Wildcard matching is much simpler than full regexps and
     has only four features:
 
     <ul>
 
     <li><b>c</b> Any character represents itself apart from those
     mentioned below. Thus <b>c</b> matches the character \e c.
 
     <li><b>?</b> This matches any single character. It is the same as
     <b>.</b> in full regexps.
 
     <li><b>*</b> This matches zero or more of any characters. It is the
     same as <b>.*</b> in full regexps.
 
     <li><b>[...]</b> Sets of characters can be represented in square
     brackets the same as for full regexps.
 
     <!-- JASMIN: Are the character classes, \w, etc supported in
     wildcards? -->
 
     </ul>
 
     For example if we are in wildcard mode and have strings which
     contain filenames we could identify HTML files with <b>*.html</b>.
     This will match zero or more characters followed by a dot followed
     by 'h', 't', 'm' and 'l'.
 
     <a name="perl-users"><b>Notes for Perl Users</b></a>
 
     Most of the character class abbreviations supported by Perl are
     supported by QRegExp, see
     <a href="#characters-and-abbreviations-for-sets-of-characters">
     characters and abbreviations for sets of characters</a>.
 
     QRegExp's quantifiers are the same as Perl's greedy quantifiers.
     Non-greedy matching cannot be applied to individual quantifiers, but
     can be applied to all the quantifiers in the pattern. For example,
     to match the Perl regex <b>ro+?m</b> requires:
     \code
     QRegExp rx( "ro+m" );
     rx.setMinimal( TRUE );
     \endcode
 
     The equivalent of Perl's <tt>/i</tt> option is
     setCaseSensitive(FALSE).
 
     Perl's <tt>/g</tt> option can be emulated using a
     <a href="#cap_in_a_loop">loop</a>.
 
     In QRegExp <b>.</b> matches any character, therefore all QRegExp
     regexps have the equivalent of Perl's <tt>/s</tt> option. QRegExp
     does not have an equivalent to Perl's <tt>/m</tt> option, but this
     can be emulated in various ways for example by splitting the input
     into lines or by looping with a regexp that searches for newlines.
 
     Because QRegExp is string oriented there are no \A, \Z or \z
     assertions. The \G assertion is not supported but can be emulated in
     a loop.
 
     Perl's $& is cap(0) or capturedTexts()[0]. There are no QRegExp
     equivalents for $`, $' or $+. $1, $2 etc correspond to
     cap(1) or capturedTexts()[1], cap(2) or capturedTexts()[2], etc.
 
     To substitute a pattern use QString::replace().
 
     Perl's extended <tt>/x</tt> syntax is not supported, nor are regexp
     comments (?#comment) or directives, e.g. (?i).
 
     Both zero-width positive and zero-width negative lookahead
     assertions (?=pattern) and (?!pattern) are supported with the same
     syntax as Perl. Perl's lookbehind assertions, "independent"
     subexpressions and conditional expressions are not supported.
 
     Non-capturing parenthesis are also supported, with the same
     (?:pattern) syntax.
 
     See QStringList::split() and QStringList::join() for equivalents to
     Perl's split and join functions.
 
     Note: because C++ transforms \\'s they must be written \e twice in
     code, e.g. <b>\\</b><b>b</b> must be written <b>\\</b><b>\\</b><b>b</b>.
 
     <a name="code-examples"><b>Code Examples</b></a>
 
     \code
     QRegExp rx( "^\\d\\d?$" );  // Match integers 0 to 99
     rx.search( "123" );     // Returns -1 (no match)
     rx.search( "-6" );      // Returns -1 (no match)
     rx.search( "6" );       // Returns 0 (matched as position 0)
     \endcode
 
     The third string matches '<u>6</u>'. This is a simple validation
     regexp for integers in the range 0 to 99.
 
     \code
     QRegExp rx( "^\\S+$" ); // Match strings which have no whitespace
     rx.search( "Hello world" ); // Returns -1 (no match)
     rx.search( "This_is-OK" );  // Returns 0 (matched at position 0)
     \endcode
 
     The second string matches '<u>This_is-OK</u>'. We've used the
     character set abbreviation '\S' (non-whitespace) and the anchors to
     match strings which contain no whitespace.
 
     In the following example we match strings containing 'mail' or
     'letter' or 'correspondence' but only match whole words i.e. not
     'email'
 
     \code
     QRegExp rx( "\\b(mail|letter|correspondence)\\b" );
     rx.search( "I sent you an email" );     // Returns -1 (no match)
     rx.search( "Please write the letter" ); // Returns 17 (matched at position 17)
     \endcode
 
     The second string matches "Please write the <u>letter</u>". The word
     'letter' is also captured (because of the parenthesis). We can see
     what text we've captured like this:
 
     \code
     QString captured = rx.cap( 1 ); // captured contains "letter"
     \endcode
 
     This will capture the text from the first set of capturing
     parenthesis (counting capturing left parenthesis from left to
     right). The parenthesis are counted from 1 since cap( 0 ) is the
     whole matched regexp (equivalent to '&' in most regexp engines).
 
     \code
     QRegExp rx( "&(?!amp;)" );      // Match ampersands but not &amp;
     QString line1 = "This & that";
     line1.replace( rx, "&amp;" );
     // line1 == "This &amp; that"
     QString line2 = "His &amp; hers & theirs";
     line2.replace( rx, "&amp;" );
     // line2 == "His &amp; hers &amp; theirs"
     \endcode
 
     Here we've passed the QRegExp to QString's replace() function to
     replace the matched text with new text.
 
     \code
     QString str = "One Eric another Eirik, and an Ericsson. How many Eiriks, Eric?";
     QRegExp rx( "\\b(Eric|Eirik)\\b" ); // Match Eric or Eirik
     int pos = 0;    // Where we are in the string
     int count = 0;  // How many Eric and Eirik's we've counted
     while ( pos >= 0 ) {
     pos = rx.search( str, pos );
     if ( pos >= 0 ) {
         pos++;  // Move along in str
         count++;    // Count our Eric or Eirik
     }
     }
     \endcode
 
     We've used the search() function to repeatedly match the regexp in
     the string. Note that instead of moving forward by one character at
     a time <tt>pos++</tt> we could have written <tt>pos +=
     rx.matchedLength()</tt> to skip over the already matched string. The
     count will equal 3, matching 'One <u>Eric</u> another <u>Eirik</u>,
     and an Ericsson. How many Eiriks, <u>Eric</u>?'; it doesn't match
     'Ericsson' or 'Eiriks' because they are not bounded by non-word
     boundaries.
 
     One common use of regexps is to split lines of delimited data into
     their component fields.
 
     \code
     str = "Trolltech AS\twww.trolltech.com\tNorway";
     QString company, web, country;
     rx.setPattern( "^([^\t]+)\t([^\t]+)\t([^\t]+)$" );
     if ( rx.search( str ) != -1 ) {
     company = rx.cap( 1 );
     web = rx.cap( 2 );
     country = rx.cap( 3 );
     }
     \endcode
 
     In this example our input lines have the format company name, web
     address and country. Unfortunately the regexp is rather long and not
     very versatile -- the code will break if we add any more fields. A
     simpler and better solution is to look for the separator, '\t' in
     this case, and take the surrounding text. The QStringList split()
     function can take a separator string or regexp as an argument and
     split a string accordingly.
 
     \code
     QStringList field = QStringList::split( "\t", str );
     \endcode
 
     Here field[0] is the company, field[1] the web address and so on.
 
     To immitate the matching of a shell we can use wildcard mode.
 
     \code
     QRegExp rx( "*.html" ); // Invalid regexp: * doesn't quantify anything
     rx.setWildcard( TRUE ); // Now its a valid wildcard regexp
     rx.search( "index.html" );  // Returns 0 (matched at position 0)
     rx.search( "default.htm" ); // Returns -1 (no match)
     rx.search( "readme.txt" );  // Returns -1 (no match)
     \endcode
 
     Wildcard matching can be convenient because of its simplicity, but
     any wildcard regex can be defined using full regexps, e.g.
     <b>.*\.html$</b>. Notice that we can't match both \c .html and \c
     .htm files with a wildcard unless we use <b>*.htm*</b> which will
     also match 'test.html.bak'. A full regexp gives us the precision we
     need, <b>.*\.html?$</b>.
 
     QRegExp can match case insensitively using setCaseSensitive(), and
     can use non-greedy matching, see setMinimal(). By default QRegExp
     uses full regexps but this can be changed with setWildcard().
     Searching can be forward with search() or backward with searchRev().
     Captured text can be accessed using capturedTexts() which returns a
     string list of all captured strings, or using cap() which returns
     the captured string for the given index. The pos() function takes a
     match index and returns the position in the string where the match
     was made (or -1 if there was no match).
 
   \sa QRegExpValidator QString QStringList
 
     <a name="member-function-documentation"/>
 */
 
 static const int NumBadChars = 128;
 #define BadChar( ch ) ( (ch).cell() % NumBadChars )
 
 static const int NoOccurrence = INT_MAX;
 static const int EmptyCapture = INT_MAX;
 static const int InftyLen = INT_MAX;
 static const int InftyRep = 1000;
 static const int EOS = -1;
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
 static int engCount = 0;
 static QArray<int> *noOccurrences = 0;
 static QArray<int> *firstOccurrenceAtZero = 0;
 #endif
 
 /*
   Merges two QArrays of ints and puts the result into the first one.
 */
 static void mergeInto( QArray<int> *a, const QArray<int>& b )
 {
     int asize = a->size();
     int bsize = b.size();
     if ( asize == 0 ) {
     *a = b.copy();
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     } else if ( bsize == 1 && (*a)[asize - 1] < b[0] ) {
     a->resize( asize + 1 );
     (*a)[asize] = b[0];
 #endif
     } else if ( bsize >= 1 ) {
     int csize = asize + bsize;
     QArray<int> c( csize );
     int i = 0, j = 0, k = 0;
     while ( i < asize ) {
         if ( j < bsize ) {
         if ( (*a)[i] == b[j] ) {
             i++;
             csize--;
         } else if ( (*a)[i] < b[j] ) {
             c[k++] = (*a)[i++];
         } else {
             c[k++] = b[j++];
         }
         } else {
         memcpy( c.data() + k, (*a).data() + i,
             (asize - i) * sizeof(int) );
         break;
         }
     }
     c.resize( csize );
     if ( j < bsize )
         memcpy( c.data() + k, b.data() + j, (bsize - j) * sizeof(int) );
     *a = c;
     }
 }
 
 /*
   Merges two disjoint QMaps of (int, int) pairs and puts the result into the
   first one.
 */
 static void mergeInto( QMap<int, int> *a, const QMap<int, int>& b )
 {
     QMap<int, int>::ConstIterator it;
     for ( it = b.begin(); it != b.end(); ++it )
     a->insert( it.key(), *it );
 }
 
 /*
   Returns the value associated to key k in QMap m of (int, int) pairs, or 0 if
   no such value is explicitly present.
 */
 static int at( const QMap<int, int>& m, int k )
 {
     QMap<int, int>::ConstIterator it = m.find( k );
     if ( it == m.end() )
     return 0;
     else
     return *it;
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_WILDCARD
 /*
   Translates a wildcard pattern to an equivalent regular expression pattern
   (e.g., *.cpp to .*\.cpp).
 */
 static QString wc2rx( const QString& wc )
 {
     int wclen = wc.length();
     QString rx = QString::fromLatin1( "" );
     int i = 0;
     while ( i < wclen ) {
     QChar c = wc[i++];
     switch ( c.unicode() ) {
     case '*':
         rx += QString::fromLatin1( ".*" );
         break;
     case '?':
         rx += QChar( '.' );
         break;
     case '$':
     case '(':
     case ')':
     case '+':
     case '.':
     case '\\':
     case '^':
     case '{':
     case '|':
     case '}':
         rx += QChar( '\\' );
         rx += c;
         break;
     case '[':
         rx += c;
         if ( wc[i] == QChar('^') )
         rx += wc[i++];
         if ( i < wclen ) {
         if ( rx[i] == ']' )
             rx += wc[i++];
         while ( i < wclen && wc[i] != QChar(']') ) {
             if ( wc[i] == '\\' )
             rx += QChar( '\\' );
             rx += wc[i++];
         }
         }
         break;
     default:
         rx += c;
     }
     }
     return rx;
 }
 #endif
 
 /*
   The class QRegExpEngine encapsulates a modified nondeterministic finite
   automaton (NFA).
 */
 class QRegExpEngine : public QShared
 {
 public:
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CCLASS
     /*
       The class CharClass represents a set of characters, such as can be found
       in regular expressions (e.g., [a-z] denotes the set {a, b, ..., z}).
     */
     class CharClass
     {
     public:
     CharClass();
     CharClass( const CharClass& cc ) { operator=( cc ); }
 
     CharClass& operator=( const CharClass& cc );
 
     void clear();
     bool negative() const { return n; }
     void setNegative( bool negative );
     void addCategories( int cats );
     void addRange( ushort from, ushort to );
     void addSingleton( ushort ch ) { addRange( ch, ch ); }
 
     bool in( QChar ch ) const;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     const QArray<int>& firstOccurrence() const { return occ1; }
 #endif
 
 #if defined(QT_DEBUG)
     void dump() const;
 #endif
 
     private:
     /*
       The struct Range represents a range of characters (e.g., [0-9] denotes
       range 48 to 57).
     */
     struct Range
     {
         ushort from; // 48
         ushort to; // 57
     };
 
     int c; // character classes
     QArray<Range> r; // character ranges
     bool n; // negative?
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     QArray<int> occ1; // first-occurrence array
 #endif
     };
 #else
     struct CharClass
     {
     int x; // dummy
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     const QArray<int>& firstOccurrence() const {
         return *firstOccurrenceAtZero;
     }
 #endif
     };
 #endif
 
     QRegExpEngine( bool caseSensitive ) { setup( caseSensitive ); }
     QRegExpEngine( const QString& rx, bool caseSensitive );
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     ~QRegExpEngine();
 #endif
 
     bool isValid() const { return valid; }
     bool caseSensitive() const { return cs; }
     int numCaptures() const { return realncap; }
     QArray<int> match( const QString& str, int pos, bool minimal,
                bool oneTest );
     int matchedLength() const { return mmMatchedLen; }
 
     int createState( QChar ch );
     int createState( const CharClass& cc );
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
     int createState( int bref );
 #endif
 
     void addCatTransitions( const QArray<int>& from, const QArray<int>& to );
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     void addPlusTransitions( const QArray<int>& from, const QArray<int>& to,
                  int atom );
 #endif
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ANCHOR_ALT
     int anchorAlternation( int a, int b );
     int anchorConcatenation( int a, int b );
 #else
     int anchorAlternation( int a, int b ) { return a & b; }
     int anchorConcatenation( int a, int b ) { return a | b; }
 #endif
     void addAnchors( int from, int to, int a );
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     void setupGoodStringHeuristic( int earlyStart, int lateStart,
                    const QString& str );
     void setupBadCharHeuristic( int minLen, const QArray<int>& firstOcc );
     void heuristicallyChooseHeuristic();
 #endif
 
 #if defined(QT_DEBUG)
     void dump() const;
 #endif
 
 private:
     enum { CharClassBit = 0x10000, BackRefBit = 0x20000 };
 
     /*
       The struct State represents one state in a modified NFA.  The input
       characters matched are stored in the state instead of on the transitions,
       something possible for an automaton constructed from a regular expression.
     */
     struct State
     {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     int atom; // which atom does this state belong to?
 #endif
     int match; // what does it match? (see CharClassBit and BackRefBit)
     QArray<int> outs; // out-transitions
     QMap<int, int> *reenter; // atoms reentered when transiting out
     QMap<int, int> *anchors; // anchors met when transiting out
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     State( int a, int m )
         : atom( a ), match( m ), reenter( 0 ), anchors( 0 ) { }
 #else
     State( int m )
         : match( m ), reenter( 0 ), anchors( 0 ) { }
 #endif
     ~State() { delete reenter; delete anchors; }
     };
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_LOOKAHEAD
     /*
       The struct Lookahead represents a lookahead a la Perl (e.g., (?=foo) and
       (?!bar)).
     */
     struct Lookahead
     {
     QRegExpEngine *eng; // NFA representing the embedded regular expression
     bool neg; // negative lookahead?
 
     Lookahead( QRegExpEngine *eng0, bool neg0 )
         : eng( eng0 ), neg( neg0 ) { }
     ~Lookahead() { delete eng; }
     };
 #endif
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     /*
       The struct Atom represents one node in the hierarchy of regular expression
       atoms.
     */
     struct Atom
     {
     int parent; // index of parent in array of atoms
     int capture; // index of capture, from 1 to ncap
     };
 #endif
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ANCHOR_ALT
     /*
       The struct AnchorAlternation represents a pair of anchors with OR
       semantics.
     */
     struct AnchorAlternation
     {
     int a; // this anchor...
     int b; // ...or this one
     };
 #endif
 
     enum { InitialState = 0, FinalState = 1 };
     void setup( bool caseSensitive );
     int setupState( int match );
 
     /*
       Let's hope that 13 lookaheads and 14 back-references are enough.
      */
     enum { MaxLookaheads = 13, MaxBackRefs = 14 };
     enum { Anchor_Dollar = 0x00000001, Anchor_Caret = 0x00000002,
        Anchor_Word = 0x00000004, Anchor_NonWord = 0x00000008,
        Anchor_FirstLookahead = 0x00000010,
        Anchor_BackRef1Empty = Anchor_FirstLookahead << MaxLookaheads,
        Anchor_BackRef0Empty = Anchor_BackRef1Empty >> 1,
        Anchor_Alternation = Anchor_BackRef1Empty << MaxBackRefs,
 
        Anchor_LookaheadMask = ( Anchor_FirstLookahead - 1 ) ^
            ( (Anchor_FirstLookahead << MaxLookaheads) - 1 ) };
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     int startAtom( bool capture );
     void finishAtom( int atom ) { cf = f[atom].parent; }
 #endif
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_LOOKAHEAD
     int addLookahead( QRegExpEngine *eng, bool negative );
 #endif
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     bool isBetterCapture( const int *begin1, const int *end1, const int *begin2,
               const int *end2 );
 #endif
     bool testAnchor( int i, int a, const int *capBegin );
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     bool goodStringMatch();
     bool badCharMatch();
 #else
     bool bruteMatch();
 #endif
     bool matchHere();
 
     QVector<State> s; // array of states
     int ns; // number of states
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     QArray<Atom> f; // atom hierarchy
     int nf; // number of atoms
     int cf; // current atom
 #endif
     int realncap; // number of captures, seen from the outside
     int ncap; // number of captures, seen from the inside
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CCLASS
     QVector<CharClass> cl; // array of character classes
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_LOOKAHEAD
     QVector<Lookahead> ahead; // array of lookaheads
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ANCHOR_ALT
     QArray<AnchorAlternation> aa; // array of (a, b) pairs of anchors
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     bool caretAnchored; // does the regexp start with ^?
 #endif
     bool valid; // is the regular expression valid?
     bool cs; // case sensitive?
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
     int nbrefs; // number of back-references
 #endif
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     bool useGoodStringHeuristic; // use goodStringMatch? otherwise badCharMatch
 
     int goodEarlyStart; // the index where goodStr can first occur in a match
     int goodLateStart; // the index where goodStr can last occur in a match
     QString goodStr; // the string that any match has to contain
 
     int minl; // the minimum length of a match
     QArray<int> occ1; // first-occurrence array
 #endif
 
     /*
       The class Box is an abstraction for a regular expression fragment.  It can
       also be seen as one node in the syntax tree of a regular expression with
       synthetized attributes.
 
       It's interface is ugly for performance reasons.
     */
     class Box
     {
     public:
     Box( QRegExpEngine *engine );
     Box( const Box& b ) { operator=( b ); }
 
     Box& operator=( const Box& b );
 
     void clear() { operator=(Box(eng)); }
     void set( QChar ch );
     void set( const CharClass& cc );
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
     void set( int bref );
 #endif
 
     void cat( const Box& b );
     void orx( const Box& b );
     void plus( int atom );
     void opt();
     void catAnchor( int a );
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     void setupHeuristics();
 #endif
 
 #if defined(QT_DEBUG)
     void dump() const;
 #endif
 
     private:
     void addAnchorsToEngine( const Box& to ) const;
 
     QRegExpEngine *eng; // the automaton under construction
     QArray<int> ls; // the left states (firstpos)
     QArray<int> rs; // the right states (lastpos)
     QMap<int, int> lanchors; // the left anchors
     QMap<int, int> ranchors; // the right anchors
     int skipanchors; // the anchors to match if the box is skipped
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     int earlyStart; // the index where str can first occur
     int lateStart; // the index where str can last occur
     QString str; // a string that has to occur in any match
     QString leftStr; // a string occurring at the left of this box
     QString rightStr; // a string occurring at the right of this box
     int maxl; // the maximum length of this box (possibly InftyLen)
 #endif
 
     int minl; // the minimum length of this box
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     QArray<int> occ1; // first-occurrence array
 #endif
     };
     friend class Box;
 
     /*
       This is the lexical analyzer for regular expressions.
     */
     enum { Tok_Eos, Tok_Dollar, Tok_LeftParen, Tok_MagicLeftParen,
        Tok_PosLookahead, Tok_NegLookahead, Tok_RightParen, Tok_CharClass,
        Tok_Caret, Tok_Quantifier, Tok_Bar, Tok_Word, Tok_NonWord,
        Tok_Char = 0x10000, Tok_BackRef = 0x20000 };
     int getChar();
     int getEscape();
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_INTERVAL
     int getRep( int def );
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_LOOKAHEAD
     void skipChars( int n );
 #endif
     void startTokenizer( const QChar *rx, int len );
     int getToken();
 
     const QChar *yyIn; // a pointer to the input regular expression pattern
     int yyPos0; // the position of yyTok in the input pattern
     int yyPos; // the position of the next character to read
     int yyLen; // the length of yyIn
     int yyCh; // the last character read
     CharClass *yyCharClass; // attribute for Tok_CharClass tokens
     int yyMinRep; // attribute for Tok_Quantifier
     int yyMaxRep; // ditto
     bool yyError; // syntax error or overflow during parsing?
 
     /*
       This is the syntactic analyzer for regular expressions.
     */
     int parse( const QChar *rx, int len );
     void parseAtom( Box *box );
     void parseFactor( Box *box );
     void parseTerm( Box *box );
     void parseExpression( Box *box );
 
     int yyTok; // the last token read
     bool yyMayCapture; // set this to FALSE to disable capturing
 
     /*
       This is the engine state during matching.
     */
     const QString *mmStr; // a pointer to the input QString
     const QChar *mmIn; // a pointer to the input string data
     int mmPos; // the current position in the string
     int mmLen; // the length of the input string
     bool mmMinimal; // minimal matching?
     QArray<int> mmCaptured; // an array of pairs (start, len)
     QArray<int> mmCapturedNoMatch; // an array of pairs (-1, -1)
     QArray<int> mmBigArray; // big QArray<int> array
     int *mmInNextStack; // is state is mmNextStack?
     int *mmCurStack; // stack of current states
     int *mmNextStack; // stack of next states
     int *mmCurCapBegin; // start of current states' captures
     int *mmNextCapBegin; // start of next states' captures
     int *mmCurCapEnd; // end of current states' captures
     int *mmNextCapEnd; // end of next states' captures
     int *mmTempCapBegin; // start of temporary captures
     int *mmTempCapEnd; // end of temporary captures
     int *mmCapBegin; // start of captures for a next state
     int *mmCapEnd; // end of captures for a next state
     int *mmSlideTab; // bump-along slide table for bad-character heuristic
     int mmSlideTabSize; // size of slide table
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
     QIntDict<int> mmSleeping; // dictionary of back-reference sleepers
 #endif
     int mmMatchedLen; // length of match or of matched string for partial match
 };
 
 QRegExpEngine::QRegExpEngine( const QString& rx, bool caseSensitive )
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
     : mmSleeping( 101 )
 #endif
 {
     setup( caseSensitive );
     valid = ( parse(rx.unicode(), rx.length()) == (int) rx.length() );
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
 QRegExpEngine::~QRegExpEngine()
 {
     if ( --engCount == 0 ) {
     delete noOccurrences;
     noOccurrences = 0;
     delete firstOccurrenceAtZero;
     firstOccurrenceAtZero = 0;
     }
 }
 #endif
 
 /*
   Tries to match in str and returns an array of (begin, length) pairs for
   captured text.  If there is no match, all pairs are (-1, -1).
 */
 QArray<int> QRegExpEngine::match( const QString& str, int pos, bool minimal,
                   bool oneTest )
 {
     mmStr = &str;
     mmIn = str.unicode();
     if ( mmIn == 0 )
     mmIn = &QChar::null;
     mmPos = pos;
     mmLen = str.length();
     mmMinimal = minimal;
     mmMatchedLen = 0;
 
     bool matched = FALSE;
     if ( valid && mmPos >= 0 && mmPos <= mmLen ) {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     if ( mmPos <= mmLen - minl ) {
         if ( caretAnchored || oneTest )
         matched = matchHere();
         else if ( useGoodStringHeuristic )
         matched = goodStringMatch();
         else
         matched = badCharMatch();
     }
 #else
     matched = oneTest ? matchHere() : bruteMatch();
 #endif
     }
 
     if ( matched ) {
     mmCaptured.detach();
     mmCaptured[0] = mmPos;
     mmCaptured[1] = mmMatchedLen;
     for ( int j = 0; j < realncap; j++ ) {
         int len = mmCapEnd[j] - mmCapBegin[j];
         mmCaptured[2 + 2 * j] = len > 0 ? mmPos + mmCapBegin[j] : 0;
         mmCaptured[2 + 2 * j + 1] = len;
     }
     return mmCaptured;
     } else {
     return mmCapturedNoMatch;
     }
 }
 
 /*
   The three following functions add one state to the automaton and return the
   number of the state.
 */
 
 int QRegExpEngine::createState( QChar ch )
 {
     return setupState( ch.unicode() );
 }
 
 int QRegExpEngine::createState( const CharClass& cc )
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CCLASS
     int n = cl.size();
     cl.resize( n + 1 );
     cl.insert( n, new CharClass(cc) );
     return setupState( CharClassBit | n );
 #else
     Q_UNUSED( cc );
     return setupState( CharClassBit );
 #endif
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
 int QRegExpEngine::createState( int bref )
 {
     if ( bref > nbrefs ) {
     nbrefs = bref;
     if ( nbrefs > MaxBackRefs ) {
         yyError = TRUE;
         return 0;
     }
     }
     return setupState( BackRefBit | bref );
 }
 #endif
 
 /*
   The two following functions add a transition between all pairs of states
   (i, j) where i is fond in from, and j is found in to.
 
   Cat-transitions are distinguished from plus-transitions for capturing.
 */
 
 void QRegExpEngine::addCatTransitions( const QArray<int>& from,
                        const QArray<int>& to )
 {
     for ( int i = 0; i < (int) from.size(); i++ ) {
     State *st = s[from[i]];
     mergeInto( &st->outs, to );
     }
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
 void QRegExpEngine::addPlusTransitions( const QArray<int>& from,
                     const QArray<int>& to, int atom )
 {
     for ( int i = 0; i < (int) from.size(); i++ ) {
     State *st = s[from[i]];
     QArray<int> oldOuts = st->outs.copy();
     mergeInto( &st->outs, to );
     if ( f[atom].capture >= 0 ) {
         if ( st->reenter == 0 )
         st->reenter = new QMap<int, int>;
         for ( int j = 0; j < (int) to.size(); j++ ) {
         if ( !st->reenter->contains(to[j]) &&
              oldOuts.bsearch(to[j]) < 0 )
             st->reenter->insert( to[j], atom );
         }
     }
     }
 }
 #endif
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ANCHOR_ALT
 /*
   Returns an anchor that means a OR b.
 */
 int QRegExpEngine::anchorAlternation( int a, int b )
 {
     if ( ((a & b) == a || (a & b) == b) && ((a | b) & Anchor_Alternation) == 0 )
     return a & b;
 
     int n = aa.size();
     aa.resize( n + 1 );
     aa[n].a = a;
     aa[n].b = b;
     return Anchor_Alternation | n;
 }
 
 /*
   Returns an anchor that means a AND b.
 */
 int QRegExpEngine::anchorConcatenation( int a, int b )
 {
     if ( ((a | b) & Anchor_Alternation) == 0 )
     return a | b;
     if ( (b & Anchor_Alternation) != 0 )
     qSwap( a, b );
     int aprime = anchorConcatenation( aa[a ^ Anchor_Alternation].a, b );
     int bprime = anchorConcatenation( aa[a ^ Anchor_Alternation].b, b );
     return anchorAlternation( aprime, bprime );
 }
 #endif
 
 /*
   Adds anchor a on a transition caracterised by its from state and its to state.
 */
 void QRegExpEngine::addAnchors( int from, int to, int a )
 {
     State *st = s[from];
     if ( st->anchors == 0 )
     st->anchors = new QMap<int, int>;
     if ( st->anchors->contains(to) )
     a = anchorAlternation( (*st->anchors)[to], a );
     st->anchors->insert( to, a );
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
 /*
   The two following functions provide the engine with the information needed by
   its matching heuristics.
 */
 
 void QRegExpEngine::setupGoodStringHeuristic( int earlyStart, int lateStart,
                           const QString& str )
 {
     goodEarlyStart = earlyStart;
     goodLateStart = lateStart;
     goodStr = cs ? str : str.lower();
 }
 
 void QRegExpEngine::setupBadCharHeuristic( int minLen,
                        const QArray<int>& firstOcc )
 {
     minl = minLen;
     occ1 = cs ? firstOcc : *firstOccurrenceAtZero;
 }
 
 /*
   This function chooses between the good-string and the bad-character
   heuristics.  It computes two scores and chooses the heuristic with the highest
   score.
 
   Here are some common-sense constraints on the scores that should be respected
   if the formulas are ever modified:  (1) If goodStr is empty, the good-string
   heuristic scores 0.  (2) If the search is case insensitive, the good-string
   heuristic should be used, unless it scores 0.  (Case insensitivity
   turns all entries of occ1 to 0.)  (3) If (goodLateStart - goodEarlyStart) is
   big, the good-string heuristic should score less.
 */
 void QRegExpEngine::heuristicallyChooseHeuristic()
 {
     int i;
 
     if ( minl == 0 )
     return;
 
     /*
       Magic formula:  The good string has to constitute a good proportion of the
       minimum-length string, and appear at a more-or-less known index.
     */
     int goodStringScore = ( 64 * goodStr.length() / minl ) -
               ( goodLateStart - goodEarlyStart );
 
     /*
       Less magic formula:  We pick a couple of characters at random, and check
       whether they are good or bad.
     */
     int badCharScore = 0;
     int step = QMAX( 1, NumBadChars / 32 );
     for ( i = 1; i < NumBadChars; i += step ) {
     if ( occ1[i] == NoOccurrence )
         badCharScore += minl;
     else
         badCharScore += occ1[i];
     }
     badCharScore /= minl;
 
     useGoodStringHeuristic = ( goodStringScore > badCharScore );
 }
 #endif
 
 #if defined(QT_DEBUG)
 void QRegExpEngine::dump() const
 {
     int i, j;
     odebug << "Case " << (cs ? "" : "in") << "sensitive engine" << oendl;
     odebug << "  States" << oendl;
     for ( i = 0; i < ns; i++ ) {
     odebug << "  " << i
            << (i == InitialState ? " (initial)" : i == FinalState ? " (final)" : "") << oendl;
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     odebug << "    in atom " << s[i]->atom << oendl;
 #endif
     int m = s[i]->match;
     if ( (m & CharClassBit) != 0 ) {
         odebug << "    match character class " << (m ^ CharClassBit) << oendl;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CCLASS
         cl[m ^ CharClassBit]->dump();
 #else
         odebug << "    negative character class" << oendl;
 #endif
     } else if ( (m & BackRefBit) != 0 ) {
         odebug << "    match back-reference " << (m ^ BackRefBit) << oendl;
     } else if ( m >= 0x20 && m <= 0x7e ) {
         odebug << "    match " << QString().sprintf( "0x%.4x", m) << " (" << m << ")" << oendl;
 
     } else {
         odebug << "    match " << QString().sprintf( "0x%.4x", m) << oendl;
     }
     for ( j = 0; j < (int) s[i]->outs.size(); j++ ) {
         int next = s[i]->outs[j];
         odebug << "    -> " << next << oendl;
         if ( s[i]->reenter != 0 && s[i]->reenter->contains(next) )
         odebug << "       [reenter " << (*s[i]->reenter)[next] << "]" << oendl;
         if ( s[i]->anchors != 0 && at(*s[i]->anchors, next) != 0 )
         odebug << "       [anchors " << QString().sprintf( "0x%.8x]", (*s[i]->anchors)[next] ) << oendl;
     }
     }
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     if ( nf > 0 ) {
     odebug << "  Atom    Parent  Capture" << oendl;
     for ( i = 0; i < nf; i++ )
         odebug << QString().sprintf("  %6d  %6d  %6d", i, f[i].parent, f[i].capture ) << oendl;
     }
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ANCHOR_ALT
     for ( i = 0; i < (int) aa.size(); i++ )
     odebug << QString().sprintf("  Anchor alternation 0x%.8x: 0x%.8x 0x%.9x", i, aa[i].a, aa[i].b ) << oendl;
 #endif
 }
 #endif
 
 void QRegExpEngine::setup( bool caseSensitive )
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     if ( engCount++ == 0 ) {
     noOccurrences = new QArray<int>( NumBadChars );
     firstOccurrenceAtZero = new QArray<int>( NumBadChars );
     noOccurrences->fill( NoOccurrence );
     firstOccurrenceAtZero->fill( 0 );
     }
 #endif
     s.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
     s.resize( 32 );
     ns = 0;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     f.resize( 32 );
     nf = 0;
     cf = -1;
 #endif
     realncap = 0;
     ncap = 0;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CCLASS
     cl.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_LOOKAHEAD
     ahead.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     caretAnchored = TRUE;
 #endif
     valid = FALSE;
     cs = caseSensitive;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
     nbrefs = 0;
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     useGoodStringHeuristic = FALSE;
     minl = 0;
     occ1 = *firstOccurrenceAtZero;
 #endif
     mmCapturedNoMatch.fill( -1, 2 );
 }
 
 int QRegExpEngine::setupState( int match )
 {
     if ( (ns & (ns + 1)) == 0 && ns + 1 >= (int) s.size() )
     s.resize( (ns + 1) << 1 );
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     s.insert( ns, new State(cf, match) );
 #else
     s.insert( ns, new State(match) );
 #endif
     return ns++;
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
 /*
   Functions startAtom() and finishAtom() should be called to delimit atoms.
   When a state is created, it is assigned to the current atom.  The information
   is later used for capturing.
 */
 int QRegExpEngine::startAtom( bool capture )
 {
     if ( (nf & (nf + 1)) == 0 && nf + 1 >= (int) f.size() )
     f.resize( (nf + 1) << 1 );
     f[nf].parent = cf;
     cf = nf++;
     f[cf].capture = capture ? ncap++ : -1;
     return cf;
 }
 #endif
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_LOOKAHEAD
 /*
   Creates a lookahead anchor.
 */
 int QRegExpEngine::addLookahead( QRegExpEngine *eng, bool negative )
 {
     int n = ahead.size();
     if ( n == MaxLookaheads ) {
     yyError = TRUE;
     return 0;
     }
     ahead.resize( n + 1 );
     ahead.insert( n, new Lookahead(eng, negative) );
     return Anchor_FirstLookahead << n;
 }
 #endif
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
 /*
   We want the longest leftmost captures.
 */
 bool QRegExpEngine::isBetterCapture( const int *begin1, const int *end1,
                      const int *begin2, const int *end2 )
 {
     for ( int i = 0; i < ncap; i++ ) {
     int delta = begin2[i] - begin1[i]; // it has to start early...
     if ( delta == 0 )
         delta = end1[i] - end2[i]; // ...and end late (like a party)
 
     if ( delta != 0 )
         return delta > 0;
     }
     return FALSE;
 }
 #endif
 
 /*
   Returns TRUE if anchor a matches at position mmPos + i in the input string,
   otherwise FALSE.
 */
 bool QRegExpEngine::testAnchor( int i, int a, const int *capBegin )
 {
     int j;
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ANCHOR_ALT
     if ( (a & Anchor_Alternation) != 0 ) {
     return testAnchor( i, aa[a ^ Anchor_Alternation].a, capBegin ) ||
            testAnchor( i, aa[a ^ Anchor_Alternation].b, capBegin );
     }
 #endif
 
     if ( (a & Anchor_Caret) != 0 ) {
     if ( mmPos + i != 0 )
         return FALSE;
     }
     if ( (a & Anchor_Dollar) != 0 ) {
     if ( mmPos + i != mmLen )
         return FALSE;
     }
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ESCAPE
     if ( (a & (Anchor_Word | Anchor_NonWord)) != 0 ) {
     bool before = FALSE, after = FALSE;
     if ( mmPos + i != 0 )
         before = mmIn[mmPos + i - 1].isLetterOrNumber();
     if ( mmPos + i != mmLen )
         after = mmIn[mmPos + i].isLetterOrNumber();
     if ( (a & Anchor_Word) != 0 && (before == after) )
         return FALSE;
     if ( (a & Anchor_NonWord) != 0 && (before != after) )
         return FALSE;
     }
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_LOOKAHEAD
     bool catchx = TRUE;
 
     if ( (a & Anchor_LookaheadMask) != 0 ) {
     QConstString cstr = QConstString( (QChar *) mmIn + mmPos + i,
                        mmLen - mmPos - i );
     for ( j = 0; j < (int) ahead.size(); j++ ) {
         if ( (a & (Anchor_FirstLookahead << j)) != 0 ) {
         catchx = ( ahead[j]->eng->match(cstr.string(), 0, TRUE,
                         TRUE)[0] == 0 );
         if ( catchx == ahead[j]->neg )
             return FALSE;
         }
     }
     }
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
     for ( j = 0; j < nbrefs; j++ ) {
     if ( (a & (Anchor_BackRef1Empty << j)) != 0 ) {
         if ( capBegin[j] != EmptyCapture )
         return FALSE;
     }
     }
 #endif
 #endif
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
 /*
   The three following functions are what Jeffrey Friedl would call transmissions
   (or bump-alongs).  Using one or the other should make no difference, except
   in performance.
 */
 
 bool QRegExpEngine::goodStringMatch()
 {
     int k = mmPos + goodEarlyStart;
 
     while ( (k = mmStr->find(goodStr, k, cs)) != -1 ) {
     int from = k - goodLateStart;
     int to = k - goodEarlyStart;
     if ( from > mmPos )
         mmPos = from;
 
     while ( mmPos <= to ) {
         if ( matchHere() )
         return TRUE;
         mmPos++;
     }
     k++;
     }
     return FALSE;
 }
 
 bool QRegExpEngine::badCharMatch()
 {
     int slideHead = 0;
     int slideNext = 0;
     int i;
     int lastPos = mmLen - minl;
     memset( mmSlideTab, 0, mmSlideTabSize * sizeof(int) );
 
     /*
       Set up the slide table, used for the bad-character heuristic, using
       the table of first occurrence of each character.
     */
     for ( i = 0; i < minl; i++ ) {
     int sk = occ1[BadChar(mmIn[mmPos + i])];
     if ( sk == NoOccurrence )
         sk = i + 1;
     if ( sk > 0 ) {
         int k = i + 1 - sk;
         if ( k < 0 ) {
         sk = i + 1;
         k = 0;
         }
         if ( sk > mmSlideTab[k] )
         mmSlideTab[k] = sk;
     }
     }
 
     if ( mmPos > lastPos )
     return FALSE;
 
     while ( TRUE ) {
     if ( ++slideNext >= mmSlideTabSize )
         slideNext = 0;
     if ( mmSlideTab[slideHead] > 0 ) {
         if ( mmSlideTab[slideHead] - 1 > mmSlideTab[slideNext] )
         mmSlideTab[slideNext] = mmSlideTab[slideHead] - 1;
         mmSlideTab[slideHead] = 0;
     } else {
         if ( matchHere() )
         return TRUE;
     }
 
     if ( mmPos == lastPos )
         break;
 
     /*
       Update the slide table.  This code has much in common with the
       initialization code.
     */
     int sk = occ1[BadChar(mmIn[mmPos + minl])];
     if ( sk == NoOccurrence ) {
         mmSlideTab[slideNext] = minl;
     } else if ( sk > 0 ) {
         int k = slideNext + minl - sk;
         if ( k >= mmSlideTabSize )
         k -= mmSlideTabSize;
         if ( sk > mmSlideTab[k] )
         mmSlideTab[k] = sk;
     }
     slideHead = slideNext;
     mmPos++;
     }
     return FALSE;
 }
 #else
 bool QRegExpEngine::bruteMatch()
 {
     while ( mmPos <= mmLen ) {
     if ( matchHere() )
         return TRUE;
     mmPos++;
     }
     return FALSE;
 }
 #endif
 
 /*
   Here's the core of the engine.  It tries to do a match here and now.
 */
 bool QRegExpEngine::matchHere()
 {
     int ncur = 1, nnext = 0;
     int i = 0, j, k, m;
     bool match = FALSE;
 
     mmMatchedLen = -1;
     mmCurStack[0] = InitialState;
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     if ( ncap > 0 ) {
     for ( j = 0; j < ncap; j++ ) {
         mmCurCapBegin[j] = EmptyCapture;
         mmCurCapEnd[j] = EmptyCapture;
     }
     }
 #endif
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
     int *zzZ = 0;
 
     while ( (ncur > 0 || mmSleeping.count() > 0) && i <= mmLen - mmPos &&
         !match )
 #else
     while ( ncur > 0 && i <= mmLen - mmPos && !match )
 #endif
     {
     int ch = ( i < mmLen - mmPos ) ? mmIn[mmPos + i].unicode() : 0;
     for ( j = 0; j < ncur; j++ ) {
         int cur = mmCurStack[j];
         State *scur = s[cur];
         QArray<int>& outs = scur->outs;
         for ( k = 0; k < (int) outs.size(); k++ ) {
         int next = outs[k];
         State *snext = s[next];
         bool in = TRUE;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
         int needSomeSleep = 0;
 #endif
 
         /*
           First, check if the anchors are anchored properly.
         */
         if ( scur->anchors != 0 ) {
             int a = at( *scur->anchors, next );
             if ( a != 0 && !testAnchor(i, a, mmCurCapBegin + j * ncap) )
             in = FALSE;
         }
         /*
           If indeed they are, check if the input character is correct
           for this transition.
         */
         if ( in ) {
             m = snext->match;
             if ( (m & (CharClassBit | BackRefBit)) == 0 ) {
             if ( cs )
                 in = ( m == ch );
             else
                 in = ( QChar(m).lower() == QChar(ch).lower() );
             } else if ( next == FinalState ) {
             mmMatchedLen = i;
             match = mmMinimal;
             in = TRUE;
             } else if ( (m & CharClassBit) != 0 ) {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CCLASS
             const CharClass *cc = cl[m ^ CharClassBit];
             if ( cs )
                 in = cc->in( ch );
             else if ( cc->negative() )
                 in = cc->in( QChar(ch).lower() ) &&
                  cc->in( QChar(ch).upper() );
             else
                 in = cc->in( QChar(ch).lower() ) ||
                  cc->in( QChar(ch).upper() );
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
             } else { /* ( (m & BackRefBit) != 0 ) */
             int bref = m ^ BackRefBit;
             int ell = j * ncap + ( bref - 1 );
 
             in = bref <= ncap && mmCurCapBegin[ell] != EmptyCapture;
             if ( in ) {
                 if ( cs )
                 in = ( mmIn[mmPos + mmCurCapBegin[ell]]
                        == QChar(ch) );
                 else
                 in = ( mmIn[mmPos + mmCurCapBegin[ell]].lower()
                        == QChar(ch).lower() );
             }
 
             if ( in ) {
                 int delta;
                 if ( mmCurCapEnd[ell] == EmptyCapture )
                 delta = i - mmCurCapBegin[ell];
                 else
                 delta = mmCurCapEnd[ell] - mmCurCapBegin[ell];
 
                 in = ( delta <= mmLen - mmPos );
                 if ( in && delta > 1 ) {
                 int n;
                 if ( cs ) {
                     for ( n = 1; n < delta; n++ ) {
                     if ( mmIn[mmPos +
                           mmCurCapBegin[ell] + n] !=
                          mmIn[mmPos + i + n] )
                         break;
                     }
                 } else {
                     for ( n = 1; n < delta; n++ ) {
                     QChar a = mmIn[mmPos +
                                mmCurCapBegin[ell] + n];
                     QChar b = mmIn[mmPos + i + n];
                     if ( a.lower() != b.lower() )
                         break;
                     }
                 }
                 in = ( n == delta );
                 if ( in )
                     needSomeSleep = delta - 1;
                 }
             }
 #endif
             }
         }
 
         /*
           All is right.  We must now update our data structures.
         */
         if ( in ) {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
             int *capBegin, *capEnd;
 #endif
             /*
               If the next state was not encountered yet, all is fine.
             */
             if ( (m = mmInNextStack[next]) == -1 ) {
             m = nnext++;
             mmNextStack[m] = next;
             mmInNextStack[next] = m;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
             capBegin = mmNextCapBegin + m * ncap;
             capEnd = mmNextCapEnd + m * ncap;
 
             /*
               Otherwise, we'll first maintain captures in temporary
               arrays, and decide at the end whether it's best to keep
               the previous capture zones or the new ones.
             */
             } else {
             capBegin = mmTempCapBegin;
             capEnd = mmTempCapEnd;
 #endif
             }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
             /*
               Updating the capture zones is much of a task.
             */
             if ( ncap > 0 ) {
             memcpy( capBegin, mmCurCapBegin + j * ncap,
                 ncap * sizeof(int) );
             memcpy( capEnd, mmCurCapEnd + j * ncap,
                 ncap * sizeof(int) );
             int c = scur->atom, n = snext->atom;
             int p = -1, q = -1;
             int cap;
 
             /*
               Lemma 1.  For any x in the range [0..nf), we have
               f[x].parent < x.
 
               Proof.  By looking at startAtom(), it is clear that
               cf < nf holds all the time, and thus that
               f[nf].parent < nf.
             */
 
             /*
               If we are reentering an atom, we empty all capture
               zones inside it.
             */
             if ( scur->reenter != 0 &&
                  (q = at(*scur->reenter, next)) != 0 ) {
                 QBitArray b;
                 b.fill( FALSE, nf );
                 b.setBit( q, TRUE );
                 for ( int ell = q + 1; ell < nf; ell++ ) {
                 if ( b.testBit(f[ell].parent) ) {
                     b.setBit( ell, TRUE );
                     cap = f[ell].capture;
                     if ( cap >= 0 ) {
                     capBegin[cap] = EmptyCapture;
                     capEnd[cap] = EmptyCapture;
                     }
                 }
                 }
                 p = f[q].parent;
 
             /*
               Otherwise, close the capture zones we are leaving.
               We are leaving f[c].capture, f[f[c].parent].capture,
               f[f[f[c].parent].parent].capture, ..., until
               f[x].capture, with x such that f[x].parent is the
               youngest common ancestor for c and n.
 
               We go up along c's and n's ancestry until we find x.
             */
             } else {
                 p = c;
                 q = n;
                 while ( p != q ) {
                 if ( p > q ) {
                     cap = f[p].capture;
                     if ( cap >= 0 ) {
                     if ( capBegin[cap] == i ) {
                         capBegin[cap] = EmptyCapture;
                         capEnd[cap] = EmptyCapture;
                     } else {
                         capEnd[cap] = i;
                     }
                     }
                     p = f[p].parent;
                 } else {
                     q = f[q].parent;
                 }
                 }
             }
 
             /*
               In any case, we now open the capture zones we are
               entering.  We work upwards from n until we reach p
               (the parent of the atom we reenter or the youngest
               common ancestor).
             */
             while ( n > p ) {
                 cap = f[n].capture;
                 if ( cap >= 0 ) {
                 capBegin[cap] = i;
                 capEnd[cap] = EmptyCapture;
                 }
                 n = f[n].parent;
             }
             /*
               If the next state was already in mmNextStack, we must
               choose carefully which capture zones we want to keep.
             */
             if ( capBegin == mmTempCapBegin &&
                  isBetterCapture(capBegin, capEnd,
                          mmNextCapBegin + m * ncap,
                          mmNextCapEnd + m * ncap) ) {
                 memcpy( mmNextCapBegin + m * ncap, capBegin,
                     ncap * sizeof(int) );
                 memcpy( mmNextCapEnd + m * ncap, capEnd,
                     ncap * sizeof(int) );
             }
             }
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
             /*
               We are done with updating the capture zones.  It's now
               time to put the next state to sleep, if it needs to, and
               to remove it from mmNextStack.
             */
             if ( needSomeSleep > 0 ) {
             zzZ = new int[1 + 2 * ncap];
             zzZ[0] = next;
             if ( ncap > 0 ) {
                 memcpy( zzZ + 1, capBegin, ncap * sizeof(int) );
                 memcpy( zzZ + 1 + ncap, capEnd,
                     ncap * sizeof(int) );
             }
             mmInNextStack[mmNextStack[--nnext]] = -1;
             mmSleeping.insert( i + needSomeSleep, zzZ );
             }
 #endif
 #endif
         }
         }
     }
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     /*
       If we reached the final state, hurray!  Copy the captured zone.
     */
     if ( ncap > 0 && (m = mmInNextStack[FinalState]) != -1 ) {
         memcpy( mmCapBegin, mmNextCapBegin + m * ncap, ncap * sizeof(int) );
         memcpy( mmCapEnd, mmNextCapEnd + m * ncap, ncap * sizeof(int) );
     }
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
     /*
       It's time to wake up the sleepers.
     */
     if ( mmSleeping.count() > 0 ) {
         while ( (zzZ = mmSleeping.take(i)) != 0 ) {
         int next = zzZ[0];
         int *capBegin = zzZ + 1;
         int *capEnd = zzZ + 1 + ncap;
         bool copyOver = TRUE;
 
         if ( (m = mmInNextStack[zzZ[0]]) == -1 ) {
             m = nnext++;
             mmNextStack[m] = next;
             mmInNextStack[next] = m;
         } else {
             copyOver = isBetterCapture( mmNextCapBegin + m * ncap,
                         mmNextCapEnd + m * ncap,
                         capBegin, capEnd );
         }
         if ( copyOver ) {
             memcpy( mmNextCapBegin + m * ncap, capBegin,
                 ncap * sizeof(int) );
             memcpy( mmNextCapEnd + m * ncap, capEnd,
                 ncap * sizeof(int) );
         }
         delete[] zzZ;
         }
     }
 #endif
 #endif
     for ( j = 0; j < nnext; j++ )
         mmInNextStack[mmNextStack[j]] = -1;
 
     qSwap( mmCurStack, mmNextStack );
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     qSwap( mmCurCapBegin, mmNextCapBegin );
     qSwap( mmCurCapEnd, mmNextCapEnd );
 #endif
     ncur = nnext;
     nnext = 0;
     i++;
     }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
     /*
       If minimal matching is enabled, we might have some sleepers left.
     */
     while ( !mmSleeping.isEmpty() ) {
     zzZ = mmSleeping.take( *QIntDictIterator<int>(mmSleeping) );
     delete[] zzZ;
     }
 #endif
 
     match = ( mmMatchedLen >= 0 );
     if ( !match )
     mmMatchedLen = i - 1;
     return match;
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CCLASS
 
 QRegExpEngine::CharClass::CharClass()
     : c( 0 ), n( FALSE )
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
       , occ1( *noOccurrences )
 #endif
 {
 }
 
 QRegExpEngine::CharClass& QRegExpEngine::CharClass::operator=(
     const CharClass& cc )
 {
     c = cc.c;
     r = cc.r.copy();
     n = cc.n;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     occ1 = cc.occ1;
 #endif
     return *this;
 }
 
 void QRegExpEngine::CharClass::clear()
 {
     c = 0;
     r.resize( 0 );
     n = FALSE;
 }
 
 void QRegExpEngine::CharClass::setNegative( bool negative )
 {
     n = negative;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     occ1 = *firstOccurrenceAtZero;
 #endif
 }
 
 void QRegExpEngine::CharClass::addCategories( int cats )
 {
     c |= cats;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     occ1 = *firstOccurrenceAtZero;
 #endif
 }
 
 void QRegExpEngine::CharClass::addRange( ushort from, ushort to )
 {
     if ( from > to )
     qSwap( from, to );
     int n = r.size();
     r.resize( n + 1 );
     r[n].from = from;
     r[n].to = to;
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     int i;
 
     if ( to - from < NumBadChars ) {
     occ1.detach();
     if ( from % NumBadChars <= to % NumBadChars ) {
         for ( i = from % NumBadChars; i <= to % NumBadChars; i++ )
         occ1[i] = 0;
     } else {
         for ( i = 0; i <= to % NumBadChars; i++ )
         occ1[i] = 0;
         for ( i = from % NumBadChars; i < NumBadChars; i++ )
         occ1[i] = 0;
     }
     } else {
     occ1 = *firstOccurrenceAtZero;
     }
 #endif
 }
 
 bool QRegExpEngine::CharClass::in( QChar ch ) const
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     if ( occ1[BadChar(ch)] == NoOccurrence )
     return n;
 #endif
 
     if ( c != 0 && (c & (1 << (int) ch.category())) != 0 )
     return !n;
     for ( int i = 0; i < (int) r.size(); i++ ) {
     if ( ch.unicode() >= r[i].from && ch.unicode() <= r[i].to )
         return !n;
     }
     return n;
 }
 
 #if defined(QT_DEBUG)
 void QRegExpEngine::CharClass::dump() const
 {
     int i;
     odebug << "    " << (n ? "nega" : "posi") << "tive character class" << oendl;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CCLASS
     if ( c != 0 )
     odebug << QString().sprintf("      categories 0x%.8x", c ) << oendl;
 #endif
     for ( i = 0; i < (int) r.size(); i++ )
     odebug << QString().sprintf("      0x%.4x through 0x%.4x", r[i].from, r[i].to ) << oendl;
 }
 #endif
 #endif
 
 QRegExpEngine::Box::Box( QRegExpEngine *engine )
     : eng( engine ), skipanchors( 0 )
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
       , earlyStart( 0 ), lateStart( 0 ), maxl( 0 ), occ1( *noOccurrences )
 #endif
 {
     minl = 0;
 }
 
 QRegExpEngine::Box& QRegExpEngine::Box::operator=( const Box& b )
 {
     eng = b.eng;
     ls = b.ls;
     rs = b.rs;
     lanchors = b.lanchors;
     ranchors = b.ranchors;
     skipanchors = b.skipanchors;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     earlyStart = b.earlyStart;
     lateStart = b.lateStart;
     str = b.str;
     leftStr = b.leftStr;
     rightStr = b.rightStr;
     maxl = b.maxl;
     occ1 = b.occ1;
 #endif
     minl = b.minl;
     return *this;
 }
 
 void QRegExpEngine::Box::set( QChar ch )
 {
     ls.resize( 1 );
     ls[0] = eng->createState( ch );
     rs = ls;
     rs.detach();
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     str = ch;
     leftStr = ch;
     rightStr = ch;
     maxl = 1;
     occ1.detach();
     occ1[BadChar(ch)] = 0;
 #endif
     minl = 1;
 }
 
 void QRegExpEngine::Box::set( const CharClass& cc )
 {
     ls.resize( 1 );
     ls[0] = eng->createState( cc );
     rs = ls;
     rs.detach();
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     maxl = 1;
     occ1 = cc.firstOccurrence();
 #endif
     minl = 1;
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
 void QRegExpEngine::Box::set( int bref )
 {
     ls.resize( 1 );
     ls[0] = eng->createState( bref );
     rs = ls;
     rs.detach();
     if ( bref >= 1 && bref <= MaxBackRefs )
     skipanchors = Anchor_BackRef0Empty << bref;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     maxl = InftyLen;
 #endif
     minl = 0;
 }
 #endif
 
 void QRegExpEngine::Box::cat( const Box& b )
 {
     eng->addCatTransitions( rs, b.ls );
     addAnchorsToEngine( b );
     if ( minl == 0 ) {
     mergeInto( &lanchors, b.lanchors );
     if ( skipanchors != 0 ) {
         for ( int i = 0; i < (int) b.ls.size(); i++ ) {
         int a = eng->anchorConcatenation( at(lanchors, b.ls[i]),
                           skipanchors );
         lanchors.insert( b.ls[i], a );
         }
     }
     mergeInto( &ls, b.ls );
     }
     if ( b.minl == 0 ) {
     mergeInto( &ranchors, b.ranchors );
     if ( b.skipanchors != 0 ) {
         for ( int i = 0; i < (int) rs.size(); i++ ) {
         int a = eng->anchorConcatenation( at(ranchors, rs[i]),
                           b.skipanchors );
         ranchors.insert( rs[i], a );
         }
     }
     mergeInto( &rs, b.rs );
     } else {
     ranchors = b.ranchors;
     rs = b.rs;
     }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     if ( maxl != InftyLen ) {
     if ( rightStr.length() + b.leftStr.length() >
          QMAX(str.length(), b.str.length()) ) {
         earlyStart = minl - rightStr.length();
         lateStart = maxl - rightStr.length();
         str = rightStr + b.leftStr;
     } else if ( b.str.length() > str.length() ) {
         earlyStart = minl + b.earlyStart;
         lateStart = maxl + b.lateStart;
         str = b.str;
     }
     }
 
     if ( (int) leftStr.length() == maxl )
     leftStr += b.leftStr;
     if ( (int) b.rightStr.length() == b.maxl )
     rightStr += b.rightStr;
     else
     rightStr = b.rightStr;
 
     if ( maxl == InftyLen || b.maxl == InftyLen )
     maxl = InftyLen;
     else
     maxl += b.maxl;
 
     occ1.detach();
     for ( int i = 0; i < NumBadChars; i++ ) {
     if ( b.occ1[i] != NoOccurrence && minl + b.occ1[i] < occ1[i] )
         occ1[i] = minl + b.occ1[i];
     }
 #endif
 
     minl += b.minl;
     if ( minl == 0 )
     skipanchors = eng->anchorConcatenation( skipanchors, b.skipanchors );
     else
     skipanchors = 0;
 }
 
 void QRegExpEngine::Box::orx( const Box& b )
 {
     mergeInto( &ls, b.ls );
     mergeInto( &lanchors, b.lanchors );
     mergeInto( &rs, b.rs );
     mergeInto( &ranchors, b.ranchors );
     skipanchors = eng->anchorAlternation( skipanchors, b.skipanchors );
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     occ1.detach();
     for ( int i = 0; i < NumBadChars; i++ ) {
     if ( occ1[i] > b.occ1[i] )
         occ1[i] = b.occ1[i];
     }
     earlyStart = 0;
     lateStart = 0;
     str = QString::null;
     leftStr = QString::null;
     rightStr = QString::null;
     if ( b.maxl > maxl )
     maxl = b.maxl;
 #endif
     if ( b.minl < minl )
     minl = b.minl;
 }
 
 void QRegExpEngine::Box::plus( int atom )
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     eng->addPlusTransitions( rs, ls, atom );
 #else
     Q_UNUSED( atom );
     eng->addCatTransitions( rs, ls );
 #endif
     addAnchorsToEngine( *this );
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     maxl = InftyLen;
 #endif
 }
 
 void QRegExpEngine::Box::opt()
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     earlyStart = 0;
     lateStart = 0;
     str = QString::null;
     leftStr = QString::null;
     rightStr = QString::null;
 #endif
     skipanchors = 0;
     minl = 0;
 }
 
 void QRegExpEngine::Box::catAnchor( int a )
 {
     if ( a != 0 ) {
     for ( int i = 0; i < (int) rs.size(); i++ ) {
         a = eng->anchorConcatenation( at(ranchors, rs[i]), a );
         ranchors.insert( rs[i], a );
     }
     if ( minl == 0 )
         skipanchors = eng->anchorConcatenation( skipanchors, a );
     }
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
 void QRegExpEngine::Box::setupHeuristics()
 {
     eng->setupGoodStringHeuristic( earlyStart, lateStart, str );
 
     /*
       A regular expression such as 112|1 has occ1['2'] = 2 and minl = 1 at this
       point.  An entry of occ1 has to be at most minl or infinity for the rest
       of the algorithm to go well.
 
       We waited until here before normalizing these cases (instead of doing it
       in Box::orx()) because sometimes things improve by themselves; consider
       (112|1)34.
     */
     for ( int i = 0; i < NumBadChars; i++ ) {
     if ( occ1[i] != NoOccurrence && occ1[i] >= minl )
         occ1[i] = minl;
     }
     eng->setupBadCharHeuristic( minl, occ1 );
 
     eng->heuristicallyChooseHeuristic();
 }
 #endif
 
 #if defined(QT_DEBUG)
 void QRegExpEngine::Box::dump() const
 {
     int i;
     odebug << "Box of at least " << minl << " character" << (minl == 1 ? "" : "s") << oendl;
     odebug << "  Left states:" << oendl;
     for ( i = 0; i < (int) ls.size(); i++ ) {
     if ( at(lanchors, ls[i]) == 0 )
         odebug << "    " << ls[i] << oendl;
     else
         odebug << "    " << ls[i] << QString().sprintf(" [anchors 0x%.8x]", lanchors[ls[i]]) << oendl;
     }
     odebug << "  Right states:" << oendl;
     for ( i = 0; i < (int) rs.size(); i++ ) {
     if ( at(ranchors, ls[i]) == 0 )
         odebug << "    " << rs[i] << oendl;
     else
         odebug << "    " << rs[i] << QString().sprintf(" [anchors 0x%.8x]", ranchors[rs[i]]) << oendl;
     }
     odebug << QString().sprintf("  Skip anchors: 0x%.8x", skipanchors) << oendl;
 }
 #endif
 
 void QRegExpEngine::Box::addAnchorsToEngine( const Box& to ) const
 {
     for ( int i = 0; i < (int) to.ls.size(); i++ ) {
     for ( int j = 0; j < (int) rs.size(); j++ ) {
         int a = eng->anchorConcatenation( at(ranchors, rs[j]),
                           at(to.lanchors, to.ls[i]) );
         eng->addAnchors( rs[j], to.ls[i], a );
     }
     }
 }
 
 int QRegExpEngine::getChar()
 {
     return ( yyPos == yyLen ) ? EOS : yyIn[yyPos++].unicode();
 }
 
 int QRegExpEngine::getEscape()
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ESCAPE
     const char tab[] = "afnrtv"; // no b, as \b means word boundary
     const char backTab[] = "\a\f\n\r\t\v";
     ushort low;
     int i;
 #endif
     ushort val;
     int prevCh = yyCh;
 
     if ( prevCh == EOS ) {
     yyError = TRUE;
     return Tok_Char | '\\';
     }
     yyCh = getChar();
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ESCAPE
     if ( (prevCh & ~0xff) == 0 ) {
     const char *p = strchr( tab, prevCh );
     if ( p != 0 )
         return Tok_Char | backTab[p - tab];
     }
 #endif
 
     switch ( prevCh ) {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ESCAPE
     case '0':
     val = 0;
     for ( i = 0; i < 3; i++ ) {
         if ( yyCh >= '0' && yyCh <= '7' )
         val = ( val << 3 ) | ( yyCh - '0' );
         else
         break;
         yyCh = getChar();
     }
     if ( (val & ~0377) != 0 )
         yyError = TRUE;
     return Tok_Char | val;
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ESCAPE
     case 'B':
     return Tok_NonWord;
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CCLASS
     case 'D':
     // see QChar::isDigit()
     yyCharClass->addCategories( 0x7fffffef );
     return Tok_CharClass;
     case 'S':
     // see QChar::isSpace()
     yyCharClass->addCategories( 0x7ffff87f );
     yyCharClass->addRange( 0x0000, 0x0008 );
     yyCharClass->addRange( 0x000e, 0x001f );
     yyCharClass->addRange( 0x007f, 0x009f );
     return Tok_CharClass;
     case 'W':
     // see QChar::isLetterOrNumber()
     yyCharClass->addCategories( 0x7ff07f8f );
     return Tok_CharClass;
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ESCAPE
     case 'b':
     return Tok_Word;
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CCLASS
     case 'd':
     // see QChar::isDigit()
     yyCharClass->addCategories( 0x00000010 );
     return Tok_CharClass;
     case 's':
     // see QChar::isSpace()
     yyCharClass->addCategories( 0x00000380 );
     yyCharClass->addRange( 0x0009, 0x000d );
     return Tok_CharClass;
     case 'w':
     // see QChar::isLetterOrNumber()
     yyCharClass->addCategories( 0x000f8070 );
     return Tok_CharClass;
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ESCAPE
     case 'x':
     val = 0;
     for ( i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) {
         low = QChar( yyCh ).lower();
         if ( low >= '0' && low <= '9' )
         val = ( val << 4 ) | ( low - '0' );
         else if ( low >= 'a' && low <= 'f' )
         val = ( val << 4 ) | ( low - 'a' + 10 );
         else
         break;
         yyCh = getChar();
     }
     return Tok_Char | val;
 #endif
     default:
     if ( prevCh >= '1' && prevCh <= '9' ) {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
         val = prevCh - '0';
         while ( yyCh >= '0' && yyCh <= '9' ) {
         val = ( val *= 10 ) | ( yyCh - '0' );
         yyCh = getChar();
         }
         return Tok_BackRef | val;
 #else
         yyError = TRUE;
 #endif
     }
     return Tok_Char | prevCh;
     }
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_INTERVAL
 int QRegExpEngine::getRep( int def )
 {
     if ( yyCh >= '0' && yyCh <= '9' ) {
     int rep = 0;
     do {
         rep = 10 * rep + yyCh - '0';
         if ( rep >= InftyRep ) {
         yyError = TRUE;
         rep = def;
         }
         yyCh = getChar();
     } while ( yyCh >= '0' && yyCh <= '9' );
     return rep;
     } else {
     return def;
     }
 }
 #endif
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_LOOKAHEAD
 void QRegExpEngine::skipChars( int n )
 {
     if ( n > 0 ) {
     yyPos += n - 1;
     yyCh = getChar();
     }
 }
 #endif
 
 void QRegExpEngine::startTokenizer( const QChar *rx, int len )
 {
     yyIn = rx;
     yyPos0 = 0;
     yyPos = 0;
     yyLen = len;
     yyCh = getChar();
     yyCharClass = new CharClass;
     yyMinRep = 0;
     yyMaxRep = 0;
     yyError = FALSE;
 }
 
 int QRegExpEngine::getToken()
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CCLASS
     ushort pendingCh = 0;
     bool charPending;
     bool rangePending;
     int tok;
 #endif
     int prevCh = yyCh;
 
     yyPos0 = yyPos - 1;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CCLASS
     yyCharClass->clear();
 #endif
     yyMinRep = 0;
     yyMaxRep = 0;
     yyCh = getChar();
     switch ( prevCh ) {
     case EOS:
     yyPos0 = yyPos;
     return Tok_Eos;
     case '$':
     return Tok_Dollar;
     case '(':
     if ( yyCh == '?' ) {
         prevCh = getChar();
         yyCh = getChar();
         switch ( prevCh ) {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_LOOKAHEAD
         case '!':
         return Tok_NegLookahead;
         case '=':
         return Tok_PosLookahead;
 #endif
         case ':':
         return Tok_MagicLeftParen;
         default:
         yyError = TRUE;
         return Tok_MagicLeftParen;
         }
     } else {
         return Tok_LeftParen;
     }
     case ')':
     return Tok_RightParen;
     case '*':
     yyMinRep = 0;
     yyMaxRep = InftyRep;
     return Tok_Quantifier;
     case '+':
     yyMinRep = 1;
     yyMaxRep = InftyRep;
     return Tok_Quantifier;
     case '.':
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CCLASS
     yyCharClass->setNegative( TRUE );
 #endif
     return Tok_CharClass;
     case '?':
     yyMinRep = 0;
     yyMaxRep = 1;
     return Tok_Quantifier;
     case '[':
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CCLASS
     if ( yyCh == '^' ) {
         yyCharClass->setNegative( TRUE );
         yyCh = getChar();
     }
     charPending = FALSE;
     rangePending = FALSE;
     do {
         if ( yyCh == '-' && charPending && !rangePending ) {
         rangePending = TRUE;
         yyCh = getChar();
         } else {
         if ( charPending && !rangePending ) {
             yyCharClass->addSingleton( pendingCh );
             charPending = FALSE;
         }
         if ( yyCh == '\\' ) {
             yyCh = getChar();
             tok = getEscape();
             if ( tok == Tok_Word )
             tok = '\b';
         } else {
             tok = Tok_Char | yyCh;
             yyCh = getChar();
         }
         if ( tok == Tok_CharClass ) {
             if ( rangePending ) {
             yyCharClass->addSingleton( '-' );
             yyCharClass->addSingleton( pendingCh );
             charPending = FALSE;
             rangePending = FALSE;
             }
         } else if ( (tok & Tok_Char) != 0 ) {
             if ( rangePending ) {
             yyCharClass->addRange( pendingCh, tok ^ Tok_Char );
             charPending = FALSE;
             rangePending = FALSE;
             } else {
             pendingCh = tok ^ Tok_Char;
             charPending = TRUE;
             }
         } else {
             yyError = TRUE;
         }
         }
     }  while ( yyCh != ']' && yyCh != EOS );
     if ( rangePending )
         yyCharClass->addSingleton( '-' );
     if ( charPending )
         yyCharClass->addSingleton( pendingCh );
     if ( yyCh == EOS )
         yyError = TRUE;
     else
         yyCh = getChar();
     return Tok_CharClass;
 #else
     yyError = TRUE;
     return Tok_Char | '[';
 #endif
     case '\\':
     return getEscape();
     case ']':
     yyError = TRUE;
     return Tok_Char | ']';
     case '^':
     return Tok_Caret;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_INTERVAL
     case '{':
     yyMinRep = getRep( 0 );
     yyMaxRep = yyMinRep;
     if ( yyCh == ',' ) {
         yyCh = getChar();
         yyMaxRep = getRep( InftyRep );
     }
     if ( yyMaxRep < yyMinRep )
         qSwap( yyMinRep, yyMaxRep );
     if ( yyCh != '}' )
         yyError = TRUE;
     yyCh = getChar();
     return Tok_Quantifier;
 #else
     yyError = TRUE;
     return Tok_Char | '{';
 #endif
     case '|':
     return Tok_Bar;
     case '}':
     yyError = TRUE;
     return Tok_Char | '}';
     default:
     return Tok_Char | prevCh;
     }
 }
 
 int QRegExpEngine::parse( const QChar *pattern, int len )
 {
     valid = TRUE;
     startTokenizer( pattern, len );
     yyTok = getToken();
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     yyMayCapture = TRUE;
 #else
     yyMayCapture = FALSE;
 #endif
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     int atom = startAtom( FALSE );
 #endif
     CharClass anything;
     Box box( this ); // create InitialState
     box.set( anything );
     Box rightBox( this ); // create FinalState
     rightBox.set( anything );
 
     Box middleBox( this );
     parseExpression( &middleBox );
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     finishAtom( atom );
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     middleBox.setupHeuristics();
 #endif
     box.cat( middleBox );
     box.cat( rightBox );
     delete yyCharClass;
     yyCharClass = 0;
 
     realncap = ncap;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
     if ( nbrefs > ncap )
     ncap = nbrefs;
 #endif
 
     mmCaptured.resize( 2 + 2 * realncap );
     mmCapturedNoMatch.fill( -1, 2 + 2 * realncap );
 
     /*
       We use one QArray<int> for all the big data used a lot in matchHere() and
       friends.
     */
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     mmSlideTabSize = QMAX( minl + 1, 16 );
 #else
     mmSlideTabSize = 0;
 #endif
     mmBigArray.resize( (3 + 4 * ncap) * ns + 4 * ncap + mmSlideTabSize );
 
     mmInNextStack = mmBigArray.data();
     memset( mmInNextStack, -1, ns * sizeof(int) );
     mmCurStack = mmInNextStack + ns;
     mmNextStack = mmInNextStack + 2 * ns;
 
     mmCurCapBegin = mmInNextStack + 3 * ns;
     mmNextCapBegin = mmCurCapBegin + ncap * ns;
     mmCurCapEnd = mmCurCapBegin + 2 * ncap * ns;
     mmNextCapEnd = mmCurCapBegin + 3 * ncap * ns;
 
     mmTempCapBegin = mmCurCapBegin + 4 * ncap * ns;
     mmTempCapEnd = mmTempCapBegin + ncap;
     mmCapBegin = mmTempCapBegin + 2 * ncap;
     mmCapEnd = mmTempCapBegin + 3 * ncap;
 
     mmSlideTab = mmTempCapBegin + 4 * ncap;
 
     if ( yyError )
     return -1;
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     State *sinit = s[InitialState];
     caretAnchored = ( sinit->anchors != 0 );
     if ( caretAnchored ) {
     QMap<int, int>& anchors = *sinit->anchors;
     QMap<int, int>::ConstIterator a;
     for ( a = anchors.begin(); a != anchors.end(); ++a ) {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ANCHOR_ALT
         if ( (*a & Anchor_Alternation) != 0 )
         break;
 #endif
         if ( (*a & Anchor_Caret) == 0 ) {
         caretAnchored = FALSE;
         break;
         }
     }
     }
 #endif
     return yyPos0;
 }
 
 void QRegExpEngine::parseAtom( Box *box )
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_LOOKAHEAD
     QRegExpEngine *eng = 0;
     bool neg;
     int len;
 #endif
 
     switch ( yyTok ) {
     case Tok_Dollar:
     box->catAnchor( Anchor_Dollar );
     break;
     case Tok_Caret:
     box->catAnchor( Anchor_Caret );
     break;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_LOOKAHEAD
     case Tok_PosLookahead:
     case Tok_NegLookahead:
     neg = ( yyTok == Tok_NegLookahead );
     eng = new QRegExpEngine( cs );
     len = eng->parse( yyIn + yyPos - 1, yyLen - yyPos + 1 );
     if ( len >= 0 )
         skipChars( len );
     else
         yyError = TRUE;
     box->catAnchor( addLookahead(eng, neg) );
     yyTok = getToken();
     if ( yyTok != Tok_RightParen )
         yyError = TRUE;
     break;
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ESCAPE
     case Tok_Word:
     box->catAnchor( Anchor_Word );
     break;
     case Tok_NonWord:
     box->catAnchor( Anchor_NonWord );
     break;
 #endif
     case Tok_LeftParen:
     case Tok_MagicLeftParen:
     yyTok = getToken();
     parseExpression( box );
     if ( yyTok != Tok_RightParen )
         yyError = TRUE;
     break;
     case Tok_CharClass:
     box->set( *yyCharClass );
     break;
     default:
     if ( (yyTok & Tok_Char) != 0 )
         box->set( QChar(yyTok ^ Tok_Char) );
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
     else if ( (yyTok & Tok_BackRef) != 0 )
         box->set( yyTok ^ Tok_BackRef );
 #endif
     else
         yyError = TRUE;
     }
     yyTok = getToken();
 }
 
 void QRegExpEngine::parseFactor( Box *box )
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     int atom = startAtom( yyMayCapture && yyTok == Tok_LeftParen );
 #else
     static const int atom = 0;
 #endif
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_INTERVAL
 #define YYREDO() \
     yyIn = in, yyPos0 = pos0, yyPos = pos, yyLen = len, yyCh = ch, \
     *yyCharClass = charClass, yyMinRep = 0, yyMaxRep = 0, yyTok = tok
 
     const QChar *in = yyIn;
     int pos0 = yyPos0;
     int pos = yyPos;
     int len = yyLen;
     int ch = yyCh;
     CharClass charClass;
     if ( yyTok == Tok_CharClass )
     charClass = *yyCharClass;
     int tok = yyTok;
     bool mayCapture = yyMayCapture;
 #endif
 
     parseAtom( box );
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     finishAtom( atom );
 #endif
 
     if ( yyTok == Tok_Quantifier ) {
     if ( yyMaxRep == InftyRep ) {
         box->plus( atom );
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_INTERVAL
     } else if ( yyMaxRep == 0 ) {
         box->clear();
 #endif
     }
     if ( yyMinRep == 0 )
         box->opt();
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_INTERVAL
     yyMayCapture = FALSE;
     int alpha = ( yyMinRep == 0 ) ? 0 : yyMinRep - 1;
     int beta = ( yyMaxRep == InftyRep ) ? 0 : yyMaxRep - ( alpha + 1 );
 
     Box rightBox( this );
     int i;
 
     for ( i = 0; i < beta; i++ ) {
         YYREDO();
         Box leftBox( this );
         parseAtom( &leftBox );
         leftBox.cat( rightBox );
         leftBox.opt();
         rightBox = leftBox;
     }
     for ( i = 0; i < alpha; i++ ) {
         YYREDO();
         Box leftBox( this );
         parseAtom( &leftBox );
         leftBox.cat( rightBox );
         rightBox = leftBox;
     }
     rightBox.cat( *box );
     *box = rightBox;
 #endif
     yyTok = getToken();
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_INTERVAL
     yyMayCapture = mayCapture;
 #endif
     }
 #undef YYREDO
 }
 
 void QRegExpEngine::parseTerm( Box *box )
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     if ( yyTok != Tok_Eos && yyTok != Tok_RightParen && yyTok != Tok_Bar )
     parseFactor( box );
 #endif
     while ( yyTok != Tok_Eos && yyTok != Tok_RightParen && yyTok != Tok_Bar ) {
     Box rightBox( this );
     parseFactor( &rightBox );
     box->cat( rightBox );
     }
 }
 
 void QRegExpEngine::parseExpression( Box *box )
 {
     parseTerm( box );
     while ( yyTok == Tok_Bar ) {
     Box rightBox( this );
     yyTok = getToken();
     parseTerm( &rightBox );
     box->orx( rightBox );
     }
 }
 
 /*
   The class QRegExpPrivate contains the private data of a regular expression
   other than the automaton.  It makes it possible for many QRegExp objects to
   use the same QRegExpEngine object with different QRegExpPrivate objects.
 */
 struct QRegExpPrivate
 {
     QString pattern; // regular-expression or wildcard pattern
     QString rxpattern; // regular-expression pattern
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_WILDCARD
     bool wc; // wildcard mode?
 #endif
     bool min; // minimal matching? (instead of maximal)
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     QString t; // last string passed to QRegExp::search() or searchRev()
     QStringList capturedCache; // what QRegExp::capturedTexts() returned last
 #endif
     QArray<int> captured; // what QRegExpEngine::search() returned last
 
     QRegExpPrivate() { captured.fill( -1, 2 ); }
 };
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
 static QCache<QRegExpEngine> *engineCache = 0;
 #endif
 
 static QRegExpEngine *newEngine( const QString& pattern, bool caseSensitive )
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     if ( engineCache != 0 ) {
     QRegExpEngine *eng = engineCache->take( pattern );
     if ( eng == 0 || eng->caseSensitive() != caseSensitive ) {
         delete eng;
     } else {
         eng->ref();
         return eng;
     }
     }
 #endif
     return new QRegExpEngine( pattern, caseSensitive );
 }
 
 static void derefEngine( QRegExpEngine *eng, const QString& pattern )
 {
     if ( eng != 0 && eng->deref() ) {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     if ( engineCache == 0 ) {
         engineCache = new QCache<QRegExpEngine>;
         engineCache->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
     }
     if ( !pattern.isNull() &&
          engineCache->insert(pattern, eng, 4 + pattern.length() / 4) )
         return;
 #else
     Q_UNUSED( pattern );
 #endif
     delete eng;
     }
 }
 
 /*!
   Constructs an empty regexp.
 
   \sa isValid()
 */
 QRegExp3::QRegExp3()
 {
     eng = new QRegExpEngine( TRUE );
     priv = new QRegExpPrivate;
     priv->pattern = QString::null;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_WILDCARD
     priv->wc = FALSE;
 #endif
     priv->min = FALSE;
     compile( TRUE );
 }
 
 /*!
   Constructs a regular expression object for the given \a pattern
   string.  The pattern must be given using wildcard notation if \a
   wildcard is TRUE (default is FALSE). The pattern is case sensitive,
   unless \a caseSensitive is FALSE.  Matching is greedy (maximal), but
   can be changed by calling setMinimal().
 
   \sa setPattern() setCaseSensitive() setWildcard() setMinimal()
 */
 QRegExp3::QRegExp3( const QString& pattern, bool caseSensitive, bool wildcard )
 {
     eng = 0;
     priv = new QRegExpPrivate;
     priv->pattern = pattern;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_WILDCARD
     priv->wc = wildcard;
 #endif
     priv->min = FALSE;
     compile( caseSensitive );
 }
 
 /*!
   Constructs a regular expression as a copy of \a rx.
 
   \sa operator=()
 */
 QRegExp3::QRegExp3( const QRegExp3& rx )
 {
     eng = 0;
     priv = new QRegExpPrivate;
     operator=( rx );
 }
 
 /*!
   Destroys the regular expression and cleans up its internal data.
 */
 QRegExp3::~QRegExp3()
 {
     derefEngine( eng, priv->rxpattern );
     delete priv;
 }
 
 /*!
   Copies the regular expression \a rx and returns a reference to the copy.
   The case sensitivity, wildcard and minimal matching options are copied as
   well.
 */
 QRegExp3& QRegExp3::operator=( const QRegExp3& rx )
 {
     rx.eng->ref();
     derefEngine( eng, priv->rxpattern );
     eng = rx.eng;
     priv->pattern = rx.priv->pattern;
     priv->rxpattern = rx.priv->rxpattern;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_WILDCARD
     priv->wc = rx.priv->wc;
 #endif
     priv->min = rx.priv->min;
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     priv->t = rx.priv->t;
     priv->capturedCache = rx.priv->capturedCache;
 #endif
     priv->captured = rx.priv->captured;
     return *this;
 }
 
 /*!
   Returns TRUE if this regular expression is equal to \a rx, otherwise
   returns FALSE.
 
   Two QRegExp3 objects are equal if they have the same pattern strings
   and the same settings for case sensitivity, wildcard and minimal
   matching.
 */
 bool QRegExp3::operator==( const QRegExp3& rx ) const
 {
     return priv->pattern == rx.priv->pattern &&
        eng->caseSensitive() == rx.eng->caseSensitive() &&
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_WILDCARD
        priv->wc == rx.priv->wc &&
 #endif
        priv->min == rx.priv->min;
 }
 
 /*!  \fn bool QRegExp3::operator!=( const QRegExp& rx ) const
 
   Returns TRUE if this regular expression is not equal to \a rx, otherwise
   FALSE.
 
   \sa operator==()
 */
 
 /*!
   Returns TRUE if the pattern string is empty, otherwise FALSE.
 
   If you call match() with an empty pattern on an empty string it will
   return TRUE otherwise it returns FALSE since match() operates over the
   whole string. If you call search() with an empty pattern on \e any
   string it will return the start position (0 by default) since it will
   match at the start position, because the empty pattern matches the
   'emptiness' at the start of the string, and the length of the match
   returned by matchedLength() will be 0.
 
   See QString::isEmpty().
 */
 
 bool QRegExp3::isEmpty() const
 {
     return priv->pattern.isEmpty();
 }
 
 /*!
   Returns TRUE if the regular expression is valid, or FALSE if it's invalid.  An
   invalid regular expression never matches.
 
   The pattern <b>[a-z</b> is an example of an invalid pattern, since it lacks
   a closing square bracket.
 
   Note that the validity of a regexp may also depend on the setting of
   the wildcard flag, for example <b>*.html</b> is a valid wildcard
   regexp but an invalid full regexp.
 */
 bool QRegExp3::isValid() const
 {
     return eng->isValid();
 }
 
 /*!
   Returns the pattern string of the regular expression.  The pattern has either
   regular expression syntax or wildcard syntax, depending on wildcard().
 
   \sa setPattern()
 */
 QString QRegExp3::pattern() const
 {
     return priv->pattern;
 }
 
 /*!
   Sets the pattern string to \a pattern and returns a reference to this regular
   expression.  The case sensitivity, wildcard and minimal matching options are
   not changed.
 
   \sa pattern()
 */
 void QRegExp3::setPattern( const QString& pattern )
 {
     if ( priv->pattern != pattern ) {
     priv->pattern = pattern;
     compile( caseSensitive() );
     }
 }
 
 /*!
   Returns TRUE if case sensitivity is enabled, otherwise FALSE.  The default is
   TRUE.
 
   \sa setCaseSensitive()
 */
 bool QRegExp3::caseSensitive() const
 {
     return eng->caseSensitive();
 }
 
 /*!
   Sets case sensitive matching to \a sensitive.
 
   If \a sensitive is TRUE, <b>\\</b><b>.txt$</b> matches
   <tt>readme.txt</tt> but not <tt>README.TXT</tt>.
 
   \sa caseSensitive()
 */
 void QRegExp3::setCaseSensitive( bool sensitive )
 {
     if ( sensitive != eng->caseSensitive() )
     compile( sensitive );
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_WILDCARD
 /*!
   Returns TRUE if wildcard mode is enabled, otherwise FALSE.  The default is
   FALSE.
 
   \sa setWildcard()
 */
 bool QRegExp3::wildcard() const
 {
     return priv->wc;
 }
 
 /*!  Sets the wildcard mode for the regular expression.  The default is FALSE.
 
   Setting \a wildcard to TRUE enables simple shell-like wildcard
   matching.
   (See <a href="#wildcard-matching">wildcard matching (globbing)</a>.)
 
   For example, <b>r*.txt</b> matches the string <tt>readme.txt</tt> in wildcard
   mode, but does not match <tt>readme</tt>.
 
   \sa wildcard()
 */
 void QRegExp3::setWildcard( bool wildcard )
 {
     if ( wildcard != priv->wc ) {
     priv->wc = wildcard;
     compile( caseSensitive() );
     }
 }
 #endif
 
 /*!  Returns TRUE if minimal (non-greedy) matching is enabled, otherwise
     returns FALSE.
 
   \sa setMinimal()
 */
 bool QRegExp3::minimal() const
 {
     return priv->min;
 }
 
 /*!
   Enables or disables minimal matching.  If \a minimal is FALSE, matching is
   greedy (maximal) which is the default.
 
     For example, suppose we have the input string "We must be \<b>bold\</b>,
     very \<b>bold\</b>!" and the pattern <b>\<b>.*\</b></b>. With
     the default greedy (maximal) matching, the match is
     "We must be <u>\<b>bold\</b>, very \<b>bold\</b></u>!". But with
     minimal (non-greedy) matching the first match is:
     "We must be <u>\<b>bold\</b></u>, very \<b>bold\</b>!" and the
     second match is
     "We must be \<b>bold\</b>, very <u>\<b>bold\</b></u>!".
     In practice we might use the pattern <b>\<b>[^\<]+\</b></b>,
     although this will still fail for nested tags.
 
   \sa minimal()
 */
 void QRegExp3::setMinimal( bool minimal )
 {
     priv->min = minimal;
 }
 
 /*!
   Returns TRUE if \a str is matched exactly by this regular expression
   otherwise it returns FALSE. You can determine how much of the string was
   matched by calling matchedLength().
 
     For a given regexp string, R, <tt>match("R")</tt> is the equivalent
     of <tt>search("^R$")</tt> since match() effectively encloses the
     regexp in the start of string and end of string anchors.
 
   For example, if the regular expression is <b>blue</b>, then match()
   returns TRUE only for input <tt>blue</tt>.  For inputs
   <tt>bluebell</tt>, <tt>blutak</tt> and <tt>lightblue</tt>, match()
   returns FALSE and matchedLength() will return 4, 3 and 0 respectively.
 
   \sa search() searchRev() QRegExpValidator
 */
 bool QRegExp3::exactMatch( const QString& str )
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     priv->t = str;
     priv->capturedCache.clear();
 #endif
 
     priv->captured = eng->match( str, 0, priv->min, TRUE );
     if ( priv->captured[1] == (int) str.length() ) {
     return TRUE;
     } else {
     priv->captured.detach();
     priv->captured[0] = 0;
     priv->captured[1] = eng->matchedLength();
     return FALSE;
     }
 }
 
 /*! \overload
 
   This version does not set matchedLength(), capturedTexts() and friends.
 */
 bool QRegExp3::exactMatch( const QString& str ) const
 {
    return eng->match(str, 0, priv->min, TRUE)[0] == 0 &&
       eng->matchedLength() == (int) str.length();
 }
 
 /*! \obsolete
 
   Attempts to match in \a str, starting from position \a index.  Returns the
   position of the match, or -1 if there was no match.
 
   The length of the match is stored in \a *len, unless \a len is a null pointer.
 
   If \a indexIsStart is TRUE (the default), the position \a index in the string
   will match the start of string anchor, <b>^</b>, in the regexp, if present.
   Otherwise, position 0 in \a str will match.
 
   Use search() and matchedLength() instead of this function.
 
   If you really need the \a indexIsStart functionality, try this:
 
   \code
     QRegExp3 rx( "some pattern" );
     int pos = rx.search( str.mid( index ) );
     if ( pos != -1 )
     pos += index;
     int len = rx.matchedLength();
   \endcode
 */
 #ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
 int QRegExp3::match( const QString& str, int index, int *len,
             bool indexIsStart )
 {
     int pos;
     if ( indexIsStart ) {
     pos = search( str.mid(index) );
     if ( pos >= 0 ) {
         pos += index;
         if ( len != 0 )
         *len = matchedLength();
     } else {
         if ( len != 0 )
         *len = 0;
     }
     } else {
     pos = search( str, index );
     if ( len != 0 )
         *len = matchedLength();
     }
     return pos;
 }
 #endif
 
 /*!
   Attempts to find a match in \a str from position \a start (0 by default).  If
   \a start is -1, the search starts at the last character; if -2, at the next to
   last character; etc.
 
   Returns the position of the first match, or -1 if there was no match.
 
   You might prefer to use QString::find(), QString::contains() or even
   QStringList::grep(). To replace matches use QString::replace().
 
   Example:
   \code
     QString str = "offsets: 1.23 .50 71.00 6.00";
     QRegExp3 rx( "\\d*\\.\\d+" );    // very simple floating point matching
     int count = 0;
     int pos = 0;
     while ( pos >= 0 ) {
     pos = rx.search( str, pos );
     count++;
     }
     // pos will be 9, 14, 18 and finally 24; count will end up as 4.
   \endcode
 
   \sa searchRev() match() matchedLength() capturedTexts()
 */
 // QChar versions
 
 #ifdef QCHAR_SUPPORT
 const QString makeString(const QChar *str)
 {
 // A sentinel value checked in case the QChar *ptr is never null terminated
     const uint MAXLENGTH=65535;
 
     const QChar *s=str;
     uint i=0;
     while(i < MAXLENGTH && *s != QChar::null) {  i++;s++ ;}
     return QString(str,i);
 
 }
 int QRegExp3::search(const QChar *str,int start)
 {
     return search(makeString(str),start);
 }
 int QRegExp3::search(const QChar *str,int start) const
 {
     return search(makeString(str),start);
 }
 int QRegExp3::searchRev(const QChar *str,int start)
 {
     return searchRev(makeString(str),start);
 }
 int QRegExp3::searchRev(const QChar *str,int start) const
 {
     return searchRev(makeString(str),start);
 }
 bool QRegExp3::exactMatch(const QChar *str)
 {
     return exactMatch(makeString(str));
 }
 bool QRegExp3::exactMatch(const QChar *str) const
 {
     return exactMatch(makeString(str));
 }
 #endif // QCHAR_SUPPORT
 
 int QRegExp3::search( const QString& str, int start )
 {
     if ( start < 0 )
     start += str.length();
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     priv->t = str;
     priv->capturedCache.clear();
 #endif
     priv->captured = eng->match( str, start, priv->min, FALSE );
     return priv->captured[0];
 }
 
 /*! \overload
 
   This version does not set matchedLength(), capturedTexts() and friends.
 */
 int QRegExp3::search( const QString& str, int start ) const
 {
     if ( start < 0 )
     start += str.length();
     return eng->match( str, start, priv->min, FALSE )[0];
 }
 
 /*!
   Attempts to find a match backwards in \a str from position \a start.  If
   \a start is -1 (the default), the search starts at the last character; if -2,
   at the next to last character; etc.
 
   Returns the position of the first match, or -1 if there was no match.
 
   You might prefer to use QString::findRev().
 
   \sa search() matchedLength() capturedTexts()
 */
 int QRegExp3::searchRev( const QString& str, int start )
 {
     if ( start < 0 )
     start += str.length();
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     priv->t = str;
     priv->capturedCache.clear();
 #endif
     if ( start < 0 || start > (int) str.length() ) {
     priv->captured.detach();
     priv->captured.fill( -1 );
     return -1;
     }
 
     while ( start >= 0 ) {
     priv->captured = eng->match( str, start, priv->min, TRUE );
     if ( priv->captured[0] == start )
         return start;
     start--;
     }
     return -1;
 }
 
 /*! \overload
 
   This version does not set matchedLength(), capturedText() and friends.
 */
 int QRegExp3::searchRev( const QString& str, int start ) const
 {
     if ( start < 0 )
     start += str.length();
     if ( start < 0 || start > (int) str.length() )
     return -1;
 
     while ( start >= 0 ) {
     if ( eng->match(str, start, priv->min, TRUE)[0] == start )
         return start;
     start--;
     }
     return -1;
 }
 
 /*!
   Returns the length of the last matched string, or -1 if there was no match.
 
   \sa match() search()
 */
 int QRegExp3::matchedLength()
 {
     return priv->captured[1];
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
 /*!
   Returns a list of the captured text strings.
 
     The first string in the list is the entire matched string. Each
     subsequent list element contains a string that matched a
     (capturing) subexpression of the regexp.
 
     For example:
   \code
     QRegExp3 rx( "(\\d+)(\\s*)(cm|inch(es)?)" );
     int pos = rx.search( "Length: 36 inches" );
     QStringList list = rx.capturedTexts();
     // list is now ( "36 inches", "36", " ", "inches", "es" ).
     \endcode
 
     The above example also captures elements
     that may be present but which we have no interest in. This problem
     can be solved by using non-capturing parenthesis:
 
     \code
     QRegExp3 rx( "(\\d+)(?:\\s*)(cm|inch(?:es)?)" );
     int pos = rx.search( "Length: 36 inches" );
     QStringList list = rx.capturedTexts();
     // list is now ( "36 inches", "36", "inches" ).
   \endcode
 
   Some regexps can match an indeterminate number of times. For example
   if the input string is "Offsets: 12 14 99 231 7" and the regexp,
   <tt>rx</tt>, is <b>(</b><b>\\</b><b>d+)+</b>, we would hope to get a
   list of all the numbers matched. However, after calling
   <tt>rx.search(str)</tt>, capturedTexts() will return the list ( "12",
   "12" ), i.e. the entire match was "12" and the first subexpression
   matched was "12". The correct approach is to use cap() in a
   <a href="#cap_in_a_loop">loop</a>.
 
   The order of elements in the string list is as follows. The first
   element is the entire matching string. Each subsequent element
   corresponds to the next capturing open left parenthesis. Thus
   capturedTexts()[1] is the text of the first capturing parenthesis,
   capturedTexts()[2] is the text of the second and so on (corresponding
   to $1, $2 etc. in some other regexp languages).
 
   \sa cap() pos()
 */
 QStringList QRegExp3::capturedTexts()
 {
     if ( priv->capturedCache.isEmpty() ) {
     for ( int i = 0; i < (int) priv->captured.size(); i += 2 ) {
         QString m;
         if ( priv->captured[i + 1] == 0 )
         m = QString::fromLatin1( "" );
         else if ( priv->captured[i] >= 0 )
         m = priv->t.mid( priv->captured[i],
                  priv->captured[i + 1] );
         priv->capturedCache.append( m );
     }
     priv->t = QString::null;
     }
     return priv->capturedCache;
 }
 
 /*! Returns the text captured by the \a nth subexpression. The entire match
   has index 0 and the parenthesised subexpressions have indices starting
   from 1 (excluding non-capturing parenthesis).
 
   \code
     QRegExp3 rxlen( "(\\d+)(?:\\s*)(cm|inch)" );
     int pos = rxlen.search( "Length: 189cm" );
     if ( pos > -1 ) {
     QString value = rxlen.cap( 1 ); // "189"
     QString unit  = rxlen.cap( 2 ); // "cm"
     // ...
     }
   \endcode
 
     <a name="cap_in_a_loop">
     Some patterns may lead to a number of matches which cannot be
     determined in advance, for example:</a>
 
     \code
     QRegExp3 rx( "(\\d+)" );
     str = "Offsets: 12 14 99 231 7";
     QStringList list;
     pos = 0;
     while ( pos >= 0 ) {
     pos = rx.search( str, pos );
     if ( pos > -1 ) {
         list += rx.cap( 1 );
         pos  += rx.matchedLength();
     }
     }
     // list contains: ( "12", "14", "99", "231", "7" ).
     \endcode
 
   The order of elements matched by cap() is as follows. The first
   element, cap( 0 ), is the entire matching string. Each subsequent
   element corresponds to the next capturing open left parenthesis. Thus
   cap( 1 ) is the text of the first capturing parenthesis, cap( 2 ) is
   the text of the second and so on.
 
   \sa search() pos() capturedTexts()
 */
 QString QRegExp3::cap( int nth )
 {
     if ( nth < 0 || nth >= (int) priv->captured.size() / 2 )
     return QString::null;
     else
     return capturedTexts()[nth];
 }
 
 /*! Returns the position of the \a nth captured text in the
     searched string.  If \a nth is 0 (the default), pos() returns the
     position of the whole match.
 
   Example:
   \code
     QRegExp3 rx( "/([a-z]+)/([a-z]+)" );
     rx.search( "Output /dev/null" );    // Returns  7 (position of /dev/null)
     rx.pos( 0 );                        // Returns  7 (position of /dev/null)
     rx.pos( 1 );                        // Returns  8 (position of dev)
     rx.pos( 2 );                        // Returns 12 (position of null)
   \endcode
 
   Note that pos() returns -1 for zero-length matches. (For example, if
   cap(4) would return an empty string, pos(4) returns -1.) This is due
   to an implementation tradeoff.
 
   \sa capturedTexts() cap()
 */
 int QRegExp3::pos( int nth )
 {
     if ( nth < 0 || nth >= (int) priv->captured.size() / 2 )
     return -1;
     else
     return priv->captured[2 * nth];
 }
 #endif
 
 void QRegExp3::compile( bool caseSensitive )
 {
     derefEngine( eng, priv->rxpattern );
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_WILDCARD
     if ( priv->wc )
     priv->rxpattern = wc2rx( priv->pattern );
     else
 #endif
     priv->rxpattern = priv->pattern.isNull() ? QString::fromLatin1( "" )
               : priv->pattern;
     eng = newEngine( priv->rxpattern, caseSensitive );
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     priv->t = QString::null;
     priv->capturedCache.clear();
 #endif
     priv->captured.detach();
     priv->captured.fill( -1, 2 + 2 * eng->numCaptures() );
 }
diff --git a/noncore/apps/tinykate/libkate/qt3back/qregexp3.h b/noncore/apps/tinykate/libkate/qt3back/qregexp3.h
index 5b75131..fd6bc78 100644
--- a/noncore/apps/tinykate/libkate/qt3back/qregexp3.h
+++ b/noncore/apps/tinykate/libkate/qt3back/qregexp3.h
@@ -1,111 +1,111 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 ** $Id$
 **
 ** Definition of QRegExp class
 **
 ** Created : 950126
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 1992-2000 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of the tools module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
 ** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
 ** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
 ** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
 ** Agreement provided with the Software.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
 **   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
 #ifndef QREGEXP3_H
 #define QREGEXP3_H
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "qstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 
-#if QT_VERSION >=300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
 #include <qregexp.h>
 #else
 class QRegExpEngine;
 struct QRegExpPrivate;
 
 class Q_EXPORT QRegExp3
 {
 public:
     QRegExp3();
     QRegExp3( const QString& pattern, bool caseSensitive = TRUE,
              bool wildcard = FALSE );
     QRegExp3( const QRegExp3& rx );
     ~QRegExp3();
     QRegExp3& operator=( const QRegExp3& rx );
 
     bool operator==( const QRegExp3& rx ) const;
     bool operator!=( const QRegExp3& rx ) const { return !operator==( rx ); }
 
     bool isEmpty() const;
     bool isValid() const;
     QString pattern() const;
     void setPattern( const QString& pattern );
     bool caseSensitive() const;
     void setCaseSensitive( bool sensitive );
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_WILDCARD
     bool wildcard() const;
     void setWildcard( bool wildcard );
 #endif
     bool minimal() const;
     void setMinimal( bool minimal );
 
     bool exactMatch( const QString& str );
     bool exactMatch( const QString& str ) const;
 #ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
     int match( const QString& str, int index, int *len = 0,
                bool indexIsStart = TRUE );
 #endif
     int search( const QString& str, int start = 0 );
     int search( const QString& str, int start = 0 ) const;
 // QChar versions
 #ifdef QCHAR_SUPPORT
     int search(const QChar *str,int start=0);
     int search(const QChar *str,int start=0) const;
     int searchRev(const QChar *str,int start=-1);
     int searchRev(const QChar *str,int start=-1) const ;
     bool exactMatch(const QChar *str);
     bool exactMatch(const QChar *str) const;
         // end QChar versions
 #endif
     int searchRev( const QString& str, int start = -1 );
     int searchRev( const QString& str, int start = -1 ) const;
     int matchedLength();
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     QStringList capturedTexts();
     QString cap( int nth = 0 );
     int pos( int nth = 0 );
 #endif
 
 private:
     void compile( bool caseSensitive );
 
     QRegExpEngine *eng;
     QRegExpPrivate *priv;
 };
-#endif // QT_VERSION >= 300
+#endif // QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
 #endif // QREGEXP_H
diff --git a/noncore/apps/zsafe/shadedlistitem.cpp b/noncore/apps/zsafe/shadedlistitem.cpp
index 72c6261..7f340f9 100644
--- a/noncore/apps/zsafe/shadedlistitem.cpp
+++ b/noncore/apps/zsafe/shadedlistitem.cpp
@@ -1,69 +1,69 @@
 /*
  * shadedlistitem.cpp
  *
  * (c) 2003 by Jeremy Bowman <jmbowman@alum.mit.edu>
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
  * (at your option) any later version.
  */
 
 #include "zsafe.h"
 #include "shadedlistitem.h"
 
 
 ShadedListItem::ShadedListItem(int index, QListViewItem *parent)
     : QListViewItem(parent)
 {
     oddRow = (index % 2 != 0);
 }
 
 ShadedListItem::ShadedListItem(int index, QListView *parent)
     : QListViewItem(parent), lv(parent)
 {
     oddRow = (index % 2 != 0);
 }
 
 ShadedListItem::ShadedListItem(int index, QListView *parent, QListViewItem *after)
     : QListViewItem(parent, after), lv(parent)
 {
     oddRow = (index % 2 != 0);
 }
 
 ShadedListItem::ShadedListItem(int index, QListView *parent, QString label1, QString label2, QString label3)
     : QListViewItem(parent, label1, label2, label3), lv(parent)
 {
     oddRow = (index % 2 != 0);
 }
 
 ShadedListItem::ShadedListItem(int index, QListView *parent, QListViewItem *after, QString label1, QString label2, QString label3)
     : QListViewItem(parent, after, label1, label2, label3), lv(parent)
 {
     oddRow = (index % 2 != 0);
 }
 
 ShadedListItem::~ShadedListItem()
 {
 
 }
 
 
 void ShadedListItem::paintCell(QPainter *p, const QColorGroup &cg, int column, int width, int alignment)
 {
     QColorGroup colors(cg);
-#if QT_VERSION >=300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
     const QColorGroup::ColorRole crole = QColorGroup::Base;
     // const QWidget::BackgroundMode bgmode = lv->viewport()->backgroundMode();
     // const QColorGroup::ColorRole crole = QPalette::backgroundRoleFromMode(bgmode);
 #else
     const QColorGroup::ColorRole crole = QColorGroup::Base;
 #endif
     if (oddRow) {
         colors.setColor(crole, *ZSafe::oddRowColor);
     }
     else {
         colors.setColor(crole, *ZSafe::evenRowColor);
     }
     QListViewItem::paintCell(p, colors, column, width, alignment);
 }
diff --git a/noncore/net/wellenreiter/gui/configwindow.cpp b/noncore/net/wellenreiter/gui/configwindow.cpp
index 1670f93..9ec5af9 100644
--- a/noncore/net/wellenreiter/gui/configwindow.cpp
+++ b/noncore/net/wellenreiter/gui/configwindow.cpp
@@ -1,496 +1,496 @@
 /**********************************************************************
 ** Copyright (C) 2002-2004 Michael 'Mickey' Lauer.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of Wellenreiter II.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
 /* LOCAL */
 #include "configwindow.h"
 #include "mainwindow.h"
 #include "protolistview.h"
 
 /* OPIE */
 #include <opie2/onetwork.h>
 #ifdef QWS
 #include <opie2/oapplication.h>
 #include <opie2/oconfig.h>
 #include <opie2/odevice.h>
 #include <opie2/odebug.h>
 using namespace Opie::Core;
 using namespace Opie::Net;
 #endif
 
 /* QT */
 #include <qapplication.h>
 #include <qcheckbox.h>
 #include <qcombobox.h>
 #include <qfile.h>
 #include <qlineedit.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
 #include <qmap.h>
 #include <qpushbutton.h>
 #include <qradiobutton.h>
 #include <qspinbox.h>
 #include <qtabwidget.h>
 #include <qtoolbutton.h>
 #include <qtextstream.h>
 
 /* STD */
 #include <assert.h>
 
 WellenreiterConfigWindow* WellenreiterConfigWindow::_instance = 0;
 
 WellenreiterConfigWindow::WellenreiterConfigWindow( QWidget * parent, const char * name, WFlags f )
            :WellenreiterConfigBase( parent, name, true, f )
 {
     _devicetype[ "cisco" ] = DEVTYPE_CISCO;
     _devicetype[ "wlan-ng" ] = DEVTYPE_WLAN_NG;
     _devicetype[ "hostap" ] = DEVTYPE_HOSTAP;
     _devicetype[ "orinoco" ] = DEVTYPE_ORINOCO;
     _devicetype[ "<manual>" ] = DEVTYPE_MANUAL;
     _devicetype[ "<file>" ] = DEVTYPE_FILE;
 
     // gather possible interface names from ONetwork
     ONetwork* net = ONetwork::instance();
     ONetwork::InterfaceIterator it = net->iterator();
     while ( it.current() )
     {
         if ( it.current()->isWireless() )
             interfaceName->insertItem( it.current()->name() );
         ++it;
     }
 
     load();
 
     #ifdef Q_WS_X11 // We're on X11: adding an Ok-Button for the Dialog here
     QPushButton* okButton = new QPushButton( "ok", this );
     okButton->show();
     WellenreiterConfigBaseLayout->addWidget( okButton, 0, 3 ); //FIXME: rename this in configbase.ui
     connect( okButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, SLOT( accept() ) );
     #endif
 
     WellenreiterConfigWindow::_instance = this;
 
     connect( deviceType, SIGNAL( activated(int) ), this, SLOT( changedDeviceType(int) ) );
     connect( newNetworkAction, SIGNAL( activated(int) ), this, SLOT( changedNetworkAction(int) ) );
     connect( newClientAction, SIGNAL( activated(int) ), this, SLOT( changedClientAction(int) ) );
     connect( newStationAction, SIGNAL( activated(int) ), this, SLOT( changedStationAction(int) ) );
     connect( getCaptureFileName, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, SLOT( getCaptureFileNameClicked() ) );
 
     // make the checkbox 'channelAll' control all other channels
     connect( channelAll, SIGNAL( stateChanged(int) ), this, SLOT( channelAllClicked(int) ) );
 
     connect( autodetect, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, SLOT( performAutodetection() ) );
 
     // hide tab4 (parse) until Wellenreiter 1.2
     tab->removePage( tab_4 );
 };
 
 
 void WellenreiterConfigWindow::accept()
 {
     save();
     QDialog::accept();
 }
 
 
 WellenreiterConfigWindow::~WellenreiterConfigWindow()
 {
 }
 
 
 void WellenreiterConfigWindow::performAutodetection()
 {
     //TODO: insert modal splash screen here
     //      and sleep a second, so that it looks
     //      like we're actually doing something fancy... ;-)
 
     odebug << "WellenreiterConfigWindow::performAutodetection()" << oendl;
 
     // try to guess device type
     QFile m( "/proc/modules" );
     if ( m.open( IO_ReadOnly ) )
     {
         int devicetype(0);
         QString line;
         QTextStream modules( &m );
         while( !modules.atEnd() && !devicetype )
         {
             modules >> line;
             if ( line.contains( "cisco" ) ) devicetype = DEVTYPE_CISCO;
             else if ( line.contains( "hostap" ) ) devicetype = DEVTYPE_HOSTAP;
             else if ( line.contains( "prism" ) ) devicetype = DEVTYPE_WLAN_NG;
             else if ( line.contains( "orinoco" ) ) devicetype = DEVTYPE_ORINOCO;
         }
         if ( devicetype )
         {
             deviceType->setCurrentItem( devicetype );
             _guess = devicetype;
             odebug << "Wellenreiter: guessed device type to be #" << devicetype << "" << oendl;
         }
     }
 }
 
 
 int WellenreiterConfigWindow::driverType() const
 {
     QString name = deviceType->currentText();
     if ( _devicetype.contains( name ) )
     {
         return _devicetype[name];
     }
     else
     {
         return 0;
     }
 };
 
 
 int WellenreiterConfigWindow::hoppingInterval() const
 {
     return hopInterval->cleanText().toInt();
 }
 
 
 bool WellenreiterConfigWindow::usePrismHeader() const
 {
     return prismHeader->isChecked();
 }
 
 
 bool WellenreiterConfigWindow::isChannelChecked( int channel ) const
 {
     switch ( channel )
     {
         case 1: return channel1->isOn();
         case 2: return channel2->isOn();
         case 3: return channel3->isOn();
         case 4: return channel4->isOn();
         case 5: return channel5->isOn();
         case 6: return channel6->isOn();
         case 7: return channel7->isOn();
         case 8: return channel8->isOn();
         case 9: return channel9->isOn();
         case 10: return channel10->isOn();
         case 11: return channel11->isOn();
         case 12: return channel12->isOn();
         case 13: return channel13->isOn();
         case 14: return channel14->isOn();
         default: return false;
     }
 
 
 }
 
 
 void WellenreiterConfigWindow::changedDeviceType(int t)
 {
     if ( t != DEVTYPE_FILE ) return;
     QString name = ( (WellenreiterMainWindow*) qApp->mainWidget() )->getFileName(false);
     if ( !name.isEmpty() && QFile::exists( name ) )
     {
         interfaceName->insertItem( name );
         interfaceName->setCurrentItem( interfaceName->count()-1 );
     }
     else
     {
         deviceType->setCurrentItem( _guess );
     }
 
 }
 
 
 void WellenreiterConfigWindow::synchronizeActionsAndScripts()
 {
     if ( newNetworkAction->currentItem() == 4 ) newNetworkScript->show(); else newNetworkScript->hide();
     if ( newClientAction->currentItem() == 4 ) newClientScript->show(); else newClientScript->hide();
     if ( newStationAction->currentItem() == 4 ) newStationScript->show(); else newStationScript->hide();
 
     //newNetworkScript->setEnabled( newNetworkAction->currentItem() == 4 );
     //newClientScript->setEnabled( newClientAction->currentItem() == 4 );
     //newStationScript->setEnabled( newStationAction->currentItem() == 4 );
 }
 
 
 void WellenreiterConfigWindow::changedNetworkAction(int )
 {
     synchronizeActionsAndScripts();
 }
 
 
 void WellenreiterConfigWindow::changedClientAction(int )
 {
     synchronizeActionsAndScripts();
 }
 
 
 void WellenreiterConfigWindow::changedStationAction(int )
 {
     synchronizeActionsAndScripts();
 }
 
 
 void WellenreiterConfigWindow::getCaptureFileNameClicked()
 {
     QString name = ( (WellenreiterMainWindow*) qApp->mainWidget() )->getFileName(true);
     odebug << "name = " << name << "" << oendl;
     if ( !name.isEmpty() )
     {
         captureFileName->setText( name );
     }
 }
 
 
 void WellenreiterConfigWindow::channelAllClicked(int state)
 {
     bool b = state;
     channel1->setChecked( b );
     channel2->setChecked( b );
     channel3->setChecked( b );
     channel4->setChecked( b );
     channel5->setChecked( b );
     channel6->setChecked( b );
     channel7->setChecked( b );
     channel8->setChecked( b );
     channel9->setChecked( b );
     channel10->setChecked( b );
     channel11->setChecked( b );
     channel12->setChecked( b );
     channel13->setChecked( b );
     channel14->setChecked( b );
 }
 
 
 bool WellenreiterConfigWindow::useGPS() const
 {
     return enableGPS->isChecked();
 }
 
 
 const QString WellenreiterConfigWindow::gpsHost() const
 {
     return useGPS() ? gpsdHost->currentText() : QString::null;
 }
 
 
 int WellenreiterConfigWindow::gpsPort() const
 {
     return useGPS() ? gpsdPort->value() : -1;
 }
 
 
 void WellenreiterConfigWindow::performAction( const QString& type,
                                               const QString& essid,
                                               const QString& mac,
                                               bool wep,
                                               int channel,
                                               int /* signal */
                                               /* , const GpsLocation& loc */ )
 {
     int action;
     QString script;
 
     if ( type == "network" )
     {
         action = newNetworkAction->currentItem();
         script = newNetworkScript->text();
     }
     else if ( type == "managed" || type == "adhoc" )
     {
         action = newClientAction->currentItem();
         script = newClientScript->text();
     }
     else if ( type == "station" )
     {
         action = newStationAction->currentItem();
         script = newStationScript->text();
     }
     else
     {
         owarn << "WellenreiterConfigWindow::performAction(): unknown type '" << type << "'" << oendl;
         return;
     }
 
     odebug << "for event '" << type << "' I'm going to perform action " << action << " (script='" << script << "')" << oendl;
 
     switch( action )
     {
         case 0: /* Ignore */ return;
         case 1: /* Play Alarm */ ODevice::inst()->playAlarmSound(); return;
         case 2: /* Play Click */ ODevice::inst()->playTouchSound(); return;
         case 3: /* Blink LED */ break; //FIXME: Implement this
         case 4: /* Run Script */
         {
             /**
                 *
                 * Script Substitution Information:
                 *
                 * $SSID = SSID
                 * $MAC = MAC
                 * $WEP = Wep
                 * $CHAN = Channel
                 *
                 **/
             script = script.replace( QRegExp( "$SSID" ), essid );
             script = script.replace( QRegExp( "$MAC" ), mac );
             script = script.replace( QRegExp( "$WEP" ), wep ? QString( "true" ) : QString( "false" ) );
             script = script.replace( QRegExp( "$CHAN" ), QString::number( channel ) );
 
             odebug << "going to call script '" << script << "'" << oendl;
             ::system( script );
             odebug << "script returned." << oendl;
             return;
         }
         default: assert( false );
     }
 }
 
 
 void WellenreiterConfigWindow::load()
 {
 #ifdef Q_WS_X11
     #warning Persistent Configuration not yet implemented for standalone X11 build
     performAutodetection();
 #else
     odebug << "loading configuration settings..." << oendl;
 
     /* This is dumb monkey typing stuff... We _need_ to do this automatically! */
 
     OConfig* c = oApp->config();
 
     c->setGroup( "Interface" );
 
     QString interface = c->readEntry( "name", "<none>" );
     if ( interface != "<none>" )
     {
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
         interfaceName->insertItem( interface, 0 );
         interfaceName->setCurrentItem( 0 );
 #else
         interfaceName->setCurrentText( interface );
 #endif
 
         QString device = c->readEntry( "type", "<select>" );
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
         for ( int i = 0; i < deviceType->count(); ++i )
         {
             if ( deviceType->text( i ) == device )
             {
                 deviceType->setCurrentItem( i );
                 break;
             }
         }
 #else
         deviceType->setCurrentText( device );
 #endif
     }
     else
     {
         performAutodetection();
     }
 
     prismHeader->setChecked( c->readBoolEntry( "prism", false ) );
     hopChannels->setChecked( c->readBoolEntry( "hop", true ) );
     hopInterval->setValue( c->readNumEntry( "interval", 250 ) );
     adaptiveHopping->setChecked( c->readBoolEntry( "adaptive", true ) );
 
     c->setGroup( "Capture" );
     writeCaptureFile->setChecked( c->readBoolEntry( "writeCaptureFile", true ) );
     captureFileName->setEnabled( writeCaptureFile->isChecked() );
     getCaptureFileName->setEnabled( writeCaptureFile->isChecked() );
     parsePackets->setEnabled( writeCaptureFile->isChecked() );
     captureFileName->setText( c->readEntry( "filename", "/tmp/capture" ) );
     hexViewBufferUnlimited->setChecked( c->readBoolEntry( "hexViewBufferUnlimited", true ) );
     hexViewBufferLimited->setChecked( !c->readBoolEntry( "hexViewBufferUnlimited", true ) );
     hexViewBufferSize->setValue( c->readNumEntry( "hexViewBufferSize", 2000 ) );
 
     c->setGroup( "UI" );
     lookupVendor->setChecked( c->readBoolEntry( "lookupVendor", true ) );
     openTree->setChecked( c->readBoolEntry( "openTree", true ) );
     disablePM->setChecked( c->readBoolEntry( "disablePM", true ) );
     newNetworkAction->setCurrentItem( c->readNumEntry( "newNetworkAction", 1 ) ); // Default: Play Alarm
     newNetworkScript->setText( c->readEntry( "newNetworkScript", "" ) );
     newClientAction->setCurrentItem( c->readNumEntry( "newClientAction", 2 ) ); // Default: Play Click
     newClientScript->setText( c->readEntry( "newClientScript", "" ) );
     newStationAction->setCurrentItem( c->readNumEntry( "newStationAction", 2 ) ); // Default: Play Click
     newStationScript->setText( c->readEntry( "newStationScript", "" ) );
     synchronizeActionsAndScripts(); // needed for showing/hiding the script QLineEdit on demand
 
     c->setGroup( "GPS" );
     enableGPS->setChecked( c->readBoolEntry( "use", false ) );
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
     gpsdHost->insertItem( c->readEntry( "host", "localhost" ), 0 );
     gpsdHost->setCurrentItem( 0 );
 #else
     gpsdHost->setCurrentText( c->readEntry( "host", "localhost" ) );
 #endif
     gpsdPort->setValue( c->readNumEntry( "port", 2947 ) );
     startGPS->setChecked( c->readBoolEntry( "start", false ) );
     commandGPS->setText( c->readEntry( "command", "gpsd -p /dev/ttyS3 -s 57600" ) );
 
 #endif
 }
 
 
 void WellenreiterConfigWindow::save()
 {
 #ifdef Q_WS_X11
     #warning Persistent Configuration not yet implemented for standalone X11 build
 #else
     odebug << "saving configuration settings..." << oendl;
 
     /* This is dumb monkey typing stuff... We _need_ to do this automatically! */
 
     OConfig* c = oApp->config();
 
     c->setGroup( "Interface" );
     c->writeEntry( "name", interfaceName->currentText() );
     c->writeEntry( "type", deviceType->currentText() );
     c->writeEntry( "prism", prismHeader->isChecked() );
     c->writeEntry( "hop", hopChannels->isChecked() );
     c->writeEntry( "interval", hopInterval->value() );
     c->writeEntry( "adaptive", adaptiveHopping->isChecked() );
 
     c->setGroup( "Capture" );
     c->writeEntry( "writeCaptureFile", writeCaptureFile->isChecked() );
     c->writeEntry( "filename", captureFileName->text() );
     c->writeEntry( "hexViewBufferUnlimited", hexViewBufferUnlimited->isChecked() );
     c->writeEntry( "hexViewBufferSize", hexViewBufferSize->value() );
 
     c->setGroup( "UI" );
     c->writeEntry( "lookupVendor", lookupVendor->isChecked() );
     c->writeEntry( "openTree", openTree->isChecked() );
     c->writeEntry( "disablePM", disablePM->isChecked() );
     c->writeEntry( "newNetworkAction", newNetworkAction->currentItem() );
     c->writeEntry( "newNetworkScript", newNetworkScript->text() );
     c->writeEntry( "newClientAction", newClientAction->currentItem() );
     c->writeEntry( "newClientScript", newClientScript->text() );
     c->writeEntry( "newStationAction", newStationAction->currentItem() );
     c->writeEntry( "newStationScript", newStationScript->text() );
 
     c->setGroup( "GPS" );
     c->writeEntry( "use", enableGPS->isChecked() );
     c->writeEntry( "host", gpsdHost->currentText() );
     c->writeEntry( "port", gpsdPort->value() );
     c->writeEntry( "start", startGPS->isChecked() );
     c->writeEntry( "command", commandGPS->text() );
 
     c->write();
 
 #endif
 }
 
 
 int WellenreiterConfigWindow::hexViewBuffer() const
 {
     return hexViewBufferUnlimited->isChecked() ? -1 : hexViewBufferSize->value();
 }
diff --git a/noncore/settings/appearance2/appearance.cpp b/noncore/settings/appearance2/appearance.cpp
index 9638686..088171c 100644
--- a/noncore/settings/appearance2/appearance.cpp
+++ b/noncore/settings/appearance2/appearance.cpp
@@ -1,892 +1,892 @@
 /*
                              This file is part of the OPIE Project
                              Copyright (c)  2002 Trolltech AS <info@trolltech.com>
                =.            Copyright (c)  2002 Dan Williams <williamsdr@acm.org>
              .=l.            Copyright (c)  2002 Robert Griebl <sandman@handhelds.org>
            .>+-=
  _;:,     .>    :=|.         This file is free software; you can
 .> <`_,   >  .   <=          redistribute it and/or modify it under
 :`=1 )Y*s>-.--   :           the terms of the GNU General Public
 .="- .-=="i,     .._         License as published by the Free Software
  - .   .-<_>     .<>         Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
      ._= =}       :          or (at your option) any later version.
     .%`+i>       _;_.
     .i_,=:_.      -<s.       This file is distributed in the hope that
      +  .  -:.       =       it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
     : ..    .:,     . . .    without even the implied warranty of
     =_        +     =;=|`    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
   _.=:.       :    :=>`:     PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General
 ..}^=.=       =       ;      Public License for more details.
 ++=   -.     .`     .:
  :     =  ...= . :.=-        You should have received a copy of the GNU
  -.   .:....=;==+<;          General Public License along with this file;
   -_. . .   )=.  =           see the file COPYING. If not, write to the
     --        :-=`           Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
                              59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
                              Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 
 */
 
 #include "appearance.h"
 #include "editScheme.h"
 #include "stylelistitem.h"
 #include "decolistitem.h"
 #include "colorlistitem.h"
 #include "exceptlistitem.h"
 #include "sample.h"
 
 /* OPIE */
 #include <opie2/odevice.h>
 #include <opie2/ofiledialog.h>
 #include <opie2/otabwidget.h>
 #include <opie2/odebug.h>
 
 #include <qpe/config.h>
 #include <qpe/global.h>
 #include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
 #include <qpe/qpemessagebox.h>
 #include <qpe/qcopenvelope_qws.h>
 #include <qpe/qpestyle.h>
 #include <qpe/lightstyle.h>
 #include <qpe/styleinterface.h>
 
 /* QT */
 #include <qbuttongroup.h>
 #include <qcheckbox.h>
 #include <qcombobox.h>
 #include <qdialog.h>
 #include <qdir.h>
 #include <qlabel.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
 #include <qlineedit.h>
 #include <qlistbox.h>
 #include <qmessagebox.h>
 #include <qpushbutton.h>
 #include <qradiobutton.h>
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
 #include <qstylefactory.h>
 #endif
 #include <qtoolbutton.h>
 #include <qwindowsstyle.h>
 #include <qlistview.h>
 #include <qheader.h>
 #include <qvbox.h>
 #include <qwhatsthis.h>
 
 using namespace Opie;
 using namespace Opie::Ui;
 using namespace Opie::Core;
 
 class DefaultWindowDecoration : public WindowDecorationInterface
 {
 public:
     DefaultWindowDecoration() : ref(0) {}
     QString name() const
     {
         return "Default";
     }
     QPixmap icon() const
     {
         return QPixmap();
     }
     QRESULT queryInterface( const QUuid &uuid, QUnknownInterface **iface )
     {
         *iface = 0;
         if ( uuid == IID_QUnknown )
             *iface = this;
         else if ( uuid == IID_WindowDecoration )
             *iface = this;
 
         if ( *iface )
             (*iface)->addRef();
         return QS_OK;
     }
     Q_REFCOUNT
 
 private:
     ulong ref;
 };
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 QWidget *Appearance::createStyleTab ( QWidget *parent, Config &cfg )
 {
     QWidget* tab = new QWidget( parent, "StyleTab" );
     QVBoxLayout* vertLayout = new QVBoxLayout( tab, 3, 3 );
 
     m_style_list = new QListBox( tab, "m_style_list" );
     vertLayout->addWidget( m_style_list );
     QWhatsThis::add( m_style_list, tr( "Styles control the way items such as buttons and scroll bars appear in all applications.\n\nClick here to select an available style." ) );
 
     m_style_settings = new QPushButton ( tr( "Settings..." ), tab );
     connect ( m_style_settings, SIGNAL( clicked()), this, SLOT( styleSettingsClicked()));
     vertLayout-> addWidget ( m_style_settings );
     QWhatsThis::add( m_style_settings, tr( "Click here to configure the currently selected style.\n\nNote:  This option is not available for all styles." ) );
 
     QString s = cfg. readEntry ( "Style", "Light" );
 
 
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
     m_style_list->insertStringList(QStyleFactory::styles());
 #else
     m_style_list-> insertItem ( new StyleListItem ( "Windows", new QWindowsStyle ( )));
     m_style_list-> insertItem ( new StyleListItem ( "Light", new LightStyle ( )));
     m_style_list-> insertItem ( new StyleListItem ( "QPE", new QPEStyle ( )));
 #endif
 
     {
         QString path = QPEApplication::qpeDir ( );
         path.append( "/plugins/styles/" );
         QStringList sl = QDir ( path, "lib*.so" ). entryList ( );
 
         for ( QStringList::Iterator it = sl. begin ( ); it != sl. end ( ); ++it )
         {
             QString libstr = path;
             libstr.append( "/" );
             libstr.append( *it );
             QLibrary *lib = new QLibrary ( libstr );
             StyleInterface *iface;
 
             if (( lib-> queryInterface ( IID_Style, (QUnknownInterface **) &iface ) == QS_OK ) && iface )
             {
                 StyleListItem *slit = new StyleListItem ( lib, iface );
                 m_style_list-> insertItem ( slit );
 
                 if ( slit-> key ( ) == s )
                     m_style_list-> setCurrentItem ( slit );
             }
             else
                 delete lib;
         }
     }
 
     m_original_style = m_style_list-> currentItem ( );
     styleClicked ( m_original_style );
 
     connect( m_style_list, SIGNAL( highlighted(int) ), this, SLOT( styleClicked(int) ) );
 
     return tab;
 }
 
 QWidget *Appearance::createDecoTab ( QWidget *parent, Config &cfg )
 {
     QWidget* tab = new QWidget( parent, "DecoTab" );
     QVBoxLayout* vertLayout = new QVBoxLayout( tab, 3, 3 );
 
     m_deco_list = new QListBox( tab, "m_deco_list" );
     vertLayout->addWidget( m_deco_list );
     QWhatsThis::add( m_deco_list, tr( "Window decorations control the way the application title bar and its buttons appear.\n\nClick here to select an available decoration." ) );
 
     QString s = cfg. readEntry ( "Decoration", "libflat.so" );
 
     m_deco_list-> insertItem ( new DecoListItem ( "QPE" ));
 
     {
         QString path = QPEApplication::qpeDir();
         path.append( "/plugins/decorations/" );
         QStringList sl = QDir ( path, "lib*.so" ). entryList ( );
 
         for ( QStringList::Iterator it = sl. begin ( ); it != sl. end ( ); ++it )
         {
             QString libstr = path;
             libstr.append( "/" );
             libstr.append( *it );
             QLibrary *lib = new QLibrary ( libstr );
             WindowDecorationInterface *iface;
 
             if ( lib-> queryInterface ( IID_WindowDecoration, (QUnknownInterface **) &iface ) == QS_OK )
             {
                 DecoListItem *dlit = new DecoListItem ( lib, iface );
                 m_deco_list-> insertItem ( dlit );
 
                 if ( dlit-> key ( ) == s )
                     m_deco_list-> setCurrentItem ( dlit );
             }
             else
                 delete lib;
         }
     }
 
     m_original_deco = m_deco_list-> currentItem ( );
     if ( m_deco_list-> currentItem  ( ) < 0 )
         m_deco_list-> setCurrentItem ( 0 );
     decoClicked ( m_original_deco );
 
     connect( m_deco_list, SIGNAL( highlighted(int) ), this, SLOT( decoClicked(int) ) );
 
     return tab;
 }
 
 QWidget *Appearance::createFontTab ( QWidget *parent, Config &cfg )
 {
     QString familyStr = cfg. readEntry ( "FontFamily", "Helvetica" );
     QString styleStr = cfg. readEntry ( "FontStyle", "Regular" );
     int size = cfg. readNumEntry ( "FontSize", 10 );
 
     m_fontselect = new OFontSelector ( false, parent, "FontTab" );
     m_fontselect-> setSelectedFont ( familyStr, styleStr, size );
     QWhatsThis::add( m_fontselect, tr( "Select the desired name, style and size of the default font applications will use." ) );
 
     connect( m_fontselect, SIGNAL( fontSelected(const QFont&)),
              this, SLOT( fontClicked(const QFont&)));
 
     return m_fontselect;
 }
 
 QWidget *Appearance::createColorTab ( QWidget *parent, Config &cfg )
 {
     QWidget *tab = new QWidget( parent, "ColorTab" );
     QGridLayout *gridLayout = new QGridLayout( tab, 0, 0, 3, 3 );
     gridLayout->setRowStretch ( 3, 10 );
 
     m_color_list = new QListBox ( tab );
     gridLayout->addMultiCellWidget ( m_color_list, 0, 3, 0, 0 );
     connect( m_color_list, SIGNAL( highlighted(int) ), this, SLOT( colorClicked(int) ) );
     QWhatsThis::add( m_color_list, tr( "Color schemes are a collection of colors which are used for various parts of the display.\n\nClick here to select an available scheme." ) );
 
     m_color_list-> insertItem ( new ColorListItem ( tr( "Current scheme" ), cfg ));
 
     QString path = QPEApplication::qpeDir ( );
     path.append( "/etc/colors/" );
     QStringList sl = QDir ( path ). entryList ( "*.scheme" );
 
     for ( QStringList::Iterator it = sl. begin ( ); it != sl. end ( ); ++it )
     {
         QString name = (*it). left ((*it). find ( ".scheme" ));
         QString pathstr = path;
         pathstr.append( *it );
         Config config ( pathstr, Config::File );
         config. setGroup ( "Colors" );
 
         m_color_list-> insertItem ( new ColorListItem ( name, config ));
     }
 
     m_color_list-> setCurrentItem ( 0 );
 
     QPushButton* tempButton = new QPushButton( tab, "editSchemeButton" );
     tempButton->setText( tr( "Edit..." ) );
     connect( tempButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, SLOT( editSchemeClicked() ) );
     gridLayout->addWidget( tempButton, 0, 1 );
     QWhatsThis::add( tempButton, tr( "Click here to change the colors in the current color scheme." ) );
 
     tempButton = new QPushButton( tab, "deleteSchemeButton" );
     tempButton->setText( tr( "Delete" ) );
     connect( tempButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, SLOT( deleteSchemeClicked() ) );
     gridLayout->addWidget( tempButton, 1, 1 );
     QWhatsThis::add( tempButton, tr( "Click here to delete the color scheme selected in the list to the left." ) );
 
     tempButton = new QPushButton( tab, "saveSchemeButton" );
     tempButton->setText( tr( "Save" ) );
     connect( tempButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, SLOT( saveSchemeClicked() ) );
     gridLayout->addWidget( tempButton, 2, 1 );
     QWhatsThis::add( tempButton, tr( "Click here to name and save the current color scheme." ) );
 
     return tab;
 }
 
 QWidget *Appearance::createAdvancedTab ( QWidget *parent, Config &cfg )
 {
     QWidget *tab = new QWidget ( parent );
     QVBoxLayout *vertLayout = new QVBoxLayout( tab, 3, 3 );
 
     QGridLayout *lay = new QGridLayout ( vertLayout, 0, 0, 3, 0 );
 
     m_force = new QCheckBox ( tr( "Force styling for all applications." ), tab );
     m_force-> setChecked ( cfg. readBoolEntry ( "ForceStyle" ));
     lay-> addMultiCellWidget ( m_force, 0, 0, 0, 1 );
     QWhatsThis::add( m_force, tr( "Click here to allow all applications to use global appearance settings." ) );
 
     QLabel *l = new QLabel ( tab );
     l-> setText ( QString ( "<p>%1</p>" ). arg ( tr( "Disable styling for these applications ( <b>*</b> can be used as a wildcard):" )));
     lay-> addMultiCellWidget ( l, 1, 1, 0, 1 );
     QWhatsThis::add( l, tr( "If some applications do not display correctly with the global appearance settings, certain features can be turned off for that application.\n\nThis area allows you to select an application and which settings you wish to disable." ) );
 
     m_except = new QListView ( tab );
     m_except-> addColumn ( Resource::loadIconSet ( "appearance" ), "", 24 );
     m_except-> addColumn ( Resource::loadIconSet ( "font" ), "", 24 );
     m_except-> addColumn ( Resource::loadIconSet ( "appearance/deco" ), "", 24 );
     m_except-> addColumn ( tr( "Binary file(s)" ));
     m_except-> setColumnAlignment ( 0, AlignCenter );
     m_except-> setColumnAlignment ( 1, AlignCenter );
     m_except-> setColumnAlignment ( 2, AlignCenter );
     m_except-> setAllColumnsShowFocus ( true );
     m_except-> setMinimumHeight ( 30 );
     m_except-> header ( )-> setClickEnabled ( false );
     m_except-> header ( )-> setResizeEnabled ( false );
     m_except-> header ( )-> setMovingEnabled ( false );
     m_except-> setSorting ( -1 );
     lay-> addMultiCellWidget ( m_except, 2, 6, 0, 0 );
     QWhatsThis::add( m_except, tr( "If some applications do not display correctly with the global appearance settings, certain features can be turned off for that application.\n\nThis area allows you to select an application and which settings you wish to disable." ) );
 
     connect ( m_except, SIGNAL( clicked(QListViewItem*,const QPoint&,int)), this, SLOT( clickedExcept(QListViewItem*,const QPoint&,int)));
 
     QToolButton *tb = new QToolButton ( tab );
     tb-> setIconSet ( Resource::loadIconSet ( "appearance/add" ));
     tb-> setFocusPolicy ( QWidget::StrongFocus );
     lay-> addWidget ( tb, 2, 1 );
     connect ( tb, SIGNAL( clicked()), this, SLOT( addExcept()));
     QWhatsThis::add( tb, tr( "Click here to add an application to the list above." ) );
 
     tb = new QToolButton ( tab );
     tb-> setIconSet ( Resource::loadIconSet ( "editdelete" ));
     tb-> setFocusPolicy ( QWidget::StrongFocus );
     lay-> addWidget ( tb, 3, 1 );
     connect ( tb, SIGNAL( clicked()), this, SLOT( delExcept()));
     QWhatsThis::add( tb, tr( "Click here to delete the currently selected application." ) );
 
     tb = new QToolButton ( tab );
     tb-> setIconSet ( Resource::loadIconSet ( "up" ));
     tb-> setFocusPolicy ( QWidget::StrongFocus );
     lay-> addWidget ( tb, 4, 1 );
     connect ( tb, SIGNAL( clicked()), this, SLOT( upExcept()));
     QWhatsThis::add( tb, tr( "Click here to move the currently selected application up in the list." ) );
 
     tb = new QToolButton ( tab );
     tb-> setIconSet ( Resource::loadIconSet ( "down" ));
     tb-> setFocusPolicy ( QWidget::StrongFocus );
     lay-> addWidget ( tb, 5, 1 );
     connect ( tb, SIGNAL( clicked()), this, SLOT( downExcept()));
     QWhatsThis::add( tb, tr( "Click here to move the currently selected application down in the list." ) );
 
     lay-> setRowStretch ( 6, 10 );
     lay-> setColStretch ( 0, 10 );
 
     QStringList sl = cfg. readListEntry ( "NoStyle", ';' );
     QListViewItem *lvit = 0;
     for ( QStringList::Iterator it = sl. begin ( ); it != sl. end ( ); ++it )
     {
         int fl = ( *it ). left ( 1 ). toInt ( 0, 32 );
 
         lvit = new ExceptListItem ( m_except, lvit, ( *it ). mid ( 1 ), fl & 0x01, fl & 0x02, fl & 0x04 );
     }
 
 
     vertLayout-> addSpacing ( 3 );
     QFrame *f = new QFrame ( tab );
     f-> setFrameStyle ( QFrame::HLine | QFrame::Sunken );
     vertLayout-> addWidget ( f );
     vertLayout-> addSpacing ( 3 );
 
 
     QGridLayout* gridLayout = new QGridLayout ( vertLayout, 0, 0, 3, 0 );
 
     int style = cfg. readNumEntry ( "TabStyle", 2 ) - 1;
     bool tabtop = ( cfg. readEntry ( "TabPosition", "Top" ) == "Top" );
 
     QLabel* label = new QLabel( tr( "Tab style:" ), tab );
     gridLayout-> addWidget ( label, 0, 0 );
     QWhatsThis::add( label, tr( "Click here to select a desired style for tabbed dialogs (such as this application). The styles available are:\n\n1. Tabs - normal tabs with text labels only\n2. Tabs w/icons - tabs with icons for each tab, text label only appears on current tab\n3. Drop down list - a vertical listing of tabs\n4. Drop down list w/icons - a vertical listing of tabs with icons" ) );
 
     QButtonGroup* btngrp = new QButtonGroup( tab, "buttongroup" );
     btngrp-> hide ( );
     btngrp-> setExclusive ( true );
 
     m_tabstyle_list = new QComboBox ( false, tab, "tabstyle" );
     m_tabstyle_list-> insertItem ( tr( "Tabs" ));
     m_tabstyle_list-> insertItem ( tr( "Tabs w/icons" ));
     m_tabstyle_list-> insertItem ( tr( "Drop down list" ));
     m_tabstyle_list-> insertItem ( tr( "Drop down list w/icons" ));
     m_tabstyle_list-> setCurrentItem ( style );
     gridLayout-> addMultiCellWidget ( m_tabstyle_list, 0, 0, 1, 2 );
     QWhatsThis::add( m_tabstyle_list, tr( "Click here to select a desired style for tabbed dialogs (such as this application). The styles available are:\n\n1. Tabs - normal tabs with text labels only\n2. Tabs w/icons - tabs with icons for each tab, text label only appears on current tab\n3. Drop down list - a vertical listing of tabs\n4. Drop down list w/icons - a vertical listing of tabs with icons" ) );
 
     m_tabstyle_top = new QRadioButton( tr( "Top" ), tab, "tabpostop" );
     btngrp-> insert ( m_tabstyle_top );
     gridLayout-> addWidget( m_tabstyle_top, 1, 1 );
     QWhatsThis::add( m_tabstyle_top, tr( "Click here so that tabs appear at the top of the window." ) );
 
     m_tabstyle_bottom = new QRadioButton( tr( "Bottom" ), tab, "tabposbottom" );
     btngrp-> insert ( m_tabstyle_bottom );
     gridLayout-> addWidget( m_tabstyle_bottom, 1, 2 );
     QWhatsThis::add( m_tabstyle_bottom, tr( "Click here so that tabs appear at the bottom of the window." ) );
 
     m_tabstyle_top-> setChecked ( tabtop );
     m_tabstyle_bottom-> setChecked ( !tabtop );
 
     m_original_tabstyle = style;
     m_original_tabpos = tabtop;
 
     vertLayout-> addSpacing ( 3 );
     QHBoxLayout *rotLay = new QHBoxLayout ( vertLayout, 3 );
 
     QLabel* rotlabel = new QLabel( tr( "Rotation direction:" ), tab );
     m_rotdir_cw = new QRadioButton( tab, "rotdir_cw" );
     QPixmap cw1 = Resource::loadIconSet("redo"). pixmap( );
     m_rotdir_ccw = new QRadioButton( tab, "rotdir_ccw" );
     QImage ccwImage = cw1. convertToImage( ). mirror( 1, 0 );
     QPixmap ccw1;
     m_rotdir_flip = new QRadioButton( tab, "rotdir_flip" );
     QPixmap flip1 = Resource::loadIconSet("pass"). pixmap( );
     QButtonGroup* rotbtngrp = new QButtonGroup( tab, "rotbuttongroup" );
 
     rotbtngrp-> hide ( );
     rotbtngrp-> setExclusive ( true );
     rotbtngrp-> insert ( m_rotdir_cw );
     rotbtngrp-> insert ( m_rotdir_ccw );
     rotbtngrp-> insert ( m_rotdir_flip );
 
     ccw1. convertFromImage( ccwImage );
     m_rotdir_cw-> setPixmap( cw1 );
     m_rotdir_ccw-> setPixmap( ccw1 );
     m_rotdir_flip-> setPixmap( flip1 );
 
     rotLay-> addWidget ( rotlabel, 0 );
     rotLay-> addWidget ( m_rotdir_cw, 0 );
     rotLay-> addWidget ( m_rotdir_ccw, 0 );
     rotLay-> addWidget ( m_rotdir_flip, 0 );
 
     int rotDirection = cfg.readNumEntry( "rotatedir" );
     ODirection rot = CW;
 
     if (rotDirection == -1)
     {
         rot = ODevice::inst ( )-> direction ( );
     }
     else
     {
         rot = (ODirection)rotDirection;
     }
 
     m_rotdir_cw-> setChecked ( rot == CW );
     m_rotdir_ccw-> setChecked ( rot == CCW );
     m_rotdir_flip-> setChecked ( rot == Flip );
 
     return tab;
 }
 
 
 Appearance::Appearance( QWidget* parent,  const char* name, WFlags )
         : QDialog ( parent, name, true, WStyle_ContextHelp )
 {
     setCaption( tr( "Appearance Settings" ) );
 
     Config config( "qpe" );
     config.setGroup( "Appearance" );
 
     QVBoxLayout *top = new QVBoxLayout ( this, 3, 3 );
 
     m_sample = new SampleWindow ( this );
 
     m_sample-> setDecoration ( new DefaultWindowDecoration ( ) );
     QWhatsThis::add( m_sample, tr( "This is a preview window.  Look here to see your new appearance as options are changed." ) );
 
     OTabWidget* tw = new OTabWidget ( this, "tabwidget", OTabWidget::Global, OTabWidget::Bottom );
     QWidget *styletab;
 
     m_color_list = 0;
 
     tw-> addTab ( styletab = createStyleTab ( tw, config ), "appearance", tr( "Style" ));
     tw-> addTab ( createFontTab ( tw, config ), "font", tr( "Font" ));
     tw-> addTab ( createColorTab ( tw, config ), "appearance/color", tr( "Colors" ) );
     tw-> addTab ( createDecoTab ( tw, config ), "appearance/deco", tr( "Windows" ) );
     tw-> addTab ( m_advtab = createAdvancedTab ( tw, config ), "SettingsIcon", tr( "Advanced" ) );
 
     top-> addWidget ( tw, 10 );
     top-> addWidget ( m_sample, 1 );
 
     tw-> setCurrentTab ( styletab );
     connect ( tw, SIGNAL( currentChanged(QWidget*)), this, SLOT( tabChanged(QWidget*)));
 
     m_style_changed = m_font_changed = m_color_changed = m_deco_changed = false;
 }
 
 Appearance::~Appearance()
 {}
 
 void Appearance::tabChanged ( QWidget *w )
 {
     if ( w == m_advtab )
     {
         m_sample-> hide ( );
         updateGeometry ( ); // shouldn't be necessary ...
     }
     else
         m_sample-> show ( );
 }
 
 void Appearance::accept ( )
 {
     bool newtabpos = m_tabstyle_top-> isChecked ( );
     int newtabstyle = m_tabstyle_list-> currentItem ( );
 
     Config config ( "qpe" );
     config. setGroup ( "Appearance" );
 
     if ( m_style_changed )
     {
         StyleListItem *item = (StyleListItem *) m_style_list-> item ( m_style_list-> currentItem ( ));
         if ( item )
             config.writeEntry( "Style", item-> key ( ));
     }
 
     if ( m_deco_changed )
     {
         DecoListItem *item = (DecoListItem *) m_deco_list-> item ( m_deco_list-> currentItem ( ));
         if ( item )
             config.writeEntry( "Decoration", item-> key ( ));
     }
 
     if (( newtabstyle != m_original_tabstyle ) || ( newtabpos != m_original_tabpos ))
     {
         config. writeEntry ( "TabStyle", newtabstyle + 1 );
         config. writeEntry ( "TabPosition", newtabpos ? "Top" : "Bottom" );
     }
 
     if ( m_font_changed )
     {
         config. writeEntry ( "FontFamily", m_fontselect-> fontFamily ( ));
         config. writeEntry ( "FontStyle", m_fontselect-> fontStyle ( ));
         config. writeEntry ( "FontSize", m_fontselect-> fontSize ( ));
     }
 
 
     if ( m_color_changed )
     {
         ColorListItem *item = (ColorListItem *) m_color_list-> item ( m_color_list-> currentItem ( ));
 
         if ( item )
             item-> save ( config );
     }
 
     ODirection rot;
     if (m_rotdir_ccw-> isChecked ( ))
     {
         rot = CCW;
     }
     else if (m_rotdir_cw-> isChecked ( ))
     {
         rot = CW;
     }
     else
     {
         rot = Flip;
     }
     config. writeEntry ( "rotatedir", (int)rot );
 
     m_except-> setFocus ( ); // if the focus was on the embedded line-edit, we have to move it away first, so the contents are updated
 
     QStringList sl;
     QString exceptstr;
     for ( ExceptListItem *it = (ExceptListItem *) m_except-> firstChild ( ); it; it = (ExceptListItem *) it-> nextSibling ( ))
     {
         int fl = 0;
         fl |= ( it-> noStyle ( ) ? 0x01 : 0 );
         fl |= ( it-> noFont ( ) ? 0x02 : 0 );
         fl |= ( it-> noDeco ( ) ? 0x04 : 0 );
         exceptstr = QString::number ( fl, 32 );
         exceptstr.append( it-> pattern ( ));
         sl << exceptstr;
     }
     config. writeEntry ( "NoStyle", sl, ';' );
     config. writeEntry ( "ForceStyle", m_force-> isChecked ( ));
 
     config. write ( ); // need to flush the config info first
     Global::applyStyle ( );
 
     QDialog::accept ( );
 }
 
 void Appearance::done ( int r )
 {
     QDialog::done ( r );
     close ( );
 }
 
 
 void Appearance::styleClicked ( int index )
 {
     StyleListItem *sli = (StyleListItem *) m_style_list-> item ( index );
     m_style_settings-> setEnabled ( sli ? sli-> hasSettings ( ) : false );
 
     if ( m_sample && sli && sli-> style ( ))
     {
         int ci = m_color_list ? m_color_list-> currentItem ( ) : -1;
 
         m_sample-> setStyle2 ( sli-> style ( ), ci < 0 ? palette ( ) : ((ColorListItem *) m_color_list-> item ( ci ))-> palette ( ));
     }
 
     m_style_changed |= ( index != m_original_style );
 }
 
 void Appearance::styleSettingsClicked ( )
 {
     StyleListItem *item = (StyleListItem *) m_style_list-> item ( m_style_list-> currentItem ( ));
 
     if ( item && item-> hasSettings ( ))
     {
         QDialog *d = new QDialog ( this, "SETTINGS-DLG", true );
         QVBoxLayout *vbox = new QVBoxLayout ( d, 3, 0 );
 
         QWidget *w = item-> settings ( d );
 
         if ( w )
         {
             vbox-> addWidget ( w );
 
             d-> setCaption ( w-> caption ( ));
 
             bool accepted = ( QPEApplication::execDialog ( d ) == QDialog::Accepted );
 
             if ( item-> setSettings ( accepted ))
                 m_style_changed = true;
         }
         delete d;
     }
 }
 
 void Appearance::decoClicked ( int index )
 {
     DecoListItem *dli = (DecoListItem *) m_deco_list-> item ( index );
 
     if ( m_sample )
     {
         if ( dli && dli-> interface ( ))
             m_sample-> setDecoration ( dli-> interface ( ));
         else
             m_sample-> setDecoration ( new DefaultWindowDecoration ( ));
         m_sample-> repaint ( );
     }
     m_deco_changed |= ( index != m_original_deco );
 }
 
 void Appearance::fontClicked ( const QFont &f )
 {
     m_font_changed |= ( f != m_sample-> font ( ));
     m_sample-> setFont ( f );
 }
 
 void Appearance::colorClicked ( int index )
 {
     ColorListItem *item = (ColorListItem *) m_color_list-> item ( index );
 
     if ( item )
         m_sample-> setPalette ( item-> palette ( ));
 
     m_color_changed |= ( item-> palette ( ) != qApp-> palette ( ));
 }
 
 
 void Appearance::editSchemeClicked ( )
 {
     ColorListItem *item = (ColorListItem *) m_color_list-> item ( m_color_list-> currentItem ( ));
 
     int cnt = 0;
     QString labels [QColorGroup::NColorRoles];
     QColor colors [QColorGroup::NColorRoles];
 
     for ( int role = 0; role < (int) QColorGroup::NColorRoles; ++role )
     {
         QColor col = item->color( static_cast<QColorGroup::ColorRole>( role ) );
 
         if ( col. isValid ( ))
         {
             labels[cnt] = item->label( static_cast<QColorGroup::ColorRole>( role ) );
             colors[cnt] = col;
 
             cnt++;
         }
     }
 
     EditScheme* editdlg = new EditScheme( cnt, labels, colors, this, "editScheme", true );
     if ( QPEApplication::execDialog( editdlg ) == QDialog::Accepted )
     {
         ColorListItem *citem = (ColorListItem *) m_color_list-> item ( 0 );
         cnt = 0;
 
         for ( int role = 0; role < (int) QColorGroup::NColorRoles; ++role )
         {
             if ( item->color( static_cast<QColorGroup::ColorRole>( role ) ).isValid() )
             {
                 citem->setColor( static_cast<QColorGroup::ColorRole>( role ), colors[cnt] );
                 cnt++;
             }
         }
 
         m_color_list-> setCurrentItem ( 0 );
         colorClicked ( 0 );
 
         m_color_changed = true;
     }
     delete editdlg;
 }
 
 
 void Appearance::saveSchemeClicked()
 {
     ColorListItem *item = (ColorListItem *) m_color_list-> item ( m_color_list-> currentItem ( ));
 
     if ( !item )
         return;
 
     QDialog *d = new QDialog ( this, 0, true );
     d-> setCaption ( tr( "Save Scheme" ));
     QLineEdit *ed = new QLineEdit ( d );
     ( new QVBoxLayout ( d, 3, 3 ))-> addWidget ( ed );
     ed-> setFocus ( );
 
     if ( d-> exec ( ) == QDialog::Accepted )
     {
         QString schemename = ed-> text ( );
         QString filestr = QPEApplication::qpeDir();
         filestr.append( "/etc/colors/" );
         filestr.append( schemename );
         filestr.append( ".scheme" );
         QFile file ( filestr );
         if ( !file. exists ( ))
         {
             QPalette p = item-> palette ( );
 
             Config config ( file.name(), Config::File );
             config. setGroup( "Colors" );
 
             item-> save ( config );
 
             config. write ( ); // need to flush the config info first
 
             m_color_list-> insertItem ( new ColorListItem ( schemename, config ));
         }
         else
         {
             QMessageBox::information ( this, tr( "Save scheme" ), tr( "Scheme does already exist." ));
         }
     }
     delete d;
 }
 
 void Appearance::deleteSchemeClicked()
 {
     ColorListItem *item = (ColorListItem *) m_color_list-> item ( m_color_list-> currentItem ( ));
 
     if ( !item )
         return;
 
     if ( m_color_list-> currentItem ( ) > 0 )
     {
         if ( QPEMessageBox::confirmDelete ( this, tr( "Delete scheme" ), item-> text ( ) ) )
         {
             QString filestr = QPEApplication::qpeDir ( );
             filestr.append( "/etc/colors/" );
             filestr.append( item-> text ( ) );
             filestr.append( ".scheme" );
             QFile::remove ( filestr );
             delete item;
         }
     }
     else
     {
         QMessageBox::information( this, tr( "Delete scheme" ), tr( "Unable to delete current scheme." ));
     }
 }
 
 
 void Appearance::addExcept ( )
 {
     ExceptListItem *it = new ExceptListItem ( m_except, 0, tr( "<new>" ), true, true, true );
     m_except-> ensureItemVisible ( it );
     m_except-> setSelected ( it, true );
 }
 
 void Appearance::delExcept ( )
 {
     if ( m_except-> selectedItem ( ))
     {
         m_except-> setFocus ( );
         delete m_except-> selectedItem ( );
     }
 }
 
 void Appearance::upExcept ( )
 {
     ExceptListItem *it = (ExceptListItem *) m_except-> selectedItem ( );
 
     if ( it && it-> itemAbove ( ))
         it-> itemAbove ( )-> moveItem ( it );
 }
 
 void Appearance::downExcept ( )
 {
     ExceptListItem *it = (ExceptListItem *) m_except-> selectedItem ( );
 
     if ( it && it-> itemBelow ( ))
         it-> moveItem ( it-> itemBelow ( ));
 }
 
 class ExEdit : public QLineEdit
 {
 public:
     ExEdit ( ExceptListItem *item )
             : QLineEdit ( item-> listView ( )-> viewport ( ), "exedit" ), it ( item )
     {
         setFrame ( false );
 
         QRect r = it-> listView ( )-> itemRect ( it );
 
         int x = it-> listView ( )-> header ( )-> cellPos ( 3 ) - 1;
         int y = r. y ( );
         int w = it-> listView ( )-> viewport ( )-> width ( ) - x;
         int h = r. height ( ); // + 2;
 
         setText ( it-> pattern ( ));
         setGeometry ( x, y, w, h );
 
         odebug << "ExEdit: [" << it->text(2).latin1() << "] at "
                << x << "," << y << " " << w << "," << h << oendl;
 
         m_out = true;
 
         show ( );
         setFocus ( );
         selectAll ( );
         end ( true );
     }
 
     virtual void focusOutEvent ( QFocusEvent * )
     {
         hide ( );
         if ( m_out )
             it-> setPattern ( text ( ));
         delete this;
     }
 
     virtual void keyPressEvent ( QKeyEvent *e )
     {
         if ( e-> key ( ) == Key_Return )
             it-> listView ( )-> setFocus ( );
         else if ( e-> key ( ) == Key_Escape )
         {
             m_out = false;
             it-> listView ( )-> setFocus ( );
         }
         else
             QLineEdit::keyPressEvent ( e );
     }
 
 private:
     ExceptListItem *it;
     bool m_out;
 };
 
 void Appearance::clickedExcept ( QListViewItem *item, const QPoint &, int c )
 {
     if ( !item || c < 0 || c > 3 )
         return;
 
     ExceptListItem *it = (ExceptListItem *) item;
 
     if ( c == 0 )
         it-> setNoStyle ( !it-> noStyle ( ));
     else if ( c == 1 )
         it-> setNoFont ( !it-> noFont ( ));
     else if ( c == 2 )
         it-> setNoDeco ( !it-> noDeco ( ));
     else if ( c == 3 )
     {
         m_except-> ensureItemVisible ( it );
         new ExEdit ( it );
     }
 }
 
diff --git a/noncore/settings/doctab/doctab.cpp b/noncore/settings/doctab/doctab.cpp
index feaf538..72eda6b 100644
--- a/noncore/settings/doctab/doctab.cpp
+++ b/noncore/settings/doctab/doctab.cpp
@@ -1,94 +1,94 @@
 /**********************************************************************
 ** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of Qtopia Environment.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
 #include "doctab.h"
 
 #include <qpe/global.h>
 #include <qpe/fontmanager.h>
 #include <qpe/config.h>
 #include <qpe/applnk.h>
 #include <qpe/qpedialog.h>
 #include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
 #if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_COP)
 #include <qpe/qcopenvelope_qws.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <qlabel.h>
 #include <qcheckbox.h>
 #include <qradiobutton.h>
 #include <qtabwidget.h>
 #include <qslider.h>
 #include <qfile.h>
 #include <qtextstream.h>
 #include <qdatastream.h>
 #include <qmessagebox.h>
 #include <qcombobox.h>
 #include <qspinbox.h>
 #include <qlistbox.h>
 #include <qdir.h>
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
 #include <qstylefactory.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 
 DocTabSettings::DocTabSettings( QWidget* parent, const char* name, WFlags fl )
                 : DocTabSettingsBase( parent, name, TRUE, fl )
 {
         dl = new QPEDialogListener(this);
         reset();
 }
 
 DocTabSettings::~DocTabSettings()
 {}
 
 void DocTabSettings::accept()
 {
         applyDocTab();
         QDialog::accept();
 }
 
 void DocTabSettings::applyDocTab()
 {
     Config cfg( "Launcher" );
     cfg.setGroup( "DocTab" );
     cfg.writeEntry( "Enable", yes->isChecked() );
     cfg.write();
 }
 
 
 void DocTabSettings::reject()
 {
         reset();
         QDialog::reject();
 }
 
 void DocTabSettings::reset()
 {
 }
 
 QString DocTabSettings::actualDocTab;
 
 void DocTabSettings::done(int r)
 {
         QDialog::done(r);
         close();
 }
diff --git a/noncore/settings/language/language.cpp b/noncore/settings/language/language.cpp
index 14750ac..bf90576 100644
--- a/noncore/settings/language/language.cpp
+++ b/noncore/settings/language/language.cpp
@@ -1,159 +1,159 @@
 /**********************************************************************
 ** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of Qtopia Environment.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
 #include "settings.h"
 
 #include <qpe/global.h>
 #include <qpe/fontmanager.h>
 #include <qpe/config.h>
 #include <qpe/applnk.h>
 #include <qpe/qpedialog.h>
 #include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
 #if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_COP)
 #include <qpe/qcopenvelope_qws.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <qlabel.h>
 #include <qcheckbox.h>
 #include <qradiobutton.h>
 #include <qtabwidget.h>
 #include <qslider.h>
 #include <qfile.h>
 #include <qtextstream.h>
 #include <qdatastream.h>
 #include <qmessagebox.h>
 #include <qcombobox.h>
 #include <qspinbox.h>
 #include <qlistbox.h>
 #include <qdir.h>
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
 #include <qstylefactory.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 
 LanguageSettings::LanguageSettings( QWidget* parent, const char* name, WFlags fl )
                 : LanguageSettingsBase( parent, name, TRUE, fl )
 {
         if ( FontManager::hasUnicodeFont() )
                 languages->setFont(FontManager::unicodeFont(FontManager::Proportional));
 
 
         QString tfn = QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "i18n/";
         QDir langDir = tfn;
         QStringList list = langDir.entryList("*", QDir::Dirs );
 
         QStringList::Iterator it;
 
         for ( it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it ) {
                 QString name = (*it);
                 QFileInfo desktopFile( tfn + "/" + name + "/.directory" );
                 if ( desktopFile.exists() ) {
                         langAvail.append(name);
                         Config conf( desktopFile.filePath(), Config::File );
                         QString langName = conf.readEntry( "Name" );
                         QString ownName = conf.readEntryDirect( "Name[" + name + "]" );
                         if ( ownName.isEmpty() )
                                 ownName = conf.readEntryDirect( "Name" );
                         if ( !ownName.isEmpty() && ownName != langName )
                                 langName = langName + " [" + ownName + "]";
                         languages->insertItem( langName );
 
                 }
         }
         if ( langAvail. find ( "en" ) == -1 ) {
                 langAvail. prepend ( "" ); // no tr
                 languages-> insertItem ( QString ( "English [%1] (%2)" /* no tr (!) */ ). arg ( tr ( "English" )). arg ( tr( "default" )), 0 );
         }
 
         dl = new QPEDialogListener(this);
         reset();
 }
 
 LanguageSettings::~LanguageSettings()
 {}
 
 void LanguageSettings::accept()
 {
     Config c( "qpe" );
     c.setGroup( "Startup" );
     if ( ( c.readNumEntry( "FirstUse", 42 ) == 0 ) &&
        ( QMessageBox::warning( this, tr("Language"), tr("<qt>Attention, all windows will be closed by changing the language\n"
                                                  "without saving the Data.<br><br>Go on?</qt>"), 1, 2) ) 
          == QMessageBox::Cancel )
                                                  return;
     applyLanguage();
     QDialog::accept();
 }
 
 void LanguageSettings::applyLanguage()
 {
         setLanguage ( langAvail. at ( languages-> currentItem ( )));
 }
 
 
 void LanguageSettings::reject()
 {
         reset();
         QDialog::reject();
 }
 
 void LanguageSettings::reset()
 {
         QString l = getenv("LANG");
         Config config("locale");
         config.setGroup("Language");
         l = config.readEntry( "Language", l );
         actualLanguage = l;
         if (l.isEmpty())
                 l = "en";
 
         int n = langAvail.find( l );
         languages->setCurrentItem( n );
 }
 
 QString LanguageSettings::actualLanguage;
 
 void LanguageSettings::setLanguage(const QString& lang)
 {
         if ( lang != actualLanguage ) {
                 Config config("locale");
                 config.setGroup( "Language" );
                 if ( lang. isEmpty ( ))
                         config. removeEntry ( "Language" );
                 else
                         config.writeEntry( "Language", lang );
                 config.write();
 
 #if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_COP)
 
                 QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "language(QString)");
                 e << lang;
 #endif
 
         }
 }
 
 void LanguageSettings::done(int r)
 {
         QDialog::done(r);
         close();
 }
diff --git a/noncore/settings/networksettings/interfaces/module.h b/noncore/settings/networksettings/interfaces/module.h
index 9dc913e..13189c3 100644
--- a/noncore/settings/networksettings/interfaces/module.h
+++ b/noncore/settings/networksettings/interfaces/module.h
@@ -1,188 +1,188 @@
 #ifndef NETCONF_MODULE_H
 #define NETCONF_MODULE_H
 
 #include <qobject.h>
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
 #include <qlist.h>
 #else
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 #endif
 #include <qmap.h>
 #include "interface.h"
 
 class QWidget;
 class QTabWidget;
 
 
 /**
  * \brief The basis of all plugins
  *
  * This is the way to extend networksettings with
  * extra functionality.
  *
  *
  * Networksettings in the 1.0 release does not use QCOM
  * for activation. You need to provide the following function yourself.
  *
  * A module needs to provide Name, Images, and methods for
  * claiming interfaces. For example you can claim physicla
  * interfaces like wlan0, ppp0 or virtual like a VPN
  * connection and hide the real ppp device or ethernet device
  * behind your VPN plugin.
  *
  * During start up. The main application searches for network devices
  * and then looks for an owner under the plugins for them.
  * For example the WLAN Plugin looks if there is a WLAN Extension
  * on that interface and then claims it by returning true from isOwner()
  *
  * \code
  * extern "C"
  *  {
  *   void* create_plugin() {
  *   return new WLANModule();
  * }
  * };
  * \endcode
  * @see isOwner(Interface*)
  */
 class Module : private QObject{
 
 signals:
 /**
  * Emit this Signal once you change the Interface
  * you're operating on
  *
  * @param i The Interface
  */
   void updateInterface(Interface *i);
 
 
 public:
   Module(){};
 
   /**
    * The type of the plugin
    * and the name of the qcop call
    */
   virtual const QString type() = 0;
 
   /**
    * The current profile has been changed and the module should do any
    * neccesary changes also.
    * As of Opie1.0 profiles are disabled.
    *
    * @param newProfile what the profile should be changed to.
    */
   virtual void setProfile(const QString &newProfile) = 0;
 
   /**
    * get the icon name for this device.
    * @param Interface* can be used in determining the icon.
    * @return QString the icon name (minus .png, .gif etc)
    */
   virtual QString getPixmapName(Interface *) = 0;
 
   /**
    * Check to see if the interface i is owned by this module.
    * See if you can handle it. And if you can claim ownership
    * by returning true.
    * For physical devices you will be asked if you want to own the
    * device. But you can also create new \sa Interface Implementations.
    *
    * If you want to own the Interface add it to your internal interface
    * list
    *
    * @param Interface* interface to check against
    * @return bool true if i is owned by this module, false otherwise.
    *
    * @see getInterfaces
    */
   virtual bool isOwner(Interface *){ return false; };
 
   /**
    * Create and return the Configure Module
    * @param Interface *i the interface to configure.
    * @return QWidget* pointer to this modules configure.
    *
    * @see InterfaceSetupImp
    */
   virtual QWidget *configure(Interface *){ return NULL; } ;
 
   /**
    * Create, and return the Information Module.
    *
    * An default Implementation is InterfaceInformationImp
    *
    * @param Interface *i the interface to get info on.
    * @return QWidget* pointer to this modules info.
    *
    * @see InterfaceInformationImp
    *
    */
   virtual QWidget *information(Interface *){ return NULL; };
 
   /**
    * Get all active (up or down) interfaces managed by this
    * module.
    * At the end of initialisation you will be asked to return your interfaces
    * Return all of your interfaces even  the ones you claimed by isOnwer.
    * Here you can also return your 'virtual' Interface Objects
    *
    * @return QList<Interface> A list of interfaces that exsist that havn't
    * been called by isOwner()
    */
   virtual QList<Interface> getInterfaces() = 0;
 
   /**
    * Adds possible new interfaces to the list (Example: usb(ppp), ir(ppp),
    *  modem ppp)
    * Both strings need to be translated. The first string is a Shortcut
    * like PPP and the second argument is a description.
    *
    * <code>
    *  list.insert(
    *
    * </code>
    *
    * @param list A reference to the list of supported additionns.
    */
   virtual void possibleNewInterfaces(QMap<QString, QString> &list) = 0;
 
   /**
    * Attempts to create a new interface from name you gave
    * possibleNewInterfaces()
    * @return Interface* NULL if it was unable to be created.
    * @param name the type of interface to create
    *
    * @see possibleNewInterfaces
    */
   virtual Interface *addNewInterface(const QString &name) = 0;
 
   /**
    * Attempts to remove the interface, doesn't delete i
    * @return bool true if successful, false otherwise.
    */
   virtual bool remove(Interface* i) = 0;
 
   /**
    * get dcop calls
    */
   virtual void receive(const QCString &msg, const QByteArray &arg) = 0;
 
     QStringList handledInterfaceNames()const { return m_inter; }
 protected:
     /**
      * set which interfaceNames should not be shown cause they're handled
      * internally of this module.. An already running ppp link or
      * a tunnel... VPN an such
      */
     void setHandledInterfaceNames( const QStringList& in) { m_inter = in; }
 
 private:
     QStringList m_inter;
 };
 
 #endif
 
 // module.h
 
diff --git a/noncore/settings/networksettings/mainwindow/addconnectionimp.cpp b/noncore/settings/networksettings/mainwindow/addconnectionimp.cpp
index 84f1cf6..9049af4 100644
--- a/noncore/settings/networksettings/mainwindow/addconnectionimp.cpp
+++ b/noncore/settings/networksettings/mainwindow/addconnectionimp.cpp
@@ -1,41 +1,41 @@
 #include "addconnectionimp.h"
 #include <qlistview.h>
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
 #include <qlist.h>
 #else
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 #endif
 #include <qlabel.h>
 #include <qheader.h>
 
 /**
  * Constructor
  */
 AddConnectionImp::AddConnectionImp(QWidget *parent, const char *name, WFlags f):AddConnection(parent, name, f){
   connect(registeredServicesList, SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, SLOT(changed()));
   registeredServicesList->header()->hide();
 };
 
 /**
  * The current item changed, update the discription.
  */
 void AddConnectionImp::changed(){
   QListViewItem *item = registeredServicesList->currentItem();
   if(item)
     help->setText(list[item->text(0)]);
 }
 
 /**
  * Save a copy of newList for the discriptions and append them all to the view
  * @param newList the new list of possible interfaces
  */
 void AddConnectionImp::addConnections(const QMap<QString, QString> &newList){
   list = newList;
   QMap<QString, QString>::Iterator it;
   for( it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it )
     (void)new QListViewItem(registeredServicesList, it.key());
   registeredServicesList->setCurrentItem(registeredServicesList->firstChild());
 }
 
 // addserviceimp.cpp
 
diff --git a/noncore/settings/networksettings/mainwindow/mainwindowimp.cpp b/noncore/settings/networksettings/mainwindow/mainwindowimp.cpp
index 5f23aea..8feb7a5 100644
--- a/noncore/settings/networksettings/mainwindow/mainwindowimp.cpp
+++ b/noncore/settings/networksettings/mainwindow/mainwindowimp.cpp
@@ -1,713 +1,713 @@
 
 #include "mainwindowimp.h"
 #include "addconnectionimp.h"
 #include "interfaceinformationimp.h"
 #include "interfacesetupimp.h"
 #include "interfaces.h"
 #include "module.h"
 
 /* OPIE */
 #include <opie2/odebug.h>
 #include <qpe/qcopenvelope_qws.h>
 #include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
 #include <qpe/config.h>
 #include <qpe/qlibrary.h>
 #include <qpe/resource.h>
 
 /* QT */
 #include <qpushbutton.h>
 #include <qlistbox.h>
 #include <qlineedit.h>
 #include <qlistview.h>
 #include <qheader.h>
 #include <qlabel.h>
 #include <qtabwidget.h> // in order to disable the profiles tab
 #include <qmessagebox.h>
 
 
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
 #include <qlist.h>
 #else
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 #endif
 #include <qdir.h>
 #include <qfile.h>
 #include <qtextstream.h>
 #include <qregexp.h>
 
 /* STD */
 #include <net/if.h>
 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
 #include <sys/socket.h>
 
 #define DEFAULT_SCHEME "/var/lib/pcmcia/scheme"
 #define _PROCNETDEV "/proc/net/dev"
 
 MainWindowImp::MainWindowImp(QWidget *parent, const char *name, WFlags) : MainWindow(parent, name, Qt::WStyle_ContextHelp), advancedUserMode(true), scheme(DEFAULT_SCHEME)
 {
     connect(addConnectionButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(addClicked()));
     connect(removeConnectionButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(removeClicked()));
     connect(informationConnectionButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(informationClicked()));
     connect(configureConnectionButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(configureClicked()));
 
     //remove tab with no function
     tabWidget->removePage( tab );
 
     // Load connections.
     // /usr/local/kde/lib/libinterfaces.la
     loadModules(QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "plugins/networksettings");
     getAllInterfaces();
 
     Interfaces i;
     QStringList list = i.getInterfaceList();
     QMap<QString, Interface*>::Iterator it;
     for ( QStringList::Iterator ni = list.begin(); ni != list.end(); ++ni )
     {
         /*
          * we skipped it in getAllInterfaces now
          * we need to ignore it as well
          */
         if (m_handledIfaces.contains( *ni) )
         {
             odebug << "Not up iface handled by module" << oendl;
             continue;
         }
         bool found = false;
         for( it = interfaceNames.begin(); it != interfaceNames.end(); ++it )
         {
             if(it.key() == (*ni))
                 found = true;
         }
         if(!found)
         {
             if(!(*ni).contains("_"))
             {
                 Interface *i = new Interface(this, *ni, false);
                 i->setAttached(false);
                 i->setHardwareName(tr("Disconnected"));
                 interfaceNames.insert(i->getInterfaceName(), i);
                 updateInterface(i);
                 connect(i, SIGNAL(updateInterface(Interface*)), this, SLOT(updateInterface(Interface*)));
             }
         }
     }
 
     //getInterfaceList();
     connectionList->header()->hide();
 
     Config cfg("NetworkSetup");
     profiles = QStringList::split(" ", cfg.readEntry("Profiles", "All"));
     for ( QStringList::Iterator it = profiles.begin();
             it != profiles.end(); ++it)
         profilesList->insertItem((*it));
     currentProfileLabel->setText(cfg.readEntry("CurrentProfile", "All"));
     advancedUserMode = cfg.readBoolEntry("AdvancedUserMode", false);
     scheme = cfg.readEntry("SchemeFile", DEFAULT_SCHEME);
 
     QFile file(scheme);
     if ( file.open(IO_ReadOnly) )
     {    // file opened successfully
         QTextStream stream( &file );        // use a text stream
         while ( !stream.eof() )
         {        // until end of file...
             QString line = stream.readLine();       // line of text excluding '\n'
             if(line.contains("SCHEME"))
             {
                 line = line.mid(7, line.length());
                 currentProfileLabel->setText(line);
                 break;
             }
         }
         file.close();
     }
     makeChannel();
 }
 
 /**
  * Deconstructor. Save profiles.  Delete loaded libraries.
  */
 MainWindowImp::~MainWindowImp()
 {
     // Save profiles.
     Config cfg("NetworkSetup");
     cfg.setGroup("General");
     cfg.writeEntry("Profiles", profiles.join(" "));
 
     // Delete all interfaces that don't have owners.
     QMap<Interface*, QListViewItem*>::Iterator iIt;
     for( iIt = items.begin(); iIt != items.end(); ++iIt )
     {
         if(iIt.key()->getModuleOwner() == NULL)
             delete iIt.key();
     }
 
     // Delete Modules and Libraries
     QMap<Module*, QLibrary*>::Iterator it;
     for( it = libraries.begin(); it != libraries.end(); ++it )
     {
         delete it.key();
         // I wonder why I can't delete the libraries
         // What fucking shit this is.
         //delete it.data();
     }
 }
 
 /**
  * Query the kernel for all of the interfaces.
  */
 void MainWindowImp::getAllInterfaces()
 {
     int sockfd = socket(PF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0);
     if(sockfd == -1)
         return;
 
     struct ifreq ifr;
     QStringList ifaces;
     QFile procFile(QString(_PROCNETDEV));
     int result;
     Interface *i;
 
     if (! procFile.exists())
     {
         struct ifreq ifrs[100];
         struct ifconf ifc;
         ifc.ifc_len = sizeof(ifrs);
         ifc.ifc_req = ifrs;
         result = ioctl(sockfd, SIOCGIFCONF, &ifc);
 
         for (unsigned int i = 0; i < ifc.ifc_len / sizeof(struct ifreq); i++)
         {
             struct ifreq *pifr = &ifrs[i];
 
             ifaces += pifr->ifr_name;
         }
     }
     else
     {
         procFile.open(IO_ReadOnly);
         QString line;
         QTextStream procTs(&procFile);
         int loc = -1;
 
         procTs.readLine(); // eat a line
         procTs.readLine(); // eat a line
         while((line = procTs.readLine().simplifyWhiteSpace()) != QString::null)
         {
             if((loc = line.find(":")) != -1)
             {
                 ifaces += line.left(loc);
             }
         }
     }
 
     for (QStringList::Iterator it = ifaces.begin(); it != ifaces.end(); ++it)
     {
         int flags = 0;
         if ( m_handledIfaces.contains( (*it) ) )
         {
             odebug << " " << (*it).latin1() << " is handled by a module" << oendl;
             continue;
         }
         //    int family;
         i = NULL;
 
         strcpy(ifr.ifr_name, (*it).latin1());
 
         struct ifreq ifcopy;
         ifcopy = ifr;
         result = ioctl(sockfd, SIOCGIFFLAGS, &ifcopy);
         flags = ifcopy.ifr_flags;
         i = new Interface(this, ifr.ifr_name, false);
         i->setAttached(true);
         if ((flags & IFF_UP) == IFF_UP)
             i->setStatus(true);
         else
             i->setStatus(false);
 
         if ((flags & IFF_BROADCAST) == IFF_BROADCAST)
             i->setHardwareName("Ethernet");
         else if ((flags & IFF_POINTOPOINT) == IFF_POINTOPOINT)
             i->setHardwareName("Point to Point");
         else if ((flags & IFF_MULTICAST) == IFF_MULTICAST)
             i->setHardwareName("Multicast");
         else if ((flags & IFF_LOOPBACK) == IFF_LOOPBACK)
             i->setHardwareName("Loopback");
         else
             i->setHardwareName("Unknown");
 
         owarn << "Adding interface " << ifr.ifr_name << " to interfaceNames\n" << oendl;
         interfaceNames.insert(i->getInterfaceName(), i);
         updateInterface(i);
         connect(i, SIGNAL(updateInterface(Interface*)),
                 this, SLOT(updateInterface(Interface*)));
     }
     // now lets ask the plugins too ;)
     QMap<Module*, QLibrary*>::Iterator it;
     QList<Interface> ilist;
     for( it = libraries.begin(); it != libraries.end(); ++it )
     {
         if(it.key())
         {
             ilist = it.key()->getInterfaces();
             for( i = ilist.first(); i != 0; i = ilist.next() )
             {
                 owarn << "Adding interface " << i->getInterfaceName().latin1() << " to interfaceNames\n" << oendl;
                 interfaceNames.insert(i->getInterfaceName(), i);
                 updateInterface(i);
                 connect(i, SIGNAL(updateInterface(Interface*)),
                         this, SLOT(updateInterface(Interface*)));
             }
         }
     }
 }
 
 /**
  * Load all modules that are found in the path
  * @param path a directory that is scaned for any plugins that can be loaded
  *  and attempts to load them
  */
 void MainWindowImp::loadModules(const QString &path)
 {
 #ifdef DEBUG
     odebug << "MainWindowImp::loadModules: " << path.latin1() << "" << oendl;
 #endif
     QDir d(path);
     if(!d.exists())
         return;
 
     QString lang = ::getenv("LANG");
     // Don't want sym links
     d.setFilter( QDir::Files | QDir::NoSymLinks );
     const QFileInfoList *list = d.entryInfoList();
     QFileInfoListIterator it( *list );
     QFileInfo *fi;
     while ( (fi=it.current()) )
     {
         if(fi->fileName().contains(".so"))
         {
             /* if loaded install translation */
             if( loadPlugin(path + "/" + fi->fileName()) != 0l ){
                 QTranslator *trans = new QTranslator(qApp);
                 QString fn = QPEApplication::qpeDir()+"i18n/"+lang+"/"+ fi->fileName().left( fi->fileName().find(".") )+".qm";
                 if( trans->load( fn ) )
                     qApp->installTranslator( trans );
                 else
                     delete trans;
             }
             odebug << "loaded plugin: >" << QString(path + "/" + fi->fileName()).latin1() << "< " << oendl;
         }
         ++it;
     }
 }
 
 /**
  * Attempt to load a function and resolve a function.
  * @param pluginFileName - the name of the file in which to attempt to load
  * @param resolveString - function pointer to resolve
  * @return pointer to the function with name resolveString or NULL
  */
 Module* MainWindowImp::loadPlugin(const QString &pluginFileName, const QString &resolveString)
 {
 #ifdef DEBUG
     odebug << "MainWindowImp::loadPlugin: " << pluginFileName.latin1() << ": resolving " << resolveString.latin1() << "" << oendl;
 #endif
     QLibrary *lib = new QLibrary(pluginFileName);
     void *functionPointer = lib->resolve(resolveString);
     if( !functionPointer )
     {
 #ifdef DEBUG
         odebug << "MainWindowImp::loadPlugin: Warning: " << pluginFileName.latin1() << " is not a plugin" << oendl;
 #endif
         delete lib;
         return 0;
     }
     // Try to get an object.
     Module *object = ((Module* (*)()) functionPointer)();
     if(object == 0)
     {
 #ifdef DEBUG
         odebug << "MainWindowImp: Couldn't create object, but did load library!" << oendl;
 #endif
         delete lib;
         return 0;
     }
 
     m_handledIfaces += object->handledInterfaceNames();
     // Store for deletion later
     libraries.insert(object, lib);
     return object;
 }
 
 /**
  * The Add button was clicked.  Bring up the add dialog and if OK is hit
  * load the plugin and append it to the list
  */
 void MainWindowImp::addClicked()
 {
     QMap<Module*, QLibrary*>::Iterator it;
     QMap<QString, QString> list;
     QMap<QString, Module*> newInterfaceOwners;
 
     for( it = libraries.begin(); it != libraries.end(); ++it )
     {
         if(it.key())
         {
             (it.key())->possibleNewInterfaces(list);
         }
     }
     // See if the list has anything that we can add.
     if(list.count() == 0)
     {
         QMessageBox::information(this, "Sorry", "Nothing to add.", QMessageBox::Ok);
         return;
     }
     AddConnectionImp addNewConnection(this, "AddConnectionImp", true);
     addNewConnection.addConnections(list);
     if( QDialog::Accepted == QPEApplication::execDialog( &addNewConnection ) )
     {
         QListViewItem *item = addNewConnection.registeredServicesList->currentItem();
         if(!item)
             return;
 
         for( it = libraries.begin(); it != libraries.end(); ++it )
         {
             if(it.key())
             {
                 Interface *i = (it.key())->addNewInterface(item->text(0));
                 if(i)
                 {
                     odebug << "iface name " << i->getInterfaceName().latin1() << "" << oendl;
                     interfaceNames.insert(i->getInterfaceName(), i);
                     updateInterface(i);
                 }
             }
         }
     }
 }
 
 /**
  * Prompt the user to see if they really want to do this.
  * If they do then remove from the list and unload.
  */
 void MainWindowImp::removeClicked()
 {
     QListViewItem *item = connectionList->currentItem();
     if(!item)
     {
         QMessageBox::information(this, "Sorry","Please select an interface First.", QMessageBox::Ok);
         return;
     }
 
     Interface *i = interfaceItems[item];
     if(i->getModuleOwner() == NULL)
     {
         QMessageBox::information(this, "Can't remove interface.", "Interface is built in.", QMessageBox::Ok);
     }
     else
     {
         if(!i->getModuleOwner()->remove(i))
             QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Error"), tr("Unable to remove."), QMessageBox::Ok);
         else
         {
             delete item;
             //      QMessageBox::information(this, "Success", "Interface was removed.", QMessageBox::Ok);
         }
     }
 }
 
 /**
  * Pull up the configure about the currently selected interface.
  * Report an error if no interface is selected.
  * If the interface has a module owner then request its configure.
  */
 void MainWindowImp::configureClicked()
 {
     QListViewItem *item = connectionList->currentItem();
     if(!item)
     {
         QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Sorry"),tr("Please select an interface first."), QMessageBox::Ok);
         return;
     }
 
     QString currentProfileText = currentProfileLabel->text();
     if(currentProfileText.upper() == "ALL");
     currentProfileText = "";
 
     Interface *i = interfaceItems[item];
 
     if(i->getModuleOwner())
     {
         QWidget *moduleConfigure = i->getModuleOwner()->configure(i);
         if(moduleConfigure != NULL)
         {
             i->getModuleOwner()->setProfile(currentProfileText);
             QPEApplication::showWidget( moduleConfigure );
             return;
         }
     }
 
     InterfaceSetupImpDialog *configure = new InterfaceSetupImpDialog(this, "InterfaceSetupImp", i, true, Qt::WDestructiveClose  | Qt::WStyle_ContextHelp );
     configure->setProfile(currentProfileText);
     QPEApplication::showDialog( configure );
 }
 
 /**
  * Pull up the information about the currently selected interface.
  * Report an error if no interface is selected.
  * If the interface has a module owner then request its configure.
  */
 void MainWindowImp::informationClicked()
 {
     QListViewItem *item = connectionList->currentItem();
     if(!item)
     {
         QMessageBox::information(this, "Sorry","Please select an interface First.", QMessageBox::Ok);
         return;
     }
 
     Interface *i = interfaceItems[item];
     //   if(!i->isAttached()){
     //     QMessageBox::information(this, "Sorry","No information about\na disconnected interface.", QMessageBox::Ok);
     //     return;
     //   }
 
     if(i->getModuleOwner())
     {
         QWidget *moduleInformation = i->getModuleOwner()->information(i);
         if(moduleInformation != NULL)
         {
             QPEApplication::showWidget( moduleInformation );
 #ifdef DEBUG
             odebug << "MainWindowImp::informationClicked:: Module owner has created, we showed." << oendl;
 #endif
             return;
         }
     }
     InterfaceInformationImp *information = new InterfaceInformationImp(this, "InterfaceSetupImp", i, Qt::WType_Modal | Qt::WDestructiveClose | Qt::WStyle_Dialog  | Qt::WStyle_ContextHelp);
     QPEApplication::showWidget( information );
 }
 
 /**
  * Update this interface.  If no QListViewItem exists create one.
  * @param Interface* pointer to the interface that needs to be updated.
  */
 void MainWindowImp::updateInterface(Interface *i)
 {
     if(!advancedUserMode)
     {
         if(i->getInterfaceName() == "lo")
             return;
     }
 
     QListViewItem *item = NULL;
 
     // Find the interface, making it if needed.
     if(items.find(i) == items.end())
     {
         item = new QListViewItem(connectionList, "", "", "");
         // See if you can't find a module owner for this interface
         QMap<Module*, QLibrary*>::Iterator it;
         for( it = libraries.begin(); it != libraries.end(); ++it )
         {
             if(it.key()->isOwner(i))
                 i->setModuleOwner(it.key());
         }
         items.insert(i, item);
         interfaceItems.insert(item, i);
     }
     else
         item = items[i];
 
     // Update the icons and information
 #ifdef QWS
     item->setPixmap(0, (Resource::loadPixmap(i->getStatus() ? "up": "down")));
 #else
     item->setPixmap(0, (SmallIcon(i->getStatus() ? "up": "down")));
 #endif
 
     QString typeName = "lan";
     if(i->getInterfaceName() == "lo")
         typeName = "lo";
     if(i->getInterfaceName().contains("irda"))
         typeName = "irda";
     if(i->getInterfaceName().contains("wlan"))
         typeName = "wlan";
     if(i->getInterfaceName().contains("usb"))
         typeName = "usb";
 
     if(!i->isAttached())
         typeName = "connect_no";
     // Actually try to use the Module
     if(i->getModuleOwner() != NULL)
         typeName = i->getModuleOwner()->getPixmapName(i);
 
 #ifdef QWS
     item->setPixmap(1, (Resource::loadPixmap(QString("networksettings/") + typeName)));
 #else
     item->setPixmap(1, (SmallIcon(typeName)));
 #endif
     item->setText(2, i->getHardwareName());
     item->setText(3, QString("(%1)").arg(i->getInterfaceName()));
     item->setText(4, (i->getStatus()) ? i->getIp() : QString(""));
 }
 
 void MainWindowImp::newProfileChanged(const QString& newText)
 {
     if(newText.length() > 0)
         newProfileButton->setEnabled(true);
     else
         newProfileButton->setEnabled(false);
 }
 
 /**
  * Adds a new profile to the list of profiles.
  * Don't add profiles that already exists.
  * Appends to the list and QStringList
  */
 void MainWindowImp::addProfile()
 {
     QString newProfileName = newProfile->text();
     if(profiles.grep(newProfileName).count() > 0)
     {
         QMessageBox::information(this, "Can't Add","Profile already exists.", QMessageBox::Ok);
         return;
     }
     profiles.append(newProfileName);
     profilesList->insertItem(newProfileName);
 }
 
 /**
  * Removes the currently selected profile in the combo.
  * Doesn't delete if there are less then 2 profiles.
  */
 void MainWindowImp::removeProfile()
 {
     if(profilesList->count() <= 1)
     {
         QMessageBox::information(this, "Can't remove.","At least one profile\nis needed.", QMessageBox::Ok);
         return;
     }
     QString profileToRemove = profilesList->currentText();
     if(profileToRemove == "All")
     {
         QMessageBox::information(this, "Can't remove.","Can't remove default.", QMessageBox::Ok);
         return;
     }
     // Can't remove the curent profile
     if(profileToRemove == currentProfileLabel->text())
     {
         QMessageBox::information(this, "Can't remove.",QString("%1 is the current profile.").arg(profileToRemove), QMessageBox::Ok);
         return;
 
     }
 
     if(QMessageBox::information(this, "Question",QString("Remove profile: %1").arg(profileToRemove), QMessageBox::Ok, QMessageBox::Cancel) == QMessageBox::Ok)
     {
         profiles = QStringList::split(" ", profiles.join(" ").replace(QRegExp(profileToRemove), ""));
         profilesList->clear();
         for ( QStringList::Iterator it = profiles.begin(); it != profiles.end(); ++it)
             profilesList->insertItem((*it));
 
         // Remove any interface settings and mappings.
         Interfaces interfaces;
         // Go through them one by one
         QMap<Interface*, QListViewItem*>::Iterator it;
         for( it = items.begin(); it != items.end(); ++it )
         {
             QString interfaceName = it.key()->getInterfaceName();
             odebug << interfaceName.latin1() << oendl;
             if(interfaces.setInterface(interfaceName + "_" + profileToRemove))
             {
                 interfaces.removeInterface();
                 if(interfaces.setMapping(interfaceName))
                 {
                     if(profilesList->count() == 1)
                         interfaces.removeMapping();
                     else
                     {
                         interfaces.removeMap("map", interfaceName + "_" + profileToRemove);
                     }
                 }
                 interfaces.write();
                 break;
             }
         }
     }
 }
 
 /**
  * A new profile has been selected, change.
  * @param newProfile the new profile.
  */
 void MainWindowImp::changeProfile()
 {
     if(profilesList->currentItem() == -1)
     {
         QMessageBox::information(this, "Can't Change.","Please select a profile.", QMessageBox::Ok);
         return;
     }
     QString newProfile = profilesList->text(profilesList->currentItem());
     if(newProfile != currentProfileLabel->text())
     {
         currentProfileLabel->setText(newProfile);
         QFile::remove(scheme);
         QFile file(scheme);
         if ( file.open(IO_ReadWrite) )
         {
             QTextStream stream( &file );
             stream << QString("SCHEME=%1").arg(newProfile);
             file.close();
         }
         // restart all up devices?
         if(QMessageBox::information(this, "Question","Restart all running interfaces?", QMessageBox::Ok, QMessageBox::No) == QMessageBox::Ok)
         {
             // Go through them one by one
             QMap<Interface*, QListViewItem*>::Iterator it;
             for( it = items.begin(); it != items.end(); ++it )
             {
                 if(it.key()->getStatus() == true)
                     it.key()->restart();
             }
         }
     }
     // TODO change the profile in the modules
 }
 
 
 void MainWindowImp::makeChannel()
 {
     channel = new QCopChannel( "QPE/Application/networksettings", this );
     connect( channel, SIGNAL(received(const QCString&,const QByteArray&)),
              this, SLOT(receive(const QCString&,const QByteArray&)) );
 }
 
 void MainWindowImp::receive(const QCString &msg, const QByteArray &arg)
 {
     bool found = false;
     odebug << "MainWindowImp::receive QCop msg >"+msg+"<" << oendl;
     if (msg == "raise")
     {
         raise();
         return;
     }
 
     QString dest = msg.left(msg.find("("));
     QCString param = msg.right(msg.length() - msg.find("(") - 1);
     param = param.left( param.length() - 1 );
     odebug << "dest >" << dest.latin1() << "< param >"+param+"<" << oendl;
 
     QMap<Module*, QLibrary*>::Iterator it;
     for( it = libraries.begin(); it != libraries.end(); ++it )
     {
         odebug << "plugin >" << it.key()->type().latin1() << "<" << oendl;
         if(it.key()->type() == dest)
         {
             it.key()->receive( param, arg );
             found = true;
         }
     }
 
 
     if (found) QPEApplication::setKeepRunning();
     else odebug << "Huh what do ya want" << oendl;
 }
diff --git a/noncore/unsupported/qpdf/QOutputDev.cpp b/noncore/unsupported/qpdf/QOutputDev.cpp
index 022d938..487177c 100644
--- a/noncore/unsupported/qpdf/QOutputDev.cpp
+++ b/noncore/unsupported/qpdf/QOutputDev.cpp
@@ -1,1053 +1,1053 @@
 ///========================================================================
 //
 // QOutputDev.cc
 //
 // Copyright 1996 Derek B. Noonburg
 // CopyRight 2002 Robert Griebl
 //
 //========================================================================
 
 #ifdef __GNUC__
 #pragma implementation
 #endif
 
 #include <aconf.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <stddef.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include <math.h>
 #include <iostream>
 
 #include "GString.h"
 #include "Object.h"
 #include "Stream.h"
 #include "Link.h"
 #include "GfxState.h"
 #include "GfxFont.h"
 #include "UnicodeMap.h"
 #include "CharCodeToUnicode.h"
 #include "FontFile.h"
 #include "Error.h"
 #include "TextOutputDev.h"
 #include "QOutputDev.h"
 
 
 #include <qpixmap.h>
 #include <qimage.h>
 #include <qpainter.h>
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qtimer.h>
 #include <qapplication.h>
 #include <qclipboard.h>
 
         //#define QPDFDBG(x) x  // special debug mode
         #define QPDFDBG(x)      // normal compilation
 
 
 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Constants and macros
 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 static inline QColor q_col ( const GfxRGB &rgb )
 {
         return QColor ( lrint ( rgb. r * 255 ), lrint ( rgb. g * 255 ), lrint ( rgb. b * 255 ));
 }
 
 
 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Font substitutions
 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 struct QOutFontSubst {
         char * m_name;
         char * m_sname;
         bool   m_bold;
         bool   m_italic;
         QFont::StyleHint m_hint;
 };
 
 static QOutFontSubst qStdFonts [] = {
         { "Helvetica",             "Helvetica", false, false, QFont::Helvetica },
         { "Helvetica-Oblique",     "Helvetica", false, true,  QFont::Helvetica },
         { "Helvetica-Bold",        "Helvetica", true,  false, QFont::Helvetica },
         { "Helvetica-BoldOblique", "Helvetica", true,  true,  QFont::Helvetica },
         { "Times-Roman",           "Times",     false, false, QFont::Times },
         { "Times-Italic",          "Times",     false, true,  QFont::Times },
         { "Times-Bold",            "Times",     true,  false, QFont::Times },
         { "Times-BoldItalic",      "Times",     true,  true,  QFont::Times },
         { "Courier",               "Courier",   false, false, QFont::Courier },
         { "Courier-Oblique",       "Courier",   false, true,  QFont::Courier },
         { "Courier-Bold",          "Courier",   true,  false, QFont::Courier },
         { "Courier-BoldOblique",   "Courier",   true,  true,  QFont::Courier },
 
         { "Symbol",                0,           false, false, QFont::AnyStyle },
         { "Zapf-Dingbats",         0,           false, false, QFont::AnyStyle },
 
         { 0,                       0,           false, false, QFont::AnyStyle }
 };
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 QFont QOutputDev::matchFont ( GfxFont *gfxFont, fp_t m11, fp_t m12, fp_t m21, fp_t m22 )
 {
         static QDict<QOutFontSubst> stdfonts;
 
         // build dict for std. fonts on first invocation
         if ( stdfonts. isEmpty ( )) {
                 for ( QOutFontSubst *ptr = qStdFonts; ptr-> m_name; ptr++ ) {
                         stdfonts. insert ( QString ( ptr-> m_name ), ptr );
                 }
         }
 
         // compute size and normalized transform matrix
         int size = lrint ( sqrt ( m21 * m21 + m22 * m22 ));
 
         QPDFDBG( printf ( "SET FONT: Name=%s, Size=%d, Bold=%d, Italic=%d, Mono=%d, Serif=%d, Symbol=%d, CID=%d, EmbFN=%s, M=(%f,%f,%f,%f)\n",
                  (( gfxFont-> getName ( )) ? gfxFont-> getName ( )-> getCString ( ) : "<n/a>" ),
                  size,
                  gfxFont-> isBold ( ),
                  gfxFont-> isItalic ( ),
                  gfxFont-> isFixedWidth ( ),
                  gfxFont-> isSerif ( ),
                  gfxFont-> isSymbolic ( ),
                  gfxFont-> isCIDFont ( ),
                  ( gfxFont-> getEmbeddedFontName ( ) ? gfxFont-> getEmbeddedFontName()-> getCString ( ) : "<n/a>" ),
                           (double) m11, (double) m12, (double) m21, (double) m22 ) );
 
 
         QString fname (( gfxFont-> getName ( )) ? gfxFont-> getName ( )-> getCString ( ) : "<n/a>" );
 
         QFont f;
         f. setPixelSize ( size > 0 ? size : 8 ); // type3 fonts misbehave sometimes
 
         // fast lookup for std. fonts
         QOutFontSubst *subst = stdfonts [fname];
 
         if ( subst ) {
                 if ( subst-> m_sname )
                         f. setFamily ( subst-> m_sname );
                 f. setStyleHint ( subst-> m_hint, (QFont::StyleStrategy) ( QFont::PreferOutline | QFont::PreferQuality ));
                 f. setBold ( subst-> m_bold );
                 f. setItalic ( subst-> m_italic );
         }
         else {
                 QFont::StyleHint sty;
 
                 if ( gfxFont-> isSerif ( ))
                         sty = QFont::Serif;
                 else if ( gfxFont-> isFixedWidth ( ))
                         sty = QFont::TypeWriter;
                 else
                         sty = QFont::Helvetica;
 
                 f. setStyleHint ( sty, (QFont::StyleStrategy) ( QFont::PreferOutline | QFont::PreferQuality ));
                 f. setBold ( gfxFont-> isBold ( ) > 0 );
                 f. setItalic ( gfxFont-> isItalic ( ) > 0 );
                 f. setFixedPitch ( gfxFont-> isFixedWidth ( ) > 0 );
 
                 // common specifiers in font names
                 if ( fname. contains ( "Oblique" ) || fname. contains ( "Italic" ))
                         f. setItalic ( true );
                 if ( fname. contains ( "Bold" ))
                         f. setWeight ( QFont::Bold );
                 if ( fname. contains ( "Demi" ))
                         f. setWeight ( QFont::DemiBold );
                 if ( fname. contains ( "Light" ))
                         f. setWeight ( QFont::Light );
                 if ( fname. contains ( "Black" ))
                         f. setWeight ( QFont::Black );
         }
         // Treat x-sheared fonts as italic
         if (( m12 > -0.1 ) && ( m12 < 0.1 ) && ((( m21 > -5.0 ) && ( m21 < -0.1 )) || (( m21 > 0.1 ) && ( m21 < 5.0 )))) {
                 f. setItalic ( true );
         }
         return f;
 }
 
 
 
 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // QOutputDev
 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 QOutputDev::QOutputDev ( QWidget *parent, const char *name, int flags ) : QScrollView ( parent, name, WRepaintNoErase | WResizeNoErase | flags )
 {
         m_pixmap = 0;
         m_painter = 0;
 
         // create text object
         m_text = new TextPage ( gFalse );
 }
 
 QOutputDev::~QOutputDev ( )
 {
         delete m_painter;
         delete m_pixmap;
         delete m_text;
 }
 
 
 void QOutputDev::startPage ( int /*pageNum*/, GfxState *state )
 {
         delete m_pixmap;
         delete m_painter;
 
         m_pixmap = new QPixmap ( lrint ( state-> getPageWidth ( )), lrint ( state-> getPageHeight ( )));
         m_painter = new QPainter ( m_pixmap );
 
         QPDFDBG( printf ( "NEW PIXMAP (%ld x %ld)\n", lrint ( state-> getPageWidth ( )),  lrint ( state-> getPageHeight ( ))));
 
         resizeContents ( m_pixmap-> width ( ), m_pixmap-> height ( ));
         setContentsPos ( 0, 0 );
 
         m_pixmap-> fill ( white ); // clear window
         m_text-> clear ( ); // cleat text object
         viewport ( )-> repaint ( );
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::endPage ( )
 {
         QPDFDBG( printf("End page\n") );
         m_text-> coalesce ( );
 
         /*
          * I get stupid crashes after endPage is called and then we do clipping
          * and other stuff.....
          */
 #if 0
         delete m_painter;
         m_painter = 0;
 #endif
 
         updateContents ( 0, 0, contentsWidth ( ), contentsHeight ( ));
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::drawLink ( Link *link, Catalog */*catalog*/ )
 {
         fp_t x1, y1, x2, y2, w;
 
         link-> getBorder ( &x1, &y1, &x2, &y2, &w );
 
         if ( w > 0 ) {
                 int x, y, dx, dy;
 
                 cvtUserToDev ( x1, y1, &x,  &y );
                 cvtUserToDev ( x2, y2, &dx, &dy );
 
                 QPen oldpen = m_painter-> pen ( );
                 m_painter-> setPen ( blue );
                 m_painter-> drawRect ( x, y, dx, dy );
                 m_painter-> setPen ( oldpen );
         }
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::saveState ( GfxState */*state*/ )
 {
         if ( ! m_painter )
             return;
 
         QPDFDBG( printf ( "SAVE (CLIP=%d/%d)\n",  m_painter-> hasClipping ( ), !m_painter-> clipRegion ( ). isEmpty ( )));
 
         m_painter-> save ( );
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::restoreState ( GfxState */*state*/ )
 {
         if( ! m_painter )
             return;
 
         m_painter-> restore ( );
 
         //m_painter-> setClipRegion ( QRect ( 0, 0, m_pixmap-> width ( ), m_pixmap-> height ( )));
         //m_painter-> setClipping ( false );
         QPDFDBG ( printf ( "RESTORE (CLIP=%d/%d)\n", m_painter-> hasClipping ( ), !m_painter-> clipRegion ( ). isEmpty ( )));
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::updateAll ( GfxState *state )
 {
         updateLineAttrs ( state, gTrue );
         //updateFlatness ( state );
         //updateMiterLimit ( state );
         updateFillColor ( state );
         updateStrokeColor ( state );
         updateFont ( state );
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::updateCTM ( GfxState *state, fp_t /*m11*/, fp_t /*m12*/, fp_t /*m21*/, fp_t /*m22*/, fp_t /*m31*/, fp_t /*m32*/ )
 {
         updateLineAttrs ( state, gTrue );
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::updateLineDash ( GfxState *state )
 {
         updateLineAttrs ( state, gTrue );
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::updateFlatness ( GfxState */*state*/ )
 {
         // not supported
         QPDFDBG( printf ( "updateFlatness not supported !\n" ));
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::updateLineJoin ( GfxState *state )
 {
         updateLineAttrs ( state, gFalse );
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::updateLineCap ( GfxState *state )
 {
         updateLineAttrs ( state, gFalse );
 }
 
 // unimplemented
 void QOutputDev::updateMiterLimit ( GfxState */*state*/ )
 {
         QPDFDBG( printf ( "updateMiterLimit not supported !\n" ));
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::updateLineWidth ( GfxState *state )
 {
         updateLineAttrs ( state, gFalse );
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::updateLineAttrs ( GfxState *state, GBool updateDash )
 {
         fp_t *dashPattern;
         int dashLength;
         fp_t dashStart;
 
         Qt::PenCapStyle  cap;
         Qt::PenJoinStyle join;
         int width;
 
         width = lrint ( state-> getTransformedLineWidth ( ));
 
         switch ( state-> getLineCap ( )) {
                 case 0: cap = FlatCap; break;
                 case 1: cap = RoundCap; break;
                 case 2: cap = SquareCap; break;
                 default:
                         qWarning ( "Bad line cap style (%d)\n", state-> getLineCap ( ));
                         cap = FlatCap;
                         break;
         }
 
         switch (state->getLineJoin()) {
                 case 0: join = MiterJoin; break;
                 case 1: join = RoundJoin; break;
                 case 2: join = BevelJoin; break;
                 default:
                         qWarning ( "Bad line join style (%d)\n", state->getLineJoin ( ));
                         join = MiterJoin;
                         break;
         }
 
         state-> getLineDash ( &dashPattern, &dashLength, &dashStart );
 
         QColor oldcol = m_painter-> pen ( ). color ( );
         GfxRGB rgb;
 
         state-> getStrokeRGB ( &rgb );
         oldcol = q_col ( rgb );
 
         m_painter-> setPen ( QPen ( oldcol, width, dashLength > 0 ? DashLine : SolidLine, cap, join ));
 
         if ( updateDash && ( dashLength > 0 )) {
                 // Not supported by QT
 /*
                 char dashList[20];
                 if (dashLength > 20)
                         dashLength = 20;
                 for ( int i = 0; i < dashLength; ++i ) {
                         dashList[i] = xoutRound(state->transformWidth(dashPattern[i]));
                         if (dashList[i] == 0)
                                 dashList[i] = 1;
                 }
                 XSetDashes(display, strokeGC, xoutRound(dashStart), dashList, dashLength);
 */
         }
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::updateFillColor ( GfxState *state )
 {
         GfxRGB rgb;
         state-> getFillRGB ( &rgb );
 
         m_painter-> setBrush ( q_col ( rgb ));
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::updateStrokeColor ( GfxState *state )
 {
         GfxRGB rgb;
         state-> getStrokeRGB ( &rgb );
 
         QPen pen = m_painter-> pen ( );
         pen. setColor ( q_col ( rgb ));
         m_painter-> setPen ( pen );
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::updateFont ( GfxState *state )
 {
         fp_t m11, m12, m21, m22;
         GfxFont *gfxFont = state-> getFont ( );
 
         if ( !gfxFont )
                 return;
 
         state-> getFontTransMat ( &m11, &m12, &m21, &m22 );
         m11 *= state-> getHorizScaling ( );
         m12 *= state-> getHorizScaling ( );
 
         QFont font = matchFont ( gfxFont, m11, m12, m21, m22 );
 
         m_painter-> setFont ( font );
         m_text-> updateFont ( state );
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::stroke ( GfxState *state )
 {
         QPointArray points;
         QArray<int> lengths;
 
         // transform points
         int n = convertPath ( state, points, lengths );
 
         QPDFDBG( printf ( "DRAWING: %d POLYS\n", n ));
 
         // draw each subpath
         int j = 0;
         for ( int i = 0; i < n; i++ ) {
                 int len = lengths [i];
 
                 if ( len >= 2 ) {
                         QPDFDBG( printf ( " - POLY %d: ", i ));
                         QPDFDBG( for ( int ii = 0; ii < len; ii++ ))
                                 QPDFDBG( printf ( "(%d/%d) ", points [j+ii]. x ( ), points [j+ii]. y ( )));
                         QPDFDBG( printf ( "\n" ));
 
                         m_painter-> drawPolyline ( points, j, len );
                 }
                 j += len;
         }
         qApp-> processEvents ( );
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::fill ( GfxState *state )
 {
         doFill ( state, true );
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::eoFill ( GfxState *state )
 {
         doFill ( state, false );
 }
 
 //
 //  X doesn't color the pixels on the right-most and bottom-most
 //  borders of a polygon.  This means that one-pixel-thick polygons
 //  are not colored at all.  I think this is supposed to be a
 //  feature, but I can't figure out why.  So after it fills a
 //  polygon, it also draws lines around the border.  This is done
 //  only for single-component polygons, since it's not very
 //  compatible with the compound polygon kludge (see convertPath()).
 //
 void QOutputDev::doFill ( GfxState *state, bool winding )
 {
         QPointArray points;
         QArray<int> lengths;
 
         // transform points
         int n = convertPath ( state, points, lengths );
 
         QPDFDBG( printf ( "FILLING: %d POLYS\n", n ));
 
         QPen oldpen = m_painter-> pen ( );
         m_painter-> setPen ( QPen ( NoPen ));
 
         // draw each subpath
         int j = 0;
         for ( int i = 0; i < n; i++ ) {
                 int len = lengths [i];
 
                 if ( len >= 3 ) {
                         QPDFDBG( printf ( " - POLY %d: ", i ));
                         QPDFDBG( for ( int ii = 0; ii < len; ii++ ))
                                 QPDFDBG( printf ( "(%d/%d) ", points [j+ii]. x ( ), points [j+ii]. y ( )));
                         QPDFDBG( printf ( "\n" ));
 
                         m_painter-> drawPolygon ( points, winding, j, len );
                 }
                 j += len;
         }
         m_painter-> setPen ( oldpen );
 
         qApp-> processEvents ( );
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::clip ( GfxState *state )
 {
         doClip ( state, true );
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::eoClip ( GfxState *state )
 {
         doClip ( state, false );
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::doClip ( GfxState *state, bool winding )
 {
         QPointArray points;
         QArray<int> lengths;
 
         // transform points
         int n = convertPath ( state, points, lengths );
 
         QRegion region;
 
         QPDFDBG( printf ( "CLIPPING: %d POLYS\n", n ));
 
         // draw each subpath
         int j = 0;
         for ( int i = 0; i < n; i++ ) {
                 int len = lengths [i];
 
                 if ( len >= 3 ) {
                         QPointArray dummy;
                         dummy. setRawData ( points. data ( ) + j, len );
 
                         QPDFDBG( printf ( " - POLY %d: ", i ));
                         QPDFDBG( for ( int ii = 0; ii < len; ii++ ) printf ( "(%d/%d) ", points [j+ii]. x ( ), points [j+ii]. y ( )));
                         QPDFDBG( printf ( "\n" ));
 
                         region |= QRegion ( dummy, winding );
 
                         dummy. resetRawData ( points. data ( ) + j, len );
                 }
                 j += len;
         }
 
         if ( m_painter && m_painter-> hasClipping ( ))
                 region &= m_painter-> clipRegion ( );
 
         //m_painter-> setClipRegion ( region );
         //m_painter-> setClipping ( true );
 
         //m_painter-> fillRect ( 0, 0, m_pixmap-> width ( ), m_pixmap-> height ( ), red );
         //m_painter-> drawText ( points [0]. x ( ) + 10, points [0]. y ( ) + 10, "Bla bla" );
         qApp-> processEvents ( );
 }
 
 //
 // Transform points in the path and convert curves to line segments.
 // Builds a set of subpaths and returns the number of subpaths.
 // If <fillHack> is set, close any unclosed subpaths and activate a
 // kludge for polygon fills:  First, it divides up the subpaths into
 // non-overlapping polygons by simply comparing bounding rectangles.
 // Then it connects subaths within a single compound polygon to a single
 // point so that X can fill the polygon (sort of).
 //
 int QOutputDev::convertPath ( GfxState *state, QPointArray &points, QArray<int> &lengths )
 {
         GfxPath *path = state-> getPath ( );
         int n = path-> getNumSubpaths ( );
 
         lengths. resize ( n );
 
         // do each subpath
         for ( int i = 0; i < n; i++ ) {
                 // transform the points
                 lengths [i] = convertSubpath ( state, path-> getSubpath ( i ), points );
         }
 
         return n;
 }
 
 //
 // Transform points in a single subpath and convert curves to line
 // segments.
 //
 int QOutputDev::convertSubpath ( GfxState *state, GfxSubpath *subpath, QPointArray &points )
 {
         int oldcnt = points. count ( );
 
         fp_t x0, y0, x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3;
 
         int m = subpath-> getNumPoints ( );
         int i = 0;
 
         while ( i < m ) {
                 if ( i >= 1 && subpath-> getCurve ( i )) {
                         state-> transform ( subpath-> getX ( i - 1 ), subpath-> getY ( i - 1 ), &x0, &y0 );
                         state-> transform ( subpath-> getX ( i ),     subpath-> getY ( i ),     &x1, &y1 );
                         state-> transform ( subpath-> getX ( i + 1 ), subpath-> getY ( i + 1 ), &x2, &y2 );
                         state-> transform ( subpath-> getX ( i + 2 ), subpath-> getY ( i + 2 ), &x3, &y3 );
 
                         QPointArray tmp;
                         tmp. setPoints ( 4, lrint ( x0 ), lrint ( y0 ), lrint ( x1 ), lrint ( y1 ),
                                             lrint ( x2 ), lrint ( y2 ), lrint ( x3 ), lrint ( y3 ));
 
-#if QT_VERSION < 300
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x030000
                         tmp = tmp. quadBezier ( );
 
                         for ( uint loop = 0; loop < tmp. count ( ); loop++ ) {
                                 QPoint p = tmp. point ( loop );
                                 points. putPoints ( points. count ( ), 1, p. x ( ), p. y ( ));
                         }
 #else
                         tmp = tmp. cubicBezier ( );
                         points. putPoints ( points. count ( ), tmp. count ( ), tmp );
 #endif
 
                         i += 3;
                 }
                 else {
                         state-> transform ( subpath-> getX ( i ), subpath-> getY ( i ), &x1, &y1 );
 
                         points. putPoints ( points. count ( ), 1, lrint ( x1 ), lrint ( y1 ));
                         ++i;
                 }
         }
         return points. count ( ) - oldcnt;
 }
 
 
 void QOutputDev::beginString ( GfxState *state, GString */*s*/ )
 {
         m_text-> beginString ( state );
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::endString ( GfxState */*state*/ )
 {
         m_text-> endString ( );
 }
 
 void QOutputDev::drawChar ( GfxState *state, fp_t x, fp_t y,
                            fp_t dx, fp_t dy, fp_t originX, fp_t originY,
                            CharCode code, Unicode *u, int uLen )
 {
         fp_t x1, y1, dx1, dy1;
 
         if ( uLen > 0 )
                 m_text-> addChar ( state, x, y, dx, dy, u, uLen );
 
         // check for invisible text -- this is used by Acrobat Capture
         if (( state-> getRender ( ) & 3 ) == 3 ) {
                 return;
         }
 
         x -= originX;
         y -= originY;
         state-> transform      ( x,  y,  &x1,  &y1 );
         state-> transformDelta ( dx, dy, &dx1, &dy1 );
 
 
         if ( uLen > 0 ) {
                 QString str;
                 QFontMetrics fm = m_painter-> fontMetrics ( );
 
                 for ( int i = 0; i < uLen; i++ ) {
                         QChar c = QChar ( u [i] );
 
                         if ( fm. inFont ( c )) {
                                 str [i] = QChar ( u [i] );
                         }
                         else {
                                 str [i] = ' ';
                                 QPDFDBG( printf ( "CHARACTER NOT IN FONT: %hx\n", c. unicode ( )));
                         }
                 }
 
                 if (( uLen == 1 ) && ( str [0] == ' ' ))
                         return;
 
 
                 fp_t m11, m12, m21, m22;
 
                 state-> getFontTransMat ( &m11, &m12, &m21, &m22 );
                 m11 *= state-> getHorizScaling ( );
                 m12 *= state-> getHorizScaling ( );
 
                 fp_t fsize = m_painter-> font ( ). pixelSize ( );
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
                 QWMatrix oldmat;
 
                 bool dorot = (( m12 < -0.1 ) || ( m12 > 0.1 )) && (( m21 < -0.1 ) || ( m21 > 0.1 ));
 
                 if ( dorot ) {
                         oldmat = m_painter-> worldMatrix ( );
 
                         std::cerr << std::endl << "ROTATED: " << m11 << ", " << m12 << ", " << m21 << ", " << m22 << " / SIZE: " << fsize << " / TEXT: " << str. local8Bit ( ) << endl << endl;
 
                         QWMatrix mat ( lrint ( m11 / fsize ), lrint ( m12 / fsize ), -lrint ( m21 / fsize ), -lrint ( m22 / fsize ), lrint ( x1 ), lrint ( y1 ));
 
                         m_painter-> setWorldMatrix ( mat );
 
                         x1 = 0;
                         y1 = 0;
                 }
 #endif
 
                 QPen oldpen = m_painter-> pen ( );
 
                 if (!( state-> getRender ( ) & 1 )) {
                         QPen fillpen = oldpen;
 
                         fillpen. setColor ( m_painter-> brush ( ). color ( ));
                         m_painter-> setPen ( fillpen );
                 }
 
                 if ( fsize > 5 )
                         m_painter-> drawText ( lrint ( x1 ), lrint ( y1 ), str );
                 else
                         m_painter-> fillRect ( lrint ( x1 ), lrint ( y1 ), lrint ( QMAX( fp_t(1), dx1 )), lrint ( QMAX( fsize, dy1 )), m_painter-> pen ( ). color ( ));
 
                 m_painter-> setPen ( oldpen );
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
                 if ( dorot )
                         m_painter-> setWorldMatrix ( oldmat );
 #endif
 
                 QPDFDBG( printf ( "DRAW TEXT: \"%s\" at (%ld/%ld)\n", str. local8Bit ( ). data ( ), lrint ( x1 ), lrint ( y1 )));
         }
         else if ( code != 0 ) {
                 // some PDF files use CID 0, which is .notdef, so just ignore it
                 qWarning ( "Unknown character (CID=%d Unicode=%hx)\n", code, (unsigned short) ( uLen > 0 ? u [0] : (Unicode) 0 ));
         }
         qApp-> processEvents ( );
 }
 
 
 
 void QOutputDev::drawImageMask ( GfxState *state, Object */*ref*/, Stream *str, int width, int height, GBool invert, GBool inlineImg )
 {
         // get CTM, check for singular matrix
         fp_t *ctm = state-> getCTM ( );
 
         if ( fabs ( ctm [0] * ctm [3] - ctm [1] * ctm [2] ) < 0.000001 ) {
                 qWarning ( "Singular CTM in drawImage\n" );
 
                 if ( inlineImg ) {
                         str-> reset ( );
                         int j = height * (( width + 7 ) / 8 );
                         for ( int i = 0; i < j; i++ )
                                 str->getChar();
 
                         str->close();
                 }
                 return;
         }
 
         GfxRGB rgb;
         state-> getFillRGB ( &rgb );
         uint val = ( lrint ( rgb. r * 255 ) & 0xff ) << 16 | ( lrint ( rgb. g * 255 ) & 0xff ) << 8 | ( lrint ( rgb. b * 255 ) & 0xff );
 
 
         QImage img ( width, height, 32 );
         img. setAlphaBuffer ( true );
 
         QPDFDBG( printf ( "IMAGE MASK (%dx%d)\n", width, height ));
 
         // initialize the image stream
         ImageStream *imgStr = new ImageStream ( str, width, 1, 1 );
         imgStr-> reset ( );
 
         uchar **scanlines = img. jumpTable ( );
 
         if ( ctm [3] > 0 )
                 scanlines += ( height - 1 );
 
         for ( int y = 0; y < height; y++ ) {
                 QRgb *scanline = (QRgb *) *scanlines;
 
                 if ( ctm [0] < 0 )
                         scanline += ( width - 1 );
 
                 for ( int x = 0; x < width; x++ ) {
                         Guchar alpha;
 
                         imgStr-> getPixel ( &alpha );
 
                         if ( invert )
                                 alpha ^= 1;
 
                         *scanline = ( alpha == 0 ) ? 0xff000000 | val : val;
 
                         ctm [0] < 0 ? scanline-- : scanline++;
                 }
                 ctm [3] > 0 ? scanlines-- : scanlines++;
 
                 qApp-> processEvents ( );
         }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
         QWMatrix mat ( ctm [0] / width, ctm [1], ctm [2], ctm [3] / height, ctm [4], ctm [5] );
 
         std::cerr << "MATRIX T=" << mat. dx ( ) << "/" << mat. dy ( ) << std::endl
                  << " - M=" << mat. m11 ( ) << "/" << mat. m12 ( ) << "/" << mat. m21 ( ) << "/" << mat. m22 ( ) << std::endl;
 
         QWMatrix oldmat = m_painter-> worldMatrix ( );
         m_painter-> setWorldMatrix ( mat, true );
 
 #ifdef QWS
         QPixmap pm;
         pm. convertFromImage ( img );
         m_painter-> drawPixmap ( 0, 0, pm );
 #else
         m_painter-> drawImage ( QPoint ( 0, 0 ), img );
 #endif
 
         m_painter-> setWorldMatrix ( oldmat );
 
 #else
         if (( ctm [1] < -0.1 ) || ( ctm [1] > 0.1 ) || ( ctm [2] < -0.1 ) || ( ctm [2] > 0.1 )) {
                 QPDFDBG( printf (  "### ROTATED / SHEARED / ETC -- CANNOT DISPLAY THIS IMAGE\n" ));
         }
         else {
                 int x = lrint ( ctm [4] );
                 int y = lrint ( ctm [5] );
 
                 int w = lrint ( ctm [0] );
                 int h = lrint ( ctm [3] );
 
                 if ( w < 0 ) {
                         x += w;
                         w = -w;
                 }
                 if ( h < 0 ) {
                         y += h;
                         h = -h;
                 }
 
                 QPDFDBG( printf ( "DRAWING IMAGE MASKED: %d/%d - %dx%d\n", x, y, w, h ));
 
                 img = img. smoothScale ( w, h );
                 qApp-> processEvents ( );
                 m_painter-> drawImage ( x, y, img );
         }
 
 #endif
 
         delete imgStr;
         qApp-> processEvents ( );
 }
 
 
 void QOutputDev::drawImage(GfxState *state, Object */*ref*/, Stream *str, int width, int height, GfxImageColorMap *colorMap, int *maskColors, GBool inlineImg )
 {
         int nComps, nVals, nBits;
 
         // image parameters
         nComps = colorMap->getNumPixelComps ( );
         nVals = width * nComps;
         nBits = colorMap-> getBits ( );
 
         // get CTM, check for singular matrix
         fp_t *ctm = state-> getCTM ( );
 
         if ( fabs ( ctm [0] * ctm [3] - ctm [1] * ctm [2] ) < 0.000001 ) {
                 qWarning ( "Singular CTM in drawImage\n" );
 
                 if ( inlineImg ) {
                         str-> reset ( );
                         int j = height * (( nVals * nBits + 7 ) / 8 );
                         for ( int i = 0; i < j; i++ )
                                 str->getChar();
 
                         str->close();
                 }
                 return;
         }
 
         QImage img ( width, height, 32 );
 
         if ( maskColors )
                 img. setAlphaBuffer ( true );
 
         QPDFDBG( printf ( "IMAGE (%dx%d)\n", width, height ));
 
         // initialize the image stream
         ImageStream *imgStr = new ImageStream ( str, width, nComps, nBits );
         imgStr-> reset ( );
 
         Guchar pixBuf [gfxColorMaxComps];
         GfxRGB rgb;
 
 
         uchar **scanlines = img. jumpTable ( );
 
         if ( ctm [3] > 0 )
                 scanlines += ( height - 1 );
 
         for ( int y = 0; y < height; y++ ) {
                 QRgb *scanline = (QRgb *) *scanlines;
 
                 if ( ctm [0] < 0 )
                         scanline += ( width - 1 );
 
                 for ( int x = 0; x < width; x++ ) {
                         imgStr-> getPixel ( pixBuf );
                         colorMap-> getRGB ( pixBuf, &rgb );
 
                         uint val = ( lrint ( rgb. r * 255 ) & 0xff ) << 16 | ( lrint ( rgb. g * 255 ) & 0xff ) << 8 | ( lrint ( rgb. b * 255 ) & 0xff );
 
                         if ( maskColors ) {
                                 for ( int k = 0; k < nComps; ++k ) {
                                         if (( pixBuf [k] < maskColors [2 * k] ) || ( pixBuf [k] > maskColors [2 * k] )) {
                                                 val |= 0xff000000;
                                                 break;
                                         }
                                 }
                         }
                         *scanline = val;
 
                         ctm [0] < 0 ? scanline-- : scanline++;
                 }
                 ctm [3] > 0 ? scanlines-- : scanlines++;
 
                 qApp-> processEvents ( );
         }
 
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
         QWMatrix mat ( ctm [0] / width, ctm [1], ctm [2], ctm [3] / height, ctm [4], ctm [5] );
 
         std::cerr << "MATRIX T=" << mat. dx ( ) << "/" << mat. dy ( ) << std::endl
                  << " - M=" << mat. m11 ( ) << "/" << mat. m12 ( ) << "/" << mat. m21 ( ) << "/" << mat. m22 ( ) << std::endl;
 
         QWMatrix oldmat = m_painter-> worldMatrix ( );
         m_painter-> setWorldMatrix ( mat, true );
 
 #ifdef QWS
         QPixmap pm;
         pm. convertFromImage ( img );
         m_painter-> drawPixmap ( 0, 0, pm );
 #else
         m_painter-> drawImage ( QPoint ( 0, 0 ), img );
 #endif
 
         m_painter-> setWorldMatrix ( oldmat );
 
 #else // QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
 
         if (( ctm [1] < -0.1 ) || ( ctm [1] > 0.1 ) || ( ctm [2] < -0.1 ) || ( ctm [2] > 0.1 )) {
                 QPDFDBG( printf ( "### ROTATED / SHEARED / ETC -- CANNOT DISPLAY THIS IMAGE\n" ));
         }
         else {
                 int x = lrint ( ctm [4] );
                 int y = lrint ( ctm [5] );
 
                 int w = lrint ( ctm [0] );
                 int h = lrint ( ctm [3] );
 
                 if ( w < 0 ) {
                         x += w;
                         w = -w;
                 }
                 if ( h < 0 ) {
                         y += h;
                         h = -h;
                 }
 
                 QPDFDBG( printf ( "DRAWING IMAGE: %d/%d - %dx%d\n", x, y, w, h ));
 
                 img = img. smoothScale ( w, h );
                 qApp-> processEvents ( );
                 m_painter-> drawImage ( x, y, img );
         }
 
 #endif
 
 
         delete imgStr;
         qApp-> processEvents ( );
 }
 
 
 
 bool QOutputDev::findText ( const QString &str, QRect &r, bool top, bool bottom )
 {
         int l, t, w, h;
         r. rect ( &l, &t, &w, &h );
 
         bool res = findText ( str, l, t, w, h, top, bottom );
 
         r. setRect ( l, t, w, h );
         return res;
 }
 
 bool QOutputDev::findText ( const QString &str, int &l, int &t, int &w, int &h, bool top, bool bottom )
 {
         bool found = false;
         uint len = str. length ( );
         Unicode *s = new Unicode [len];
 
         for ( uint i = 0; i < len; i++ )
                 s [i] = str [i]. unicode ( );
 
         fp_t x1 = (fp_t) l;
         fp_t y1 = (fp_t) t;
         fp_t x2 = (fp_t) l + w - 1;
         fp_t y2 = (fp_t) t + h - 1;
 
         if ( m_text-> findText ( s, len, top, bottom, &x1, &y1, &x2, &y2 )) {
                 l = lrint ( x1 );
                 t = lrint ( y1 );
                 w = lrint ( x2 ) - l + 1;
                 h = lrint ( y2 ) - t + 1;
                 found = true;
         }
         delete [] s;
 
         return found;
 }
 
 GBool QOutputDev::findText ( Unicode *s, int len, GBool top, GBool bottom, int *xMin, int *yMin, int *xMax, int *yMax )
 {
         bool found = false;
         fp_t xMin1 = (double) *xMin;
         fp_t yMin1 = (double) *yMin;
         fp_t xMax1 = (double) *xMax;
         fp_t yMax1 = (double) *yMax;
 
         if ( m_text-> findText ( s, len, top, bottom, &xMin1, &yMin1, &xMax1, &yMax1 )) {
                 *xMin = lrint ( xMin1 );
                 *xMax = lrint ( xMax1 );
                 *yMin = lrint ( yMin1 );
                 *yMax = lrint ( yMax1 );
                 found = true;
         }
         return found;
 }
 
 QString QOutputDev::getText ( int l, int t, int w, int h )
 {
         GString *gstr = m_text-> getText ( l, t, l + w - 1, t + h - 1 );
         QString str = gstr-> getCString ( );
         delete gstr;
         return str;
 }
 
 QString QOutputDev::getText ( const QRect &r )
 {
         return getText ( r. left ( ), r. top ( ), r. width ( ), r. height ( ));
 }
 
 
 
 void QOutputDev::drawContents ( QPainter *p, int clipx, int clipy, int clipw, int cliph )
 {
         if ( m_pixmap )
                 p-> drawPixmap ( clipx, clipy, *m_pixmap, clipx, clipy, clipw, cliph );
         else
                 p-> fillRect ( clipx, clipy, clipw, cliph, white );
 }
diff --git a/scripts/kconfig/qconf.cc b/scripts/kconfig/qconf.cc
index 52419ad..0459caf 100644
--- a/scripts/kconfig/qconf.cc
+++ b/scripts/kconfig/qconf.cc
@@ -1,1304 +1,1304 @@
 /*
  * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
  * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
  */
 
 #include <qapplication.h>
 #include <qmainwindow.h>
 #include <qtoolbar.h>
 #include <qvbox.h>
 #include <qsplitter.h>
 #include <qlistview.h>
 #include <qtextview.h>
 #include <qlineedit.h>
 #include <qmenubar.h>
 #include <qmessagebox.h>
 #include <qaction.h>
 #include <qheader.h>
 #include <qfiledialog.h>
 #include <qregexp.h>
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
 #include <qsettings.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 #include "lkc.h"
 #include "qconf.h"
 
 #include "qconf.moc"
 #include "images.c"
 
 static QApplication *configApp;
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
 static QSettings *configSettings;
 #endif
 
 /*
  * update all the children of a menu entry
  *   removes/adds the entries from the parent widget as necessary
  *
  * parent: either the menu list widget or a menu entry widget
  * menu: entry to be updated
  */
 template <class P>
 void ConfigList::updateMenuList(P* parent, struct menu* menu)
 {
         struct menu* child;
         ConfigItem* item;
         ConfigItem* last;
         bool visible;
         enum prop_type type;
 
         if (!menu) {
                 while ((item = parent->firstChild()))
                         delete item;
                 return;
         }
 
         last = parent->firstChild();
         if (last && !last->goParent)
                 last = 0;
         for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) {
                 item = last ? last->nextSibling() : parent->firstChild();
                 type = child->prompt ? child->prompt->type : P_UNKNOWN;
 
                 switch (mode) {
                 case menuMode:
                         if (!(child->flags & MENU_ROOT))
                                 goto hide;
                         break;
                 case symbolMode:
                         if (child->flags & MENU_ROOT)
                                 goto hide;
                         break;
                 default:
                         break;
                 }
 
                 visible = menu_is_visible(child);
                 if (showAll || visible) {
                         if (!item || item->menu != child)
                                 item = new ConfigItem(parent, last, child, visible);
                         else
                                 item->testUpdateMenu(visible);
 
                         if (mode == fullMode || mode == menuMode || type != P_MENU)
                                 updateMenuList(item, child);
                         else
                                 updateMenuList(item, 0);
                         last = item;
                         continue;
                 }
         hide:
                 if (item && item->menu == child) {
                         last = parent->firstChild();
                         if (last == item)
                                 last = 0;
                         else while (last->nextSibling() != item)
                                 last = last->nextSibling();
                         delete item;
                 }
         }
 }
 
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
 /*
  * set the new data
  * TODO check the value
  */
 void ConfigItem::okRename(int col)
 {
         Parent::okRename(col);
         sym_set_string_value(menu->sym, text(dataColIdx).latin1());
 }
 #endif
 
 /*
  * update the displayed of a menu entry
  */
 void ConfigItem::updateMenu(void)
 {
         ConfigList* list;
         struct symbol* sym;
         struct property *prop;
         QString prompt;
         int type;
         tristate expr;
 
         list = listView();
         if (goParent) {
                 setPixmap(promptColIdx, list->menuBackPix);
                 prompt = "..";
                 goto set_prompt;
         }
 
         sym = menu->sym;
         prop = menu->prompt;
         prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu);
 
         if (prop) switch (prop->type) {
         case P_MENU:
                 if (list->mode == singleMode || list->mode == symbolMode) {
                         /* a menuconfig entry is displayed differently
                          * depending whether it's at the view root or a child.
                          */
                         if (sym && list->rootEntry == menu)
                                 break;
                         setPixmap(promptColIdx, list->menuPix);
                 } else {
                         if (sym)
                                 break;
                         setPixmap(promptColIdx, 0);
                 }
                 goto set_prompt;
         case P_COMMENT:
                 setPixmap(promptColIdx, 0);
                 goto set_prompt;
         default:
                 ;
         }
         if (!sym)
                 goto set_prompt;
 
         setText(nameColIdx, sym->name);
 
         type = sym_get_type(sym);
         switch (type) {
         case S_BOOLEAN:
         case S_TRISTATE:
                 char ch;
 
                 if (!sym_is_changable(sym) && !list->showAll) {
                         setPixmap(promptColIdx, 0);
                         setText(noColIdx, 0);
                         setText(modColIdx, 0);
                         setText(yesColIdx, 0);
                         break;
                 }
                 expr = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
                 switch (expr) {
                 case yes:
                         if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && type == S_BOOLEAN)
                                 setPixmap(promptColIdx, list->choiceYesPix);
                         else
                                 setPixmap(promptColIdx, list->symbolYesPix);
                         setText(yesColIdx, "Y");
                         ch = 'Y';
                         break;
                 case mod:
                         setPixmap(promptColIdx, list->symbolModPix);
                         setText(modColIdx, "M");
                         ch = 'M';
                         break;
                 default:
                         if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && type == S_BOOLEAN)
                                 setPixmap(promptColIdx, list->choiceNoPix);
                         else
                                 setPixmap(promptColIdx, list->symbolNoPix);
                         setText(noColIdx, "N");
                         ch = 'N';
                         break;
                 }
                 if (expr != no)
                         setText(noColIdx, sym_tristate_within_range(sym, no) ? "_" : 0);
                 if (expr != mod)
                         setText(modColIdx, sym_tristate_within_range(sym, mod) ? "_" : 0);
                 if (expr != yes)
                         setText(yesColIdx, sym_tristate_within_range(sym, yes) ? "_" : 0);
 
                 setText(dataColIdx, QChar(ch));
                 break;
         case S_INT:
         case S_HEX:
         case S_STRING:
                 const char* data;
 
                 data = sym_get_string_value(sym);
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
                 int i = list->mapIdx(dataColIdx);
                 if (i >= 0)
                         setRenameEnabled(i, TRUE);
 #endif
                 setText(dataColIdx, data);
                 if (type == S_STRING)
                         prompt.sprintf("%s: %s", prompt.latin1(), data);
                 else
                         prompt.sprintf("(%s) %s", data, prompt.latin1());
                 break;
         }
         if (!sym_has_value(sym) && visible)
                 prompt += " (NEW)";
 set_prompt:
         setText(promptColIdx, prompt);
 }
 
 void ConfigItem::testUpdateMenu(bool v)
 {
         ConfigItem* i;
 
         visible = v;
         if (!menu)
                 return;
 
         sym_calc_value(menu->sym);
         if (menu->flags & MENU_CHANGED) {
                 /* the menu entry changed, so update all list items */
                 menu->flags &= ~MENU_CHANGED;
                 for (i = (ConfigItem*)menu->data; i; i = i->nextItem)
                         i->updateMenu();
         } else if (listView()->updateAll)
                 updateMenu();
 }
 
 void ConfigItem::paintCell(QPainter* p, const QColorGroup& cg, int column, int width, int align)
 {
         ConfigList* list = listView();
 
         if (visible) {
                 if (isSelected() && !list->hasFocus() && list->mode == menuMode)
                         Parent::paintCell(p, list->inactivedColorGroup, column, width, align);
                 else
                         Parent::paintCell(p, cg, column, width, align);
         } else
                 Parent::paintCell(p, list->disabledColorGroup, column, width, align);
 }
 
 /*
  * construct a menu entry
  */
 void ConfigItem::init(void)
 {
         if (menu) {
                 ConfigList* list = listView();
                 nextItem = (ConfigItem*)menu->data;
                 menu->data = this;
 
                 if (list->mode != fullMode)
                         setOpen(TRUE);
                 sym_calc_value(menu->sym);
         }
         updateMenu();
 }
 
 /*
  * destruct a menu entry
  */
 ConfigItem::~ConfigItem(void)
 {
         if (menu) {
                 ConfigItem** ip = (ConfigItem**)&menu->data;
                 for (; *ip; ip = &(*ip)->nextItem) {
                         if (*ip == this) {
                                 *ip = nextItem;
                                 break;
                         }
                 }
         }
 }
 
 void ConfigLineEdit::show(ConfigItem* i)
 {
         item = i;
         if (sym_get_string_value(item->menu->sym))
                 setText(sym_get_string_value(item->menu->sym));
         else
                 setText(0);
         Parent::show();
         setFocus();
 }
 
 void ConfigLineEdit::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* e)
 {
         switch (e->key()) {
         case Key_Escape:
                 break;
         case Key_Return:
         case Key_Enter:
                 sym_set_string_value(item->menu->sym, text().latin1());
                 parent()->updateList(item);
                 break;
         default:
                 Parent::keyPressEvent(e);
                 return;
         }
         e->accept();
         parent()->list->setFocus();
         hide();
 }
 
 ConfigList::ConfigList(ConfigView* p, ConfigMainWindow* cv)
         : Parent(p), cview(cv),
           updateAll(false),
           symbolYesPix(xpm_symbol_yes), symbolModPix(xpm_symbol_mod), symbolNoPix(xpm_symbol_no),
           choiceYesPix(xpm_choice_yes), choiceNoPix(xpm_choice_no),
           menuPix(xpm_menu), menuInvPix(xpm_menu_inv), menuBackPix(xpm_menuback), voidPix(xpm_void),
           showAll(false), showName(false), showRange(false), showData(false),
           rootEntry(0)
 {
         int i;
 
         setSorting(-1);
         setRootIsDecorated(TRUE);
         disabledColorGroup = palette().active();
         disabledColorGroup.setColor(QColorGroup::Text, palette().disabled().text());
         inactivedColorGroup = palette().active();
         inactivedColorGroup.setColor(QColorGroup::Highlight, palette().disabled().highlight());
 
         connect(this, SIGNAL(selectionChanged(void)),
                 SLOT(updateSelection(void)));
 
         for (i = 0; i < colNr; i++)
                 colMap[i] = colRevMap[i] = -1;
         addColumn(promptColIdx, "Option");
 
         reinit();
 }
 
 void ConfigList::reinit(void)
 {
         removeColumn(dataColIdx);
         removeColumn(yesColIdx);
         removeColumn(modColIdx);
         removeColumn(noColIdx);
         removeColumn(nameColIdx);
 
         if (showName)
                 addColumn(nameColIdx, "Name");
         if (showRange) {
                 addColumn(noColIdx, "N");
                 addColumn(modColIdx, "M");
                 addColumn(yesColIdx, "Y");
         }
         if (showData)
                 addColumn(dataColIdx, "Value");
 
         updateListAll();
 }
 
 void ConfigList::updateSelection(void)
 {
         struct menu *menu;
         enum prop_type type;
 
         ConfigItem* item = (ConfigItem*)selectedItem();
         if (!item)
                 return;
 
         cview->setHelp(item);
 
         menu = item->menu;
         if (!menu)
                 return;
         type = menu->prompt ? menu->prompt->type : P_UNKNOWN;
         if (mode == menuMode && type == P_MENU)
                 emit menuSelected(menu);
 }
 
 void ConfigList::updateList(ConfigItem* item)
 {
         ConfigItem* last = 0;
 
         if (!rootEntry)
                 goto update;
 
         if (rootEntry != &rootmenu && (mode == singleMode ||
             (mode == symbolMode && rootEntry->parent != &rootmenu))) {
                 item = firstChild();
                 if (!item)
                         item = new ConfigItem(this, 0, true);
                 last = item;
         }
         if (mode == singleMode && rootEntry->sym && rootEntry->prompt) {
                 item = last ? last->nextSibling() : firstChild();
                 if (!item)
                         item = new ConfigItem(this, last, rootEntry, true);
 
                 updateMenuList(item, rootEntry);
                 triggerUpdate();
                 return;
         }
 update:
         updateMenuList(this, rootEntry);
         triggerUpdate();
 }
 
 void ConfigList::setAllOpen(bool open)
 {
         QListViewItemIterator it(this);
 
         for (; it.current(); it++)
                 it.current()->setOpen(open);
 }
 
 void ConfigList::setValue(ConfigItem* item, tristate val)
 {
         struct symbol* sym;
         int type;
         tristate oldval;
 
         sym = item->menu ? item->menu->sym : 0;
         if (!sym)
                 return;
 
         type = sym_get_type(sym);
         switch (type) {
         case S_BOOLEAN:
         case S_TRISTATE:
                 oldval = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
 
                 if (!sym_set_tristate_value(sym, val))
                         return;
                 if (oldval == no && item->menu->list)
                         item->setOpen(TRUE);
                 parent()->updateList(item);
                 break;
         }
 }
 
 void ConfigList::changeValue(ConfigItem* item)
 {
         struct symbol* sym;
         struct menu* menu;
         int type, oldexpr, newexpr;
 
         menu = item->menu;
         if (!menu)
                 return;
         sym = menu->sym;
         if (!sym) {
                 if (item->menu->list)
                         item->setOpen(!item->isOpen());
                 return;
         }
 
         type = sym_get_type(sym);
         switch (type) {
         case S_BOOLEAN:
         case S_TRISTATE:
                 oldexpr = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
                 newexpr = sym_toggle_tristate_value(sym);
                 if (item->menu->list) {
                         if (oldexpr == newexpr)
                                 item->setOpen(!item->isOpen());
                         else if (oldexpr == no)
                                 item->setOpen(TRUE);
                 }
                 if (oldexpr != newexpr)
                         parent()->updateList(item);
                 break;
         case S_INT:
         case S_HEX:
         case S_STRING:
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
                 if (colMap[dataColIdx] >= 0)
                         item->startRename(colMap[dataColIdx]);
                 else
 #endif
                         parent()->lineEdit->show(item);
                 break;
         }
 }
 
 void ConfigList::setRootMenu(struct menu *menu)
 {
         enum prop_type type;
 
         if (rootEntry == menu)
                 return;
         type = menu && menu->prompt ? menu->prompt->type : P_UNKNOWN;
         if (type != P_MENU)
                 return;
         updateMenuList(this, 0);
         rootEntry = menu;
         updateListAll();
         setSelected(currentItem(), hasFocus());
 }
 
 void ConfigList::setParentMenu(void)
 {
         ConfigItem* item;
         struct menu *oldroot;
 
         oldroot = rootEntry;
         if (rootEntry == &rootmenu)
                 return;
         setRootMenu(menu_get_parent_menu(rootEntry->parent));
 
         QListViewItemIterator it(this);
         for (; (item = (ConfigItem*)it.current()); it++) {
                 if (item->menu == oldroot) {
                         setCurrentItem(item);
                         ensureItemVisible(item);
                         break;
                 }
         }
 }
 
 void ConfigList::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* ev)
 {
         QListViewItem* i = currentItem();
         ConfigItem* item;
         struct menu *menu;
         enum prop_type type;
 
         if (ev->key() == Key_Escape && mode != fullMode) {
                 emit parentSelected();
                 ev->accept();
                 return;
         }
 
         if (!i) {
                 Parent::keyPressEvent(ev);
                 return;
         }
         item = (ConfigItem*)i;
 
         switch (ev->key()) {
         case Key_Return:
         case Key_Enter:
                 if (item->goParent) {
                         emit parentSelected();
                         break;
                 }
                 menu = item->menu;
                 if (!menu)
                         break;
                 type = menu->prompt ? menu->prompt->type : P_UNKNOWN;
                 if (type == P_MENU && rootEntry != menu &&
                     mode != fullMode && mode != menuMode) {
                         emit menuSelected(menu);
                         break;
                 }
         case Key_Space:
                 changeValue(item);
                 break;
         case Key_N:
                 setValue(item, no);
                 break;
         case Key_M:
                 setValue(item, mod);
                 break;
         case Key_Y:
                 setValue(item, yes);
                 break;
         default:
                 Parent::keyPressEvent(ev);
                 return;
         }
         ev->accept();
 }
 
 void ConfigList::contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* e)
 {
         //QPoint p(contentsToViewport(e->pos()));
         //printf("contentsMousePressEvent: %d,%d\n", p.x(), p.y());
         Parent::contentsMousePressEvent(e);
 }
 
 void ConfigList::contentsMouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* e)
 {
         QPoint p(contentsToViewport(e->pos()));
         ConfigItem* item = (ConfigItem*)itemAt(p);
         struct menu *menu;
         enum prop_type ptype;
         const QPixmap* pm;
         int idx, x;
 
         if (!item)
                 goto skip;
 
         menu = item->menu;
         x = header()->offset() + p.x();
         idx = colRevMap[header()->sectionAt(x)];
         switch (idx) {
         case promptColIdx:
                 pm = item->pixmap(promptColIdx);
                 if (pm) {
                         int off = header()->sectionPos(0) + itemMargin() +
                                 treeStepSize() * (item->depth() + (rootIsDecorated() ? 1 : 0));
                         if (x >= off && x < off + pm->width()) {
                                 if (item->goParent) {
                                         emit parentSelected();
                                         break;
                                 } else if (!menu)
                                         break;
                                 ptype = menu->prompt ? menu->prompt->type : P_UNKNOWN;
                                 if (ptype == P_MENU && rootEntry != menu &&
                                     mode != fullMode && mode != menuMode)
                                         emit menuSelected(menu);
                                 else
                                         changeValue(item);
                         }
                 }
                 break;
         case noColIdx:
                 setValue(item, no);
                 break;
         case modColIdx:
                 setValue(item, mod);
                 break;
         case yesColIdx:
                 setValue(item, yes);
                 break;
         case dataColIdx:
                 changeValue(item);
                 break;
         }
 
 skip:
         //printf("contentsMouseReleaseEvent: %d,%d\n", p.x(), p.y());
         Parent::contentsMouseReleaseEvent(e);
 }
 
 void ConfigList::contentsMouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* e)
 {
         //QPoint p(contentsToViewport(e->pos()));
         //printf("contentsMouseMoveEvent: %d,%d\n", p.x(), p.y());
         Parent::contentsMouseMoveEvent(e);
 }
 
 void ConfigList::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* e)
 {
         QPoint p(contentsToViewport(e->pos()));
         ConfigItem* item = (ConfigItem*)itemAt(p);
         struct menu *menu;
         enum prop_type ptype;
 
         if (!item)
                 goto skip;
         if (item->goParent) {
                 emit parentSelected();
                 goto skip;
         }
         menu = item->menu;
         if (!menu)
                 goto skip;
         ptype = menu->prompt ? menu->prompt->type : P_UNKNOWN;
         if (ptype == P_MENU && (mode == singleMode || mode == symbolMode))
                 emit menuSelected(menu);
         else if (menu->sym)
                 changeValue(item);
 
 skip:
         //printf("contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent: %d,%d\n", p.x(), p.y());
         Parent::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent(e);
 }
 
 void ConfigList::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *e)
 {
         Parent::focusInEvent(e);
 
         QListViewItem* item = currentItem();
         if (!item)
                 return;
 
         setSelected(item, TRUE);
         emit gotFocus();
 }
 
 ConfigView* ConfigView::viewList;
 
 ConfigView::ConfigView(QWidget* parent, ConfigMainWindow* cview)
         : Parent(parent)
 {
         list = new ConfigList(this, cview);
         lineEdit = new ConfigLineEdit(this);
         lineEdit->hide();
 
         this->nextView = viewList;
         viewList = this;
 }
 
 ConfigView::~ConfigView(void)
 {
         ConfigView** vp;
 
         for (vp = &viewList; *vp; vp = &(*vp)->nextView) {
                 if (*vp == this) {
                         *vp = nextView;
                         break;
                 }
         }
 }
 
 void ConfigView::updateList(ConfigItem* item)
 {
         ConfigView* v;
 
         for (v = viewList; v; v = v->nextView)
                 v->list->updateList(item);
 }
 
 void ConfigView::updateListAll(void)
 {
         ConfigView* v;
 
         for (v = viewList; v; v = v->nextView)
                 v->list->updateListAll();
 }
 
 /*
  * Construct the complete config widget
  */
 ConfigMainWindow::ConfigMainWindow(void)
 {
         QMenuBar* menu;
         QSplitter* split1;
         QSplitter* split2;
         bool ok;
         int x, y, width, height;
 
         QWidget *d = configApp->desktop();
 
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
         width = configSettings->readNumEntry("/kconfig/qconf/window width", d->width() - 64);
         height = configSettings->readNumEntry("/kconfig/qconf/window height", d->height() - 64);
         resize(width, height);
         x = configSettings->readNumEntry("/kconfig/qconf/window x", 0, &ok);
         if (ok)
                 y = configSettings->readNumEntry("/kconfig/qconf/window y", 0, &ok);
         if (ok)
                 move(x, y);
 #else
         width = d->width() - 64;
         height = d->height() - 64;
         resize(width, height);
 #endif
 
         showDebug = false;
 
         split1 = new QSplitter(this);
         split1->setOrientation(QSplitter::Horizontal);
         setCentralWidget(split1);
 
         menuView = new ConfigView(split1, this);
         menuList = menuView->list;
 
         split2 = new QSplitter(split1);
         split2->setOrientation(QSplitter::Vertical);
 
         // create config tree
         configView = new ConfigView(split2, this);
         configList = configView->list;
 
         helpText = new QTextView(split2);
         helpText->setTextFormat(Qt::RichText);
 
         setTabOrder(configList, helpText);
         configList->setFocus();
 
         menu = menuBar();
         toolBar = new QToolBar("Tools", this);
 
         backAction = new QAction("Back", QPixmap(xpm_back), "Back", 0, this);
           connect(backAction, SIGNAL(activated()), SLOT(goBack()));
           backAction->setEnabled(FALSE);
         QAction *quitAction = new QAction("Quit", "&Quit", CTRL+Key_Q, this);
           connect(quitAction, SIGNAL(activated()), SLOT(close()));
         QAction *loadAction = new QAction("Load", QPixmap(xpm_load), "&Load", CTRL+Key_L, this);
           connect(loadAction, SIGNAL(activated()), SLOT(loadConfig()));
         QAction *saveAction = new QAction("Save", QPixmap(xpm_save), "&Save", CTRL+Key_S, this);
           connect(saveAction, SIGNAL(activated()), SLOT(saveConfig()));
         QAction *saveAsAction = new QAction("Save As...", "Save &As...", 0, this);
           connect(saveAsAction, SIGNAL(activated()), SLOT(saveConfigAs()));
         QAction *singleViewAction = new QAction("Single View", QPixmap(xpm_single_view), "Split View", 0, this);
           connect(singleViewAction, SIGNAL(activated()), SLOT(showSingleView()));
         QAction *splitViewAction = new QAction("Split View", QPixmap(xpm_split_view), "Split View", 0, this);
           connect(splitViewAction, SIGNAL(activated()), SLOT(showSplitView()));
         QAction *fullViewAction = new QAction("Full View", QPixmap(xpm_tree_view), "Full View", 0, this);
           connect(fullViewAction, SIGNAL(activated()), SLOT(showFullView()));
 
         QAction *showNameAction = new QAction(NULL, "Show Name", 0, this);
           showNameAction->setToggleAction(TRUE);
           showNameAction->setOn(configList->showName);
           connect(showNameAction, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), SLOT(setShowName(bool)));
         QAction *showRangeAction = new QAction(NULL, "Show Range", 0, this);
           showRangeAction->setToggleAction(TRUE);
           showRangeAction->setOn(configList->showRange);
           connect(showRangeAction, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), SLOT(setShowRange(bool)));
         QAction *showDataAction = new QAction(NULL, "Show Data", 0, this);
           showDataAction->setToggleAction(TRUE);
           showDataAction->setOn(configList->showData);
           connect(showDataAction, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), SLOT(setShowData(bool)));
         QAction *showAllAction = new QAction(NULL, "Show All Options", 0, this);
           showAllAction->setToggleAction(TRUE);
           showAllAction->setOn(configList->showAll);
           connect(showAllAction, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), SLOT(setShowAll(bool)));
         QAction *showDebugAction = new QAction(NULL, "Show Debug Info", 0, this);
           showDebugAction->setToggleAction(TRUE);
           showDebugAction->setOn(showDebug);
           connect(showDebugAction, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), SLOT(setShowDebug(bool)));
 
         QAction *showIntroAction = new QAction(NULL, "Introduction", 0, this);
           connect(showIntroAction, SIGNAL(activated()), SLOT(showIntro()));
         QAction *showAboutAction = new QAction(NULL, "About", 0, this);
           connect(showAboutAction, SIGNAL(activated()), SLOT(showAbout()));
 
         // init tool bar
         backAction->addTo(toolBar);
         toolBar->addSeparator();
         loadAction->addTo(toolBar);
         saveAction->addTo(toolBar);
         toolBar->addSeparator();
         singleViewAction->addTo(toolBar);
         splitViewAction->addTo(toolBar);
         fullViewAction->addTo(toolBar);
 
         // create config menu
         QPopupMenu* config = new QPopupMenu(this);
         menu->insertItem("&File", config);
         loadAction->addTo(config);
         saveAction->addTo(config);
         saveAsAction->addTo(config);
         config->insertSeparator();
         quitAction->addTo(config);
 
         // create options menu
         QPopupMenu* optionMenu = new QPopupMenu(this);
         menu->insertItem("&Option", optionMenu);
         showNameAction->addTo(optionMenu);
         showRangeAction->addTo(optionMenu);
         showDataAction->addTo(optionMenu);
         optionMenu->insertSeparator();
         showAllAction->addTo(optionMenu);
         showDebugAction->addTo(optionMenu);
 
         // create help menu
         QPopupMenu* helpMenu = new QPopupMenu(this);
         menu->insertSeparator();
         menu->insertItem("&Help", helpMenu);
         showIntroAction->addTo(helpMenu);
         showAboutAction->addTo(helpMenu);
 
         connect(configList, SIGNAL(menuSelected(struct menu *)),
                 SLOT(changeMenu(struct menu *)));
         connect(configList, SIGNAL(parentSelected()),
                 SLOT(goBack()));
         connect(menuList, SIGNAL(menuSelected(struct menu *)),
                 SLOT(changeMenu(struct menu *)));
 
         connect(configList, SIGNAL(gotFocus(void)),
                 SLOT(listFocusChanged(void)));
         connect(menuList, SIGNAL(gotFocus(void)),
                 SLOT(listFocusChanged(void)));
 
         showSplitView();
 }
 
 static QString print_filter(const char *str)
 {
         QRegExp re("[<>&\"\\n]");
         QString res = str;
         for (int i = 0; (i = res.find(re, i)) >= 0;) {
                 switch (res[i].latin1()) {
                 case '<':
                         res.replace(i, 1, "&lt;");
                         i += 4;
                         break;
                 case '>':
                         res.replace(i, 1, "&gt;");
                         i += 4;
                         break;
                 case '&':
                         res.replace(i, 1, "&amp;");
                         i += 5;
                         break;
                 case '"':
                         res.replace(i, 1, "&quot;");
                         i += 6;
                         break;
                 case '\n':
                         res.replace(i, 1, "<br>");
                         i += 4;
                         break;
                 }
         }
         return res;
 }
 
 static void expr_print_help(void *data, const char *str)
 {
         ((QString*)data)->append(print_filter(str));
 }
 
 /*
  * display a new help entry as soon as a new menu entry is selected
  */
 void ConfigMainWindow::setHelp(QListViewItem* item)
 {
         struct symbol* sym;
         struct menu* menu = 0;
 
         configList->parent()->lineEdit->hide();
         if (item)
                 menu = ((ConfigItem*)item)->menu;
         if (!menu) {
                 helpText->setText(NULL);
                 return;
         }
 
         QString head, debug, help;
         menu = ((ConfigItem*)item)->menu;
         sym = menu->sym;
         if (sym) {
                 if (menu->prompt) {
                         head += "<big><b>";
                         head += print_filter(menu->prompt->text);
                         head += "</b></big>";
                         if (sym->name) {
                                 head += " (";
                                 head += print_filter(sym->name);
                                 head += ")";
                         }
                 } else if (sym->name) {
                         head += "<big><b>";
                         head += print_filter(sym->name);
                         head += "</b></big>";
                 }
                 head += "<br><br>";
 
                 if (showDebug) {
                         debug += "type: ";
                         debug += print_filter(sym_type_name(sym->type));
                         if (sym_is_choice(sym))
                                 debug += " (choice)";
                         debug += "<br>";
                         if (sym->rev_dep.expr) {
                                 debug += "reverse dep: ";
                                 expr_print(sym->rev_dep.expr, expr_print_help, &debug, E_NONE);
                                 debug += "<br>";
                         }
                         for (struct property *prop = sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) {
                                 switch (prop->type) {
                                 case P_PROMPT:
                                 case P_MENU:
                                         debug += "prompt: ";
                                         debug += print_filter(prop->text);
                                         debug += "<br>";
                                         break;
                                 case P_DEFAULT:
                                         debug += "default: ";
                                         expr_print(prop->expr, expr_print_help, &debug, E_NONE);
                                         debug += "<br>";
                                         break;
                                 case P_CHOICE:
                                         if (sym_is_choice(sym)) {
                                                 debug += "choice: ";
                                                 expr_print(prop->expr, expr_print_help, &debug, E_NONE);
                                                 debug += "<br>";
                                         }
                                         break;
                                 case P_SELECT:
                                         debug += "select: ";
                                         expr_print(prop->expr, expr_print_help, &debug, E_NONE);
                                         debug += "<br>";
                                         break;
                                 case P_RANGE:
                                         debug += "range: ";
                                         expr_print(prop->expr, expr_print_help, &debug, E_NONE);
                                         debug += "<br>";
                                         break;
                                 default:
                                         debug += "unknown property: ";
                                         debug += prop_get_type_name(prop->type);
                                         debug += "<br>";
                                 }
                                 if (prop->visible.expr) {
                                         debug += "&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;dep: ";
                                         expr_print(prop->visible.expr, expr_print_help, &debug, E_NONE);
                                         debug += "<br>";
                                 }
                         }
                         debug += "<br>";
                 }
 
                 help = print_filter(sym->help);
         } else if (menu->prompt) {
                 head += "<big><b>";
                 head += print_filter(menu->prompt->text);
                 head += "</b></big><br><br>";
                 if (showDebug) {
                         if (menu->prompt->visible.expr) {
                                 debug += "&nbsp;&nbsp;dep: ";
                                 expr_print(menu->prompt->visible.expr, expr_print_help, &debug, E_NONE);
                                 debug += "<br><br>";
                         }
                 }
         }
         if (showDebug)
                 debug += QString().sprintf("defined at %s:%d<br><br>", menu->file->name, menu->lineno);
         helpText->setText(head + debug + help);
 }
 
 void ConfigMainWindow::loadConfig(void)
 {
         QString s = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(".config", NULL, this);
         if (s.isNull())
                 return;
         if (conf_read(s.latin1()))
                 QMessageBox::information(this, "qconf", "Unable to load configuration!");
         ConfigView::updateListAll();
 }
 
 void ConfigMainWindow::saveConfig(void)
 {
         if (conf_write(NULL))
                 QMessageBox::information(this, "qconf", "Unable to save configuration!");
 }
 
 void ConfigMainWindow::saveConfigAs(void)
 {
         QString s = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(".config", NULL, this);
         if (s.isNull())
                 return;
         if (conf_write(s.latin1()))
                 QMessageBox::information(this, "qconf", "Unable to save configuration!");
 }
 
 void ConfigMainWindow::changeMenu(struct menu *menu)
 {
         configList->setRootMenu(menu);
         backAction->setEnabled(TRUE);
 }
 
 void ConfigMainWindow::listFocusChanged(void)
 {
         if (menuList->hasFocus()) {
                 if (menuList->mode == menuMode)
                         configList->clearSelection();
                 setHelp(menuList->selectedItem());
         } else if (configList->hasFocus()) {
                 setHelp(configList->selectedItem());
         }
 }
 
 void ConfigMainWindow::goBack(void)
 {
         ConfigItem* item;
 
         configList->setParentMenu();
         if (configList->rootEntry == &rootmenu)
                 backAction->setEnabled(FALSE);
         item = (ConfigItem*)menuList->selectedItem();
         while (item) {
                 if (item->menu == configList->rootEntry) {
                         menuList->setSelected(item, TRUE);
                         break;
                 }
                 item = (ConfigItem*)item->parent();
         }
 }
 
 void ConfigMainWindow::showSingleView(void)
 {
         menuView->hide();
         menuList->setRootMenu(0);
         configList->mode = singleMode;
         if (configList->rootEntry == &rootmenu)
                 configList->updateListAll();
         else
                 configList->setRootMenu(&rootmenu);
         configList->setAllOpen(TRUE);
         configList->setFocus();
 }
 
 void ConfigMainWindow::showSplitView(void)
 {
         configList->mode = symbolMode;
         if (configList->rootEntry == &rootmenu)
                 configList->updateListAll();
         else
                 configList->setRootMenu(&rootmenu);
         configList->setAllOpen(TRUE);
         configApp->processEvents();
         menuList->mode = menuMode;
         menuList->setRootMenu(&rootmenu);
         menuList->setAllOpen(TRUE);
         menuView->show();
         menuList->setFocus();
 }
 
 void ConfigMainWindow::showFullView(void)
 {
         menuView->hide();
         menuList->setRootMenu(0);
         configList->mode = fullMode;
         if (configList->rootEntry == &rootmenu)
                 configList->updateListAll();
         else
                 configList->setRootMenu(&rootmenu);
         configList->setAllOpen(FALSE);
         configList->setFocus();
 }
 
 void ConfigMainWindow::setShowAll(bool b)
 {
         if (configList->showAll == b)
                 return;
         configList->showAll = b;
         configList->updateListAll();
         menuList->showAll = b;
         menuList->updateListAll();
 }
 
 void ConfigMainWindow::setShowDebug(bool b)
 {
         if (showDebug == b)
                 return;
         showDebug = b;
 }
 
 void ConfigMainWindow::setShowName(bool b)
 {
         if (configList->showName == b)
                 return;
         configList->showName = b;
         configList->reinit();
         menuList->showName = b;
         menuList->reinit();
 }
 
 void ConfigMainWindow::setShowRange(bool b)
 {
         if (configList->showRange == b)
                 return;
         configList->showRange = b;
         configList->reinit();
         menuList->showRange = b;
         menuList->reinit();
 }
 
 void ConfigMainWindow::setShowData(bool b)
 {
         if (configList->showData == b)
                 return;
         configList->showData = b;
         configList->reinit();
         menuList->showData = b;
         menuList->reinit();
 }
 
 /*
  * ask for saving configuration before quitting
  * TODO ask only when something changed
  */
 void ConfigMainWindow::closeEvent(QCloseEvent* e)
 {
         if (!sym_change_count) {
                 e->accept();
                 return;
         }
         QMessageBox mb("qconf", "Save configuration?", QMessageBox::Warning,
                         QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::Default, QMessageBox::No, QMessageBox::Cancel | QMessageBox::Escape);
         mb.setButtonText(QMessageBox::Yes, "&Save Changes");
         mb.setButtonText(QMessageBox::No, "&Discard Changes");
         mb.setButtonText(QMessageBox::Cancel, "Cancel Exit");
         switch (mb.exec()) {
         case QMessageBox::Yes:
                 conf_write(NULL);
         case QMessageBox::No:
                 e->accept();
                 break;
         case QMessageBox::Cancel:
                 e->ignore();
                 break;
         }
 }
 
 void ConfigMainWindow::showIntro(void)
 {
         static char str[] = "Welcome to the qconf graphical kernel configuration tool for Linux.\n\n"
                 "For each option, a blank box indicates the feature is disabled, a check\n"
                 "indicates it is enabled, and a dot indicates that it is to be compiled\n"
                 "as a module.  Clicking on the box will cycle through the three states.\n\n"
                 "If you do not see an option (e.g., a device driver) that you believe\n"
                 "should be present, try turning on Show All Options under the Options menu.\n"
                 "Although there is no cross reference yet to help you figure out what other\n"
                 "options must be enabled to support the option you are interested in, you can\n"
                 "still view the help of a grayed-out option.\n\n"
                 "Toggling Show Debug Info under the Options menu will show the dependencies,\n"
                 "which you can then match by examining other options.\n\n";
 
         QMessageBox::information(this, "qconf", str);
 }
 
 void ConfigMainWindow::showAbout(void)
 {
         static char str[] = "qconf is Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>.\n\n"
                 "Bug reports and feature request can also be entered at http://bugzilla.kernel.org/\n";
 
         QMessageBox::information(this, "qconf", str);
 }
 
 void fixup_rootmenu(struct menu *menu)
 {
         struct menu *child;
         static int menu_cnt = 0;
 
         menu->flags |= MENU_ROOT;
         for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) {
                 if (child->prompt && child->prompt->type == P_MENU) {
                         menu_cnt++;
                         fixup_rootmenu(child);
                         menu_cnt--;
                 } else if (!menu_cnt)
                         fixup_rootmenu(child);
         }
 }
 
 static const char *progname;
 
 static void usage(void)
 {
         printf("%s <config>\n", progname);
         exit(0);
 }
 
 int main(int ac, char** av)
 {
         ConfigMainWindow* v;
         const char *name;
 
 #ifndef LKC_DIRECT_LINK
         kconfig_load();
 #endif
 
         progname = av[0];
         configApp = new QApplication(ac, av);
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
         configSettings = new QSettings;
 #endif
         if (ac > 1 && av[1][0] == '-') {
                 switch (av[1][1]) {
                 case 'h':
                 case '?':
                         usage();
                 }
                 name = av[2];
         } else
                 name = av[1];
         if (!name)
                 usage();
 
         conf_parse(name);
         fixup_rootmenu(&rootmenu);
         conf_read(NULL);
         //zconfdump(stdout);
 
         v = new ConfigMainWindow();
 
         //zconfdump(stdout);
         v->show();
         configApp->connect(configApp, SIGNAL(lastWindowClosed()), SLOT(quit()));
         configApp->exec();
 
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
         configSettings->writeEntry("/kconfig/qconf/window x", v->pos().x());
         configSettings->writeEntry("/kconfig/qconf/window y", v->pos().y());
         configSettings->writeEntry("/kconfig/qconf/window width", v->size().width());
         configSettings->writeEntry("/kconfig/qconf/window height", v->size().height());
         delete configSettings;
 #endif
         return 0;
 }
diff --git a/scripts/kconfig/qconf.h b/scripts/kconfig/qconf.h
index c548884..dee5254 100644
--- a/scripts/kconfig/qconf.h
+++ b/scripts/kconfig/qconf.h
@@ -1,238 +1,238 @@
 /*
  * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
  * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
  */
 
 #include <qlistview.h>
 
 class ConfigList;
 class ConfigItem;
 class ConfigLineEdit;
 class ConfigMainWindow;
 
 class ConfigView : public QVBox {
         Q_OBJECT
         typedef class QVBox Parent;
 public:
         ConfigView(QWidget* parent, ConfigMainWindow* cview);
         ~ConfigView(void);
         static void updateList(ConfigItem* item);
         static void updateListAll(void);
 
 public:
         ConfigList* list;
         ConfigLineEdit* lineEdit;
 
         static ConfigView* viewList;
         ConfigView* nextView;
 };
 
 enum colIdx {
         promptColIdx, nameColIdx, noColIdx, modColIdx, yesColIdx, dataColIdx, colNr
 };
 enum listMode {
         singleMode, menuMode, symbolMode, fullMode
 };
 
 class ConfigList : public QListView {
         Q_OBJECT
         typedef class QListView Parent;
 public:
         ConfigList(ConfigView* p, ConfigMainWindow* cview);
         void reinit(void);
         ConfigView* parent(void) const
         {
                 return (ConfigView*)Parent::parent();
         }
 
 protected:
         ConfigMainWindow* cview;
 
         void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e);
         void contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
         void contentsMouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
         void contentsMouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
         void contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
         void focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *e);
 public slots:
         void setRootMenu(struct menu *menu);
 
         void updateList(ConfigItem *item);
         void setValue(ConfigItem* item, tristate val);
         void changeValue(ConfigItem* item);
         void updateSelection(void);
 signals:
         void menuSelected(struct menu *menu);
         void parentSelected(void);
         void gotFocus(void);
 
 public:
         void updateListAll(void)
         {
                 updateAll = true;
                 updateList(NULL);
                 updateAll = false;
         }
         ConfigList* listView()
         {
                 return this;
         }
         ConfigItem* firstChild() const
         {
                 return (ConfigItem *)Parent::firstChild();
         }
         int mapIdx(colIdx idx)
         {
                 return colMap[idx];
         }
         void addColumn(colIdx idx, const QString& label)
         {
                 colMap[idx] = Parent::addColumn(label);
                 colRevMap[colMap[idx]] = idx;
         }
         void removeColumn(colIdx idx)
         {
                 int col = colMap[idx];
                 if (col >= 0) {
                         Parent::removeColumn(col);
                         colRevMap[col] = colMap[idx] = -1;
                 }
         }
         void setAllOpen(bool open);
         void setParentMenu(void);
 
         template <class P>
         void ConfigList::updateMenuList(P*, struct menu*);
 
         bool updateAll;
 
         QPixmap symbolYesPix, symbolModPix, symbolNoPix;
         QPixmap choiceYesPix, choiceNoPix;
         QPixmap menuPix, menuInvPix, menuBackPix, voidPix;
 
         bool showAll, showName, showRange, showData;
         enum listMode mode;
         struct menu *rootEntry;
         QColorGroup disabledColorGroup;
         QColorGroup inactivedColorGroup;
 
 private:
         int colMap[colNr];
         int colRevMap[colNr];
 };
 
 class ConfigItem : public QListViewItem {
         typedef class QListViewItem Parent;
 public:
         ConfigItem(QListView *parent, ConfigItem *after, struct menu *m, bool v)
         : Parent(parent, after), menu(m), visible(v), goParent(false)
         {
                 init();
         }
         ConfigItem(ConfigItem *parent, ConfigItem *after, struct menu *m, bool v)
         : Parent(parent, after), menu(m), visible(v), goParent(false)
         {
                 init();
         }
         ConfigItem(QListView *parent, ConfigItem *after, bool v)
         : Parent(parent, after), menu(0), visible(v), goParent(true)
         {
                 init();
         }
         ~ConfigItem(void);
         void init(void);
-#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
         void okRename(int col);
 #endif
         void updateMenu(void);
         void testUpdateMenu(bool v);
         ConfigList* listView() const
         {
                 return (ConfigList*)Parent::listView();
         }
         ConfigItem* firstChild() const
         {
                 return (ConfigItem *)Parent::firstChild();
         }
         ConfigItem* nextSibling() const
         {
                 return (ConfigItem *)Parent::nextSibling();
         }
         void setText(colIdx idx, const QString& text)
         {
                 Parent::setText(listView()->mapIdx(idx), text);
         }
         QString text(colIdx idx) const
         {
                 return Parent::text(listView()->mapIdx(idx));
         }
         void setPixmap(colIdx idx, const QPixmap& pm)
         {
                 Parent::setPixmap(listView()->mapIdx(idx), pm);
         }
         const QPixmap* pixmap(colIdx idx) const
         {
                 return Parent::pixmap(listView()->mapIdx(idx));
         }
         void paintCell(QPainter* p, const QColorGroup& cg, int column, int width, int align);
 
         ConfigItem* nextItem;
         struct menu *menu;
         bool visible;
         bool goParent;
 };
 
 class ConfigLineEdit : public QLineEdit {
         Q_OBJECT
         typedef class QLineEdit Parent;
 public:
         ConfigLineEdit(ConfigView* parent)
         : Parent(parent)
         { }
         ConfigView* parent(void) const
         {
                 return (ConfigView*)Parent::parent();
         }
         void show(ConfigItem *i);
         void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e);
 
 public:
         ConfigItem *item;
 };
 
 class ConfigMainWindow : public QMainWindow {
         Q_OBJECT
 public:
         ConfigMainWindow(void);
 public slots:
         void setHelp(QListViewItem* item);
         void changeMenu(struct menu *);
         void listFocusChanged(void);
         void goBack(void);
         void loadConfig(void);
         void saveConfig(void);
         void saveConfigAs(void);
         void showSingleView(void);
         void showSplitView(void);
         void showFullView(void);
         void setShowAll(bool);
         void setShowDebug(bool);
         void setShowRange(bool);
         void setShowName(bool);
         void setShowData(bool);
         void showIntro(void);
         void showAbout(void);
 
 protected:
         void closeEvent(QCloseEvent *e);
 
         ConfigView *menuView;
         ConfigList *menuList;
         ConfigView *configView;
         ConfigList *configList;
         QTextView *helpText;
         QToolBar *toolBar;
         QAction *backAction;
 
         bool showDebug;
 };